Esercizi di Inglese - The Road to the English Grammar

Filtri

Azzera filtri
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità

A una festa hai incontrato Helen, una vecchia amica dell’università. Riporta in discorso indiretto le cose che ti ha raccontato, mettendo il verbo introduttivo al passato.

1. I didn’t finish university because I got married to a French teacher a few years ago.

...................................................................................................................................................

2. I went to live in France.

...................................................................................................................................................

3. I got divorced two years ago and came back to England.

...................................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t have any children but I want to have at least one.

...................................................................................................................................................

5. I’m looking for a part-time job as an interpreter. I can speak French fluently.

...................................................................................................................................................

6. I’ve been living in the country since I came back from France.

...................................................................................................................................................

7. You can come and visit me where I’m living now.

...................................................................................................................................................

8. I hope I will meet someone special because I feel lonely.

...................................................................................................................................................

1. I didn’t finish university because I got married to a French teacher a few years ago.

...................................................................................................................................................

2. I went to live in France.

...................................................................................................................................................

3. I got divorced two years ago and came back to England.

...................................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t have any children but I want to have at least one.

...................................................................................................................................................

5. I’m looking for a part-time job as an interpreter. I can speak French fluently.

...................................................................................................................................................

6. I’ve been living in the country since I came back from France.

...................................................................................................................................................

7. You can come and visit me where I’m living now.

...................................................................................................................................................

8. I hope I will meet someone special because I feel lonely.

...................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Helen said she hadn’t finished university because she had got married to a French teacher a few years ago.
  2. She said she had gone to live in France.
  3. She said she had got divorced two years before and had come back to England.
  4. She said she didn’t have any children but she wanted to have at least one.
  5. She said she was looking for a part-time job as an interpreter and that she could speak French fluently.
  6. She said she had been living in the country since she had come back from France.
  7. She said I could go and visit her where she was living at that moment.
  8. She said she hoped she would meet someone special because she felt lonely.
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Abbina i numeri scritti in lettere al corrispondente in cifre.
  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

  1. one hundred and ten
    ......................................
  2. three thousand, seven hundred and thirty-five
    ......................................
  3. nought point twenty-eight
    ......................................
  4. two thousand and six
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  5. fourteen point five
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  6. five million, nine hundred thousand, six hundred and ninety-two
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  7. sixty-seven
    ​​​​​​​......................................
  8. two hundred and twelve
    ​​​​​​​......................................

 

a. 14.5

b. 212

c. 2006

d. 0.28

e. 110

f. 67

g. 5,900,692

h. 3735

Soluzioni
  1. e. 110
  2. h. 3735
  3. d. 0.28
  4. c. 2006
  5. a. 14.5
  6. g. 5,900,692
  7. f. 67
  8. b. 212
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Abbina i phrasal verbs della lista A alle espressioni nella lista B per formare delle richieste.

A

  1. Turn on
  2. Fill in
  3. Put on
  4. Turn down
  5. Hand in
  6. Take off
  7. Call off

B

  1. your test now, please. (.....)
  2. the match, please. (.....)
  3. the light, please. (1)
  4. this form, please. (.....)
  5. your life-jackets, please. (.....)
  6. the volume, please. (.....)
  7. this small hat, please. (.....)

A

  1. Turn on
  2. Fill in
  3. Put on
  4. Turn down
  5. Hand in
  6. Take off
  7. Call off

B

  1. your test now, please. (.....)
  2. the match, please. (.....)
  3. the light, please. (1)
  4. this form, please. (.....)
  5. your life-jackets, please. (.....)
  6. the volume, please. (.....)
  7. this small hat, please. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 7
  3. 1
  4. 2
  5. 3
  6. 4
  7. 5
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: particolarità

Abbina le domande 1-12 alle risposte a-l.

A

  1. Who was he fed up with?
  2. What was she looking forward to?
  3. Who were they being followed by?
  4. What is this bracelet made of?
  5. What was the frog turned into?
  6. What was that pot made for?
  7. Who was the play written by?
  8. Who was the email sent to?
  9. What city was he born in?
  10. How many players is a rugby team composed of?
  11. How many atoms is water made up of?
  12. Which region in Italy is bergamot grown in?

B

  1. A handsome prince. (.....)
  2. Christopher Marlowe. (.....)
  3. Edinburgh. (.....)
  4. Fifteen players per team. (.....)
  5. Calabria. (.....)
  6. A mysterious man in a black raincoat. (.....)
  7. Her holidays in Greece. (.....)
  8. Three. Two hydrogen and one oxygen. (.....)
  9. Cooking on an open fire. (.....)
  10. All the employees in the HR department. (.....)
  11. His boss, because he made him do overtime again. (.....)
  12. Silver and diamonds. (.....)

A

  1. Who was he fed up with?
  2. What was she looking forward to?
  3. Who were they being followed by?
  4. What is this bracelet made of?
  5. What was the frog turned into?
  6. What was that pot made for?
  7. Who was the play written by?
  8. Who was the email sent to?
  9. What city was he born in?
  10. How many players is a rugby team composed of?
  11. How many atoms is water made up of?
  12. Which region in Italy is bergamot grown in?

B

  1. A handsome prince. (.....)
  2. Christopher Marlowe. (.....)
  3. Edinburgh. (.....)
  4. Fifteen players per team. (.....)
  5. Calabria. (.....)
  6. A mysterious man in a black raincoat. (.....)
  7. Her holidays in Greece. (.....)
  8. Three. Two hydrogen and one oxygen. (.....)
  9. Cooking on an open fire. (.....)
  10. All the employees in the HR department. (.....)
  11. His boss, because he made him do overtime again. (.....)
  12. Silver and diamonds. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 7
  3. 9
  4. 10
  5. 12
  6. 3
  7. 2
  8. 11
  9. 6
  10. 8
  11. 1
  12. 4
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Abbina le domande alle risposte.

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

  1. I don’t have freetime until the weekend.
  2. At 5 o’clock in the afternoon.
  3. I’m sorry, we only have some for next week.
  4. Yes, I have a younger sister.
  5. Yes, here you are.
  6. No, but I’m collecting them tomorrow.
  7. Yes, she’s got a cat.
  8. Because she’s on a diet.

 

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)

2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (........)

3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (........)

4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (........)

5. When do you have freetime during the day? (........) 

6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (........)

7. What time do you have the meeting? (........) 

8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (........) 

Soluzioni

1. Do you have an aspirin? (e)
2. Doesn’t Mary have a pet? (g)
3. Do you have any brothers or sisters? (d)
4. Why doesn’t your sister eat cakes? (h)
5. When do you have freetime during the day? (a)
6. Do you have your tickets for the concert? (f)
7. What time do you have the meeting? (b)
8. Do you have any single rooms for tonight? (c)

Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le domande alle risposte. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
  1. What’s this? 
  2. Are those your new trousers?
  3. Are these jeans black or blue?
  4. Are these your American friends?
  5. Is this dress wool or silk?
  6. What are those?
  7. Is that the new video by Madonna?
  8. Is this your new umbrella?

 

  1. Those are Chinese masks. ...........
  2. They’re black. ...........
  3. This is my new smartwatch. ...........
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. ...........
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. ...........
  7. Yes, they are. ...........
  8. It’s wool, madam. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. Those are Chinese masks. 6
  2. They’re black. 3
  3. This is my new smartwatch. 1
  4. Yes, it is. 8
  5. No, that is one of her old videos. 7
  6. No, they are my Irish friends. 4
  7. Yes, they are. 2
  8. It’s wool, madam. 5
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Abbina le espressioni del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
  1. Yours is still in the car.
  2. Hers is on the armchair.
  3. but my sister can’t find hers.
  4. This one isn’t mine.
  5. Theirs is blue and very big.
  6. ours is black.
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, ...........................................................................................................................................
  3. That’s not our dog, ...........................................................................................................................................
  4. Where is my umbrella? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. .....................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. This is not my parents’ car. Theirs is blue and very big.
  2. I’ve got my ticket, but my sister can’t find hers.
  3. That’s not our dog, ours is black.
  4. Where is my umbrella? This one isn’t mine.
  5. This isn’t her smartphone. Hers is on the armchair.
  6. I don’t think this is your luggage. Yours is still in the car.
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina le espressioni per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
  1. brown hair and green eyes.
  2. exercise. Can you help me?
  3. temperature today.
  4. boy, but he is lazy.
  5. in our dining room.
  6. soft and warm.

 

  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with .....................................................................................
  3. There is a pleasant warm .....................................................................................
  4. My new jacket is .....................................................................................
  5. This is a difficult .....................................................................................
  6. We’ve got a big round table .....................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He is a good-looking boy, but he is lazy.
  2. Mary is a slim girl with brown hair and green eyes.
  3. There is a pleasant warm temperature today.
  4. My new jacket is soft and warm.
  5. This is a difficult exercise. Can you help me?
  6. We’ve got a big round table in our dining room.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Abbina le frasi del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B.

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Hurry up. We are all
  2. We are going to the pub this
  3. What time is your
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children

Gruppo B

  1. She is spending the weekend in London.
  2. evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. are playing indoors.
  4. train arriving tomorrow morning?
  5. waiting for you!
  6. to the mountains for our holidays.

 

  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Hurry up. We are all waiting for you!
  2. We are going to the pub this evening. Are you coming with us?
  3. What time is your train arriving tomorrow morning?
  4. Mary is not at home at the moment. She is spending the weekend in London.
  5. We don’t like the seaside. We usually go to the mountains for our holidays.
  6. It’s raining at the moment, so the children are playing indoors.
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Abbina le frasi della lista A all’uso corrispondente, riportato nella lista B.

A

1. You should try searching the internet. [...d...]
2. Do you have to take the bus to school? [.....]
3. You should phone your mother more often. [.....]
4. You aren’t expected to help me. I’ll do it. [.....]
5. You mustn’t speak loudly in the library. [.....]
6. Shall I help you with your maths test? [.....]
7. I’ve lost my passport. What shall I do? [.....]
8. As I see, they must be very rich. [.....]
9. Susan? She is supposed to come, too. [.....]
10. You must go and see that film. It’s fantastic. [.....]

B

a. mancanza di necessità
b. chiedere consigli
c. presumere
d. suggerire
e. offrirsi di fare qualcosa
f. consigliare
g. raccomandare fortemente
h. proibire
i. dedurre
j. esprimere necessità

A

1. You should try searching the internet. [...d...]
2. Do you have to take the bus to school? [.....]
3. You should phone your mother more often. [.....]
4. You aren’t expected to help me. I’ll do it. [.....]
5. You mustn’t speak loudly in the library. [.....]
6. Shall I help you with your maths test? [.....]
7. I’ve lost my passport. What shall I do? [.....]
8. As I see, they must be very rich. [.....]
9. Susan? She is supposed to come, too. [.....]
10. You must go and see that film. It’s fantastic. [.....]

B

a. mancanza di necessità
b. chiedere consigli
c. presumere
d. suggerire
e. offrirsi di fare qualcosa
f. consigliare
g. raccomandare fortemente
h. proibire
i. dedurre
j. esprimere necessità

Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. j
  3. f
  4. a
  5. h
  6. e
  7. b
  8. i
  9. c
  10. g
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Abbina le frasi.

  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
  1. “Yes, I am. Let’s have a snack.”
  2. We are having a meal out.
  3. I think it’s time for you to have a break.
  4. “Yes. You can have a look at them if you like.”
  5. Can I have a taste?
  6. Please come in and have a seat.
  7. “Why don’t you have a herbal tea?”
  8. Can you have a go at opening it, please?

 

  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (.......)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (.......)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (.......)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (.......)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (.......)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (.......)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (.......)
Soluzioni
  1. “Are those your wedding photos?” (d)
  2. I can’t open this tin. (h)
  3. “Are you hungry?” (a)
  4. “I’m feeling terrible after that big meal.” (g)
  5. You are working day and night and look tired. (c)
  6. That ice cream looks delicious. (e)
  7. The doctor is coming in a minute. (f)
  8. I’ve got a date with my new boyfriend. (b)
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple
Abbina le funzioni alle frasi della conversazione.

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................

1. Un’azione in corso di svolgimento

2. Un programma futuro di Maggie

3. Un programma futuro di Brian

4. Un’abitudine di Maggie

5. Un’abitudine di Brian

 

a. I’m going to a boxing match.

b. I always go to Tai Chi.

c. I’m meeting Tomoko at the pub.

d. I often play tennis.

e. I’m preparing dinner.

 

  1. ➔ ................
  2. ➔ ................
  3. ➔ ................
  4. ➔ ................
  5. ➔ ................
Soluzioni

1e; 2c; 3a; 4b; 5d

Livello B2-C1 False friends (1), False friends (2)

Abbina le parole al loro significato corretto. Scrivi in fondo alle definizioni il significato in italiano.

Words

  1. eventually
  2. argument
  3. sympathetic
  4. to retire
  5. to pretend
  6. confidence
  7. affluent
  8. rumours
  9. commodity
  10. sensible
  11. disposable
  12. convenient
  13. to annoy
  14. trivial
  15. gracious

Meaning

  1. to leave one’s job, reaching the normal age 
  2. intended to be thrown away after use
  3. to behave as if something is true when you know that it is not 
  4. a feeling or belief that you can do something well 
  5. done or chosen in accordance with wisdom or prudence 
  6. something that can be bought and sold
  7. a strong and angry disagreement in discussing something
  8. in the end, especially after a long delay or problems alla fine
  9. suitable for your purposes and causing no difficulty for plans
  10. showing concern about someone who is in a bad situation
  11. stories passed from person to person, which may not be true
  12. having little value or importance
  13. behaving in a polite, kind and generous way
  14. having an abundance of wealth, property or other material goods
  15. to make someone slightly angry or upset

 

  1. h - alla fine
  2. ......................................................................................................................
  3. ......................................................................................................................
  4. ......................................................................................................................
  5. ......................................................................................................................
  6. ......................................................................................................................
  7. ......................................................................................................................
  8. ......................................................................................................................
  9. ......................................................................................................................
  10. ......................................................................................................................
  11. ......................................................................................................................
  12. ......................................................................................................................
  13. ......................................................................................................................
  14. ......................................................................................................................
  15. ......................................................................................................................

Words

  1. eventually
  2. argument
  3. sympathetic
  4. to retire
  5. to pretend
  6. confidence
  7. affluent
  8. rumours
  9. commodity
  10. sensible
  11. disposable
  12. convenient
  13. to annoy
  14. trivial
  15. gracious

Meaning

  1. to leave one’s job, reaching the normal age 
  2. intended to be thrown away after use
  3. to behave as if something is true when you know that it is not 
  4. a feeling or belief that you can do something well 
  5. done or chosen in accordance with wisdom or prudence 
  6. something that can be bought and sold
  7. a strong and angry disagreement in discussing something
  8. in the end, especially after a long delay or problems alla fine
  9. suitable for your purposes and causing no difficulty for plans
  10. showing concern about someone who is in a bad situation
  11. stories passed from person to person, which may not be true
  12. having little value or importance
  13. behaving in a polite, kind and generous way
  14. having an abundance of wealth, property or other material goods
  15. to make someone slightly angry or upset

 

  1. h - alla fine
  2. ......................................................................................................................
  3. ......................................................................................................................
  4. ......................................................................................................................
  5. ......................................................................................................................
  6. ......................................................................................................................
  7. ......................................................................................................................
  8. ......................................................................................................................
  9. ......................................................................................................................
  10. ......................................................................................................................
  11. ......................................................................................................................
  12. ......................................................................................................................
  13. ......................................................................................................................
  14. ......................................................................................................................
  15. ......................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. h - alla fine
  2. g - discussione/litigio
  3. j - comprensivo
  4. a - andare in pensione
  5. c - fare finta di
  6. d - fiducia
  7. n - ricco/benestante
  8. k - dicerie/pettegolezzi
  9. f - prodotto/merce
  10. e - sensato
  11. b - usa e getta
  12. i - comodo/opportuno
  13. o - infastidire/scocciare
  14. l - banale
  15. m - gentile
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h per formare frasi complete. L'esercizio è avviato.

  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (.........)
  3. I’m teaching myself (.........) 
  4. I practise my English by (.........)
  5. They want to do their homework by (.........)
  6. The front door sometimes (.........)
  7. Please help yourselves (.........)
  8. She doesn’t like (.........)

 

  1. of himself with his new smartphone.
  2. herself with her hair so short.
  3. talking with my English friends.
  4. themselves and not with their parents.
  5. in the mirror all the time.
  6. if you want some more cake.
  7. closes by itself.
  8. how to play chess.
Soluzioni
  1. She looks at herself (e)
  2. He is always taking photos (a)
  3. I’m teaching myself (h)
  4. I practise my English by (c)
  5. They want to do their homework by (d)
  6. The front door sometimes (g)
  7. Please help yourselves (f)
  8. She doesn’t like (b)
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Abbina le parti 1-8 con quelle a-h. L'esercizio è già avviato.

  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
  1. “This is my friend Sue.”
  2. Look at those birds
  3. “Are these your new glasses?”
  4. “Is that hotel nice?”
  5. “Are those your Spanish friends?”
  6. “Who is that man over there?”
  7. “Isn’t that your friend Erik?”
  8. “Oh, sorry, this is not my seat!”

 

  1. “Yes, they are.” ...........
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” ...........
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” ...........
  4. in the sky. ...........
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” ...........
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” ...........
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” ...........
Soluzioni
  1. “Yes, they are.” 3
  2. “He’s our new neighbour.” 6
  3. “No, they’re my cousins.” 5
  4. in the sky. 2
  5. “Yes, That’s right.” 7
  6. “Hi, Sue. Nice to meet you.” 1
  7. “That’s all right.” 8
  8. "Yes. It isn’t expensive at all.” 4
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Abbina le parti dai tre elenchi A, B, C e forma frasi di senso compiuto con l’uso del genitivo sassone e del present simple di to be.

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio: The children’s bedroom is very untidy.

A

  • The children
  • Corsica
  • Today
  • My cat
  • Saint Mary
  • Men
  • This week

B

  • beaches
  • bedroom
  • tail
  • newspaper
  • church
  • TV programmes
  • suits

C

  • near my house.
  • expensive.
  • full of bad news.
  • crowded in summer.
  • very long.
  • very untidy.
  • boring.

 

  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. .................................................................................................................................................................
  4. .................................................................................................................................................................
  5. .................................................................................................................................................................
  6. .................................................................................................................................................................
  7. .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. The children’s bedroom is very untidy.
  2. Corsica’s beaches are crowded in summer.
  3. Today’s newspaper is full of bad news.
  4. My cat’s tail is very long.
  5. Saint Mary’s church is near my house.
  6. Men’s suits are expensive.
  7. This week’s TV programmes are boring.
Livello B1 Past perfect simple

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
I looked everywhere for my
He felt very tired because
When the plane
Before going to
I spoke to him for a while,
My brother ate
The children picked up

B
he had been driving
landed they had been waiting 
glasses, then I remembered I 
all the cake that our
the chestnuts that 
the States last summer he had 
then I realised I had 

C
had left them at the baker’s.
been saving up for a year.
met him at a meeting.
since early morning.
for two hours at the airport.
mum had made.
had fallen from the tree.

 

1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.

2. .................................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................................

A
I looked everywhere for my
He felt very tired because
When the plane
Before going to
I spoke to him for a while,
My brother ate
The children picked up

B
he had been driving
landed they had been waiting 
glasses, then I remembered I 
all the cake that our
the chestnuts that 
the States last summer he had 
then I realised I had 

C
had left them at the baker’s.
been saving up for a year.
met him at a meeting.
since early morning.
for two hours at the airport.
mum had made.
had fallen from the tree.

 

1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.

2. .................................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I looked everywhere for my glasses, then I remembered I had left them at the baker’s.
  2. He felt very tired because he had been driving since early morning.
  3. When the plane landed, they had been waiting for two hours at the airport.
  4. Before going to the States last summer, he had been saving up for a year.
  5. I spoke to him for a while, then I realised I had met him at a meeting.
  6. My brother ate all the cake that our mum had made.
  7. The children picked up the chestnuts that had fallen from the tree.
Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. She works harder but
2. Their house is three
3. I never go to
4. Life is twice as expensive
5. Do you want
6. My grandmother doesn’t
7. Does your father work

B
1. as it was
2. to have the same
3. look as old
4. times as
5. as many hours
6. gets the same
7. bed as early

C
1. as her photo.
2. salary as me.
3. a few years ago.
4. as your mother?
5. as you do.
6. drink as me?
7. big as ours.

 

1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.

2. ........................................................................................................

3. ........................................................................................................

4. ........................................................................................................​​​​​​​

5. ........................................................................................................

6. ........................................................................................................

7. ........................................................................................................

A
1. She works harder but
2. Their house is three
3. I never go to
4. Life is twice as expensive
5. Do you want
6. My grandmother doesn’t
7. Does your father work

B
1. as it was
2. to have the same
3. look as old
4. times as
5. as many hours
6. gets the same
7. bed as early

C
1. as her photo.
2. salary as me.
3. a few years ago.
4. as your mother?
5. as you do.
6. drink as me?
7. big as ours.

 

1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.

2. ........................................................................................................

3. ........................................................................................................

4. ........................................................................................................​​​​​​​

5. ........................................................................................................

6. ........................................................................................................

7. ........................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She works harder but gets the same salary as me.
  2. Their house is three times as big as ours.
  3. I never go to bed as early as you do.
  4. Life is twice as expensive as it was a few years ago.
  5. Do you want to have the same drink as me?
  6. My grandmother doesn’t look as old as her photo.
  7. Does your father work as many hours as your mother?
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Abbina le parti dai tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. He runs as fast as lightning.
2. During rush hours using buses
3. The local bank is not
4. Today there are fewer children
5. Today the weather is not
6. Mary is as bright as
7. My colleagues at the bank

B
1. He is one of the
2. work twice
3. isn't as convenient
4. in the park
5. as near to my house
6. as good as it was
7. Barbara at school.

C
1. as using bikes.
2. But she is less popular.
3. as the post office.
4. because it is colder than yesterday.
5. as hard as your colleagues.
6. fastest people in the world.
7. yesterday, so don’t go out.

 

  1. He runs as fast as lightning. He is one of the fastest people in the world.
  2. .........................................................................................................................
  3. .........................................................................................................................
  4. .........................................................................................................................
  5. .........................................................................................................................
  6. .........................................................................................................................
  7. .........................................................................................................................

A
1. He runs as fast as lightning.
2. During rush hours using buses
3. The local bank is not
4. Today there are fewer children
5. Today the weather is not
6. Mary is as bright as
7. My colleagues at the bank

B
1. He is one of the
2. work twice
3. isn't as convenient
4. in the park
5. as near to my house
6. as good as it was
7. Barbara at school.

C
1. as using bikes.
2. But she is less popular.
3. as the post office.
4. because it is colder than yesterday.
5. as hard as your colleagues.
6. fastest people in the world.
7. yesterday, so don’t go out.

 

  1. He runs as fast as lightning. He is one of the fastest people in the world.
  2. .........................................................................................................................
  3. .........................................................................................................................
  4. .........................................................................................................................
  5. .........................................................................................................................
  6. .........................................................................................................................
  7. .........................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. During rush hours using buses isn’t as convenient as using bikes.
  2. The local bank is not as near to my house as the post office.
  3. Today there are fewer children in the park because it is colder than yesterday.
  4. Today the weather is not as good as it was yesterday, so don’t go out.
  5. Mary is as bright as Barbara at school. But she is less popular.
  6. My colleagues at the bank work twice as hard as your colleagues.
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto, usando il past simple e il past continuous. Attenzione: la posizione dei due tempi non è sempre uguale.

A
1. When we ........................... at (arrive)
2. Mum ........................... still ........................... the (clean)
3. When I ........................... her (meet)
4. We ........................... our holidays (spend)
5. The police ........................... us (stop)
6. I ........................... a shower (have)

B
1. house when our guests ........................... (arrive).
2. in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami ........................... (hit).
3. the supermarket it ........................... (close).
4. while we ........................... to Rome (drive).
5. when someone ........................... at the door (knock).
6. she ........................... her son to school (take).

 

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.

2. .......................................................................................................................................

3. .......................................................................................................................................

4. .......................................................................................................................................

5. .......................................................................................................................................

6. .......................................................................................................................................

A
1. When we ........................... at (arrive)
2. Mum ........................... still ........................... the (clean)
3. When I ........................... her (meet)
4. We ........................... our holidays (spend)
5. The police ........................... us (stop)
6. I ........................... a shower (have)

B
1. house when our guests ........................... (arrive).
2. in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami ........................... (hit).
3. the supermarket it ........................... (close).
4. while we ........................... to Rome (drive).
5. when someone ........................... at the door (knock).
6. she ........................... her son to school (take).

 

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.

2. .......................................................................................................................................

3. .......................................................................................................................................

4. .......................................................................................................................................

5. .......................................................................................................................................

6. .......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. When we arrived at the supermarket it was closing.
2. Mum was still cleaning the house when our guests arrived.
3. When I met her she was taking her son to school.
4. We were spending our holidays in the Fiji Islands when the tsunami hit.
5. The police stopped us while we were driving to Rome.
6. I was having a shower when someone knocked at the door.

Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. She’s got a difficult character. She doesn’t get
2. You’re too slow. You must try and keep
3. We’ll have to use butter because we’ve run
4. You’re so patient. How do you put
5. They’re coming on Friday. I’m really looking

B
a. up with his bad behavior? (.....)
b. on with many people. (1)
c. up with the rest of the group. (.....)
d. out of olive oil. (.....)
e. forward to seeing them. (.....)

A
1. She’s got a difficult character. She doesn’t get
2. You’re too slow. You must try and keep
3. We’ll have to use butter because we’ve run
4. You’re so patient. How do you put
5. They’re coming on Friday. I’m really looking

B
a. up with his bad behavior? (.....)
b. on with many people. (1)
c. up with the rest of the group. (.....)
d. out of olive oil. (.....)
e. forward to seeing them. (.....)

Soluzioni
  1. 4
  2. 1
  3. 2
  4. 3
  5. 5
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. I tried taking a painkiller
  2. II tried to take a painkiller,
  3. We stopped eating fish and chips,
  4. We stopped to eat fish and chips,
  5. Please remember to buy me some printer paper,
  6. I remember buying some batteries,
  7. She forgot to buy a lottery ticket,
  8. I’ll never forget buying that lottery ticket,

B

  1. but I couldn’t swallow it. (.....)
  2. because we were hungry. (.....)
  3. because it completely changed my life. (.....)
  4. to see if my headache would go away. (1)
  5. so she had no chance of winning. (.....)
  6. but I don’t know where I put them. (.....)
  7. because they are fattening. (.....)
  8. because I don’t have any left. (.....)

A

  1. I tried taking a painkiller
  2. II tried to take a painkiller,
  3. We stopped eating fish and chips,
  4. We stopped to eat fish and chips,
  5. Please remember to buy me some printer paper,
  6. I remember buying some batteries,
  7. She forgot to buy a lottery ticket,
  8. I’ll never forget buying that lottery ticket,

B

  1. but I couldn’t swallow it. (.....)
  2. because we were hungry. (.....)
  3. because it completely changed my life. (.....)
  4. to see if my headache would go away. (1)
  5. so she had no chance of winning. (.....)
  6. but I don’t know where I put them. (.....)
  7. because they are fattening. (.....)
  8. because I don’t have any left. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. 2
  2. 4
  3. 8
  4. 1
  5. 7
  6. 6
  7. 3
  8. 5
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. If you play with fire, (.......)
  2. You’ll see more of the countryside, (.......)
  3. If you spoke better English, (.......)
  4. If you hadn’t taken that train, (.......)
  5. If you press the button, (.......)
  6. If we don’t slow down the rate of global warming, (.......)
  7. She might have lived (.......)
  8. If you hadn’t moved about so much, (.......)

B

  1. hot water comes out.
  2. many species will become extinct.
  3. you could get a job in an international company.
  4. if you go there by car.
  5. you could have been in the photo.
  6. you get burned.
  7. you wouldn’t have met him.
  8. if she had received proper medical care in time.

A

  1. If you play with fire, (.......)
  2. You’ll see more of the countryside, (.......)
  3. If you spoke better English, (.......)
  4. If you hadn’t taken that train, (.......)
  5. If you press the button, (.......)
  6. If we don’t slow down the rate of global warming, (.......)
  7. She might have lived (.......)
  8. If you hadn’t moved about so much, (.......)

B

  1. hot water comes out.
  2. many species will become extinct.
  3. you could get a job in an international company.
  4. if you go there by car.
  5. you could have been in the photo.
  6. you get burned.
  7. you wouldn’t have met him.
  8. if she had received proper medical care in time.
Soluzioni
  1. f
  2. d
  3. c
  4. g
  5. a
  6. b
  7. h
  8. e
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. If my boyfriend left me,
  2. If my grandmother didn’t phone me every day,
  3. If I saw a ghost,
  4. If the teacher spoke more slowly,
  5. I’d earn more money
  6. He’d be much fitter

B

  1. I’d scream. (...)
  2. if I worked overtime. (...)
  3. I’d understand what he said. (...)
  4. I’d soon find another one. (1)
  5. I’d be very worried about her. (...)
  6. if he went to the gym more often. (...)

A

  1. If my boyfriend left me,
  2. If my grandmother didn’t phone me every day,
  3. If I saw a ghost,
  4. If the teacher spoke more slowly,
  5. I’d earn more money
  6. He’d be much fitter

B

  1. I’d scream. (...)
  2. if I worked overtime. (...)
  3. I’d understand what he said. (...)
  4. I’d soon find another one. (1)
  5. I’d be very worried about her. (...)
  6. if he went to the gym more often. (...)
Soluzioni
  1. 3
  2. 5
  3. 4
  4. 1
  5. 2
  6. 6
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Abbina le parti dalle quattro liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges ..................................................................................
  3. Vampires ..................................................................................
  4. Koalas ..................................................................................
  5. Australia ..................................................................................
  6. Greta Garbo ..................................................................................

B
was an actress
is a country in
are places
are legendary creatures
is a river
are marsupials

C
who
which
where
whose

D
played tragic heroines.
teeth are long and pointy.
is sacred to Hindus.
you don't feel crowded.
sleep during the day.
you can study in peace.

A

  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges ..................................................................................
  3. Vampires ..................................................................................
  4. Koalas ..................................................................................
  5. Australia ..................................................................................
  6. Greta Garbo ..................................................................................

B
was an actress
is a country in
are places
are legendary creatures
is a river
are marsupials

C
who
which
where
whose

D
played tragic heroines.
teeth are long and pointy.
is sacred to Hindus.
you don't feel crowded.
sleep during the day.
you can study in peace.

Soluzioni
  1. Libraries are places where you can study in peace.
  2. The Ganges is a river which is sacred for Hindus.
  3. Vampires are legendary creatures whose teeth are long and pointy.
  4. Koalas are marsupials which sleep during the day.
  5. Australia is a country in which you don’t feel crowded.
  6. Greta Garbo was an actress who played tragic heroines.
Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Abbina le parti dalle tre colonne per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. I lost my car keys yesterday,
2. There was a great film
3. I lived in Paris for two years
4. We moved to this house five years
5. Ireland is a wonderful country.
6. When Jack was a teenager,
7. I still haven’t found the boots I like.
8. I’d like to visit Budapest.

B
1. ago and we’re very
2. Have you ever
3. he learnt
4. but my brother
5. I’m going
6. I’ve never
7. last night on TV.
8. before I came

C
1. been there?
2. to play the guitar.
3. found them this morning.
4. Did you watch it?
5. to another shoe shop.
6. been to Hungary.
7. to live in Rome.
8. happy here.

1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.

2. ............................................................................................................................

3. ............................................................................................................................

4. ............................................................................................................................

5. ............................................................................................................................

6. ............................................................................................................................

7. ............................................................................................................................

8. ............................................................................................................................

A
1. I lost my car keys yesterday,
2. There was a great film
3. I lived in Paris for two years
4. We moved to this house five years
5. Ireland is a wonderful country.
6. When Jack was a teenager,
7. I still haven’t found the boots I like.
8. I’d like to visit Budapest.

B
1. ago and we’re very
2. Have you ever
3. he learnt
4. but my brother
5. I’m going
6. I’ve never
7. last night on TV.
8. before I came

C
1. been there?
2. to play the guitar.
3. found them this morning.
4. Did you watch it?
5. to another shoe shop.
6. been to Hungary.
7. to live in Rome.
8. happy here.

1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.

2. ............................................................................................................................

3. ............................................................................................................................

4. ............................................................................................................................

5. ............................................................................................................................

6. ............................................................................................................................

7. ............................................................................................................................

8. ............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I lost my car keys yesterday, but my brother found them this morning.
  2. There was a great film last night on TV. Did you watch it?
  3. I lived in Paris for two years before I came to live in Rome.
  4. We moved to this house five years ago and we’re very happy here.
  5. Ireland is a wonderful country. Have you ever been there?
  6. When Jack was a teenager, he learnt to play the guitar.
  7. I still haven’t found the boots I like. I’m going to another shoe shop.
  8. I’d like to visit Budapest. I’ve never been to Hungary.
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare dieci frasi in riferimento ad abitudini passate che non si verificano più. Le parole della lista A e B devono essere utilizzate più volte.

A
Women
It
People
Street lights
There
Factories

B
used to
didn't use to

C
be lit by gas.
write letters but now they send emails.
have washing machines.
listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
be so many cars on the road.
travel abroad so much.
be as safe as they are today.
snow a lot in winter.
have the same opportunities as men.
be more community spirit.

 

1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.

2. .....................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................

A
Women
It
People
Street lights
There
Factories

B
used to
didn't use to

C
be lit by gas.
write letters but now they send emails.
have washing machines.
listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
be so many cars on the road.
travel abroad so much.
be as safe as they are today.
snow a lot in winter.
have the same opportunities as men.
be more community spirit.

 

1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.

2. .....................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.
  2. It used to snow a lot in winter.
  3. People didn’t use to travel abroad so much.
  4. People used to listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
  5. People used to write letters but now they send emails.
  6. Women didn’t use to have the same opportunities as men.
  7. Street lights used to be lit by gas.
  8. There didn’t use to be so many cars on the road.
  9. There used to be more community spirit.
  10. Factories didn’t use to be as safe as they are today.
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.

2. Courses might begin on the .....................................................................................................................

3. You’re joking! David can’t .....................................................................................................................

4. They might live in .....................................................................................................................

5. She can’t be English. .....................................................................................................................

6. When I was a child, I could .....................................................................................................................

7. You mustn’t .....................................................................................................................

8. You mustn’t lock .....................................................................................................................

9. I’m feeling a bit tired. .....................................................................................................................

B
She’s got
solve puzzles much
behave that way
the door. I wasn’t able
I didn’t sleep well so I
before dinner. They have
5th September. It depends
afford a holiday abroad. He
New York, but

C
I’m not sure.
a French accent.
faster than I can now.
with your mother.
 to get in last night.
might not do very well in the test.
missed the train.
on the number of enrolments.
doesn’t have enough money.

A

1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.

2. Courses might begin on the .....................................................................................................................

3. You’re joking! David can’t .....................................................................................................................

4. They might live in .....................................................................................................................

5. She can’t be English. .....................................................................................................................

6. When I was a child, I could .....................................................................................................................

7. You mustn’t .....................................................................................................................

8. You mustn’t lock .....................................................................................................................

9. I’m feeling a bit tired. .....................................................................................................................

B
She’s got
solve puzzles much
behave that way
the door. I wasn’t able
I didn’t sleep well so I
before dinner. They have
5th September. It depends
afford a holiday abroad. He
New York, but

C
I’m not sure.
a French accent.
faster than I can now.
with your mother.
 to get in last night.
might not do very well in the test.
missed the train.
on the number of enrolments.
doesn’t have enough money.

Soluzioni
  1. They can’t arrive before dinner. They have missed the train.
  2. Courses might begin on the 5th September. It depends on the number of enrolments.
  3. You’re joking! David can’t afford a holiday abroad. He doesn’t have enough money.
  4. They might live in New York, but I’m not sure.
  5. She can’t be English. She’s got a French accent.
  6. When I was a child, I could solve puzzles much faster than I can now.
  7. You mustn’t behave that way with your mother.
  8. You mustn’t lock the door. I wasn’t able to get in last night.
  9. I’m feeling a bit tired. I didn’t sleep well so I might not do very well in the test.
Livello B1-B2 Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard .................................................................................................................................................
  3. You’d better stop .................................................................................................................................................
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary .................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do you fancy going out .................................................................................................................................................
  6. What should I do in your .................................................................................................................................................
  7. You should be careful when you .................................................................................................................................................
  8. How about having a drink? .................................................................................................................................................

B

opinion? You shouldn’t
talk to Mary. She’s not reliable
I’d rather eat something instead.
sent before
if you want to apply
following a diet, you’re
mail or by email? I think
for dinner? Sorry but

C

you’d better ask the secretary.
I’d rather stay at home this evening.
tell her now, it’s too early.
and might cause you problems.
I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
the end of the month.
for a scholarship.
getting too nervous.

A

  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard .................................................................................................................................................
  3. You’d better stop .................................................................................................................................................
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary .................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do you fancy going out .................................................................................................................................................
  6. What should I do in your .................................................................................................................................................
  7. You should be careful when you .................................................................................................................................................
  8. How about having a drink? .................................................................................................................................................

B

opinion? You shouldn’t
talk to Mary. She’s not reliable
I’d rather eat something instead.
sent before
if you want to apply
following a diet, you’re
mail or by email? I think
for dinner? Sorry but

C

you’d better ask the secretary.
I’d rather stay at home this evening.
tell her now, it’s too early.
and might cause you problems.
I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
the end of the month.
for a scholarship.
getting too nervous.

Soluzioni
  1. The parcel should be sent before the end of the month.
  2. You really ought to study hard if you want to apply for a scholarship.
  3. You’d better stop following a diet, you’re getting too nervous.
  4. Shall I send it by ordinary mail or by email? I think you’d better ask the secretary.
  5. Do you fancy going out for dinner? Sorry but I’d rather stay at home this evening.
  6. What should I do in your opinion? You shouldn’t tell her now, it’s too early.
  7. You should be careful when you talk to Mary. She’s not reliable and might cause you problems.
  8. How about having a drink? I’d rather eat something instead. I’m not thirsty, I’m hungry!
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
Why did you throw the paper
Earth takes a year to travel
The child is hiding
The cat jumped from the floor
She fell badly while climbing
How long did it take you to drive
We did not have dinner
When the weather is nice we like running
I usually ski
We were late because of heavy traffic

B
around
on
onto
out of
down
outside
across
up
through
behind

C
the Sun.
the motorway A14 near Bologna.
the cherry tree.
easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
because it was raining.
the bed where the child was sleeping.
the door.
the window?
Death Valley?
the woods and the countryside.

 

1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................................

A
Why did you throw the paper
Earth takes a year to travel
The child is hiding
The cat jumped from the floor
She fell badly while climbing
How long did it take you to drive
We did not have dinner
When the weather is nice we like running
I usually ski
We were late because of heavy traffic

B
around
on
onto
out of
down
outside
across
up
through
behind

C
the Sun.
the motorway A14 near Bologna.
the cherry tree.
easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
because it was raining.
the bed where the child was sleeping.
the door.
the window?
Death Valley?
the woods and the countryside.

 

1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

7. .....................................................................................................................................

8. .....................................................................................................................................

9. .....................................................................................................................................

10. .....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Why did you throw the paper out of the window?
  2. Earth takes a year to travel around the Sun.
  3. The child is hiding behind the door.
  4. The cat jumped from the floor onto the bed where the child was sleeping.
  5. She fell badly while climbing up the cherry tree.
  6. How long did it take you to drive across Death Valley?
  7. We did not have dinner outside because it was raining.
  8. When the weather is nice we like running through the woods and the countryside.
  9. I usually ski down easy slopes. I’m not an expert skier.
  10. We were late because of heavy traffic on the motorway A14 near Bologna.
Livello B1 Present perfect simple, Present perfect continuous (forma di durata), Past perfect simple

Abbina le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street ..........................................................................................................
  3. We got to the cinema when the ..........................................................................................................
  4. Before Jim finally went ..........................................................................................................
  5. Have you been here before? ..........................................................................................................
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been ..........................................................................................................
  7. It’s obvious from your ..........................................................................................................
  8. They were late for the flight. When ..........................................................................................................
  9. When Columbus landed in the ..........................................................................................................

B

for another 100 metres.
to Thailand, he had been
jogging for three hours round
film had already started, so
the park, turn left. The bank is
Yes, this is the third time
outrageous behaviour that you
New World, indigenous peoples had
they arrived at the airport the plane

C

on the corner. You can’t miss it.
I’ve visited New York.
organising the trip for months.
The museum is on the right.
we missed the first five minutes.
had already taken off.
been living there for a long time.
the lake and through the woods.
have been drinking again.

A

  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street ..........................................................................................................
  3. We got to the cinema when the ..........................................................................................................
  4. Before Jim finally went ..........................................................................................................
  5. Have you been here before? ..........................................................................................................
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been ..........................................................................................................
  7. It’s obvious from your ..........................................................................................................
  8. They were late for the flight. When ..........................................................................................................
  9. When Columbus landed in the ..........................................................................................................

B

for another 100 metres.
to Thailand, he had been
jogging for three hours round
film had already started, so
the park, turn left. The bank is
Yes, this is the third time
outrageous behaviour that you
New World, indigenous peoples had
they arrived at the airport the plane

C

on the corner. You can’t miss it.
I’ve visited New York.
organising the trip for months.
The museum is on the right.
we missed the first five minutes.
had already taken off.
been living there for a long time.
the lake and through the woods.
have been drinking again.

Soluzioni
  1. Go over the railway bridge, cross the park, turn left. The bank is on the corner. You can’t miss it.
  2. Keep going along Church Street for another 100 metres. The museum is on the right.
  3. We got to the cinema when the film had already started, so we missed the first five minutes.
  4. Before Jim finally went to Thailand, he had been organising the trip for months.
  5. “Have you been here before?” “Yes, this is the third time I’ve visited New York.”
  6. Sue was exhausted. She had been jogging for three hours round the lake and through the woods.
  7. It’s obvious from your outrageous behaviour that you have been drinking again.
  8. They were late for the flight. When they arrived at the airport the plane had already taken off.
  9. When Columbus landed in the New World, indigenous peoples had been living there for a long time.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto. Attenzione: una parte nel gruppo A è in più.

A

  1. Look at the sky!
  2. We are going
  3. Watch out!
  4. They are going to travel
  5. She is going to give
  6. We expect our team will
  7. What are you going to
  8. They won a lot of money and
  9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be
  10. What are you going

 

B

  1. ..... a party for her birthday.
  2. ..... are going to live in luxury.
  3. ..... win the next World Championship.
  4. ..... do next month?
  5. ..1.. It’s going to rain.
  6. ..... to wear for your sister’s wedding?
  7. ..... round the world when they retire.
  8. ..... A car is coming!
  9. ..... to stay at home next Sunday.

A

  1. Look at the sky!
  2. We are going
  3. Watch out!
  4. They are going to travel
  5. She is going to give
  6. We expect our team will
  7. What are you going to
  8. They won a lot of money and
  9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be
  10. What are you going

 

B

  1. ..... a party for her birthday.
  2. ..... are going to live in luxury.
  3. ..... win the next World Championship.
  4. ..... do next month?
  5. ..1.. It’s going to rain.
  6. ..... to wear for your sister’s wedding?
  7. ..... round the world when they retire.
  8. ..... A car is coming!
  9. ..... to stay at home next Sunday.
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 8
  3. 6
  4. 7
  5. 1
  6. 10
  7. 4
  8. 3
  9. 2

Intruso: 9. Next Monday at 8 p.m. we will be

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Abbina le parti dei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?

Gruppo A

  1. I can’t sleep at ........................................................................
  2. Diana’s birthday is on ........................................................................
  3. At 9 a.m. ........................................................................
  4. Today Jane is going home ........................................................................
  5. Do you work on ........................................................................
  6. Where are you going ........................................................................
  7. We always go to work on ........................................................................
  8. In England it often ........................................................................

Gruppo B

  1. weekdays.
  2. I have a meeting.
  3. June 1st.
  4. night.
  5. at the weekend?
  6. snows in December.
  7. at lunchtime.
  8. Saturdays?
Soluzioni
  1. I can’t sleep at night.
  2. Diana’s birthday is on June 1st.
  3. At 9 a.m. I have a meeting.
  4. Today Jane is going home at lunchtime.
  5. Do you work on Saturdays?
  6. Where are you going at the weekend?
  7. We always go to work on weekdays.
  8. In England it often snows in December.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. They bought
2. Did your cousin
3. She didn’t meet
4. Richard took
5. What did
6. What did you
7. My sister didn’t buy
8. Why didn’t 
9. How long did it 
10. Anne went to Paris

B
1. the T-shirt
2. her friends
3. with her mother
4. a new house in the south
5. arrive in time
6. a lot of pictures on
7. Paul and Anne come
8. have for
9. you get
10. take you to finish

C
1. for the 8:30 train?
2. her friends
3. of London last month.
4. his holiday last summer.
5. breakfast this morning?
6. because it was expensive.
7. for your birthday?
8. for yesterday.
9. to your party?
10. the English exercise?

 

1. They bought a new house in the south of London last month.

2. ................................................................................................................................................

3. ................................................................................................................................................

4. ................................................................................................................................................

5. ................................................................................................................................................

6. ................................................................................................................................................

7. ................................................................................................................................................

8. ................................................................................................................................................

9. ................................................................................................................................................

10. ................................................................................................................................................

A
1. They bought
2. Did your cousin
3. She didn’t meet
4. Richard took
5. What did
6. What did you
7. My sister didn’t buy
8. Why didn’t 
9. How long did it 
10. Anne went to Paris

B
1. the T-shirt
2. her friends
3. with her mother
4. a new house in the south
5. arrive in time
6. a lot of pictures on
7. Paul and Anne come
8. have for
9. you get
10. take you to finish

C
1. for the 8:30 train?
2. her friends
3. of London last month.
4. his holiday last summer.
5. breakfast this morning?
6. because it was expensive.
7. for your birthday?
8. for yesterday.
9. to your party?
10. the English exercise?

 

1. They bought a new house in the south of London last month.

2. ................................................................................................................................................

3. ................................................................................................................................................

4. ................................................................................................................................................

5. ................................................................................................................................................

6. ................................................................................................................................................

7. ................................................................................................................................................

8. ................................................................................................................................................

9. ................................................................................................................................................

10. ................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

2. Did your cousin arrive in time for the 8:30 train?

3. She didn’t meet her friends yesterday.

4. Richard took a lot of pictures on his holiday last summer.

5. What did you get for your birthday?

6. What did you have for breakfast this morning?

7. My sister didn’t buy the T-shirt because it was expensive.

8. Why didn’t Paul and Anne come to your party?

9. How long did it take you to finish the English exercise?

10. Anne went to Paris with her mother last year.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Our guests
  2. The teacher is showing
  3. Next week Sheila
  4. We are spending
  5. They are always
  6. Some of my friends
  7. All the students are

Gruppo B

  1. our holidays in
  2. complaining about
  3. are going to
  4. coming on
  5. are arriving by plane
  6. an interesting video
  7. is taking

Gruppo C

  1. the cost of living.
  2. the Seychelles.
  3. the USA next summer.
  4. at Fiumicino Airport.
  5. about New York.
  6. her final examination.
  7. the school trip tomorrow.

 

  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................
  3. ....................................................................................................................................
  4. ....................................................................................................................................
  5. ....................................................................................................................................
  6. ....................................................................................................................................
  7. ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Our guests are arriving by plane at Fiumicino Airport.
  2. The teacher is showing an interesting video about New York.
  3. Next week Sheila is taking her final examination.
  4. We are spending our holidays in the Seychelles.
  5. They are always complaining about the cost of living.
  6. Some of my friends are going to the USA next summer.
  7. All the students are coming on the school trip tomorrow.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto. L'esercizio è avviato.

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. George Washington
  2. Life was very hard
  3. Today it’s sunny and
  4. “Who was the first
  5. There was a heavy
  6. There was a heavy
  7. Where were you

Gruppo B

  1. storm here last night.
  2. holiday like?” “Wonderful!
  3. in the past, but now it’s
  4. man on the moon?”
  5. yesterday?” “I was
  6. warm but yesterday it
  7. was the first

Gruppo C

  1. “Neil Armstrong.”
  2. was cold and rainy.
  3. I was frightened.
  4. We were in a fantastic spa village.”
  5. complex and stressful.
  6. President of the USA.
  7. at the cinema with my friends.”

 

1. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. George Washington was the first President of the USA.
  2. Life was very hard in the past, but now it’s complex and stressful.
  3. Today it’s sunny and warm but yesterday it was cold and rainy.
  4. “Who was the first man on the moon?” “Neil Armstrong.”
  5. There was a heavy storm here last night. I was frightened.
  6. “What was your holiday like?” “Wonderful! We were in a fantastic spa village.”
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. At weekends
  2. On Saturdays I
  3. We always go to
  4. Do you and
  5. Does your
  6. Do you ever

Gruppo B

  1. bed early
  2. we often go
  3. your cousin attend
  4. mother use a
  5. go out for
  6. usually go to a pub

Gruppo C

  1. a meal in the evening?
  2. the same course?
  3. computer at work?
  4. to the mountains.
  5. with my friends.
  6. on weekdays.

 

  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. ............................................................................................................................................
  3. ............................................................................................................................................
  4. ............................................................................................................................................
  5. ............................................................................................................................................
  6. ............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. At weekends we often go to the mountains.
  2. On Saturdays I usually go to a pub with my friends.
  3. We always go to bed early on weekdays.
  4. Do you and your cousin attend the same course?
  5. Does your mother use a computer at work?
  6. Do you ever go out for a meal in the evening?
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Abbina le parti dei tre gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. Can you lend me some of
  2. Have we got any mustard?
  3. Is there any lemonade
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold.
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot.
  6. I’m busy.
  7. They haven’t got
  8. Can you give me some

Gruppo B

  1. these felt pens?
  2. any questions
  3. medicine for my cough?
  4. No, we haven’t
  5. in the fridge? No, there’s only
  6. Have we got
  7. Can you make
  8. I have no time to

Gruppo C

  1. chat with you now.
  2. I don’t feel well.
  3. on this topic.
  4. Yes, you can take any you like.
  5. got any at home.
  6. some orange juice.
  7. any aspirins?
  8. some for me, please?

 

  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. ..............................................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Can you lend me some of these felt pens? Yes, you can take any you like.
  2. Have we got any mustard? No, we haven’t got any at home.
  3. Is there any lemonade in the fridge? No, there’s only some orange juice.
  4. I’ve got a terrible cold. Have we got any aspirins?
  5. There’s no coffee in the pot. Can you make some for me, please?
  6. I’m busy. I have no time to chat with you now.
  7. They haven’t got any questions on this topic.
  8. Can you give me some medicine for my cough? I don’t feel well.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Abbina le parti del gruppo A a quelle del gruppo B scrivendo il numero corretto tra parentesi.

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)

Gruppo A

  1. How often do
  2. How fast does
  3. How tall is
  4. How large is
  5. How old is Mr
  6. How far does she
  7. How deep is

Gruppo B

  1. your younger sister? (............)
  2. the school hall? (............)
  3. live from here? (............)
  4. the Eurostar go? (............)
  5. you go to the gym? (............)
  6. the harbour? (............)
  7. Smith, your manager? (............)
Soluzioni
  1. your younger sister? (3)
  2. the school hall? (4)
  3. live from here? (6)
  4. the Eurostar go? (2)
  5. you go to the gym? (1)
  6. the harbour? (7)
  7. Smith, your manager? (5)
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Abbina le parti della lista A con le question tag della lista B.

A

  1. You’re Australian,
  2. Sean lives in London,
  3. Fleming is Danish,
  4. She won’t tell me,
  5. He couldn’t swim,
  6. Let’s go to the disco,
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend,

B

  1. could he? (....)
  2. shall we? (....)
  3. aren't you? (1)
  4. has he? (....)
  5. doesn't he? (....)
  6. isn't he? (....)
  7. will she? (....)

A

  1. You’re Australian,
  2. Sean lives in London,
  3. Fleming is Danish,
  4. She won’t tell me,
  5. He couldn’t swim,
  6. Let’s go to the disco,
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend,

B

  1. could he? (....)
  2. shall we? (....)
  3. aren't you? (1)
  4. has he? (....)
  5. doesn't he? (....)
  6. isn't he? (....)
  7. will she? (....)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 6
  3. 1
  4. 7
  5. 2
  6. 3
  7. 4
Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

Abbina le parti delle due colonne per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio
1. e. Mary is the cleverest student in our class.

2. ..... Trains are the most

3. ..... Max is the best at maths

4. ..... We chose a holiday in Spain

5. ..... Switzerland is the most

6. ..... In Monaco there is one of the

7. ..... Beijing is the most

8. ..... The mediterranean diet is the

9. ..... I am the youngest and

10. ..... The pizza Margherita here is

11. ..... Mozambique is one of the

12. ..... Bob always wins at card games. He’s

Esempio
1. e. Mary is the cleverest student in our class.

2. ..... Trains are the most

3. ..... Max is the best at maths

4. ..... We chose a holiday in Spain

5. ..... Switzerland is the most

6. ..... In Monaco there is one of the

7. ..... Beijing is the most

8. ..... The mediterranean diet is the

9. ..... I am the youngest and

10. ..... The pizza Margherita here is

11. ..... Mozambique is one of the

12. ..... Bob always wins at card games. He’s

Soluzioni
  1. e
  2. d
  3. i
  4. b
  5. g
  6. l
  7. a
  8. j
  9. f
  10. k
  11. c
  12. h
Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Abbina le parti in A con le parti in B per formare frasi di senso compiuto e sottolinea la parola giusta.

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [.....]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes1 ]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [.....]
  4. to find food without additives. [.....]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [.....]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [.....]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [.....]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [.....]

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [.....]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes1 ]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [.....]
  4. to find food without additives. [.....]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [.....]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [.....]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [.....]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [.....]
Soluzioni

A

  1. I’ve got too/much little money. It is not
  2. He has too/little confidence in
  3. Your results are good enough/enough good
  4. We need to make sure that the house
  5. Nowadays, it is quite/pretty impossible
  6. I was sleeping soundly when I had
  7. He’s a wonderful father, he’s
  8. You must be absolutely/enough

B

  1. to get into a top university. [3]
  2. enough to buy a new pair of shoes [1]
  3. a really/very terrible dream. [6]
  4. to find food without additives. [5]
  5. still while sitting for a portrait. [8]
  6. is thoroughly/fairly clean when the guests arrive. [4]
  7. his abilities and is terribly shy. [2]
  8. totally/enough devoted to his children. [7]
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Abbina le parti nei due gruppi per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A
1. I’ve been waiting for you for hours. Where
2. Let’s go out and have a break. You’ve been
3. Heavy rain has been falling for two hours now.
4. Most of secondary school students have
5. We are very tired. We have been decorating
6. “I haven’t seen Peter for days. Isn’t he in town?” “No, he

B
...... a. the electricity hasn’t come back yet.
...... b. been learning English since they were six.
...... c. working hard since early morning.
...... d. our house since we got up this morning.
...... e. has been away since last month.”
...1... f. have you been all this time?

A
1. I’ve been waiting for you for hours. Where
2. Let’s go out and have a break. You’ve been
3. Heavy rain has been falling for two hours now.
4. Most of secondary school students have
5. We are very tired. We have been decorating
6. “I haven’t seen Peter for days. Isn’t he in town?” “No, he

B
...... a. the electricity hasn’t come back yet.
...... b. been learning English since they were six.
...... c. working hard since early morning.
...... d. our house since we got up this morning.
...... e. has been away since last month.”
...1... f. have you been all this time?

Soluzioni

3 a
4 b
2 c
5 d
6 e
1 f 

Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Abbina le parti per completare i modi di dire.

  1. Better late ........
  2. Better the devil you know ........
  3. Better safe ........
  4. It is better to be born lucky ........
  5. It is better to give ........ 
  6. It is better to travel hopefully ........

 

  1. than rich
  2. than sorry
  3. than to receive
  4. then to arrive
  5. than never
  6. than the devil you don't
  1. Better late ........
  2. Better the devil you know ........
  3. Better safe ........
  4. It is better to be born lucky ........
  5. It is better to give ........ 
  6. It is better to travel hopefully ........

 

  1. than rich
  2. than sorry
  3. than to receive
  4. then to arrive
  5. than never
  6. than the devil you don't
Soluzioni
  1. e
  2. f
  3. b
  4. a
  5. c
  6. d
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Abbina le parti per formare frasi complete.

A

  1. He has stopped
  2. Joan will never forget
  3. They want to try
  4. He tried to
  5. Would you like
  6. Did you remember
  7. The writer starts with a description of the landscape and then goes on
  8. After finishing one book, she decided to go on

B

  1. reading the entire series. (....)
  2. repair the TV by himself, but it was too hard. (....)
  3. eating only vegetables instead of meat. (....)
  4. playing tennis because of his bad knee. (1)
  5. to analyse the characters. (....)
  6. to come on holiday with me? (....)
  7. to turn the gas off? (....)
  8. spending a wonderful holiday in Paris. (....)

A

  1. He has stopped
  2. Joan will never forget
  3. They want to try
  4. He tried to
  5. Would you like
  6. Did you remember
  7. The writer starts with a description of the landscape and then goes on
  8. After finishing one book, she decided to go on

B

  1. reading the entire series. (....)
  2. repair the TV by himself, but it was too hard. (....)
  3. eating only vegetables instead of meat. (....)
  4. playing tennis because of his bad knee. (1)
  5. to analyse the characters. (....)
  6. to come on holiday with me? (....)
  7. to turn the gas off? (....)
  8. spending a wonderful holiday in Paris. (....)
Soluzioni
  1. 8
  2. 4
  3. 3
  4. 1
  5. 7
  6. 5
  7. 6
  8. 2
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Abbina le question tag alle frasi corrette.

  1. Factories are the worst pollutants,
  2. Mr. Johnson has been to Scotland recently,
  3. The trip was quite expensive,
  4. You won’t tell him,

 

  1. wasn’t it
  2. will you?
  3. hasn’t he?
  4. aren’t they?

 

Soluzioni:

  1. .........
  2. .........
  3. .........
  4. .........
  1. Factories are the worst pollutants,
  2. Mr. Johnson has been to Scotland recently,
  3. The trip was quite expensive,
  4. You won’t tell him,

 

  1. wasn’t it
  2. will you?
  3. hasn’t he?
  4. aren’t they?

 

Soluzioni:

  1. .........
  2. .........
  3. .........
  4. .........
Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. c
  3. a
  4. b
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Abbina ogni domanda alla rispettiva risposta.

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Esempio: 1.b. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player? No, he’s the regional champion.

 

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?

 

a. Oh, thank you. A fashion magazine, please.

b. No, he’s the regional champion.

c. Yes, sure. There’s plenty of room.

d. I’m sorry but I’m using it now.

e. I don’t think so. It’s very dangerous in winter.

f. Yes, of course. Do you take milk and sugar?

g. No, you can’t. There’s a no smoking sign on the door.

h. Thank you very much. I’m looking for the bank.

 

1 ....................

2 ....................

3 ....................

4 ....................

5 ....................

6 ....................

7 ....................

8 ....................

Soluzioni

1b; 2a; 3f; 4e; 5c; 6d; 7g; 8h

Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Abbina ogni sigla del dominio email alla nazionalità corrispondente.

  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
  1. dk
  2. pl
  3. au
  4. jp
  5. it
  6. ca
  7. cn

 

  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. ...........
  3. It’s a Canadian address. ...........
  4. It’s a Chinese address. ...........
  5. It’s an Australian address. ...........
  6. It’s a Polish address. ...........
  7. It’s an Italian address. ...........
Soluzioni
  1. It’s a Japanese address. 4
  2. It’s a Danish address. 1
  3. It’s a Canadian address. 6
  4. It’s a Chinese address. 7
  5. It’s an Australian address. 3
  6. It’s a Polish address. 2
  7. It’s an Italian address. 5
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Abbina parti della lista A con parti della lista C usando più volte i pronomi relativi B.

A

  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent ...........................................................................
  3. An optician is a person ...........................................................................
  4. The 31st of October is the day ...........................................................................
  5. Pubs are places ...........................................................................
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation ...........................................................................
  7. A philosopher is someone ...........................................................................
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author ...........................................................................

B

who
where
whose
when
which

C

children wear scary costumes.
young people like hanging out at weekends.
helps governments respect human rights.
has retired.
tries to explain the meaning of life.
books have been translated into many languages.
koalas still live.
job is to check people’s sight.

A

  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent ...........................................................................
  3. An optician is a person ...........................................................................
  4. The 31st of October is the day ...........................................................................
  5. Pubs are places ...........................................................................
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation ...........................................................................
  7. A philosopher is someone ...........................................................................
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author ...........................................................................

B

who
where
whose
when
which

C

children wear scary costumes.
young people like hanging out at weekends.
helps governments respect human rights.
has retired.
tries to explain the meaning of life.
books have been translated into many languages.
koalas still live.
job is to check people’s sight.

Soluzioni
  1. A pensioner is a person who has retired.
  2. Australia is a continent where koalas still live.
  3. An optician is a person whose job is to check people’s sight.
  4. The 31st of October is the day when children wear scary costumes.
  5. Pubs are places where young people like hanging out at weekends.
  6. Amnesty International is an organisation which helps governments respect human rights.
  7. A philosopher is someone who tries to explain the meaning of life.
  8. J. K. Rowling is an author whose books have been translated into many languages.
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Abbina per formare frasi complete.

...... 1. I’m thirsty. Can I have
...... 2. It was cold. There wasn’t
...... 3. I opened the door but
...... 4. He doesn’t want to go
...... 5. I can help you. I have
...... 6. I am reading the news but there isn’t
...... 7. “Is there anything else to do?” “No,
...... 8. The director didn’t want to see

a. there was nobody there.
b. anybody. He had a meeting.
c. something to drink, please?
d. nothing to do today.
e. anything new today.
f. anywhere at the weekend.
g. nothing else for today.”
h. anyone out in the park.

...... 1. I’m thirsty. Can I have
...... 2. It was cold. There wasn’t
...... 3. I opened the door but
...... 4. He doesn’t want to go
...... 5. I can help you. I have
...... 6. I am reading the news but there isn’t
...... 7. “Is there anything else to do?” “No,
...... 8. The director didn’t want to see

a. there was nobody there.
b. anybody. He had a meeting.
c. something to drink, please?
d. nothing to do today.
e. anything new today.
f. anywhere at the weekend.
g. nothing else for today.”
h. anyone out in the park.

Soluzioni
  1. c
  2. h
  3. a
  4. f
  5. d
  6. e
  7. g
  8. b
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Aggiungi l’interrogativo corretto.

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”

Esempio:
………….............. does your car cost?
How much does your car cost?

  1. “……………….… are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. ……………….… hours do you study each day?
  3. ……………….… does it take you to get to school?
  4. "……………….… do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. “……………….… is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. “……………….… are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. “……………….… is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Soluzioni
  1. How are you today?” “Fine, thanks.”
  2. How many hours do you study each day?
  3. How long does it take you to get to school?
  4. "How often do you go to the gym?” “Once a week.”
  5. "How old is your sister?” “She’s 16.”
  6. "How tall are you?” “I’m 1 metre 85.”
  7. "How much is this?” “It’s 3 euro.”
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Alcune domande dell’esercizio precedente possono essere formulate in modo diverso. Scrivi quelle possibili con i seguenti sostantivi e l’uso del presente di to be. Le risposte sono date.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.

distance • length • depth • width • speed • height

Esempio:
................................................................................................ It’s 275 km.
What’s the distance between Rome and Florence? It’s 275 km.

  1. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 3,665 km.
  2. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 306 m.
  3. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 15 km.
  4. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. ....................................................................................................................................................................... It’s 330 m.
Soluzioni
  1. What’s the length of Route 66? It’s 3,665 km.
  2. What’s the depth of the Dead Sea? It’s 306 m.
  3. What’s the width of the Dead Sea? It’s 15 km.
  4. What’s the speed of a cheetah? It’s between 70 and 130 km/h.
  5. What’s the height of the Eiffel Tower? It’s 330 m.
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Alcune espressioni idiomatiche di uso frequente nella lingua di tutti i giorni presentano comparativi di maggioranza. Eccone alcune. Scrivi l’equivalente nella lingua italiana.

1. From bad to worse.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Two heads are better than one.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Sooner or later.

....................................................................................................................................

4. The more, the merrier.

....................................................................................................................................

5. The grass is always greener on the other side of the fence.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Better late than never

....................................................................................................................................

1. From bad to worse.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Two heads are better than one.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Sooner or later.

....................................................................................................................................

4. The more, the merrier.

....................................................................................................................................

5. The grass is always greener on the other side of the fence.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Better late than never

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Di male in peggio
  2. Quattr’occhi fanno meglio di due.
  3. Prima o poi.
  4. Più siamo e meglio è.
  5. L’erba del vicino è sempre più verde.
  6. Meglio tardi che mai.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Alcune frasi contengono errori nell’uso del futuro. Sottolinea R (Right) se l’uso è corretto e W (Wrong) se l’uso è errato e scrivi la forma appropriata come nell’esempio.

Esempio
I forgot to buy bread. I’m getting some now.
R W - I’ll get

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R W ................................................................................

2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W ................................................................................

3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W ................................................................................

4. I hope you are coming to my party. R W ................................................................................

5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R W ................................................................................

6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W ................................................................................

7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W ................................................................................

8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W ................................................................................

9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W ................................................................................

Esempio
I forgot to buy bread. I’m getting some now.
R W - I’ll get

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R W ................................................................................

2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W ................................................................................

3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W ................................................................................

4. I hope you are coming to my party. R W ................................................................................

5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R W ................................................................................

6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W ................................................................................

7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W ................................................................................

8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W ................................................................................

9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W ................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. Scientific studies say that there will be great climate change. R
2. I promise, I’m not telling anyone your secret. R W - wont'tell
3. We won’t go to school tomorrow because it’s a holiday. R W - aren't going
4. I hope you are coming to my party. R
5. What colour are you going to paint your kitchen? R
6. In the future a large number of people are shopping online. R W - will shop
7. As soon as the film finishes, I’ll go to bed. R W
8. Will you do anything interesting next weekend? R W - Are you doing
9. Dinner is going to be ready soon. R W

Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Alex è un ragazzo molto ricco e sbruffone. Si vanta sempre di ciò che si fa fare. Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Mi faccio disegnare gli abiti da Armani.

.................................................................................................................................

2. Mi faccio portare la colazione in camera ogni mattina.

.................................................................................................................................

3. Faccio pulire ai miei domestici (domestic helpers) l’argenteria (silver) ogni giorno.

.................................................................................................................................

4. Non faccio entrare nessuno nella mia palestra.

.................................................................................................................................

5. Faccio recidere (to deadhead) i fiori secchi (spent flowers) ogni girono dal mio giardiniere (gardener).

.................................................................................................................................

1. Mi faccio disegnare gli abiti da Armani.

.................................................................................................................................

2. Mi faccio portare la colazione in camera ogni mattina.

.................................................................................................................................

3. Faccio pulire ai miei domestici (domestic helpers) l’argenteria (silver) ogni giorno.

.................................................................................................................................

4. Non faccio entrare nessuno nella mia palestra.

.................................................................................................................................

5. Faccio recidere (to deadhead) i fiori secchi (spent flowers) ogni girono dal mio giardiniere (gardener).

.................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I have my clothes designed by Armani.
  2. I have my breakfast brought to my room every morning.
  3. I make my domestic helpers clean the silver every day.
  4. I don’t let anyone into my gym.
  5. I make my gardener deadhead the spent flowers every day.
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Associa la parola al suo contrario.

  1. bald - d
  2. gracious - .....
  3. disposable - .....
  4. lunatic - .....
  5. rotten - .....
  6. morbid - .....
  7. annoy - .....
  8. preserve - .....

 

  1. reusable
  2. fresh
  3. cheerful
  4. hairy
  5. please
  6. damage
  7. rational
  8. impolite
  1. bald - d
  2. gracious - .....
  3. disposable - .....
  4. lunatic - .....
  5. rotten - .....
  6. morbid - .....
  7. annoy - .....
  8. preserve - .....

 

  1. reusable
  2. fresh
  3. cheerful
  4. hairy
  5. please
  6. damage
  7. rational
  8. impolite
Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. h
  3. a
  4. g
  5. b
  6. c
  7. e
  8. f
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Brian e Sally vogliono sistemare la loro casa per venderla ma non hanno molto tempo. Decidono quindi quali lavori far fare. Completa le frasi con have e la forma corretta delle espressioni date.

fix the gate • cut the grass • replace the broken window • paint the kitchen walls • repair wooden fence • clean all the curtains • value the house • clear the garage • install a new doorbell

Esempio
I don’t know how much the house is worth on the market today.
We must ................................................................................................ .
We must have it valued.

1. The wooden fence is collapsing. We’d better

......................................................................................................................................................................

2. All the curtains are really dirty. We must

...................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The kitchen walls are no longer white. We’ll have to

.....................................................................................................................................................

4. There’s a broken window at the back. We must

..............................................................................................................................................................

5. The front garden looks like a jungle. We’d better

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. The front gate has come off its hinges. We’ll have to

..................................................................................................................................................

7. The garage is full of stuff. We ought to

......................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The doorbell doesn’t work. We should

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

fix the gate • cut the grass • replace the broken window • paint the kitchen walls • repair wooden fence • clean all the curtains • value the house • clear the garage • install a new doorbell

Esempio
I don’t know how much the house is worth on the market today.
We must ................................................................................................ .
We must have it valued.

1. The wooden fence is collapsing. We’d better

......................................................................................................................................................................

2. All the curtains are really dirty. We must

...................................................................................................................................................................................

3. The kitchen walls are no longer white. We’ll have to

.....................................................................................................................................................

4. There’s a broken window at the back. We must

..............................................................................................................................................................

5. The front garden looks like a jungle. We’d better

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. The front gate has come off its hinges. We’ll have to

..................................................................................................................................................

7. The garage is full of stuff. We ought to

......................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The doorbell doesn’t work. We should

.......................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. have the wooden fence repaired.
  2. have all the curtains cleaned.
  3. have the kitchen walls painted.
  4. have the broken window replaced.
  5. have the grass cut.
  6. have the gate fixed.
  7. have the garage cleared.
  8. have a new doorbell installed.
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere
Che cosa esprimono le seguenti domande? Scrivi il loro numero accanto alla funzione corrispondente.

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

1. Can I beat the Chinese table tennis player?

2. Can I get you something to read?

3. Can I have a cup of tea?

4. Can I climb that mountain?

5. Can I sit here?

6. Can I use your computer?

7. Can I smoke in here?

8. Can I help you?


Richieste
Domanda n. ...................................

Offerte
Domanda n. ...................................

Abilità
Domanda n. ...................................

Permesso
​​​​​​​Domanda n. ...................................

Soluzioni

Richieste: Domanda n. 3, 6;

Offerte: Domanda n. 2, 8;

Abilità: Domanda n. 1, 4;

Permesso: Domanda n. 5, 7.

Livello B1-B2 Comprensione del testo

Che cosa significa quite in queste frasi? Sottolinea la risposta corretta.

  1. It’s quite cold. Why don’t you wear a warm jacket?
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  2. You can’t compare the two things. They are quite different.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  3. Robert is quite shy. You’d never guess he is an actor.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  4. My bedroom is quite big but my wardrobe is really small.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  5. He didn’t study much and passed all his exams. It’s quite incredible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  6. He looks quite active considering his age. He’s over 85!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  7. I’m afraid I can’t do what you ask. It’s quite impossible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  8. “Are you sure? I don’t believe a single word of what you are saying.” “Yes, I’m quite sure.”
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  1. It’s quite cold. Why don’t you wear a warm jacket?
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  2. You can’t compare the two things. They are quite different.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  3. Robert is quite shy. You’d never guess he is an actor.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  4. My bedroom is quite big but my wardrobe is really small.
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  5. He didn’t study much and passed all his exams. It’s quite incredible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  6. He looks quite active considering his age. He’s over 85!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  7. I’m afraid I can’t do what you ask. It’s quite impossible!
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
  8. “Are you sure? I don’t believe a single word of what you are saying.” “Yes, I’m quite sure.”
    1. abbastanza/piuttosto
    2. totalmente/assolutamente
Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. b
  3. a
  4. a
  5. b
  6. a
  7. b
  8. b
Livello B2 Verso le certificazioni (B2)

Choose the correct alternative.

What is deep sleep, and how much of it do you need?

Deep sleep, also called slow wave sleep, is the time in which the brain and the body repair themselves. (1) ......................................................... most adults should aim for 7-8 hours of sleep each night, the science of sleep is (2) ......................................................... complex. Research has shown that there are two main types of sleep, called rapid eye movement (REM) sleep and non- REM sleep, which in turn are (3) ...................... into four stages. In stage one, which lasts only a few minutes, sleep is fairly light, and it is when the brain unwinds and the muscles start to relax. The second stage is another light moment of sleep, when both the heart and breathing (4) ...................... slow down even more as the body starts transitioning to deeper sleep. The so-called slow wave sleep is the third stage which takes (5) ...................... in the first part of the night. It may be difficult to wake someone during this phase, because it is when sleep disorders such as sleepwalking (6) ...................... . Ninety minutes after we have fallen asleep the body enters the REM stage and it is when we have vivid dreams. What is important is that we get enough deep sleep, because if we don’t, it may affect the brain (7) ...................... to the inability to make new memories or retain information. Long-term effects could well include heart disease and Alzheimer’s. We can get more deep sleep by (8) ...................... aside more time to sleep each night, avoiding exercise before going to bed, eating fewer carbohydrates, and having a warm bath or shower before going to sleep. It is also advisable to avoid blue lights like those from tv screens or smartphones, keep the room as dark as possible, and try not to drink stimulants like tea or caffeine later in the day.

1.
a. Although
b. However,
c. Moreover,
d. Furthermore,

2.
a. nearly
b. quite
c. almost
d. even

3.
a. cut
b. divided
c. split
d. made

4.
a. rhythm
b. speed
c. frequency
d. rate

5.
a. form
b. shape
c. place
d. time

6.
a. happen
b. occur
c. develop
d. appear

7.
a. causing
b. resulting
c. leading
d. inducing

8.
a. suspending
b. setting
c. reserving
d. allowing

What is deep sleep, and how much of it do you need?

Deep sleep, also called slow wave sleep, is the time in which the brain and the body repair themselves. (1) ......................................................... most adults should aim for 7-8 hours of sleep each night, the science of sleep is (2) ......................................................... complex. Research has shown that there are two main types of sleep, called rapid eye movement (REM) sleep and non- REM sleep, which in turn are (3) ...................... into four stages. In stage one, which lasts only a few minutes, sleep is fairly light, and it is when the brain unwinds and the muscles start to relax. The second stage is another light moment of sleep, when both the heart and breathing (4) ...................... slow down even more as the body starts transitioning to deeper sleep. The so-called slow wave sleep is the third stage which takes (5) ...................... in the first part of the night. It may be difficult to wake someone during this phase, because it is when sleep disorders such as sleepwalking (6) ...................... . Ninety minutes after we have fallen asleep the body enters the REM stage and it is when we have vivid dreams. What is important is that we get enough deep sleep, because if we don’t, it may affect the brain (7) ...................... to the inability to make new memories or retain information. Long-term effects could well include heart disease and Alzheimer’s. We can get more deep sleep by (8) ...................... aside more time to sleep each night, avoiding exercise before going to bed, eating fewer carbohydrates, and having a warm bath or shower before going to sleep. It is also advisable to avoid blue lights like those from tv screens or smartphones, keep the room as dark as possible, and try not to drink stimulants like tea or caffeine later in the day.

1.
a. Although
b. However,
c. Moreover,
d. Furthermore,

2.
a. nearly
b. quite
c. almost
d. even

3.
a. cut
b. divided
c. split
d. made

4.
a. rhythm
b. speed
c. frequency
d. rate

5.
a. form
b. shape
c. place
d. time

6.
a. happen
b. occur
c. develop
d. appear

7.
a. causing
b. resulting
c. leading
d. inducing

8.
a. suspending
b. setting
c. reserving
d. allowing

Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. b
  3. b
  4. d
  5. c
  6. b
  7. c
  8. b
Livello A2 Verso le certificazioni (A2)

Choose the correct answer a, b or c.

1. Can you come to my party on Saturday?
a. Fine, thank you.
b. Yes, I like it.
c. I’m sorry. I can’t.

2. Where are you from?
a. Yes, I am.
b. London
c. No, I’m going.

3. Can I borrow your book?
a. I pass.
b. Yes, I can.
c. Here you are.

4. What’s the time?
a. Five thirty.
b. Half past one o’clock.
c. Sixteen and a half.

5. How are you?
a. Fine, thanks.
b. I’m 18.
c. No, thanks.

6. How much is this pen?
a. There are two.
b. It is £2.
c. They are £5.

1. Can you come to my party on Saturday?
a. Fine, thank you.
b. Yes, I like it.
c. I’m sorry. I can’t.

2. Where are you from?
a. Yes, I am.
b. London
c. No, I’m going.

3. Can I borrow your book?
a. I pass.
b. Yes, I can.
c. Here you are.

4. What’s the time?
a. Five thirty.
b. Half past one o’clock.
c. Sixteen and a half.

5. How are you?
a. Fine, thanks.
b. I’m 18.
c. No, thanks.

6. How much is this pen?
a. There are two.
b. It is £2.
c. They are £5.

Soluzioni
  1. c
  2. b
  3. c
  4. a
  5. a
  6. b
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Choose the correct answer for each gap.

AN ALL-ARTS FESTIVAL

Latitude Festival is one of the (1) .................................. visited music and arts festivals in the UK, held every year in July in the heart of the Suffolk countryside in England. Visitors (2) ............................ see an incredible lineup of musicians across multiple genres, including indie, rock, pop and electronic music. (3) .................................. well as music, the festival offers a wide range of other forms of entertainment, from theatre and dance to literary and comedy programmes. With so much to see and do, it’s no surprise that tickets always sell out (4) .................................. . One of the things that make this festival different from other music festivals is the (5) ............................ of the arts in all forms. With a focus on creativity and innovation, the festival (6) .......................... a platform for emerging artists and performers to showcase their work alongside established famous performers. Other activities include gourmet food stalls and artisan markets. There’s something for everyone at this popular event. Latitude Festival provides the perfect backdrop for a weekend of fun and relaxation. (7) ............................ you’re camping on site or staying in nearby accommodation, there’s (8) ............................ better way to experience the magic of this unique festival.

1.
a. most
b. more
c. well
d. good

2.
a. do
b. can
c. have
d. are

3.
a. And
b. If
c. To
d. As

4.
a. fastly
b. hardly
c. quickly
d. mostly

5.
a. promotes
b. product
c. promotion
d. produce

6.
a. offers
b. offering
c. offered
d. offer

7.
a. Then
b. How
c. If
d. What

8.
a. none
b. no
c. some
d. any

AN ALL-ARTS FESTIVAL

Latitude Festival is one of the (1) .................................. visited music and arts festivals in the UK, held every year in July in the heart of the Suffolk countryside in England. Visitors (2) ............................ see an incredible lineup of musicians across multiple genres, including indie, rock, pop and electronic music. (3) .................................. well as music, the festival offers a wide range of other forms of entertainment, from theatre and dance to literary and comedy programmes. With so much to see and do, it’s no surprise that tickets always sell out (4) .................................. . One of the things that make this festival different from other music festivals is the (5) ............................ of the arts in all forms. With a focus on creativity and innovation, the festival (6) .......................... a platform for emerging artists and performers to showcase their work alongside established famous performers. Other activities include gourmet food stalls and artisan markets. There’s something for everyone at this popular event. Latitude Festival provides the perfect backdrop for a weekend of fun and relaxation. (7) ............................ you’re camping on site or staying in nearby accommodation, there’s (8) ............................ better way to experience the magic of this unique festival.

1.
a. most
b. more
c. well
d. good

2.
a. do
b. can
c. have
d. are

3.
a. And
b. If
c. To
d. As

4.
a. fastly
b. hardly
c. quickly
d. mostly

5.
a. promotes
b. product
c. promotion
d. produce

6.
a. offers
b. offering
c. offered
d. offer

7.
a. Then
b. How
c. If
d. What

8.
a. none
b. no
c. some
d. any

Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. b
  3. d
  4. c
  5. c
  6. a
  7. c
  8. b
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Ci sono molti modi per andare dall’aeroporto di Heathrow al centro di Londra: con la metropolitana, con il taxi, con l’autobus e con il treno. Analizza la griglia e completa le frasi con i comparativi delle parole date.

Comparing transport from Heathrow airport to London

crowded • cheap • frequently • modern • fast • comfortable • expensive • spacious • quiet • dirty • clean • convenient

London Tube
Journey time: 1 hour
Cost: £ 6.00 adult single fare
Comfort: Overcrowded, especially during rush hours. There is limited space for luggage.
Frequency: It leaves every 5 minutes.

Heathrow Express
Journey time: 15-20 minutes
Cost: £ 25 adult single fare
Comfort: Modern with a special ‘quiet zone’ available. The seats are clean and comfortable.
Frequency: Trains leave every 15 minutes.

 

Esempio
The tube is ................................................, especially during rush hours.
The tube is dirtier, especially during rush hours.

1. The Heathrow Express is ..........................................., it only takes about 15-20 minutes to get to London Paddington.

2. If you are staying near Paddington Station, it is ........................................... to take the Heathrow Express.

3. The Heathrow Express is ............................................ It costs four times more than the tube.

4. The seats in the Heathrow express are ........................................ and ............................................

5. The tube is ........................................... . It costs about one fourth of the price of the Heathrow Express.

6. The tube is ........................................... . During rush hours it’s packed with people.

7. The tube runs .................................. , every few minutes.

8. The Heathrow Express is .................................. and ............................. Carriages are new and have enough space for luggage.

9. The Heathrow Express is ........................................... than the tube. A special “quiet zone” is available.

Comparing transport from Heathrow airport to London

crowded • cheap • frequently • modern • fast • comfortable • expensive • spacious • quiet • dirty • clean • convenient

London Tube
Journey time: 1 hour
Cost: £ 6.00 adult single fare
Comfort: Overcrowded, especially during rush hours. There is limited space for luggage.
Frequency: It leaves every 5 minutes.

Heathrow Express
Journey time: 15-20 minutes
Cost: £ 25 adult single fare
Comfort: Modern with a special ‘quiet zone’ available. The seats are clean and comfortable.
Frequency: Trains leave every 15 minutes.

 

Esempio
The tube is ................................................, especially during rush hours.
The tube is dirtier, especially during rush hours.

1. The Heathrow Express is ..........................................., it only takes about 15-20 minutes to get to London Paddington.

2. If you are staying near Paddington Station, it is ........................................... to take the Heathrow Express.

3. The Heathrow Express is ............................................ It costs four times more than the tube.

4. The seats in the Heathrow express are ........................................ and ............................................

5. The tube is ........................................... . It costs about one fourth of the price of the Heathrow Express.

6. The tube is ........................................... . During rush hours it’s packed with people.

7. The tube runs .................................. , every few minutes.

8. The Heathrow Express is .................................. and ............................. Carriages are new and have enough space for luggage.

9. The Heathrow Express is ........................................... than the tube. A special “quiet zone” is available.

Soluzioni
  1. faster
  2. more convenient
  3. more expensive
  4. cleaner more comfortable
  5. cheaper
  6. more crowded
  7. more frequently
  8. more modern more spacious
  9. quieter
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Collega le due frasi scegliendo tra il past simple e il past continuous e usa when e while quando necessario.

Esempio
I studied for my exam. Michael came.
I was studying for my exam when Michael came.

1. I met Anne. I did my shopping.

..................................................................................................................................

2. Did you attend university? You met Paul.

..................................................................................................................................

3. We watched TV. The telephone rang.

..................................................................................................................................

4. It rained hard. I left home.

..................................................................................................................................

5. I had a shower. You called.

..................................................................................................................................

6. Did you work in the garden? Your friends arrived.

..................................................................................................................................

7. Didn’t it snow in the mountains? You reached the top.

..................................................................................................................................

8. I arrived. The shops closed.

..................................................................................................................................

Esempio
I studied for my exam. Michael came.
I was studying for my exam when Michael came.

1. I met Anne. I did my shopping.

..................................................................................................................................

2. Did you attend university? You met Paul.

..................................................................................................................................

3. We watched TV. The telephone rang.

..................................................................................................................................

4. It rained hard. I left home.

..................................................................................................................................

5. I had a shower. You called.

..................................................................................................................................

6. Did you work in the garden? Your friends arrived.

..................................................................................................................................

7. Didn’t it snow in the mountains? You reached the top.

..................................................................................................................................

8. I arrived. The shops closed.

..................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1.  
  2. I met Anne while I was doing my shopping.
  3. Were you attending university when you met Paul?
  4. We were watching TV when the telephone rang.
  5. It was raining hard when I left home.
  6. I was having a shower when you called.
  7. Were you working in the garden when your friends arrived?
  8. Wasn’t it snowing in the mountains when you reached the top?
  9. When I arrived, the shops were closing.
  10.  
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Collega le frasi con il connettivo dato tra parentesi.

Esempio
I’ll take a book with me. It’s going to be a long journey. (as)
As it’s going to be a long journey, I’ll take a book with me.

1. They had to take their car. There was a train strike. (because of) 

.....................................................................................................................

2. I’d better write down her phone number. I won’t forget it. (so that)

...................................................................................................................

3. I love Italian cuisine. I love English breakfast. (both... and)

.....................................................................................................................

4. I don’t like the red shoes. I don’t like the brown shoes. (either... or)

.................................................................................................................

Esempio
I’ll take a book with me. It’s going to be a long journey. (as)
As it’s going to be a long journey, I’ll take a book with me.

1. They had to take their car. There was a train strike. (because of) 

.....................................................................................................................

2. I’d better write down her phone number. I won’t forget it. (so that)

...................................................................................................................

3. I love Italian cuisine. I love English breakfast. (both... and)

.....................................................................................................................

4. I don’t like the red shoes. I don’t like the brown shoes. (either... or)

.................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Because of the train strike, they had to take their car.
  2. I’d better write down her phone number so that I won’t forget it.
  3. I love both Italian cuisine and English breakfast.
  4. I don’t like either the red shoes or the brown shoes.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Collega le parti dalle tre liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth ................................................................................
  3. She’s good at maths ................................................................................
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. ................................................................................
  5. I got there on time ................................................................................
  6. She refused to speak to him ................................................................................

B
in order to
in spite of
even though
whereas
even if
However,

C
the heavy traffic.
he sent her red roses every day.
protest about working conditions.
her brother is good at languages.
I’m not at home.
he sent them a telegram.

A

  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth ................................................................................
  3. She’s good at maths ................................................................................
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. ................................................................................
  5. I got there on time ................................................................................
  6. She refused to speak to him ................................................................................

B
in order to
in spite of
even though
whereas
even if
However,

C
the heavy traffic.
he sent her red roses every day.
protest about working conditions.
her brother is good at languages.
I’m not at home.
he sent them a telegram.

Soluzioni
  1. The bus drivers are going on strike in order to protest about working conditions.
  2. I always brush my teeth even if I’m not at home.
  3. She’s good at maths whereas her brother is good at languages.
  4. He couldn’t get to their wedding. However, he sent them a telegram.
  5. I got there on time in spite of the heavy traffic.
  6. She refused to speak to him even though he sent her red roses every day.
Livello B1-B2 Avverbi di modo

Completa con aggettivo o avverbio giusto fra quelli dati.

1. I hardly ever go to the cinema. I don’t have time. (hard/hardly).

2. She tried .................................................................. to finish the research in time. (hard/hardly)

3. They came back home ......................................... on Saturday. (late/lately)

4. She has been feeling much better .......................................... . (late/lately)

5. Fred is very talkative. He makes friends .................................................................. (easy/easily)

6. He laughed .................................................................. at her joke. (loud/loudly)

1. I hardly ever go to the cinema. I don’t have time. (hard/hardly).

2. She tried .................................................................. to finish the research in time. (hard/hardly)

3. They came back home ......................................... on Saturday. (late/lately)

4. She has been feeling much better .......................................... . (late/lately)

5. Fred is very talkative. He makes friends .................................................................. (easy/easily)

6. He laughed .................................................................. at her joke. (loud/loudly)

Soluzioni
  1. hardly
  2. hard
  3. late
  4. lately
  5. easily
  6. loudly
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con espressioni particolari di make e la forma verbale corretta.

1. I couldn’t sleep because my neighbours ...................................................... a lot of ...................................................... last night.

2. ...................................................... an online ...................................................... is quick compared with going to a bank or post office.

3. I don’t usually lend people my books, but I’ll ...................................................... an ...................................................... in your case.

4. I can’t wait any longer. You must ...................................................... a ...................................................... or I will decide myself.

5. We ................................ just ............................... a written ............................. about the hotel room. We hope we get our money back.

6. How much money do you expect ...................................................... from the sale of your old car?

1. I couldn’t sleep because my neighbours ...................................................... a lot of ...................................................... last night.

2. ...................................................... an online ...................................................... is quick compared with going to a bank or post office.

3. I don’t usually lend people my books, but I’ll ...................................................... an ...................................................... in your case.

4. I can’t wait any longer. You must ...................................................... a ...................................................... or I will decide myself.

5. We ................................ just ............................... a written ............................. about the hotel room. We hope we get our money back.

6. How much money do you expect ...................................................... from the sale of your old car?

Soluzioni
  1. made/were making a lot of noise
  2. Making an online payment
  3. make an exception
  4. make a decision
  5. have jus made a written complaint
  6. to make
Livello B1-B2 Futuro progressivo (future continuous)

Completa con future simple (will) oppure future continuous (will be + -ing) dei verbi tra parentesi.

1. I hope it ........................................... (rain) when we leave.

2. I can hear a lot of noise in the street. I ........................................... (go) and see what is happening.

3. I think I ........................................... (help) my little sister with her homework.

4. What ........................................... you ........................................... (do) tomorrow morning?

5. ............................ you ............................... (go) to the market on your own or ................................... you ........................................... (wait) for me?

6. We ........................................... (have) breakfast in the café at 8 tomorrow. Come with us!

7. “Did you remember to invite Sophie?” “Oh, no! I forgot. I ........................................... (do) it right now.”

8. This time tomorrow, they ........................................... (travel) to London.

9. Frank ........................................... (study) for the exam all day today.

10. Wait a minute. Your suitcase looks very heavy. I ........................................... (carry) it for you.

1. I hope it ........................................... (rain) when we leave.

2. I can hear a lot of noise in the street. I ........................................... (go) and see what is happening.

3. I think I ........................................... (help) my little sister with her homework.

4. What ........................................... you ........................................... (do) tomorrow morning?

5. ............................ you ............................... (go) to the market on your own or ................................... you ........................................... (wait) for me?

6. We ........................................... (have) breakfast in the café at 8 tomorrow. Come with us!

7. “Did you remember to invite Sophie?” “Oh, no! I forgot. I ........................................... (do) it right now.”

8. This time tomorrow, they ........................................... (travel) to London.

9. Frank ........................................... (study) for the exam all day today.

10. Wait a minute. Your suitcase looks very heavy. I ........................................... (carry) it for you.

Soluzioni
  1. won’t rain
  2. ’ll go
  3. will help
  4. will you be doing
  5. Will you be going - will you wait
  6. will be having
  7. ’ll do
  8. will be travelling
  9. will be studying
  10. ’ll carry
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Completa con gli articoli: a, an, the se necessari.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Esempio
There’s .................. train strike (sciopero) today because .................. railway workers are unhappy about their salary.
There’s a train strike today because the railway workers are unhappy about their salary.

1. “Do your parents go to ................... church on ................... Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. ................... pollution is one of ................... most serious environmental problems.

3. ................... images aren’t clear on ................... TV in my bedroom. I need to buy ................... new one.

4. ................... fruit and ................... vegetables have got a lot of ................... vitamins.

5. I like reading ................... history books. At present I’m reading ................... book about ................... World War II.

6. Have you got ................... idea about how we can solve ................... problem?

7. ................... Indian dishes are ................... popular alternative to ................... British cuisine.

8. ................... Italian food in ................... new restaurant in ................... town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that ................... money is the most important thing in ................... life.

Soluzioni

1. “Do your parents go to church on Sundays?” “Yes, every Sunday.”

2. Pollution is one of the most serious environmental problems.

3. The images aren’t clear on the TV in my bedroom. I need to buy a new one.

4. Fruit and vegetables have got a lot of vitamins.

5. I like reading history books. At present I’m reading a book about World War II.

6. Have you got an idea about how we can solve the problem?

7. Indian dishes are a popular alternative to British cuisine.

8. The Italian food in the new restaurant in the town centre is very good.

9. Some people think that money is the most important thing in life.

Livello B1-B2 Avverbi di modo

Completa con gli avverbi corrispondenti ai seguenti aggettivi.

early • good • lucky • smart • careful • hard • happy • bad

1. The children did well in their test.

2. .................................................................. tomorrow is Saturday, so I don’t have to get up .................................................................. .

3. Please think .................................................... before you answer.

4. When I was .................................................................. my friend kindly offered to do the shopping for me.

5. Barbara was .................................................................. dressed at my birthday party.

6. They have to work ....................................................... for a living.

7. Peter and Molly are ........................................................... married.

8. The team can’t win. They are playing .................................................................. .

early • good • lucky • smart • careful • hard • happy • bad

1. The children did well in their test.

2. .................................................................. tomorrow is Saturday, so I don’t have to get up .................................................................. .

3. Please think .................................................... before you answer.

4. When I was .................................................................. my friend kindly offered to do the shopping for me.

5. Barbara was .................................................................. dressed at my birthday party.

6. They have to work ....................................................... for a living.

7. Peter and Molly are ........................................................... married.

8. The team can’t win. They are playing .................................................................. .

Soluzioni
  1. well
  2. Luckily - early
  3. carefully
  4. ill
  5. smartly
  6. hard
  7. happily
  8. badly
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Completa con i false friends corretti.

Esempio
I’ve got very ................................. (sensitive/sensible) skin.
I’ve got very sensitive skin.

1. This is not a ................................. (sensitive/sensible) argument, you should also consider our side of the story.

2. I like her a lot. She is always so ................................. (sympathetic/friendly) with everyone.

3. This is the ................................. (argument/topic) I would like to talk about today.

4. He is so ................................. (clever/brave), he isn’t afraid of anything.

5. I always go to the Italian restaurant because the waiters are ................................. (polite/educated).

6. He’s ................................. (actually/currently) writing a new book as he usually does every year.

7. When you wear a carnival mask you can ................................. (pretend/claim) to be someone else.

8. A lot of people ................................. (waited/attended) the conference on Forensic Botany.

Esempio
I’ve got very ................................. (sensitive/sensible) skin.
I’ve got very sensitive skin.

1. This is not a ................................. (sensitive/sensible) argument, you should also consider our side of the story.

2. I like her a lot. She is always so ................................. (sympathetic/friendly) with everyone.

3. This is the ................................. (argument/topic) I would like to talk about today.

4. He is so ................................. (clever/brave), he isn’t afraid of anything.

5. I always go to the Italian restaurant because the waiters are ................................. (polite/educated).

6. He’s ................................. (actually/currently) writing a new book as he usually does every year.

7. When you wear a carnival mask you can ................................. (pretend/claim) to be someone else.

8. A lot of people ................................. (waited/attended) the conference on Forensic Botany.

Soluzioni
  1. sensible
  2. friendly
  3. topic
  4. brave
  5. polite
  6. currently
  7. pretend
  8. attended
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi

Completa con i phrasal verbs e la forma verbale giusta.

go on • show up • dress up • fall behind • stand for • hold on • pass away • set off

1. Could you ............................................., please? I’ll go and check if she’s still in her office.

2. He ............................................. peacefully in hospital surrounded by his family. He was 95.

3. She ............................................. singing even though the music had stopped.

4. I waited for nearly half an hour, but he ............................................. (neg).

5. “What ............................................. UFO .............................................?” “Unidentified Flying Object.”

6. Peter ............................................. in his studies owing to his long illness.

7. “Do I need to ............................................. for the meeting?” “No, it’s not a formal event.”

8. Are you ............................................. early tomorrow morning?

go on • show up • dress up • fall behind • stand for • hold on • pass away • set off

1. Could you ............................................., please? I’ll go and check if she’s still in her office.

2. He ............................................. peacefully in hospital surrounded by his family. He was 95.

3. She ............................................. singing even though the music had stopped.

4. I waited for nearly half an hour, but he ............................................. (neg).

5. “What ............................................. UFO .............................................?” “Unidentified Flying Object.”

6. Peter ............................................. in his studies owing to his long illness.

7. “Do I need to ............................................. for the meeting?” “No, it’s not a formal event.”

8. Are you ............................................. early tomorrow morning?

Soluzioni
  1. hold on
  2. passed away
  3. went on
  4. didn’t show up
  5. does stand for
  6. fell behind
  7. dress up
  8. setting off
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Completa con i pronomi personali complemento o soggetto.

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

1. My brother gets up very early. I never see ........................... in the morning.

2. Saturn has seven rings. ........................... are made mostly of ice and rock particles.

3. My sister lives in Sydney but .......................................... often comes to Europe.

4. I really like lemon and ginger tea. I only drink ........................... before going to sleep.

5. Jane and I have a generous grandmother. She gives ..................... expensive presents for our birthdays.

6. My new shoes are the wrong size. I can’t wear ........................... .

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. They
  3. she
  4. it
  5. us
  6. them
Livello B2-C1 False friends (1)

Completa con i sostantivi dati in ordine sparso.

injury • policy • addiction • politics • magazine • library • rumour • accident • disappointment

1. I’ve heard they’re going to divorce but I think it’s just a rumour.

2. My cousin is in intensive care for a serious ............................................................ after a car ............................................................ .

3. Peter prefers studying at the ............................................................ because it is quiet.

4. The new government has been changing the existing ............................................................ regarding immigration.

5. My brother tried to hide his ............................................................ for having failed his exams.

6. James has decided to enter ............................................................ after studying law.

7. One of my friends has successfully fought against drug ............................................................ .

8. When I travel by train long distances, I always buy a ............................................................ to pass the time.

injury • policy • addiction • politics • magazine • library • rumour • accident • disappointment

1. I’ve heard they’re going to divorce but I think it’s just a rumour.

2. My cousin is in intensive care for a serious ............................................................ after a car ............................................................ .

3. Peter prefers studying at the ............................................................ because it is quiet.

4. The new government has been changing the existing ............................................................ regarding immigration.

5. My brother tried to hide his ............................................................ for having failed his exams.

6. James has decided to enter ............................................................ after studying law.

7. One of my friends has successfully fought against drug ............................................................ .

8. When I travel by train long distances, I always buy a ............................................................ to pass the time.

Soluzioni
  1. rumour
  2. injury - accident
  3. library
  4. policy
  5. disappointment
  6. politics
  7. addiction
  8. magazine
Livello B2-C1 False friends (2)

Completa con i verbi corretti scegliendo fra quelli dati.

1. …….................................................... money
withdraw/retire

2. …….................................................... a product
warn/advertise

3. …….................................................... a conference
wait/attend

4. …….................................................... jam
preserve/maintain

5. …….................................................... control
believe/retain

6. an accident can ……....................................................
occur/need

7. …….................................................... to a situation
repair/adjust

8. …….................................................... from work
retire/withdraw

9. …….................................................... for a bus
wait/attend

10. …….................................................... in an ideal
believe/retain

11. …….................................................... of danger
warn/advertise

12. …….................................................... standards
preserve/maintain

13. …….................................................... something broken
repair/adjust

14. …….................................................... advice
occur/need

1. …….................................................... money
withdraw/retire

2. …….................................................... a product
warn/advertise

3. …….................................................... a conference
wait/attend

4. …….................................................... jam
preserve/maintain

5. …….................................................... control
believe/retain

6. an accident can ……....................................................
occur/need

7. …….................................................... to a situation
repair/adjust

8. …….................................................... from work
retire/withdraw

9. …….................................................... for a bus
wait/attend

10. …….................................................... in an ideal
believe/retain

11. …….................................................... of danger
warn/advertise

12. …….................................................... standards
preserve/maintain

13. …….................................................... something broken
repair/adjust

14. …….................................................... advice
occur/need

Soluzioni
  1. withdraw
  2. advertise
  3. attend
  4. preserve
  5. retain
  6. occur
  7. adjust
  8. retire
  9. wait
  10. believe
  11. warn
  12. maintain
  13. repair
  14. need
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (4)

Completa con il connettivo corretto.

in my view • provided • according to • so that • in case • whether

1. Bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.

2. I’ll put the chicken in the oven now ............................................................... it will be ready for dinner.

3. I will come to your birthday party ............................................................... I don’t have a temperature.

4. ............................................................... today’s news, the murderer was arrested in his house.

5. I asked the child ............................................................... he had done the drawing all by himself.

6. ..............................................................., you should have dealt also with the problems related to Health Service.

in my view • provided • according to • so that • in case • whether

1. Bring an umbrella with you in case it rains.

2. I’ll put the chicken in the oven now ............................................................... it will be ready for dinner.

3. I will come to your birthday party ............................................................... I don’t have a temperature.

4. ............................................................... today’s news, the murderer was arrested in his house.

5. I asked the child ............................................................... he had done the drawing all by himself.

6. ..............................................................., you should have dealt also with the problems related to Health Service.

Soluzioni
  1. in case
  2. so that
  3. provided
  4. According to
  5. whether
  6. In my view
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con verbi modali

Completa con il discorso indiretto e diretto le parti riguardanti una conversazione tra due amiche.

Choosing a birthday present

Discorso diretto

Jane: It’s my new boyfriend’s birthday tomorrow and I haven’t bought him a present yet. I should have thought about it before. Can you help me choose something?

Ann: I’d be glad to help you. It’s my day off so I don’t have to go to work. What do you think he’d like?

Jane: I know he needs a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he can store more photos. It must be the latest model.

Ann: The good ones are very expensive and he might feel embarrassed. If I had known before, I could have asked a friend who sells them. Perhaps you should buy him something a little cheaper. You could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane: That’s a good idea but they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Ann: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

 

Discorso indiretto

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann told her not to worry. She could easily find two tickets for the following day. She said that if she were Jane, she’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. They would be both hungry.

Jane said that Ann was right, but it wouldn’t be easy to find a restaurant because he was a vegetarian and she couldn’t eat food with gluten.

Ann said that it must be difficult for her to eat out.

Jane agreed and said that it was a real problem. Her last boyfriend had been annoyed, because they couldn’t go out for a pizza together.

Ann said that he couldn’t have been the right person for her. She knew the perfect place for her but it might be a good idea to book. She asked if she should phone them at that moment.

Jane said that that would be great and thanked her. She then asked her what she would do without her.

Choosing a birthday present

Discorso diretto

Jane: It’s my new boyfriend’s birthday tomorrow and I haven’t bought him a present yet. I should have thought about it before. Can you help me choose something?

Ann: I’d be glad to help you. It’s my day off so I don’t have to go to work. What do you think he’d like?

Jane: I know he needs a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he can store more photos. It must be the latest model.

Ann: The good ones are very expensive and he might feel embarrassed. If I had known before, I could have asked a friend who sells them. Perhaps you should buy him something a little cheaper. You could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane: That’s a good idea but they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Ann: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann:  ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

Jane: ..............................................................................................................................................................................................

 

Discorso indiretto

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Ann told her not to worry. She could easily find two tickets for the following day. She said that if she were Jane, she’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. They would be both hungry.

Jane said that Ann was right, but it wouldn’t be easy to find a restaurant because he was a vegetarian and she couldn’t eat food with gluten.

Ann said that it must be difficult for her to eat out.

Jane agreed and said that it was a real problem. Her last boyfriend had been annoyed, because they couldn’t go out for a pizza together.

Ann said that he couldn’t have been the right person for her. She knew the perfect place for her but it might be a good idea to book. She asked if she should phone them at that moment.

Jane said that that would be great and thanked her. She then asked her what she would do without her.

Soluzioni

Discorso diretto

Ann: Don’t worry! I can easily find two tickets for tomorrow. If I were you, I’d go to a romantic restaurant after the performance. You will both be hungry.
Jane: Yes, you’re right, but it won’t be easy to find a restaurant because he’s a vegetarian and I can’t eat food with gluten.
Ann: It must be difficult for you to eat out.
Jane: Yes, I agree, it’s a real problem. My last boyfriend was annoyed, because we couldn’t go out for a pizza together.
Ann: He can’t have been the right person for you. I know the perfect place for you but it may be a good idea to book. Shall I phone them now?
Jane: Jane: That would be great, thanks. What would I do without you?

Discorso indiretto

Jane said that it was her new boyfriend’s birthday the following day and she hadn’t bought him a present yet. She said that she should have thought about it before. She asked Ann if she could help her choose something.

Ann said she would be glad to help her. It was her day off so she didn’t have to go to work. She asked Jane what she thought he’d like.

Jane replied that she knew he needed a new mobile phone with a lot of memory where he could store more photos. It had to be the latest model.

Ann replied that the good ones were very expensive and that he might feel embarrassed. She added that If she had known before, she could have asked a friend who sold them. She suggested that Jane should buy him something a little cheaper. She said that Jane could surprise him with tickets to a musical.

Jane said that that was a good idea but that they might be difficult to find at such short notice.

Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa con il future perfect simple o future perfect continuous.

1. By the end of the year, we ................................................................. (live) in Milan for 20 years.

2. ................................................................. you ................................................................. (finish) your research by next week?

3. By the end of this month, we................................................................. (be) married for 40 years.

4. At Easter I ................................................................. (know) him for three years.

5. I ................................................................. (study) Chinese for 10 months by the end of the year.

6. Doctor Ryan ................................................................. (not visit) all his patients until late this evening.

7. I ................................................................. (work) overtime for three hours by 8 p.m.

8. By the end of August, we ................................................................. (tour) the USA for two months.

1. By the end of the year, we ................................................................. (live) in Milan for 20 years.

2. ................................................................. you ................................................................. (finish) your research by next week?

3. By the end of this month, we................................................................. (be) married for 40 years.

4. At Easter I ................................................................. (know) him for three years.

5. I ................................................................. (study) Chinese for 10 months by the end of the year.

6. Doctor Ryan ................................................................. (not visit) all his patients until late this evening.

7. I ................................................................. (work) overtime for three hours by 8 p.m.

8. By the end of August, we ................................................................. (tour) the USA for two months.

Soluzioni
  1. will have been living
  2. Will you have finished
  3. will have been
  4. will have known
  5. will have been studying
  6. won’t have visited
  7. will have been working
  8. will have been touring
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Completa con il past simple o past continuous dei verbi dati.

1. We .................................................... (not like) the movie. It was incredibly boring.

2. It .................................................... (rain) the whole day so we .................................................... (decide) to stay at home and play some board games.

3. I .................................................... (call) you last night after dinner, but you .................................................... (not be) there. Where were you?

4. I ................................................. (watch) a cooking programme on TV when I .................................................... (realise) how hungry I was. I .................................................... (go) straight into the kitchen and .................................................... (prepare) myself something to eat.

5. While she .................................................... (tidy) her room, she .................................................... (find) some photographs in a box under her bed.

6. They .................................................... (get) to the station as the train .................................................... (leave).

7. “Why .................................................... (not come) out with us last night?” “I .................................................... (be) too tired and ...................... .............................. (decide) to go to bed early.”

8. When Sam .......................................................... (drive) us home the other evening, he .............................................................. (crash) his car. He .................................................... (read) a message on his phone and not looking at the road.

1. We .................................................... (not like) the movie. It was incredibly boring.

2. It .................................................... (rain) the whole day so we .................................................... (decide) to stay at home and play some board games.

3. I .................................................... (call) you last night after dinner, but you .................................................... (not be) there. Where were you?

4. I ................................................. (watch) a cooking programme on TV when I .................................................... (realise) how hungry I was. I .................................................... (go) straight into the kitchen and .................................................... (prepare) myself something to eat.

5. While she .................................................... (tidy) her room, she .................................................... (find) some photographs in a box under her bed.

6. They .................................................... (get) to the station as the train .................................................... (leave).

7. “Why .................................................... (not come) out with us last night?” “I .................................................... (be) too tired and ...................... .............................. (decide) to go to bed early.”

8. When Sam .......................................................... (drive) us home the other evening, he .............................................................. (crash) his car. He .................................................... (read) a message on his phone and not looking at the road.

Soluzioni
  1. didn’t like
  2. rained - decided
  3. called - weren’t
  4. was watching - realised - went - prepared
  5. was tidying - found
  6. got - was leaving
  7. didn’t you come - was - decided
  8. was driving - crashed - was reading
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con il tempo giusto di to get seguito dai verbi dati in ordine sparso.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

ready • angry • dirty • dressed • old • bored

Esempio
.......... you .......... for your holidays?
Are you getting ready for your holidays?

1. Children often ......................... when they play outside.

2. I ………………… when people jump the queue.

3. On workings days I wash and ............................. quickly.

4. My grandmother .......................... . She needs assistance.

5. I ..................................... . I don’t like this film.

Soluzioni
  1. get dirty
  2. get angry
  3. get dressed
  4. is getting old
  5. ’m getting bored
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa con il verbo e il tempo giusto: present simple o present continuous.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

remember • have (x2) • take • wake up • drive • go (x2) • prefer • get up • sleep • plan • call • enjoy

Barbara’s daily routine

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) ................................................... at seven o’clock, but she (2) ............................................................. (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) .................................................................. (neg.) to work so she (4) .................................................................. still .................................................................. . On weekdays she usually (5) ............................................................................... a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) .................................................................. to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) .................................................................. to work, but next week she (8) .................................................................. the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) .................................................................. to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) .................................................................. for a walk in the countryside and (11) .................................................................. a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) .................................................................. delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) .................................................................. (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) .................................................................. her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Soluzioni

From Monday to Friday Barbara (1) wakes up at seven o’clock, but she (2) doesn't get up (neg.) until a quarter past seven. Today is Saturday and she (3) is not going (neg.) to work so she (4) is still sleeping. On weekdays she usually (5) has a shower before 8 o’clock, but at weekends she (6) prefers to rest until nine o’clock. She always (7) drives to work, but next week she (8) is taking the bus because her car is at the mechanic’s. Tomorrow is Sunday, and she (9) is planning to spend a day out with her best friend. When the weather is nice, they usually (10) go for a walk in the countryside and (11) have a meal on a farm. She’s got a favourite farm where they always (12) enjoy delicious meals. At the moment, she (13) doesn't remember (neg) the name of the farm. Right now, she (14) is calling her friend to plan the day and book the meal on the farm.

Livello B1-B2 Like e as

Completa con la forma corretta dei verbi like/be like/look like.

1. “Do you know what the weather ................................ tomorrow?” “It will be warm and sunny.”

2. “What ................................ your English guest ................................?” “She’s thin, tall with long fair hair and green eyes.”

3. “What kind of music ................................ you ................................ best?” “Rock music is my favourite.”

4. “What ................................ you ................................ to drink with your pizza?” “Some coke, please.”

5. “What ................................ your new English teacher ................................?” “She’s very good and is always ready to help us.”

6. “Where ................................ you ................................ to spend next weekend?” “What about going to a spa?”

1. “Do you know what the weather ................................ tomorrow?” “It will be warm and sunny.”

2. “What ................................ your English guest ................................?” “She’s thin, tall with long fair hair and green eyes.”

3. “What kind of music ................................ you ................................ best?” “Rock music is my favourite.”

4. “What ................................ you ................................ to drink with your pizza?” “Some coke, please.”

5. “What ................................ your new English teacher ................................?” “She’s very good and is always ready to help us.”

6. “Where ................................ you ................................ to spend next weekend?” “What about going to a spa?”

Soluzioni
  1. will be like
  2. does - look like
  3. do - like
  4. would - like
  5. ’s - like
  6. would - like
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con la forma corretta del verbo do, make oppure take, con il significato di “fare”.

  1. The person I spoke to ........................................................ a huge profit from investing in an e-commerce store.
  2. You must ........................................................ some more research before handing in your essay.
  3. I always ........................................................ a lot of photos whenever I go on a guided tour.
  4. It’s time for you to ........................................................ a choice! You can’t go on changing your mind all the time.
  5. Sue doesn’t like ................................... the washing up. However, she enjoys ........................................... the rest of the housework.
  6. I hope that one day you’ll stop ........................................................ promises that you never keep.
  7. He had ........................................................ the exam again because he hadn’t followed the written instructions.
  8. I ........................................................ the dishes a few minutes ago and there are already some dirty ones in the sink.
  1. The person I spoke to ........................................................ a huge profit from investing in an e-commerce store.
  2. You must ........................................................ some more research before handing in your essay.
  3. I always ........................................................ a lot of photos whenever I go on a guided tour.
  4. It’s time for you to ........................................................ a choice! You can’t go on changing your mind all the time.
  5. Sue doesn’t like ................................... the washing up. However, she enjoys ........................................... the rest of the housework.
  6. I hope that one day you’ll stop ........................................................ promises that you never keep.
  7. He had ........................................................ the exam again because he hadn’t followed the written instructions.
  8. I ........................................................ the dishes a few minutes ago and there are already some dirty ones in the sink.
Soluzioni
  1. made
  2. do
  3. take
  4. make
  5. doing - doing
  6. making
  7. to take
  8. did
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa con la forma corretta di futuro. Usa i verbi dati tra parentesi.

1. Do you think the teachers ........................................................... (mark) all the tests by tomorrow morning?

2. Next week, they ........................................................... (be married) for five years.

3. English lessons ........................................................... (start) at 8 on Mondays.

4. This time tomorrow, ........................................................... (meet) my Spanish friend in Rome.

5. By next summer, I ........................................................... (live) in Florence for three years.

6. .......................................... you .......................................... (spend) your holidays abroad?

7. By the time you get home, I ........................................................... (finish) my training for the match.

8. I don’t think it ........................................................... (take) me long to find a good hotel for our stay in Wales.

9. Luckily, by the end of the month, I ........................................................... (settle) all my debts.

10. Don’t come before 9 a.m., I ........................................................... (sleep).

1. Do you think the teachers ........................................................... (mark) all the tests by tomorrow morning?

2. Next week, they ........................................................... (be married) for five years.

3. English lessons ........................................................... (start) at 8 on Mondays.

4. This time tomorrow, ........................................................... (meet) my Spanish friend in Rome.

5. By next summer, I ........................................................... (live) in Florence for three years.

6. .......................................... you .......................................... (spend) your holidays abroad?

7. By the time you get home, I ........................................................... (finish) my training for the match.

8. I don’t think it ........................................................... (take) me long to find a good hotel for our stay in Wales.

9. Luckily, by the end of the month, I ........................................................... (settle) all my debts.

10. Don’t come before 9 a.m., I ........................................................... (sleep).

Soluzioni
  1. will have marked
  2. ’ll have been married
  3. start
  4. ’ll be meeting
  5. ’ll have been living
  6. Are going to spend
  7. will have finished
  8. will take
  9. will have settled
  10. will be sleeping
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Completa con la forma corretta di: used to, be used to e get used to seguiti dai verbi dati. Ricorda di usare la forma in -ing dopo be used to e get used to.

watch • follow • have • do • manage • drive • live • stay

1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.

2. When I was in England for work experience, I never ..................................................................... dinner at 6.

3. When he was in England, he had to ........................................................................ on the opposite side of the road.

4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we ............................................................. in a small hotel near the main station.

5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never ......................................................... here.

6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She ......................................... (neg.) so much work every day.

7. In the past young people ......................................... TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.

8. When I was young I ......................................... (neg.) political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

watch • follow • have • do • manage • drive • live • stay

1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.

2. When I was in England for work experience, I never ..................................................................... dinner at 6.

3. When he was in England, he had to ........................................................................ on the opposite side of the road.

4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we ............................................................. in a small hotel near the main station.

5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never ......................................................... here.

6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She ......................................... (neg.) so much work every day.

7. In the past young people ......................................... TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.

8. When I was young I ......................................... (neg.) political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

Soluzioni
  1. I’ve got used to managing
  2. got used to having
  3. get used to driving
  4. used to stay
  5. get used to living
  6. wasn’t used to doing
  7. used to watch
  8. didn’t use to follow
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa con la forma in -ing o infinito dei verbi dati.

1. I never remember .............................................................. (buy) the food I need if I don’t write a list.

2. Paul stopped .............................................................. (play) the piano at six because it was time for dinner.

3. I haven’t finished .............................................................. (fill) in all the forms, I’ll try .............................................................. (finish) before lunch.

4. I need to stop .............................................................. (make) a call before I forget .............................................................. (do) it.

5. Is there anything you regret .............................................................. (do) in your life?

6. Have you ever forgotten .............................................................. (give) birthday cards to your best friends?

7. I should have stopped .............................................................. (drink) all that wine and beer years ago.

8. I regret .............................................................. (inform) you that we are closing our shop.

1. I never remember .............................................................. (buy) the food I need if I don’t write a list.

2. Paul stopped .............................................................. (play) the piano at six because it was time for dinner.

3. I haven’t finished .............................................................. (fill) in all the forms, I’ll try .............................................................. (finish) before lunch.

4. I need to stop .............................................................. (make) a call before I forget .............................................................. (do) it.

5. Is there anything you regret .............................................................. (do) in your life?

6. Have you ever forgotten .............................................................. (give) birthday cards to your best friends?

7. I should have stopped .............................................................. (drink) all that wine and beer years ago.

8. I regret .............................................................. (inform) you that we are closing our shop.

Soluzioni
  1. to buy
  2. playing
  3. filling - to finish
  4. to make - to do
  5. doing
  6. giving
  7. drinking
  8. to inform
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa con la forma passiva dei verbi dati.

steal • send • create • consider • inform • give (x2) • report • disguise • rob • catch • spot

STEALING IDENTITY: PHISHING

Phishing (1) ............................................ one of the most frequently used methods for stealing one’s identity. In spite of advances in anti-virus technology, a lot of people (2) ............................................ still ............................................ out by phishing attacks. A lot of Identity frauds (3) ............................................ every day by the media. This kind of fraud is committed by cyber criminals, and occurs when a person’s private information and banking details (4) ............................................ . They (5) ............................................ as harmless interactions that persuade the victim to rely on the phisher. Most cybercriminals are extremely clever and convincing. The easiest way to commit a theft is probably to convince the victims that they (6) ............................................ (neg.). The victims (7) .......................................................... an SMS message, or are contacted on the phone by somebody pretending to be their bank. While they (8) ............................................................ about limited special offers, a suspected identity theft is activated and phishers create a sense of urgency, requiring an immediate answer. In this way they (9) ............................................ the victim’s login credentials. The number of fake messages is growing dramatically. Encrypted websites can (10) ............................................ by hackers every day. Personal information and banking details (11) ................................................... never ............................................................. by email, or over the phone. Phishing can (12) ............................................ if we read carefully the security policies about the indicators of a phishing attempt, given online by governments.

steal • send • create • consider • inform • give (x2) • report • disguise • rob • catch • spot

STEALING IDENTITY: PHISHING

Phishing (1) ............................................ one of the most frequently used methods for stealing one’s identity. In spite of advances in anti-virus technology, a lot of people (2) ............................................ still ............................................ out by phishing attacks. A lot of Identity frauds (3) ............................................ every day by the media. This kind of fraud is committed by cyber criminals, and occurs when a person’s private information and banking details (4) ............................................ . They (5) ............................................ as harmless interactions that persuade the victim to rely on the phisher. Most cybercriminals are extremely clever and convincing. The easiest way to commit a theft is probably to convince the victims that they (6) ............................................ (neg.). The victims (7) .......................................................... an SMS message, or are contacted on the phone by somebody pretending to be their bank. While they (8) ............................................................ about limited special offers, a suspected identity theft is activated and phishers create a sense of urgency, requiring an immediate answer. In this way they (9) ............................................ the victim’s login credentials. The number of fake messages is growing dramatically. Encrypted websites can (10) ............................................ by hackers every day. Personal information and banking details (11) ................................................... never ............................................................. by email, or over the phone. Phishing can (12) ............................................ if we read carefully the security policies about the indicators of a phishing attempt, given online by governments.

Soluzioni
  1. is considered
  2. are caught
  3. are being reported
  4. are stolen
  5. are disguised
  6. are not being robbed
  7. are sent
  8. are being informed
  9. are given
  10. be created
  11. should never be given
  12. be spotted
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con la forma verbale corretta di do o make (uso generale).

1. Why ...................................................... we ...................................................... something different this evening?

2. He is a famous stylist. At the moment he ...................................................... a plan to launch new models.

3. ...................................................... you ...................................................... your homework yet?

4. I’m surprised at how many things you can ...................................................... at once.

5. That is my favourite pizza place. The pizza they ...................................................... is delicious.

6. Keep calm everybody! We ...................................................... our best to solve the problem.

1. Why ...................................................... we ...................................................... something different this evening?

2. He is a famous stylist. At the moment he ...................................................... a plan to launch new models.

3. ...................................................... you ...................................................... your homework yet?

4. I’m surprised at how many things you can ...................................................... at once.

5. That is my favourite pizza place. The pizza they ...................................................... is delicious.

6. Keep calm everybody! We ...................................................... our best to solve the problem.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t - do
  2. is making
  3. Have you done
  4. do
  5. make
  6. are doing
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con la preposizione corretta.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

1. Kate lives ............. York but she is ............. Brighton.

2. Sebastian is sleeping ............. the sofa.

3. Jack is ............. the theatre with Barbara this evening.

4. We usually have breakfast ............. home, ............. the kitchen.

5. The exercise is ............. page twenty-two.

6. They always catch the morning train ............. London.

7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch ............ the open air.

8. ............. this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.

9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas ............. this menu.

10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s ............. bed now.

Soluzioni

1. Kate lives in York but she is from Brighton.
2. Sebastian is sleeping on the sofa.
3. Jack is at the theatre with Barbara this evening.
4. We usually have breakfast at home, in the kitchen.
5. The exercise is on page twenty-two.
6. They always catch the morning train to London.
7. It’s hot today so we are having lunch in the open air.
8. On this cruise ship there’s a beautiful spa.
9. There’s a wide choice of pizzas on this menu.
10. John isn’t feeling well today, he’s in bed now.

Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Completa con le parole date.

appointment • effort • anything • room • living • ironing • phone cal • progress

1. She left the table saying she had to make an important .......................................................

2. I hate doing the ...................................................... so I end up with piles of clean clothes that I can’t wear.

3. I can see you’re not trying hard enough. You really must make an .......................................................

4. I’m not making any ....................................................... I’m always at the same level.

5. Are you doing ...................................................... exciting this weekend?

6. Could you please make ...................................................... for me and my dog in the back of the car?

7. How do you make a ...................................................... by working part-time? Your wife must have a good job.

8. I have a very good dentist but you have to make an ...................................................... weeks in advance.

appointment • effort • anything • room • living • ironing • phone cal • progress

1. She left the table saying she had to make an important .......................................................

2. I hate doing the ...................................................... so I end up with piles of clean clothes that I can’t wear.

3. I can see you’re not trying hard enough. You really must make an .......................................................

4. I’m not making any ....................................................... I’m always at the same level.

5. Are you doing ...................................................... exciting this weekend?

6. Could you please make ...................................................... for me and my dog in the back of the car?

7. How do you make a ...................................................... by working part-time? Your wife must have a good job.

8. I have a very good dentist but you have to make an ...................................................... weeks in advance.

Soluzioni
  1. phone call
  2. ironing
  3. effort
  4. progress
  5. anything
  6. room
  7. living
  8. appointment
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard, Periodo ipotetico: varianti

Completa con le parole date.

until • unless (x2) • suppose • provided • should • even if • as soon as

1. Don’t call me at work unless it’s strictly necessary.

2. I wouldn’t have passed the test ......................................... I had studied. It was too difficult.

3. ......................................... we asked Mary to baby-sit. Do you think she’d do it?

4. We can hold the party in the garden ......................................... it doesn’t rain.

5. ......................................... you wish to cancel your order, please contact our customer service.

6. I’m going to wait ......................................... the January sales start to buy a new jacket.

7. He wouldn’t eat anything ......................................... he cooked it himself.

8. I will call you ......................................... the plane lands.

until • unless (x2) • suppose • provided • should • even if • as soon as

1. Don’t call me at work unless it’s strictly necessary.

2. I wouldn’t have passed the test ......................................... I had studied. It was too difficult.

3. ......................................... we asked Mary to baby-sit. Do you think she’d do it?

4. We can hold the party in the garden ......................................... it doesn’t rain.

5. ......................................... you wish to cancel your order, please contact our customer service.

6. I’m going to wait ......................................... the January sales start to buy a new jacket.

7. He wouldn’t eat anything ......................................... he cooked it himself.

8. I will call you ......................................... the plane lands.

Soluzioni
  1. unless
  2. even if
  3. Suppose
  4. provided
  5. Should
  6. until
  7. unless
  8. as soon as
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Completa con le parole date.

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?

flavour • neighbour • appointment • present • postcode • environment • football • flag • trainers • subject

  1. What is your favourite ........................................................................... at school?
  2. When is your ......................................................................................... with the dentist?
  3. Where is your ....................................................................... from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream ........................................................................................?
  5. What’s the price of these ........................................................................?
  6. Why is it important to protect the ................................................................?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our .................................................................................... outside.
  8. Which ......................................................................................... team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this .............................................................. to?
  10. What’s the ................................................................... of your town?
Soluzioni
  1. What is your favourite subject at school?
  2. When is your appointment with the dentist?
  3. Where is your neighbour from?
  4. Which is your favourite ice cream flavour?
  5. What’s the price of these trainers?
  6. Why is it important to protect the environment?
  7. When we win EU cups we put our flag outside.
  8. Which football team do you support?
  9. Who are you giving this present to?
  10. What’s the postcode of your town?
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on, Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con le parti delle liste A e B per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.

2. Our course ...............................................................

3. Mary never ...............................................................

4. We are always ...............................................................

5. It is very ...............................................................

6. We often have a ...............................................................

7. I like ...............................................................

8. I always go to ...............................................................

A
meal out on
getting up at
visit my cousins in
on time
cold here
glass of milk in
is on
goes out at

B
my birthday
dawn
summer
the morning
Tuesdays and Fridays
night
for school
in winter

1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.

2. Our course ...............................................................

3. Mary never ...............................................................

4. We are always ...............................................................

5. It is very ...............................................................

6. We often have a ...............................................................

7. I like ...............................................................

8. I always go to ...............................................................

A
meal out on
getting up at
visit my cousins in
on time
cold here
glass of milk in
is on
goes out at

B
my birthday
dawn
summer
the morning
Tuesdays and Fridays
night
for school
in winter

Soluzioni
  1. I usually drink a glass of milk in the morning.
  2. Our course is on Tuesdays and Fridays.
  3. Mary never goes out at night.
  4. We are always on time for school.
  5. It is very cold here in winter.
  6. We often have a meal out on my birthday.
  7. I like getting up at dawn.
  8. I always go to visit my cousins in summer.
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

Completa con le preposizioni date.

among • below • behind • above • near • between

In a grassy area by a river that flows (1) ................................................................... the Scottish Border, archaeologists have found something amazing. (2) ................................................................... the trees and dirt, they have recently discovered the remains of a Neolithic town hidden (3) ................................................................... the ground. The dig site is (4) ................................................................... the hills and a river, making it an ideal spot for a settlement. Thanks to the pictures taken by a drone flying (5) ................................................................... the site, they have found many artefacts that belonged to people from about 8000 years ago. The most interesting find is a number of beads, pendants and bracelets, made from materials such as bone and shells, which were found (6) ................................................................... a wall in a hidden chamber.

among • below • behind • above • near • between

In a grassy area by a river that flows (1) ................................................................... the Scottish Border, archaeologists have found something amazing. (2) ................................................................... the trees and dirt, they have recently discovered the remains of a Neolithic town hidden (3) ................................................................... the ground. The dig site is (4) ................................................................... the hills and a river, making it an ideal spot for a settlement. Thanks to the pictures taken by a drone flying (5) ................................................................... the site, they have found many artefacts that belonged to people from about 8000 years ago. The most interesting find is a number of beads, pendants and bracelets, made from materials such as bone and shells, which were found (6) ................................................................... a wall in a hidden chamber.

Soluzioni
  1. near
  2. Among
  3. below
  4. between
  5. above
  6. behind
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa con le preposizioni di luogo e moto.

The amazing Spiderman

Yesterday afternoon I was walking (1) .................................................. 5th Avenue with my camera, when I sensed danger (2) ........................................... the air. I looked (3) ................................................... and saw smoke coming (4) .................................................. the windows of an office block on the (5) ............................................. side of the street. That moment I became Spiderman. A few minutes later I started walking (6) .............................................. the people who were standing (7) ......................................................... the burning building. I ran right (8) ...................................................... the fire engine that had just arrived and climbed (9) ................................................. to the tenth-floor window where a woman was screaming for help. I leapt (10) ............................................. the window, picked up the woman and then disappeared (11) ................................................ the skyscrapers before landing (12) ............................................ the hospital. Once the woman was safely (13) ............................................... the hospital with a nurse I went back (14) ............................................... the office building to put out the fire. People wanted to thank me but I was already away (15) ................................................ them quickly crawling towards an unknown destination.

The amazing Spiderman

Yesterday afternoon I was walking (1) .................................................. 5th Avenue with my camera, when I sensed danger (2) ........................................... the air. I looked (3) ................................................... and saw smoke coming (4) .................................................. the windows of an office block on the (5) ............................................. side of the street. That moment I became Spiderman. A few minutes later I started walking (6) .............................................. the people who were standing (7) ......................................................... the burning building. I ran right (8) ...................................................... the fire engine that had just arrived and climbed (9) ................................................. to the tenth-floor window where a woman was screaming for help. I leapt (10) ............................................. the window, picked up the woman and then disappeared (11) ................................................ the skyscrapers before landing (12) ............................................ the hospital. Once the woman was safely (13) ............................................... the hospital with a nurse I went back (14) ............................................... the office building to put out the fire. People wanted to thank me but I was already away (15) ................................................ them quickly crawling towards an unknown destination.

Soluzioni
  1. along
  2. in
  3. up
  4. out of
  5. opposite
  6. among
  7. outside
  8. past
  9. up
  10. through
  11. behind
  12. in front of
  13. inside
  14. to
  15. above
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa con le preposizioni: at, in, on e le parole necessarie tra le seguenti.

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

bedroom • wall • video-conference • choice • pizza • beach • semi-detached • Airport • menu

1. Robert is ......................... home ......................... his room. He’s taking part in a .......................................

2. The train arriving .................... platform 4 is the Express ................ Victoria Station going directly ................ Gatwick ..................

3. Ann is ......................... holiday ......................... the Caribbean islands. She’s ......................... the sun ......................... a tropical sandy ..........................

4. We live ......................... a ......................... house on the main road. My ......................... is ........................ the second floor.

5. The teacher is .................. school ............ her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map ....................... the .........................

6. We always go ......................... the same ......................... place. There is a wide ......................... of pizzas ......................... the ..........................

Soluzioni

1. Robert is at home in his room. He’s taking part in a video-conference

2. The train arriving at platform 4 is the Express from Victoria Station going directly to Gatwick Airport.

3. Ann is on holiday in the Caribbean islands. She’s in the sun on a tropical sandy beach.

4. We live in a semi-detached house on the main road. My bedroom is on the second floor.

5. The teacher is at school in her classroom. She is showing the class a World Map on the wall.

6. We always go to the same pizza place. There is a wide choice of pizzas on the menu.

Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Completa con l’aggettivo giusto.

disgusting • amused • delicious • confident • different • dreadful • lucky • scared • tired • difficult

1. She is extremely lucky to be living in such a nice house.

2. They make absolutely ................................... dishes in that restaurant.

3. She found her new job slightly more ................................... than expected.

4. How can you eat this pudding? It’s quite ................................... .

5. I’m too ................................... to go out this evening. I’ve worked hard all day.

6. Since I was stung, I’ve always been terribly ................................... of wasps.

7. They looked totally ................................... by the joke we played on them.

8. She looked completely ................................... in that pink hat.

9. The damage caused by heavy rainstorms was truly ................................... .

10. He was feeling quite ..................................., so he didn’t revise before the exam.

disgusting • amused • delicious • confident • different • dreadful • lucky • scared • tired • difficult

1. She is extremely lucky to be living in such a nice house.

2. They make absolutely ................................... dishes in that restaurant.

3. She found her new job slightly more ................................... than expected.

4. How can you eat this pudding? It’s quite ................................... .

5. I’m too ................................... to go out this evening. I’ve worked hard all day.

6. Since I was stung, I’ve always been terribly ................................... of wasps.

7. They looked totally ................................... by the joke we played on them.

8. She looked completely ................................... in that pink hat.

9. The damage caused by heavy rainstorms was truly ................................... .

10. He was feeling quite ..................................., so he didn’t revise before the exam.

Soluzioni
  1. lucky
  2. delicious
  3. difficult
  4. disgusting
  5. tired
  6. scared
  7. amused
  8. different
  9. dreadful
  10. confident
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo.

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?

Esempio:
What’s in .............. box here?
What’s in this box here?

  1. Dad is nervous ......................................................... days, why?
  2. Are ......................................................... trousers here my size
  3. How much is ............................................ scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “.........................................................’s right!”
  5. What are ......................................................... buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is ......................................................... Sue?” “No, ......................................................... is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. ......................................................... are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is .......................................... strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. ......................................................... is a comfortable armchair.
  10. ......................................................... trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Soluzioni
  1. Dad is nervous these days, why?
  2. Are these trousers here my size
  3. How much is that scarf in the window?
  4. “This is a great party!” “That’s right!”
  5. What are those buildings on the other side of the street?
  6. “Hello, is that Sue?” “No, this is Carmel speaking.”
  7. Hello, Stephen. These are my new Italian friends.
  8. What is that strange object over here?
  9. Sit here. This is a comfortable armchair.
  10. Those trousers there in the shop window are cool. How much are they?
Livello B1-B2 Like e as

Completa con l’uso corretto di as/like/as if.

1. Are you all right, Sara? You look ................................ you haven’t slept all night.

2. ................................ parents we are very interested in the government’s decisions on education.

3. During the summer I worked ................................ a waiter in a restaurant by the sea.

4. She became a teacher and ................................ me she organised school trips.

5. Do ................................ you like. I really don’t care.

6. It looks ................................ a heavy storm is going to break out at any moment. Let’s hurry back home.

1. Are you all right, Sara? You look ................................ you haven’t slept all night.

2. ................................ parents we are very interested in the government’s decisions on education.

3. During the summer I worked ................................ a waiter in a restaurant by the sea.

4. She became a teacher and ................................ me she organised school trips.

5. Do ................................ you like. I really don’t care.

6. It looks ................................ a heavy storm is going to break out at any moment. Let’s hurry back home.

Soluzioni
  1. as if
  2. As
  3. as
  4. like
  5. as
  6. as if
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere

Completa con l’uso di have got o di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.

Esempio: I’m thirsty. Have you got any fresh drinks in the fridge?

  1. “Why .......................................................... you at home today?” “Because I .......................................................... a fever.”
  2. What kind of car ............................................ Michael ...................................................? .............................................. it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. “.......................................................... you .......................................................... time for a drink?” “Sorry. I .......................................................... in a hurry.”
  4. Robert .......................................................... (neg) at school today. .......................................................... he .......................................................... the flu?
  5. My smartphone .......................................................... expensive but it .......................................................... a triple camera.
Soluzioni
  1. “Why are you at home today?” “Because I’ve got a fever”.
  2. What kind of car has Michael got? Is it an electric or a hybrid car?
  3. Have you got time for a drink?” “Sorry. I’m in a hurry.”
  4. Robert isn’t at school today. Has he got the flu?
  5. My smartphone is expensive but it’s got a triple camera.
Livello A2 There is / there are

Completa con l’uso di there o here.

  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “.............................................. it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is ........................................................ a disco in this town?” “No, .............................................. isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “.......................................................................... you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! ..............................................’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “.............................................. is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where’s your boarding pass?” “There it is, on the table next to you.”
  2. “Is there a disco in this town?” “No, there isn’t.”
  3. (at the bar) “Two sandwiches, please.” “Here you are, madam.”
  4. We are late, hurry up! There’s the coach at the roundabout.
  5. (at the restaurant) “Here is your bill, sir.” “Thank you.”
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Completa con pronomi riflessivi o aggettivi possessivi.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Esempio
We don’t like her. She only thinks about .................... .
She only thinks about herself.

1. She’s washing ....................... hair now. Please, call later.

2. They’re taking photos of ................ and not the scenery.

3. I often cut ......................................................... while opening tins.

4. Lucy lives by .......................................... in a small flat in town.

5. He often hurts .................................. when he goes skating.

Soluzioni
  1. her
  2. themselves
  3. myself
  4. herself
  5. himself
Livello B1 Present perfect simple, Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Completa frasi con l’uso del present perfect simple o del present perfect continuous. Utilizza for e since a seconda delle situazioni.

1. Mary ............................................................... (clean) the house ............................................................... this morning.

2. “How long ........................................................... they .......................................................... married (be)?” “They ............................................................. (be) married ............................................................... 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff ............................................................... (tour) Italy ............................................................... a month.

4. Paul ............................................................... (study) ............................................................... five hours.

5. It ............................................................... (rain) ............................................................... two days.

6. Robert ............................................................... (have) this car ............................................................... 2018.

7. “How long .................................................. they .......................................................... this bridge (build)?” “........................................................... 2019.”

8. “How long ............................................. Sarah ................................................. in bed with the flu (be)?” “............................................. three days.”

1. Mary ............................................................... (clean) the house ............................................................... this morning.

2. “How long ........................................................... they .......................................................... married (be)?” “They ............................................................. (be) married ............................................................... 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff ............................................................... (tour) Italy ............................................................... a month.

4. Paul ............................................................... (study) ............................................................... five hours.

5. It ............................................................... (rain) ............................................................... two days.

6. Robert ............................................................... (have) this car ............................................................... 2018.

7. “How long .................................................. they .......................................................... this bridge (build)?” “........................................................... 2019.”

8. “How long ............................................. Sarah ................................................. in bed with the flu (be)?” “............................................. three days.”

Soluzioni

1. Mary has been cleaning (clean) the house since this morning.

2. “How long have they been married (be)?” “They have been (be) married since 2005.”

3. Sue and Jeff have been touring (tour) Italy for a month.

4. Paul has been studying (study) for five hours.

5. It has been raining (rain) for two days.

6. Robert has had (have) this car since 2018.

7. “How long have they been building this bridge (build)?” “Since 2019.”

8. “How long has Sarah been in bed with the flu (be)?” “For three days.”

Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Completa gli spazi con is oppure are e scrivi la traduzione in italiano.

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................

Esempio:
Our homework ..................... not difficult.
Our homework is not difficult.
I nostri compiti non sono difficili.

  1. My feet ..................... cold.
    .........................................................................................................
  2. ..................... your luggage heavy?
    .........................................................................................................
  3. This information ..................... not correct.
    .........................................................................................................
  4. ..................... there geese on his farm?
    .........................................................................................................
  5. Your hair ..................... very long.
    .........................................................................................................
  6. There ..................... great progress in scientific research.
    .........................................................................................................
  7. ..................... this your homework for tomorrow.
    .........................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. My feet are cold.
    I miei piedi sono freddi.
  2. Is your luggage heavy?
    Sono pesanti i vostri bagagli?
  3. This information is not correct.
    Queste informazioni non sono corrette.
  4. Are there geese on his farm?
    Ci sono oche nella sua fattoria?
  5. Your hair is very long.
    I tuoi capelli sono molto lunghi.
  6. There is great progress in scientific research.
    Ci sono grandi progressi nella ricerca scientifica.
  7. Is this your homework for tomorrow.
    Sono questi i tuoi compiti per domani?
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa i dialoghi con la forma corretta del presente di to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
  1. What ........................ your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. .................... you Italian?
  4. Yes, I ........................... . Where .............. you from?
  5. I .......................... from Madrid. My name .......................... Rodrigo.
  6. ...................................... you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I ............................. . My friends Paulo and Francisco ........................ with me.
  8. .................... you in a hotel?
  9. No. We ................... in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Soluzioni
  1. What's your name?
  2. Roberta.
  3. Are you Italian?
  4. Yes, I am. Where are you from?
  5. I'm from Madrid. My name's Rodrigo.
  6. Are you here on holiday?
  7. Yes, I am. My friends Paulo and Francisco are with me.
  8. Are you in a hotel?
  9. No. We're in a B&B.
  10. Ok. Have a nice holiday. Bye.
Livello B1 Il futuro con present continuous e present simple

Completa i dialoghi con l’uso del present continuous (dialogo 1) e del present simple (dialogo 2) con valore di futuro.

Dialogo 1

A: What (1) ............................................... you ............................................ for Christmas (do)?

B: I (2) ................................................. to the mountains (go).

A: (3) ............................................ you ......................................................... before Christmas (leave)?

B: No, we (4) ................................................. (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) ................................................. (leave) on Boxing Day.

A: (6) ............................................... on your own (da soli) (go)?

B: No, Angela and Robert (7) ................................................ with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) ................................................. ski lessons for the whole week (take).

A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!

B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

 

Dialogo 2

A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?

B: Certainly.

A: Where (1) ............................ it ........................ from (start)?

B: It (2) ............................................ from the main square (start).

A: What time (3) ......................................... we ....................................... there (meet)?

B: At 9 a.m.

A: How long (4) .............................. it ........................................ (last)?

B: It (5) ........................................................................ three hours but we (6) ....................................... a coffee break in between (have).

A: (7) ........................................... we ................................................. Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?

B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.

A: Thank you very much.

Dialogo 1

A: What (1) ............................................... you ............................................ for Christmas (do)?

B: I (2) ................................................. to the mountains (go).

A: (3) ............................................ you ......................................................... before Christmas (leave)?

B: No, we (4) ................................................. (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) ................................................. (leave) on Boxing Day.

A: (6) ............................................... on your own (da soli) (go)?

B: No, Angela and Robert (7) ................................................ with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) ................................................. ski lessons for the whole week (take).

A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!

B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

 

Dialogo 2

A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?

B: Certainly.

A: Where (1) ............................ it ........................ from (start)?

B: It (2) ............................................ from the main square (start).

A: What time (3) ......................................... we ....................................... there (meet)?

B: At 9 a.m.

A: How long (4) .............................. it ........................................ (last)?

B: It (5) ........................................................................ three hours but we (6) ....................................... a coffee break in between (have).

A: (7) ........................................... we ................................................. Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?

B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.

A: Thank you very much.

Soluzioni

Dialogo 1
A: What (1) are you doing for Christmas (do)?
B: I (2)'m going to the mountains (go).
A: (3) Are you leaving before Christmas (leave)?
B: No, we (4) are spending (spend) Christmas Day with our relatives and (5) leaving (leave) on Boxing Day.
A: (6) Are you going on your own (da soli) (go)?
B: No, Angela and Robert (7) are coming with us (come). It’s their first time in the mountains. They (8) are taking ski lessons for the whole week (take).
A: Oh, I see. Have a nice time then!
B: Thanks, the same to you. Bye bye.

Dialogo 2
A: Excuse me, can you give me some details about the sightseeing tour?
B: Certainly.
A: Where (1) does it start from (start)?
B: It (2) starts from the main square (start).
A: What time (3) do we meet there (meet)?
B: At 9 a.m.
A: How long (4) does it last (last)?
B: It (5) lasts three hours but we (6) have a coffee break in between (have).
A: (7) Do we visit Saint Mary’s Cathedral (visit)?
B: Of course we do. Entrance is free.
A: Thank you very much.

Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa i dialoghi con preposizioni se necessarie.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

1

A: Are you .......................... Milan?

B: No, I live .......................... Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going .......................... home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live ................... 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it .......................... Mexico?

B: No, it’s .......................... California .......................... the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying .......................... home, some friends are coming .......................... Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight .......................... the end of the road, it’s right .......................... the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work .......................... the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work .......................... the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go .......................... work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet .......................... the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s .......................... the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s .......................... the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are .......................... the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Soluzioni

1

A: Are you from Milan?

B: No, I live in Milan but I am from Verona.

A: Where are you going now?

B: I’m going home.

 

2

A: What’s your address?

B: I live at 34, East 23rd Street, San Diego.

A: Is it in Mexico?

B: No, it’s in California on the border with Mexico.

 

3

A: What are you doing next weekend?

B: We are staying at home, some friends are coming from Rome.

 

4

A: Excuse me, where is the post office, please?

B: Go straight to the end of the road, it’s right on the corner.

 

5

A: Where do you work?

B: I work at the Bank of England, I’m a secretary. How about you?

A: I’m a clerk. I work at the post office near the supermarket.

B: How do you go to work?

A: By bus.

B: Let’s meet at the bus stop then, after work.

 

6

A: Where’s the milk, Mary?

B: It’s in the fridge!

A: No, it’s not there.

B: Oh, sorry, it’s in the cupboard.

A: Thanks. And where are the cereals?

B: They are on the shelf, I think.

A: Great! Let’s have some breakfast then.

Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa i dialoghi usando la forma corretta di make, let o be allowed to e il pronome complemento appropriato.

Esempio
“Did you have a good time with your rich cousin Tom?” “Oh yes. He ........................................ drive his new sports car.”
He let me drive his new sports car.

1. “Why didn’t you come to the party last night?” “My mother ............................................... stay at home and study for my maths test.”

2. I love watching the late night movie. I wish I ............................................... to stay up late.

3. “The gallery closes at 4 o’clock.” “Are you sure? They ............................................... in at 4:30 yesterday afternoon.”

4. “Security is very tight at the airport right now.” “I know. They ............................................... take off my shoes and socks last time.”

5. “It’s a difficult life for smokers these days.” “Yes, you’re right. You ............................................... smoke in restaurants or anywhere in public.”

Esempio
“Did you have a good time with your rich cousin Tom?” “Oh yes. He ........................................ drive his new sports car.”
He let me drive his new sports car.

1. “Why didn’t you come to the party last night?” “My mother ............................................... stay at home and study for my maths test.”

2. I love watching the late night movie. I wish I ............................................... to stay up late.

3. “The gallery closes at 4 o’clock.” “Are you sure? They ............................................... in at 4:30 yesterday afternoon.”

4. “Security is very tight at the airport right now.” “I know. They ............................................... take off my shoes and socks last time.”

5. “It’s a difficult life for smokers these days.” “Yes, you’re right. You ............................................... smoke in restaurants or anywhere in public.”

Soluzioni
  1. made me
  2. was/were allowed
  3. let me
  4. made me
  5. are not allowed to
Livello A2-B1 Altre preposizioni di tempo

Completa i due dialoghi con le seguenti preposizioni di tempo.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

in • before • from... to • between • until • over (x2) • by (x2) • for • on

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. ................................................ June and August. I must decide ................................................ next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes ................................................ 9 ................................................ 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me ................................................... the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming ................................................ a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. ................................................ two days ................................................ Sunday afternoon. ................................................ dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us ................................................ Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam ................................................ the weekend. ................................................ mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Soluzioni

Dialogo A

A. I am planning to go to London.

B. When are you going?

A. Between June and August. I must decide by next week.

B. Are you attending English courses there?

A. Yes, I want to book morning classes from 9 to 12 am.

B. Who are you going with?

A. With my friend William. He’s staying with me over the next few days to plan the trip.

Dialogo B

A. My cousin is coming in a few days’ time.

B. How long is he staying?

A. For two days until Sunday afternoon. By dinner time he wants to be back home. Why don’t you join us on Saturday afternoon?

B. Sorry. But I need to study hard for my exam over the weekend. Before mid July I can’t afford any free time.

Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa i mini dialoghi con l’uso di will oppure to be going to seguiti dai verbi dati. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

have • do (x2) • spend • buy • pass • be like • go • save • get • rain • help • rent • get

  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ......................................... but we hope we ................................ a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We ........................................... our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I ........................................... some money this year because I think I ........................................... a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I ........................................... you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it ........................................... me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I ........................................... and ........................................... them now.
  5. A: What ........................................... you ........................................... next summer?
    B: I think we ........................................... a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he ........................................... the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he ........................................... very well. He has studied very hard.

have • do (x2) • spend • buy • pass • be like • go • save • get • rain • help • rent • get

  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ......................................... but we hope we ................................ a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We ........................................... our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I ........................................... some money this year because I think I ........................................... a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I ........................................... you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it ........................................... me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I ........................................... and ........................................... them now.
  5. A: What ........................................... you ........................................... next summer?
    B: I think we ........................................... a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he ........................................... the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he ........................................... very well. He has studied very hard.
Soluzioni
  1. A: What will the weather be like tomorrow?
    B: The weather forecast says it ’ll rain but we hope we ’ll have a sunny weekend.
  2. A: We are going to spend our holidays in Italy.
    Oh, lucky you. I’m going to save some money this year because I think I’ll buy a new car in autumn.
  3. A: I’ve got a terrible headache.
    B: Have you? I’ll get you an aspirin.
    A: Oh, thanks, it’ll help me.
  4. A: Did you buy the eggs?
    B: Oh, sorry, I completely forgot. I’ll go and get them now.
  5. A: What are you going to do next summer?
    B: I think we’ll rent a camper van for a tour of the USA.
  6. A: Do you think he’ll pass the test?
    B: Yes, and I’m sure he’ll do very well. He has studied very hard.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Completa I proverbi con la forma passiva dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

1. Children should .................................... (see) and not heard.

2. Rome ........................... not .................................... (build) in a day.

3. Fingers .................................... (make) before forks.

4. What’s ............................... (do) cannot .............................. (undo).

5. A door must either .................................... (shut) or open.

6. A liar ....................... not ................................ (believe) when he tells the truth.

1. Children should .................................... (see) and not heard.

2. Rome ........................... not .................................... (build) in a day.

3. Fingers .................................... (make) before forks.

4. What’s ............................... (do) cannot .............................. (undo).

5. A door must either .................................... (shut) or open.

6. A liar ....................... not ................................ (believe) when he tells the truth.

Soluzioni
  1. be seen
  2. was built
  3. were made
  4. done - be undone
  5. be shut
  6. is not believed
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa i seguenti mini dialoghi con l’uso del verbo to be. Usa forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”

Esempio:
“They aren’t at work today. Are they ill?”
“Yes, they are.”

  1. “Hello, Peter. How .................................. you today?”
    “I ............................. fine but my mother ........................ in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much .................................. the trousers in the window?”
    “They ............................ 15 euro.”
    “They ............................................... (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What .................................. your father’s job?”
    “He .................................. a taxi driver and my mother .................................. a teacher.”
  4. “What time .................................. it, please?”
    “It .................................. 8 o’clock.”
    “............................... you late for work?”
    No, I .................................. on time. (in orario)
  5. “What .................................. the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It .................................. sunny but it ................ .................. (not) hot.”
  6. “How old .................................. your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She .................................. nearly 80 and .................................. very well. Next Sunday it .................................. her birthday.”
  7. “Paul .................................. often in London for work.” “
    What .................................. his job?”
    “He .................................. a technician.”
  8. “How much .................................. a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It .................................. 2 euro.”
    “.................................. it expensive?”
    “No, it ....................................................”
Soluzioni
  1. “Hello, Peter. How are you today?”
    “I'm fine but my mother's in bed with the flu.”
  2. “How much are the trousers in the window?”
    “They're 15 euro.”
    “They aren't (not) expensive (costoso)!”
  3. “What's your father’s job?”
    “He's a taxi driver and my mother's a teacher.”
  4. “What time is it, please?”
    “It's 8 o’clock.”
    Are you late for work?”
    No, I'm on time. (in orario)
  5. “What's the weather like in Sicily?”
    “It's sunny but it isn't (not) hot.”
  6. “How old is your grandmother, Paul?”
    “She's nearly 80 and is very well. Next Sunday it's her birthday.”
  7. “Paul's often in London for work.” “
    What's his job?”
    “He's a technician.”
  8. “How much is a bus ticket to the city centre?”
    “It's 2 euro.”
    Is it expensive?”
    “No, it isn't.”
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Completa il brano con i composti di some, any, no e every.

An unpleasant surprise

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) ...................................... strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) .............................. because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) ....................................... for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) ................................................. in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) ........................................... in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) ............................................ turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) ................................ is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) ........................................ stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) .......................................... to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) ................................................. in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) ..............................................................., so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) ............................................. OK now?”

An unpleasant surprise

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) ...................................... strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) .............................. because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) ....................................... for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) ................................................. in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) ........................................... in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) ............................................ turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) ................................ is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) ........................................ stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) .......................................... to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) ................................................. in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) ..............................................................., so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) ............................................. OK now?”

Soluzioni

One hot evening in August I came back home quite late and noticed (1) something strange. The front door was open, but I couldn’t see (2) anything because it was very dark. I didn’t know what to do: ask (3) someone/somebody for help or go inside. I decided to call the police, but my mobile wasn’t (4) anywhere in my bag. I then remembered it was (5) somewhere in the car. I was looking in the car when (6) someone/somebody turned the light on in the sitting room. I started to panic, then suddenly my phone rang. It was my husband. “Come back quickly!” I shouted, “I think (7) someone/somebody is in our house stealing things!” “There isn’t (8) anyone/anybody stealing in our house! I’m here in the sitting room calling you”, he replied. “Calm down, there’s (9) nothing to worry about here!”. “I thought you were still (10) somewhere in town celebrating your friend’s birthday”, I said. “Yes, I was, but it was so hot that I came back early. I looked for our old electric fan but couldn’t find it (11) anywhere, so I left the front door open to let some air in! Is (12) everything OK now?”

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)

Completa il brano con il past simple dei verbi tra parentesi.

An uncommon mistake

Yesterday morning I (1) .................................... (wake) up and (2) .................................. (look) at the clock. It (3) ...................................... (be) 9 a.m. and I (4) ...................................... (be) late for work. I (5) ......................................... (jump) out of bed, (6) ......................................... (run) into the bathroom, (7) ................................................. (take) off my pyjamas and (8) .............................................. (have) a shower. I (9) ......................................... (put) my clothes on and (10) ......................................... (brush) my hair. I (11) ......................................... (not make) my bed, and (12) .......................................... (hurry) downstairs. I (13) ....................................... (not have) breakfast as usual, I only (14) ....................................... (drink) some coffee and (15) ................................ (eat) a biscuit. After that I (16) ............................................... (get) my coat and (17) ............................................... (leave) the house. Right then I (18) ......................................... (meet) the newspaper boy, who (19) ......................................... (give) me my Sunday newspaper. I suddenly (20) ......................................... (realise) it (21) ......................................... (be) Sunday and I (22) ......................................... (not have) to go to work!

An uncommon mistake

Yesterday morning I (1) .................................... (wake) up and (2) .................................. (look) at the clock. It (3) ...................................... (be) 9 a.m. and I (4) ...................................... (be) late for work. I (5) ......................................... (jump) out of bed, (6) ......................................... (run) into the bathroom, (7) ................................................. (take) off my pyjamas and (8) .............................................. (have) a shower. I (9) ......................................... (put) my clothes on and (10) ......................................... (brush) my hair. I (11) ......................................... (not make) my bed, and (12) .......................................... (hurry) downstairs. I (13) ....................................... (not have) breakfast as usual, I only (14) ....................................... (drink) some coffee and (15) ................................ (eat) a biscuit. After that I (16) ............................................... (get) my coat and (17) ............................................... (leave) the house. Right then I (18) ......................................... (meet) the newspaper boy, who (19) ......................................... (give) me my Sunday newspaper. I suddenly (20) ......................................... (realise) it (21) ......................................... (be) Sunday and I (22) ......................................... (not have) to go to work!

Soluzioni
  1. woke
  2. looked
  3. was
  4. was
  5. jumped
  6. ran
  7. took
  8. had
  9. put
  10. brushed
  11. did not make
  12. hurried
  13. did not have
  14. drank
  15. ate
  16. got
  17. left
  18. met
  19. gave
  20. realised
  21. was
  22. did not have
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa il brano con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi. Poi, nell’esercizio che segue, formula domande (Q = questions) o risposte (A = answers) inerenti al testo.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Mary's new life

Mary (1) ............................................ (try) to change her life. She (2) ........................................................... (look for) a new job, so she (3) .............................. (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) ........................................................ (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) ........................................................ (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) ........................................................ (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) ........................................................ (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) ........................................................ (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she ............................................................ .
Q2: What is ............................................................ to do?
A2: ............................................................ to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: ............................................................ for a new job.
Q4: What ............................................................ to several firms?
A4: She ............................................................ applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because ............................................................ at the moment.
Q6: What ............................................................ she ........................................... right now?
A6: She ............................................................ for a walk .......................... ..... ............................. dog.
Q7: What’s ............................................................ like today?
A7: It’s fine, the ............................................................ shining.
Q8: When ............................................................ her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Soluzioni

Mary (1) is trying (try) to change her life. She (2) is looking for (look for) a new job, so she (3) is sending (send) applications to several firms. When she (4) is not looking (not look) for a job, she is reading and writing. Because she (5) isn't working (not work) at the moment, she has got spare time. Right now she (6) is going out (go out) for a walk with her dog. Today the weather is fine and the sun (7) is shining (shine). Mary is happy because she (8) 's having (have) her first job interview next Monday. She hopes it will be successful.

 

Q1: Is Mary satisfied with her life?
A1: No, she isn't.
Q2: What is she trying to do?
A2: She's trying to change her life.
Q3: What is she looking for?
A3: She's looking for a new job.
Q4: What is she sending to several firms?
A4: She is sending applications.
Q5: Why has she got spare time?
A5: Because she is not working at the moment.
Q6: What is she doing right now?
A6: She 's going out for a walk with her dog.
Q7: What’s the weather like today?
A7: It’s fine, the sun is shining.
Q8: When is she having her first interview?
A8: Next Monday.

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi irregolari.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

speak • spend • fly • be (x2) • do • make • have • go • take • choose • hear • buy • see • meet • tell • write

A pleasant holiday in New York
Last year I (1) ............................................. ten days in New York with my best friend. We (2) ............................................. from Rome at the end of June. It (3) .................................................... a very pleasant holiday; we (4) ..................................................... a lot of interesting things, and also (5) ............................................... some new friends. Every morning we (6) ................................................. a huge breakfast at the hotel, then we (7) ....................................... out to explore the town. On our first day, we (8) ............................... Midtown and Upper Manhattan. During the following days, we (9) .................................................................. to go on a guided tour in Lower Manhattan. When we (10) ..................................... at Ground Zero, the guide (11) ............................................. us some sad stories about the tragedy of September 11, 2001. We also (12) ......................................... the boat to Liberty Island. There we (13) ............................................. some young Japanese tourists, who (14) .................................. excellent English. On Ellis Island we (15) ....................................... some facts about the history of immigration to the USA. There we (16) ............................................. some postcards, and (17) ............................................. souvenirs for our families and friends.

Soluzioni
  1. spent
  2. flew
  3. was
  4. did
  5. made
  6. had
  7. went
  8. saw
  9. chose
  10. were
  11. told
  12. took
  13. met
  14. spoke
  15. heard
  16. wrote
  17. bought
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Completa il brano con la forma affermativa al past simple dei seguenti verbi regolari dati in ordine sparso.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

study • arrive • attend • introduce • work • marry • live • play • want • look • decide • travel • stay • stop • start

Mike’s adventurous life
In the 2000s, my brother Mike and I (1) .................................... in a small flat in London. I (2) .......................................... at university. Mike (3) ................................. guitar lessons in the morning. He (4) .................................................. as a waiter in a pub at weekends, and also (5) ............................................. in a football team. He (6) .................................................. to become a guitar player. After leaving school, I (7) ...................................... for a job as a teacher, and luckily I soon (8) .................................... to work in a private school. Mike (9) ................................. playing football, attending music lessons, and (10) ............................................. to change his life and be more adventurous. He (11) ............................................................ around the world and when he (12) ............................................. in Australia he (13) ............................................. with our cousin Robert, who (14) ............................................. him to Mary, the Australian girl that he (15) ............................................. a few months later.

Soluzioni
  1. lived
  2. studied
  3. attended
  4. worked
  5. played
  6. wanted
  7. looked
  8. started
  9. stopped
  10. decided
  11. travelled
  12. arrived
  13. stayed
  14. introduced
  15. married
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on, Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Completa il brano inserendo le parole date e/o la preposizione di luogo o di tempo necessaria.

Britain • kiosks • cigarettes • stamps • country • shops • cities • Saturdays • newspapers

Shopping times and places in Britain

Once you are .................................................................................... remember that shopping times and places are not the same as ............................................ your ............................................. In Britain you don’t find ..................................... where you buy ..................................... or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. ........................................... these shops they sell ............................................ and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things ............................................ petrol stations. A large number of ............................................ are open ............................................ 9 a.m. ............................................ 5:30 p.m. and are closed ............................................ Sundays. ............................................ big ............................................ some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late ............................... the evening and also ............................................ night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except ............................................. You can also buy .............................. for your postcards ............................... the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Britain • kiosks • cigarettes • stamps • country • shops • cities • Saturdays • newspapers

Shopping times and places in Britain

Once you are .................................................................................... remember that shopping times and places are not the same as ............................................ your ............................................. In Britain you don’t find ..................................... where you buy ..................................... or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. ........................................... these shops they sell ............................................ and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things ............................................ petrol stations. A large number of ............................................ are open ............................................ 9 a.m. ............................................ 5:30 p.m. and are closed ............................................ Sundays. ............................................ big ............................................ some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late ............................... the evening and also ............................................ night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except ............................................. You can also buy .............................. for your postcards ............................... the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Soluzioni

Once you are in Britain remember that shopping times and places are not the same as in your country In Britain you don’t find kiosks where you buy newspapers or magazines. If you want to buy them, look for newsagents. In these shops they sell cigarettes and sometimes food. Nowadays you can also find these things at petrol stations. A large number of shops are open from 9 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. and are closed on Sundays. In big cities some supermarkets and petrol stations stay open late in the evening and also at night. Post offices open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. every day except Saturdays. You can also buy stamps for your postcards at the newsagent’s, the supermarket and the petrol station.

Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa il brano su Robinson Crusoe con le espressioni date di seguito.

could serve • was able to solve • was able to find • couldn’t sleep • could help • might die • might keep • was able to make • might happen • could not speak • were able to understand

Robinson Crusoe
Robinson Crusoe was the only person to survive a shipwreck. He (1) ....................................................................... many problems. He was able to build a little hut, which (2) ..................................................................... as his new house and hopefully (3) ....................................................................... him dry. He also had to search for food because without enough nutrition he (4) ........................................................................ After searching, he (5) ............................................................................. clean water and trees with lots of fruit. Little by little he (6) ............................................................. different types of weapons, which (7) ..................................................................... him catch wild animals and fish. One day he noticed some footprints in the sand. He was very surprised and (8) .......................................................... much the following night. He was afraid of what (9) ............................................................. in the following days, so he took his weapons with him and went to look for the person. He found a savage who (10) .................................................... his language. Robinson started to call him “Friday”, which was the day on which he had met him. Eventually the two men (11) .......................................... each other and survive on the island.

could serve • was able to solve • was able to find • couldn’t sleep • could help • might die • might keep • was able to make • might happen • could not speak • were able to understand

Robinson Crusoe
Robinson Crusoe was the only person to survive a shipwreck. He (1) ....................................................................... many problems. He was able to build a little hut, which (2) ..................................................................... as his new house and hopefully (3) ....................................................................... him dry. He also had to search for food because without enough nutrition he (4) ........................................................................ After searching, he (5) ............................................................................. clean water and trees with lots of fruit. Little by little he (6) ............................................................. different types of weapons, which (7) ..................................................................... him catch wild animals and fish. One day he noticed some footprints in the sand. He was very surprised and (8) .......................................................... much the following night. He was afraid of what (9) ............................................................. in the following days, so he took his weapons with him and went to look for the person. He found a savage who (10) .................................................... his language. Robinson started to call him “Friday”, which was the day on which he had met him. Eventually the two men (11) .......................................... each other and survive on the island.

Soluzioni
  1. was able to solve
  2. could serve
  3. might keep
  4. might die
  5. was able to find
  6. was able to make
  7. could help
  8. couldn’t sleep
  9. might happen
  10. could not speak
  11. were able to understand
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Completa il breve racconto usando il past simple o il past continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) ................................ (go) home, we (2) .............................................. (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) ............................................ (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) ............................................. (tell) us the police (5) .............................................. (chase) a criminal who (6) .............................................. (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) ............................................... (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) .................................... (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) ................................... (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) .......................................... (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) ........................................ (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) ............................................ (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) .............................................. (arrest) him.

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) ................................ (go) home, we (2) .............................................. (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) ............................................ (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) ............................................. (tell) us the police (5) .............................................. (chase) a criminal who (6) .............................................. (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) ............................................... (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) .................................... (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) ................................... (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) .......................................... (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) ........................................ (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) ............................................ (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) .............................................. (arrest) him.

Soluzioni

A frightening return home

Last week while we (1) were going (go) home, we (2) saw (see) some of our neighbours running out of their houses. We (3) asked (ask) them what was happening, and they (4) told (tell) us the police (5) were chasing (chase) a criminal who (6) was hiding (hide) in our block of flats. At that point the police (7) decided (decide) to use tear gas (lacrimogeno) inside the building, so they asked the other people in the building to leave. While the rest of the residents (8) were leaving (leave) their flats, the criminal (9) started (start) to climb up the balconies, (10) trying (try) to get to the roof. A police helicopter (11) landed (land) on the roof of the building and the officers inside (12) shouted (shout) at him to surrender (arrendersi). He realised there was nowhere to go so they (13) arrested (arrest) him.

Livello B1-B2 Comprensione del testo, Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi), Grandi quantità indefinite

Completa il dialogo con le frasi proposte.

  1. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.
  2. Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.
  3. There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.
  4. Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
  5. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

 

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

  1. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.
  2. Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.
  3. There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.
  4. Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
  5. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

 

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: ..................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

Eric: I’m going to a conference in Malta next week, all expenses paid.

Jenny: Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few years ago, but it was a bit too hot for me in August.

Eric: Oh, really? What’s the weather like at this time of year?

Jenny: Wonderful! It’s warm enough to swim and cool enough to walk around.

Eric: How did you get around the island?

Jenny: There are lots of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.

Eric: Is there much to do in the evening?

Jenny: Well, I remember there were a few good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.
Eric: Why don’t you come with me?

Jenny: I’d love to go but I’ve got too much to do and not enough time or money at the moment.

Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi)

Completa il dialogo tra due amici che parlano di una cena in un nuovo ristorante.

Sean: Hi, Louise. You look a (1) ................................................ pale this morning. Did you have a late night out?

Louise: You can say that! I went out for a meal to that new restaurant that opened in the main square.

Sean: Oh yes. (2) ............................. friends have been talking about it. But I haven’t been yet. With my new job I don’t have (3) ...................................... free time. Was it good?

Louise: Well. First of all, we had trouble finding where to park the car because there was (4) ........................................................... space outside the restaurant, so we had to walk. When we got into the restaurant, they hadn’t taken the reservation we made on the phone, so they gave us a table next to the kitchen door. It is quite a small place, so they have very (5) ................................................ tables.

Sean: What was the food like though?

Louise: I ordered steak and vegetables. But what I got on my plate was very (6) ...................................................... meat and just a few tomatoes. My boyfriend didn’t have (7) .................................................................. to eat, because there was (8) ................................................ he liked on the menu. You know, being a vegetarian can be quite limiting. But he had (9) ................................................ of my dessert… and (10) ................................................ wine.

Sean: Hi, Louise. You look a (1) ................................................ pale this morning. Did you have a late night out?

Louise: You can say that! I went out for a meal to that new restaurant that opened in the main square.

Sean: Oh yes. (2) ............................. friends have been talking about it. But I haven’t been yet. With my new job I don’t have (3) ...................................... free time. Was it good?

Louise: Well. First of all, we had trouble finding where to park the car because there was (4) ........................................................... space outside the restaurant, so we had to walk. When we got into the restaurant, they hadn’t taken the reservation we made on the phone, so they gave us a table next to the kitchen door. It is quite a small place, so they have very (5) ................................................ tables.

Sean: What was the food like though?

Louise: I ordered steak and vegetables. But what I got on my plate was very (6) ...................................................... meat and just a few tomatoes. My boyfriend didn’t have (7) .................................................................. to eat, because there was (8) ................................................ he liked on the menu. You know, being a vegetarian can be quite limiting. But he had (9) ................................................ of my dessert… and (10) ................................................ wine.

Soluzioni
  1. bit
  2. A few
  3. much
  4. little
  5. few
  6. little
  7. much
  8. little
  9. some
  10. a lot of
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa il messaggio che Emily scrive alla sua amica Olivia di Londra. Usa la forma contratta del verbo to be quando possibile.

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Dear Olivia,

How (1) .................................. you? I (2) .................................. happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) .................................. here for three days. My father (4) .................................. here on business, but my mother and I (5) .................................. here to visit the city. It (6) .................................. an interesting place, the people (7) .................................. nice and friendly and the pizza (8) .................................. delicious here! Shops (9) .................................. (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) ............................. good but it (11) .......................................... (not) near the centre. It (12) .................................. a short holiday but it (13) .................................. nice to be here and I (14) .................................. sorry you (15) ............................................ (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Soluzioni

Dear Olivia,

How (1) are you? I (2) 'm happy here in Naples. My family and I (3) are here for three days. My father (4) 's here on business, but my mother and I (5) are here to visit the city. It (6) 's. an interesting place, the people (7) are nice and friendly and the pizza (8) 's delicious here! Shops (9) aren't (not) expensive (costoso). The hotel (10) 's good but it (11) isn't (not) near the centre. It (12) 's a short holiday but it (13) 's nice to be here and I (14) 'm sorry you (15) aren't (not) with me.

Lots of Love,

Brenda

Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Completa il seguente brano sulle abitudini di Paul. Usa la forma corretta dei verbi elencati.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

have lunch - get dressed - start lessons - have/take a shower - wake up - go back home - watch TV - go to school - leave home - have breakfast - have dinner - do homework - take a walk - read a book - listen to music

Paul’s daily routine

Paul (1) ............................................... at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) .............................................................. and then he (3) .............................................................. . He (4) ......................................................... coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) .............................................................. home at eight o’clock. He (6) .............................................................. to school by bus. Lessons (7) ................................................. at half past eight. He (8) ...................................................... lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) ...................................................... back home. He (10) .............................. ............................ a walk with his dog and then he (11) .............................................................. his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) ...................................................... dinner with his family and then he (13) .......................................................... TV or (14) .............................................................. to music. Before going to sleep he (15) .............................................................. a book.

Soluzioni

Paul (1) wakes up at half past six in the morning. After getting up he (2) has a shower and then he (3) gets dressed. He (4) has coffee and a piece of toast for breakfast. He (5) leaves home at eight o’clock. He (6) goes to school by bus. Lessons (7) start at half past eight. He (8) has lunch at one o’clock in the school canteen. At four o’clock in the afternoon he (9) goes back home. He (10) takes a walk with his dog and then he (11) does his homework. At eight o’clock he (12) has dinner with his family and then he (13) watches TV or (14) listens to music. Before going to sleep he (15) reads a book.

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa il seguente brano utilizzando le informazioni date e inserendo l’articolo the dove necessario. Usa l’atlante in caso di dubbio.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Mediterranean Sea • Arno • Padan Plain • Gran Sasso • France • Adriatic Sea • Tremiti Islands • Italian • Alps • Lake Garda • German • Sardinian Sea • Egadi Islands

Geographic profile of Italy
Italy is a boot-shaped peninsula in (1) ........................................................... bordering with (2) .................................................... in the northwest, Switzerland and Austria in the north and Slovenia in the north-east. It is surrounded by (3) ......................................... Ligurian Sea, (4) ........................................ and (5) ........................................ Tyrrhenian Sea in the west, the Sicilian Sea and the Ionian Sea in the south and (6) ........................................... in the east. Italy’s official language is (7) ........................................... which is spoken by most of its population, but there are also minority languages such as (8) ..........................................., French, Slovene and Ladin. The landscape in Italy is varied, and is characterised by two mountain chains: (9) .................................... and (10) ............................ Apennines. At the foot of the Alps there is (11) ............................., an extensive flat area crossed by (12) .............................. River Po. The Alpine hills are rich in beautiful large lakes, (13) .......................................... Lake Maggiore, (14) ....................................... Lake Como and (15) ............................... The Appennines form the peninsula’s backbone: (16) ................................................. is the highest peak. Central Italy consists mainly of green hills, and is crossed by (17) ........................................ and (18) .............................. Tiber. The largest islands of Italy are (19) ....................................... Sicily and (20) .......................................... Sardinia. The main archipelagos in central Italy are (21) ............................................ in the Adriatic Sea, the Tuscan Archipelago, the Pontine Islands, the Aeolian Islands and (22) .................................................... in the Tyrrhenian Sea off the coast of (23) ............................................ Sicily.

Soluzioni
  1.  the Mediterranean Sea
  2. France
  3. the
  4. the Sardinian Sea
  5. the
  6. the Adriatic Sea
  7. Italian
  8. German
  9. the Alps
  10. the
  11. the Padan Plain
  12. the
  13. X
  14. X
  15. Lake Garda
  16. Gran Sasso
  17. the Arno
  18. the
  19. X
  20. X
  21. the Tremiti Islands
  22. the Egadi Islands
  23. X
Livello B1-B2 Altri avverbi: categorie e posizione

Completa il testo con gli avverbi dati.

later • unexpectedly • privately • informally • greatly • apparently • regularly • automatically • fluently • Consequently • also • extremely

Princess “Lilibet”

When Elizabeth was born on April 21, 1926, she (1) apparently had little chance of becoming the heir to the throne. Her father George was the youngest living son of King George V, but he became king (2) ......................................... following the abdication, (3) ......................................... in 1936, of his brother, King Edward VIII who married the American divorcee, Wallis Simpson. (4) ........................................., Elisabeth’s father was crowned King George VI three days before his 41st birthday. The ten-year old princess, (5) ........................................., called ‘Lilibet’, was the eldest daughter of the king, therefore she (6) ................................................... became the first in line to the throne. Princess Elizabeth was (7) ......................................... influenced by her mother. She was (8) .................................................. educated by tutors who taught her history, law and music. She (9) ................................................ learned to speak French (10) ...................................................... . At the same time she became (11) ....................................... fond of horse riding, and throughout her life she (12) ......................................... attended racing events.

later • unexpectedly • privately • informally • greatly • apparently • regularly • automatically • fluently • Consequently • also • extremely

Princess “Lilibet”

When Elizabeth was born on April 21, 1926, she (1) apparently had little chance of becoming the heir to the throne. Her father George was the youngest living son of King George V, but he became king (2) ......................................... following the abdication, (3) ......................................... in 1936, of his brother, King Edward VIII who married the American divorcee, Wallis Simpson. (4) ........................................., Elisabeth’s father was crowned King George VI three days before his 41st birthday. The ten-year old princess, (5) ........................................., called ‘Lilibet’, was the eldest daughter of the king, therefore she (6) ................................................... became the first in line to the throne. Princess Elizabeth was (7) ......................................... influenced by her mother. She was (8) .................................................. educated by tutors who taught her history, law and music. She (9) ................................................ learned to speak French (10) ...................................................... . At the same time she became (11) ....................................... fond of horse riding, and throughout her life she (12) ......................................... attended racing events.

Soluzioni
  1. apparently
  2. unexpectedly
  3. later
  4. Consequently
  5. informally
  6. automatically
  7. greatly
  8. privately
  9. also
  10. fluently
  11. extremely
  12. regularly
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa la conversazione al telefono con l’infinito o la forma in -ing dei verbi dati.

lose • phone • listen • marry • say • tell • think • go • live • be • eat • talk • say

Annabelle: Hello?

Steve: Hello, is that you Annabelle? It’s me again, Steve.

Annabelle: Oh, Steve. Not again! Why do you keep on (1) ................................... me?

Steve: I forgot (2) ................................... you something.

Annabelle: Can’t it wait until tomorrow? I really don’t feel like (3) ................................... to anyone just now. I’m tired and I haven’t finished (4) ................................... yet.

Steve: But I love (5) ................................... to your relaxed voice. In fact, I can’t stop (6) ................................... about you. I can’t stand (7) ................................... away from you for more than five minutes. Life is not worth (8) ................................... if you’re not here with me. What I’m trying (9) ................................... is that I would like (10) ................................... you.

Annabelle: Would you mind (11) ................................... that again? I didn’t hear you properly.

Steve: Will you marry me, Annabelle?

Annabelle: Oh, come on Steve. You can’t be serious! I enjoy (12) ................................... out with you, but marriage means (13) ................................... my freedom. I’m too young for that.

Steve: Oh, I see. Well, in that case goodnight and goodbye.

lose • phone • listen • marry • say • tell • think • go • live • be • eat • talk • say

Annabelle: Hello?

Steve: Hello, is that you Annabelle? It’s me again, Steve.

Annabelle: Oh, Steve. Not again! Why do you keep on (1) ................................... me?

Steve: I forgot (2) ................................... you something.

Annabelle: Can’t it wait until tomorrow? I really don’t feel like (3) ................................... to anyone just now. I’m tired and I haven’t finished (4) ................................... yet.

Steve: But I love (5) ................................... to your relaxed voice. In fact, I can’t stop (6) ................................... about you. I can’t stand (7) ................................... away from you for more than five minutes. Life is not worth (8) ................................... if you’re not here with me. What I’m trying (9) ................................... is that I would like (10) ................................... you.

Annabelle: Would you mind (11) ................................... that again? I didn’t hear you properly.

Steve: Will you marry me, Annabelle?

Annabelle: Oh, come on Steve. You can’t be serious! I enjoy (12) ................................... out with you, but marriage means (13) ................................... my freedom. I’m too young for that.

Steve: Oh, I see. Well, in that case goodnight and goodbye.

Soluzioni
  1. phoning
  2. to tell
  3. talking
  4. eating
  5. listening
  6. thinking
  7. being
  8. living
  9. to say
  10. to marry
  11. saying
  12. going
  13. losing
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Completa la conversazione tra Jennifer e Julie con le parole date.

By the way • What’s more • because • so • actually • to make things worse • in the end • neither • nor • neither of us • both of us • eventually • First of all • as well as

 

Jennifer: Why didn’t you and your sister come to Joe’s wedding on Saturday?

Julie: To cut a long story short, (1) ........................................................ my sister (2) ..................................................... I had anything to wear. Our wardrobe is full of jeans and T-shirts but nothing elegant. We couldn’t possibly go in jeans and (3) .............................................. had the time to go shopping.

Jennifer: I see what you mean.

Julie: By the way, what was the big wedding like?

Jennifer: Well, (4) .............................................., you didn’t miss much. (5) .............................................., the ceremony was far too long, and when we (6) ...................................................... sat down to eat four hours later, the food was stone-cold. Then, (7) .............................................., it started raining, (8) ..................................................... we couldn’t sit outside. The dance music was fine for the grandparents so, (9) .............................................., most of us went home earlier than expected. (10) .............................................., I had an argument with my boyfriend (11) ..................................................... he got drunk on champagne. (12) .............................................., what did you two end up doing?

Julie: Well, (13) ..................................................... decided to go and visit our long-lost aunt in Devon. She’s quite old but full of life (14) ..................................................... being rich and generous. She took us to the best fish restaurant in town.

Jennifer: Lucky you!

By the way • What’s more • because • so • actually • to make things worse • in the end • neither • nor • neither of us • both of us • eventually • First of all • as well as

 

Jennifer: Why didn’t you and your sister come to Joe’s wedding on Saturday?

Julie: To cut a long story short, (1) ........................................................ my sister (2) ..................................................... I had anything to wear. Our wardrobe is full of jeans and T-shirts but nothing elegant. We couldn’t possibly go in jeans and (3) .............................................. had the time to go shopping.

Jennifer: I see what you mean.

Julie: By the way, what was the big wedding like?

Jennifer: Well, (4) .............................................., you didn’t miss much. (5) .............................................., the ceremony was far too long, and when we (6) ...................................................... sat down to eat four hours later, the food was stone-cold. Then, (7) .............................................., it started raining, (8) ..................................................... we couldn’t sit outside. The dance music was fine for the grandparents so, (9) .............................................., most of us went home earlier than expected. (10) .............................................., I had an argument with my boyfriend (11) ..................................................... he got drunk on champagne. (12) .............................................., what did you two end up doing?

Julie: Well, (13) ..................................................... decided to go and visit our long-lost aunt in Devon. She’s quite old but full of life (14) ..................................................... being rich and generous. She took us to the best fish restaurant in town.

Jennifer: Lucky you!

Soluzioni
  1. neither
  2. nor
  3. neither of us
  4. actually
  5. First of all
  6. eventually
  7. to make things worse
  8. so
  9. in the end
  10. What’s more
  11. because
  12. By the way
  13. both of us
  14. as well as
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Completa la frase con l’alternativa corretta.

  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
Soluzioni
  1. Andrew’s house is ...................................... than his cousin’s.
    1. more big
    2. more larger
    3. more large
    4. more modern
  2. Jason is ....................................... in maths than his brother.
    1. more young
    2. more smart
    3. smarter
    4. smart
  3. Today I am much ....................................... .
    1. more relaxed
    2. happy
    3. more happy
    4. more happier
  4. A Ferrari is ....................................... than a Mercedes.
    1. more expensive
    2. more fast
    3. cheaper
    4. more faster
  5. The USA is a ....................................... country than Italy.
    1. more older
    2. more bigger
    3. more extensive
    4. older
  6. Italian food is ....................................... than American food.
    1. healthier
    2. fatter
    3. heavyer
    4. traditional
  7. Today the weather is a bit ..................... than yesterday.
    1. more cooler
    2. more cool
    3. cooler
    4. cool
  8. Elaine is ....................................... than my brother Fred.
    1. more younger
    2. more young
    3. younger
    4. young
  9. Saloon cars are ....................................... than sports cars.
    1. more comfortable
    2. smaller
    3. more big
    4. more faster
  10. My cat Felix is ....................................... than my other cat.
    1. soft
    2. softer
    3. more softer
    4. more soft
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi, Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa la lettera che Frank scrive a Bob per raccontargli di suo cugino. Usa i phrasal verbs alla forma corretta.

look forward to • go through (x2) • take after • call in • keep up with • get on • come across • look after • get over • find out • bring up

Dear Bob,
A few months ago, while I was (1) going through some old family letters and documents, I (2) ............................... a photo of a cousin of mine who I’d never met. I (3) ...................................... where he lived and wrote to him. You can imagine my surprise when I opened the door the other day and saw him standing there in front of me. I couldn’t (4) ............................... the fact that he looked just like my father, tall and dark with green eyes. We don’t look at all alike because I (5) ..................................................... my mother who is short and blonde. You know that I’m not used to people (6) ..................................................... this way, but my cousin is a different matter. Although we are different in many ways, we seem to be (7) ..................................................... very well with each other. I think he is (8) ..................................................... a hard time, so I have decided to (9) ..................................................... him for a while. Both of his parents died when he was young, so he was (10) ................................. by his grandparents. I will (11) ..................................................... you ................................. to date .................................. the latest news. You must come and see us soon. I’m (12) ........................................... hearing from you.

look forward to • go through (x2) • take after • call in • keep up with • get on • come across • look after • get over • find out • bring up

Dear Bob,
A few months ago, while I was (1) going through some old family letters and documents, I (2) ............................... a photo of a cousin of mine who I’d never met. I (3) ...................................... where he lived and wrote to him. You can imagine my surprise when I opened the door the other day and saw him standing there in front of me. I couldn’t (4) ............................... the fact that he looked just like my father, tall and dark with green eyes. We don’t look at all alike because I (5) ..................................................... my mother who is short and blonde. You know that I’m not used to people (6) ..................................................... this way, but my cousin is a different matter. Although we are different in many ways, we seem to be (7) ..................................................... very well with each other. I think he is (8) ..................................................... a hard time, so I have decided to (9) ..................................................... him for a while. Both of his parents died when he was young, so he was (10) ................................. by his grandparents. I will (11) ..................................................... you ................................. to date .................................. the latest news. You must come and see us soon. I’m (12) ........................................... hearing from you.

Soluzioni
  1. going through
  2. came across
  3. found out
  4. get over
  5. take after
  6. calling in
  7. getting on
  8. going through
  9. look after
  10. brought up keep
  11. up with
  12. looking forward to
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa la lettera usando il present simple o il present continuous.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Dear Paul,

How are you? Here is the latest news. I (1) .............................................................. (not work) at Marks & Spencer anymore. I (2) ...................................................................... (have) a new part-time job in a supermarket in the city centre. I (3) .................................... (go) there every day at 3 o’clock in the afternoon, and (4) ............................................................... (work) there till late in the evening. I (5) ...................................... (be) very happy because my sister (6) ................................ ................. (work) there too, so we (7) ................................................................ (travel) together every day.

My brother (8) ........................................................... (come) to stay with me next week. He (9) ..................................................... (arrive) on Saturday. For dinner we (10) ............................................................................... (go) to that Mexican restaurant near the park. What about you? (11) .................................................................... you ............................................................................... (study) for your exams? .................................................. you still (12) ................................................................ (live) in the same flat?

Please write to me soon.

Love,
Sara.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t work
  2. have
  3. go
  4. work
  5. am
  6. works
  7. travel
  8. is coming
  9. is arriving
  10. are going
  11. Are you studying
  12. Do you still live
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Completa la seconda frase con il future perfect simple o future perfect continuous mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa non più di quattro parole.

1. I hope to finish writing my article before dinner.
I hope I ......................................................................... writing my article before dinner.

2. My mother started preparing Sunday lunch at nine, but probably she won’t finish until twelve.
At twelve my mother ......................................................................... Sunday lunch for three hours.

3. Do you think Brian will take his last exam by the end of this year?
Do you think Brian ......................................................................... his last exam by the end of this year?

4. I will graduate next year. I started to attend University 4 years ago.
By the time I graduate, I ......................................................................... university for 5 years.

5. It’s 3 p.m. I still have more than an hour to wait for the doctor’s visit.
At 6 p.m. I’ll ......................................................................... for three hours for the doctor’s visit.

6. Ann teaches in our school. She started last January. It’s nearly the end of the year.
By the end of the year, Ann will ......................................................................... in our school for 12 months.

7. The marathon will finish at 7 p.m. We started running at 3 p.m.
By 7 p.m., we ......................................................................... for four hours.

1. I hope to finish writing my article before dinner.
I hope I ......................................................................... writing my article before dinner.

2. My mother started preparing Sunday lunch at nine, but probably she won’t finish until twelve.
At twelve my mother ......................................................................... Sunday lunch for three hours.

3. Do you think Brian will take his last exam by the end of this year?
Do you think Brian ......................................................................... his last exam by the end of this year?

4. I will graduate next year. I started to attend University 4 years ago.
By the time I graduate, I ......................................................................... university for 5 years.

5. It’s 3 p.m. I still have more than an hour to wait for the doctor’s visit.
At 6 p.m. I’ll ......................................................................... for three hours for the doctor’s visit.

6. Ann teaches in our school. She started last January. It’s nearly the end of the year.
By the end of the year, Ann will ......................................................................... in our school for 12 months.

7. The marathon will finish at 7 p.m. We started running at 3 p.m.
By 7 p.m., we ......................................................................... for four hours.

Soluzioni
  1. will have finished
  2. will have been preparing
  3. will have taken
  4. will have attended
  5. have been waiting
  6. have been teaching
  7. will have run
Livello B1-B2 Dovere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase con la forma corretta di to be supposed o to be expected mantenendo il significato della prima. Indica la funzione della forma usata per completare la frase scegliendo tra quelle elencate.

  1. obbligo morale
  2. supposizione
  3. assenza di obbligo
  4. obbligo/divieto
  5. aspettativa

1. I should be looking after my little brother tonight. I can’t go out with my friends. I’m supposed to be looking after my little brother tonight, so I can’t go out with my friends. (A)

2. People think that Mrs Rogers has a lot of money. She lives a life of luxury. Mrs Rogers ......................................................... have a lot of money. She lives a luxurious lifestyle. (.....)

3. We don’t need to take a taxi. They’ll come and collect us in the main square. We ......................................................... take a taxi. They’ll come to collect us in the main square. (.....)

4. Visitors to patients are only allowed during visiting hours. Visitors to patients ......................................................... come to the hospital at the visiting hours. (.....)

5. You mustn’t exceed the speed limit in this street. You ......................................................... exceed the speed limit in this street. (.....)

6. We trust the government will cut public spending and reduce taxes. The government ......................................................... cut public spending and reduce taxes. (.....)

7. He should be studying for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. He ......................................................... study for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. (.....)

8. During the pandemic, people had to wear masks. During the pandemic, people ......................................................... wear masks. (.....)

  1. obbligo morale
  2. supposizione
  3. assenza di obbligo
  4. obbligo/divieto
  5. aspettativa

1. I should be looking after my little brother tonight. I can’t go out with my friends. I’m supposed to be looking after my little brother tonight, so I can’t go out with my friends. (A)

2. People think that Mrs Rogers has a lot of money. She lives a life of luxury. Mrs Rogers ......................................................... have a lot of money. She lives a luxurious lifestyle. (.....)

3. We don’t need to take a taxi. They’ll come and collect us in the main square. We ......................................................... take a taxi. They’ll come to collect us in the main square. (.....)

4. Visitors to patients are only allowed during visiting hours. Visitors to patients ......................................................... come to the hospital at the visiting hours. (.....)

5. You mustn’t exceed the speed limit in this street. You ......................................................... exceed the speed limit in this street. (.....)

6. We trust the government will cut public spending and reduce taxes. The government ......................................................... cut public spending and reduce taxes. (.....)

7. He should be studying for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. He ......................................................... study for his exams instead of wasting time with videogames. (.....)

8. During the pandemic, people had to wear masks. During the pandemic, people ......................................................... wear masks. (.....)

Soluzioni
  1. I’m supposed to (A)
  2. is supposed to (B)
  3. are not expected to (C)
  4. are supposed to (D)
  5. are not supposed to (D)
  6. is expected to (E)
  7. is supposed to (A)
  8. were expected to (E)
Livello B1-B2 So e such

Completa la seconda frase con so/such e composti mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare un massimo di 4 parole.

Esempio
The food was so good that we all left a tip. We liked .................................. that we all left a tip.
We liked the food so much that we all left a tip.

1. The Nile cruise was the most amazing holiday of our life. We have ......................................................... amazing holiday in our life as the Nile cruise.

2. The book was very boring so I stopped reading it. It was ......................................................... that I stopped reading it.

3. There were lots of people on the bus so we couldn’t find a seat. There were ......................................................... on the bus that we couldn’t find a seat.

4. I’ve bought a lot of food. I need another trolley. I’ve bought ......................................................... that I need another trolley.

5. She was a very good teacher. We all passed the exam. Our ......................................................... that we all passed the exam.

6. The travel agency organised the holiday very well. We will plan the next holiday with them. It ......................................................... organised holiday that we will plan the next one with the same travel agency.

7. The Camper Club cancelled the three-day trip to France because there weren’t enough bookings. The bookings for the three Camper days in France ......................................................... the Camper Club cancelled it.

Esempio
The food was so good that we all left a tip. We liked .................................. that we all left a tip.
We liked the food so much that we all left a tip.

1. The Nile cruise was the most amazing holiday of our life. We have ......................................................... amazing holiday in our life as the Nile cruise.

2. The book was very boring so I stopped reading it. It was ......................................................... that I stopped reading it.

3. There were lots of people on the bus so we couldn’t find a seat. There were ......................................................... on the bus that we couldn’t find a seat.

4. I’ve bought a lot of food. I need another trolley. I’ve bought ......................................................... that I need another trolley.

5. She was a very good teacher. We all passed the exam. Our ......................................................... that we all passed the exam.

6. The travel agency organised the holiday very well. We will plan the next holiday with them. It ......................................................... organised holiday that we will plan the next one with the same travel agency.

7. The Camper Club cancelled the three-day trip to France because there weren’t enough bookings. The bookings for the three Camper days in France ......................................................... the Camper Club cancelled it.

Soluzioni
  1. never had such an
  2. such a boring book
  3. so many people
  4. so much food
  5. teacher was so good
  6. was such a well
  7. were so few that
Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima usando da tre a cinque parole.

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid ............................................................... me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are ............................................................... mistakes ............................................................... in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes ............................................................... to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming ............................................................... boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. ............................................................... students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. ............................................................... young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children ............................................................... at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the ............................................................... of cats ............................................................... Molly.

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid ............................................................... me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are ............................................................... mistakes ............................................................... in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes ............................................................... to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming ............................................................... boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. ............................................................... students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. ............................................................... young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children ............................................................... at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the ............................................................... of cats ............................................................... Molly.

Soluzioni

1. My smartphone is expensive. But you paid double the price. You paid twice as much as me for your smartphone.

2. There are more mistakes in your test than in mine. In my test there are fewer mistakes than in yours.

3. I don’t usually take more than 30 minutes to drive to work. I usually take 30 minutes at (the) most. to drive to work.

4. The film is not very interesting. It’s slowly becoming boring. The film is not very interesting. It’s becoming more and more boring.

5. The majority of the students in this school are commuters. Most of the students in this school are commuters.

6. An increasing number of young people are going to work abroad. More and more young people are going to work abroad.

7. My children eat less at lunch than at dinner. At lunch my children don’t eat as much as at dinner.

8. Both Barbara and Molly have got three cats. Barbara has got the same number of cats as Molly.

Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a quattro parole con quella data.

Esempio
It isn’t a good idea to eat too much red meat.
It’s advisable ..................................................................... too much red meat. (avoid)
It’s advisable to avoid eating too much red meat.

1. She smoked her last cigarette two years ago.

She .......................................................................................................................................... two years ago. (gave)

2. I’ll be really happy to see Bob next week.

I’m .......................................................................................................................................... seeing Bob next week. (looking)

3. I’m very sorry. I don’t live in Italy any more.

.......................................................................................................................................... in Italy very much. (miss)

4. Would you like to come my birthday party?

Do .......................................................................................................................................... my birthday party? (fancy)

5. They are still at the table, having their meal.

They .......................................................................................................................................... having their meal yet. (finished)

6. I could go by car. It might be quicker.

He’s .......................................................................................................................................... because it might be quicker. (considering)

7. When I went to school, I usually took the bus.

I .......................................................................................................................................... bus when i was at school. (used)

Esempio
It isn’t a good idea to eat too much red meat.
It’s advisable ..................................................................... too much red meat. (avoid)
It’s advisable to avoid eating too much red meat.

1. She smoked her last cigarette two years ago.

She .......................................................................................................................................... two years ago. (gave)

2. I’ll be really happy to see Bob next week.

I’m .......................................................................................................................................... seeing Bob next week. (looking)

3. I’m very sorry. I don’t live in Italy any more.

.......................................................................................................................................... in Italy very much. (miss)

4. Would you like to come my birthday party?

Do .......................................................................................................................................... my birthday party? (fancy)

5. They are still at the table, having their meal.

They .......................................................................................................................................... having their meal yet. (finished)

6. I could go by car. It might be quicker.

He’s .......................................................................................................................................... because it might be quicker. (considering)

7. When I went to school, I usually took the bus.

I .......................................................................................................................................... bus when i was at school. (used)

Soluzioni
  1. gave up smoking
  2. really looking forward to
  3. I miss living
  4. you fancy coming to
  5. haven’t finished
  6. considering going by car
  7. used to take the
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Completa la seconda frase in modo che abbia lo stesso significato della prima. Usa non più di 4 parole.

Esempio
We haven’t gone out for a meal for a long time. It’s a long time ................................ for a meal.
It’s a long time since we went out for a meal.

1. The last time we had a holiday was six months ago. We .................................................................................... for six months.

2. Peter has been working there for two years. It’s ....................................................................................... worked there.

3. This is the first time Joe has eaten at a Japanese restaurant. Joe ……….................. at a Japanese restaurant before.

Esempio
We haven’t gone out for a meal for a long time. It’s a long time ................................ for a meal.
It’s a long time since we went out for a meal.

1. The last time we had a holiday was six months ago. We .................................................................................... for six months.

2. Peter has been working there for two years. It’s ....................................................................................... worked there.

3. This is the first time Joe has eaten at a Japanese restaurant. Joe ……….................. at a Japanese restaurant before.

Soluzioni
  1. haven’t had a holiday
  2. two years since Peter
  3. has never eaten
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima.

Esempio
It was raining but we didn’t take the car.
Although it was raining, we didn’t take the car.

1. He couldn’t phone me because he had run out of credit.

As ............................................................................................................................

2. You hate jazz, so I won’t invite you to the jazz club.

Since ......................................................................................................................

3. Shona is saving money because she wants to buy a car.

Shona is saving money in order .........................................................................

4. I decided to travel by air although I’m scared of flying.

In spite of ...........................................................................................................

5. I didn’t get the job although I was better qualified.

Despite ................................................................................................................

Esempio
It was raining but we didn’t take the car.
Although it was raining, we didn’t take the car.

1. He couldn’t phone me because he had run out of credit.

As ............................................................................................................................

2. You hate jazz, so I won’t invite you to the jazz club.

Since ......................................................................................................................

3. Shona is saving money because she wants to buy a car.

Shona is saving money in order .........................................................................

4. I decided to travel by air although I’m scared of flying.

In spite of ...........................................................................................................

5. I didn’t get the job although I was better qualified.

Despite ................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. he had run out of credit, he couldn’t phone me.
  2. you hate jazz, I won’t invite you to the jazz club.
  3. to buy a car.
  4. being scared of flying, I decided to travel by air.
  5. being better qualified, I didn’t get the job.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima.

Esempio
Someone repaired my computer last week.
I had my computer repaired last week.

1. The hairdresser dyed my mother’s hair red yesterday.

My mother ......................................................................................................

2. Someone is going to manicure my nails tomorrow.

I .......................................................................................................................

3. People thought that someone had started the fire deliberately.

It ......................................................................................................................

4. They forced him to leave the country.

He was  ......................................................................................................................

5. He never allows me to borrow his car.

I am ......................................................................................................................

6. She won’t permit them to change the date.

She won’t ......................................................................................................................

7. Last year they stole my car, but then the police officer found it abandoned in a field.

My car  ......................................................................................................................

Esempio
Someone repaired my computer last week.
I had my computer repaired last week.

1. The hairdresser dyed my mother’s hair red yesterday.

My mother ......................................................................................................

2. Someone is going to manicure my nails tomorrow.

I .......................................................................................................................

3. People thought that someone had started the fire deliberately.

It ......................................................................................................................

4. They forced him to leave the country.

He was  ......................................................................................................................

5. He never allows me to borrow his car.

I am ......................................................................................................................

6. She won’t permit them to change the date.

She won’t ......................................................................................................................

7. Last year they stole my car, but then the police officer found it abandoned in a field.

My car  ......................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. had her hair dyed red by the hairdresser yesterday.
  2. am going to have my nails manicured tomorrow.
  3. was thought that the fire had been started deliberately (by someone).
  4. forced to leave the country.
  5. never allowed to borrow his car.
  6. allow them to/let them change the date.
  7. was stolen last year, but then it was found by a police officer abandoned in a field.
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a 4 parole oltre a quella data.

1. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s going to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s about to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. (about)

2. The plane is expected to land in 10 minutes. Landing ....................................................... 10 minutes. (due)

3. The winning party will form a new government by mid-October. A new government ................................................................. by mid-October. (formed)

4. Downloading programmes involves getting constant online ads. If you download programmes, you ........................................... constant online ads. (bound)

5. In the next few days, we will probably have showers and thunderstorms. .................................................. in the next few days. (expected)

1. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s going to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. Can’t you see the clouds? It’s about to rain. Let’s take an umbrella. (about)

2. The plane is expected to land in 10 minutes. Landing ....................................................... 10 minutes. (due)

3. The winning party will form a new government by mid-October. A new government ................................................................. by mid-October. (formed)

4. Downloading programmes involves getting constant online ads. If you download programmes, you ........................................... constant online ads. (bound)

5. In the next few days, we will probably have showers and thunderstorms. .................................................. in the next few days. (expected)

Soluzioni
  1. It’s about to rain
  2. is due in
  3. is to be formed
  4. are bound to get
  5. Showers and thunderstorms are expected
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa both... and, neither... nor o either... or.

Esempio
I can come this afternoon or I can come after dinner.
I can come either this afternoon or after dinner.

1. She is very intelligent. She is also very beautiful. She is .....................................................................................

2. My son was born in March. My daughter was born in March too. ............................................................... were born in March.

3. This plant grows in Italy and in Greece. ....................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got the patience to learn origami. And I haven’t got the time. I have ..............................................................

Esempio
I can come this afternoon or I can come after dinner.
I can come either this afternoon or after dinner.

1. She is very intelligent. She is also very beautiful. She is .....................................................................................

2. My son was born in March. My daughter was born in March too. ............................................................... were born in March.

3. This plant grows in Italy and in Greece. ....................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got the patience to learn origami. And I haven’t got the time. I have ..............................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She is both very intelligent and very beautiful.
  2. Both my son and my daughter
  3. This plant grows in both Italy and Greece.
  4. got neither the patience nor the time to learn origami.
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase mantenendo il significato della prima. Usa la forma corretta dei verbi dati.

be expected to • be allowed to • should • needn’t • have to (x2) • musn’t • be supposed to

Esempio
It is essential to book your room in advance. You ........................................ book your room in advance.
You must book your room in advance.

1. The students must hand in their essays by the end of the week.

All students .................................................. hand in their essays by the end of the week.

2. The use of mobiles is forbidden at school.

Students .................................................. use mobiles at school.

3. It isn’t necessary to reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

You .................................................. reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

4. We must remember to book the tickets for the concert in time.

We .................................................. forget to book the tickets for the concert in time.

5. She isn’t obliged to work on Saturdays.

She doesn’t .................................................. work on Saturdays.

6. I advise you to catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

You .................................................. catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

7. It was not necessary for them to pay the full price. They were over 65.

They didn’t .................................................. pay full price. They were over 65.

8. We should be careful about setting expectations.

We .................................................. be careful about setting expectations.

be expected to • be allowed to • should • needn’t • have to (x2) • musn’t • be supposed to

Esempio
It is essential to book your room in advance. You ........................................ book your room in advance.
You must book your room in advance.

1. The students must hand in their essays by the end of the week.

All students .................................................. hand in their essays by the end of the week.

2. The use of mobiles is forbidden at school.

Students .................................................. use mobiles at school.

3. It isn’t necessary to reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

You .................................................. reserve a table in that restaurant during the week.

4. We must remember to book the tickets for the concert in time.

We .................................................. forget to book the tickets for the concert in time.

5. She isn’t obliged to work on Saturdays.

She doesn’t .................................................. work on Saturdays.

6. I advise you to catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

You .................................................. catch the early train if you don’t want to be late.

7. It was not necessary for them to pay the full price. They were over 65.

They didn’t .................................................. pay full price. They were over 65.

8. We should be careful about setting expectations.

We .................................................. be careful about setting expectations.

Soluzioni
  1. are expected to
  2. are not allowed to
  3. needn’t
  4. mustn’t
  5. have to
  6. should
  7. have to
  8. are supposed to
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Completa la seconda frase senza cambiare il significato della prima. Puoi usare fino a cinque parole compresa quella data.

1. Everyone knows that taking exercise is good for your health. known

It .............................................................................................................................. taking exercise is good for your health.

2. They should advise the children to wash their hands frequently. be

The .............................................................................................................................. to wash their hands frequently.

3. People believe that prices will keep rising. is

It .............................................................................................................................. will keep rising.

4. The company might lay off a lot of their workers because of the recession. company’s

A lot of the .............................................................................................................................. off because of the recession.

5. They awarded the first Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1901. was

The first Nobel .............................................................................................................................. in 1901.

6. I need to repair my printer. It takes ages to print a page. printer

My .............................................................................................................................. . It takes ages to print a page.

1. Everyone knows that taking exercise is good for your health. known

It .............................................................................................................................. taking exercise is good for your health.

2. They should advise the children to wash their hands frequently. be

The .............................................................................................................................. to wash their hands frequently.

3. People believe that prices will keep rising. is

It .............................................................................................................................. will keep rising.

4. The company might lay off a lot of their workers because of the recession. company’s

A lot of the .............................................................................................................................. off because of the recession.

5. They awarded the first Nobel Prize in Medicine in 1901. was

The first Nobel .............................................................................................................................. in 1901.

6. I need to repair my printer. It takes ages to print a page. printer

My .............................................................................................................................. . It takes ages to print a page.

Soluzioni
  1. is known that
  2. children should be advised
  3. is believed that prices
  4. company’s workers might be laid
  5. Prize in Medicine was awarded
  6. printer needs repairing
Livello B1-B2 Potere: altre forme

Completa la seconda frase usando le altre forme per “potere”, mantenendo il significato della prima. Puoi usare da 2 a 5 parole.

1. It is possible that the price of energy will rise in the next few months. The price of energy ................................................... rise in the next few months.

2. It wasn’t easy but I was finally able to book the tickets for the championship final. It wasn’t easy but I finally ................................................... book the tickets for the championship final .

3. He always wants to do his best in everything he does. He aways wants ................................................... everything he does.

4. They didn’t have the permission to leave the country. They ................................................... to leave the country.

5. I hope you will allow me to rest for a while. I hope you will ................................................... for a while.

6. You can do a lot more than you think you can. You ................................................... a lot more than you think you ................................................... .

7. Cars can’t be parked on either side of the street. Parking ................................................... on either side of the street.

1. It is possible that the price of energy will rise in the next few months. The price of energy ................................................... rise in the next few months.

2. It wasn’t easy but I was finally able to book the tickets for the championship final. It wasn’t easy but I finally ................................................... book the tickets for the championship final .

3. He always wants to do his best in everything he does. He aways wants ................................................... everything he does.

4. They didn’t have the permission to leave the country. They ................................................... to leave the country.

5. I hope you will allow me to rest for a while. I hope you will ................................................... for a while.

6. You can do a lot more than you think you can. You ................................................... a lot more than you think you ................................................... .

7. Cars can’t be parked on either side of the street. Parking ................................................... on either side of the street.

Soluzioni
  1. is likely to
  2. managed to
  3. to succeed in
  4. were not allowed
  5. let me rest
  6. are capable of doing - are
  7. is not allowed
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Completa la seconda frase utilizzando la forma del modale + have + participio passato. Puoi usare fino a 5 parole.

1. He resigned from his job before finding a new one. He made a mistake.

He .......................................................................................................... from his job. He made a mistake.

2. Linda is in Brazil with her boyfriend. You saw someone who looked like her.

It .......................................................................................................... Linda you saw at the supermarket. She’s in Brazil with her boyfriend.

3. He didn’t come with us yesterday evening. He had to answer some emails.

He .......................................................................................................... the emails in the morning.

4. I found a scratch on my car when I came out of the supermarket.

Someone .......................................................................................................... while I was at the supermarket.

5. There was enough bread for dinner but Jill bought some more.

Jill .......................................................................................................... bread for dinner. There was enough.

6. He bought an old car. I don’t think he paid much for it.

He .......................................................................................................... much for his car. It’s an old model.

7. I can’t find the car keys. I probably left them in my office.

I .......................................................................................................... the car keys in my office.

8. You said he was rude to you. Are you sure? He’s usually very polite.

He .......................................................................................................... rude to you. He’s usually very polite.

1. He resigned from his job before finding a new one. He made a mistake.

He .......................................................................................................... from his job. He made a mistake.

2. Linda is in Brazil with her boyfriend. You saw someone who looked like her.

It .......................................................................................................... Linda you saw at the supermarket. She’s in Brazil with her boyfriend.

3. He didn’t come with us yesterday evening. He had to answer some emails.

He .......................................................................................................... the emails in the morning.

4. I found a scratch on my car when I came out of the supermarket.

Someone .......................................................................................................... while I was at the supermarket.

5. There was enough bread for dinner but Jill bought some more.

Jill .......................................................................................................... bread for dinner. There was enough.

6. He bought an old car. I don’t think he paid much for it.

He .......................................................................................................... much for his car. It’s an old model.

7. I can’t find the car keys. I probably left them in my office.

I .......................................................................................................... the car keys in my office.

8. You said he was rude to you. Are you sure? He’s usually very polite.

He .......................................................................................................... rude to you. He’s usually very polite.

Soluzioni
  1. shouldn’t have resigned
  2. can’t have been
  3. could/should have answered
  4. must have scratched
  5. needn’t have bought
  6. can’t have paid
  7. might have left
  8. can’t have been
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche
Completa le domande della colonna di sinistra, poi abbinale alle risposte della colonna di destra.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

La domanda 4 è un esempio.

  1. What .................................. your job?
  2. .................................. this your car?
  3. How much .................................. this watch?
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How ..............................................................?
  6. .................................. the children sleepy?
  7. How old .................................. your boys?
  8. How much bread .................................. there?
  9. Why .................................. you in a hurry?
  10. .................................. there many students in your class?

 

a. It’s 80 euro

b. Yes, I am. I’m very late.

c. Because I’m late for the train.

d. Yes, there are 30.

e. No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.

f. There’s one loaf.

g. Fine, thanks, and you?

h. Yes, they are in bed.

i. I’m a barber.

j. Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.

Soluzioni
  1. What's your job?
    (i) I’m a barber.
  2. Is this your car?
    (e) No, it isn’t. My car is in the garage.
  3. How much is this watch?
    (a) It’s 80 euro.
  4. Are you late for the conference?
    (b) Yes, I am. I'm very late.
  5. How are you?
    (g) Fine, thanks, and you?
  6. Are the children sleepy?
    (h) Yes, they are in bed.
  7. How old are your boys?
    (j) Peter is 10 and Paul is 12.
  8. How much bread is there?
    (f) There’s one loaf.
  9. Why are you in a hurry?
    (c) Because I’m late for the train.
  10. Are there many students in your class?
    (d) Yes, there are 30.
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa le domande e relative risposte scegliendo tra le forme di futuro.

present continuous • will • to be going to

QUESTIONS

1. What / be / the weather like?

..................................................................................................................................................

2. Why / you / not / go on holiday next summer?

..................................................................................................................................................

3. What / you / do today?

..................................................................................................................................................

4. you /have dinner / with me tomorrow? (richiesta cortese)

..................................................................................................................................................

5. How / you / spend / the Easter holidays?

..................................................................................................................................................

6. What time / your friends / arrive?

..................................................................................................................................................

7. What/ you / do / next Sunday?

..................................................................................................................................................

8. you / leave / early for the USA next week?

..................................................................................................................................................

 

ANSWERS

1. It / be /sunny and dry.

................................................................................................................................

2. Because in autumn / I / buy / a new car.

................................................................................................................................

3. It’s John’s birthday so I / make / some cakes.

................................................................................................................................

4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow I / work / until late.

................................................................................................................................

5. We / probably / go on a cruise.

................................................................................................................................

6. I don’t think / they / arrive / before 7 p.m.

................................................................................................................................

7. If it doesn’t rain, / we / go for a walk in the woods.

................................................................................................................................

8. Yes, my father / take us / to the airport / if he / not / work next Tuesday.

................................................................................................................................

present continuous • will • to be going to

QUESTIONS

1. What / be / the weather like?

..................................................................................................................................................

2. Why / you / not / go on holiday next summer?

..................................................................................................................................................

3. What / you / do today?

..................................................................................................................................................

4. you /have dinner / with me tomorrow? (richiesta cortese)

..................................................................................................................................................

5. How / you / spend / the Easter holidays?

..................................................................................................................................................

6. What time / your friends / arrive?

..................................................................................................................................................

7. What/ you / do / next Sunday?

..................................................................................................................................................

8. you / leave / early for the USA next week?

..................................................................................................................................................

 

ANSWERS

1. It / be /sunny and dry.

................................................................................................................................

2. Because in autumn / I / buy / a new car.

................................................................................................................................

3. It’s John’s birthday so I / make / some cakes.

................................................................................................................................

4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow I / work / until late.

................................................................................................................................

5. We / probably / go on a cruise.

................................................................................................................................

6. I don’t think / they / arrive / before 7 p.m.

................................................................................................................................

7. If it doesn’t rain, / we / go for a walk in the woods.

................................................................................................................................

8. Yes, my father / take us / to the airport / if he / not / work next Tuesday.

................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

QUESTIONS

  1. What will the weather be like? It will be sunny and dry.
  2. Why aren’t you going on holiday next summer? Because in autumn I’m going to buy a new car.
  3. What are you doing today? It’s John’s birthday so I’m going to make some cakes.
  4. Will you have dinner with me tomorrow? Sorry, I can’t tomorrow. I’m working until late.
  5. How are you going to spend the Easter holidays? We’ll probably go on a cruise.
  6. What time are your friends arriving? I don’t think they’ll arrive before 7 p.m.
  7. What are you doing next Sunday? If it doesn’t rain, we’ll go for a walk in the woods.
  8. Are you leaving early for the USA next week?

ANSWERS

  1. It will be sunny and dry.
  2. Because in autumn I’m going to buy a new car.
  3. It’s John’s birthday so I’m going to make some cakes.
  4. Sorry, I can’t tomorrow. I’m working until late.
  5. We’ll probably go on a cruise.
  6. I don’t think they’ll arrive before 7 p.m.
  7. If it doesn’t rain, we’ll go for a walk in the woods.
  8. Yes, my father will take us to the airport if he is not working next Tuesday.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Completa le frasi con aggettivo o pronome possessivi con i riferimenti dati.

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Esempio:
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ................................................ . Here are ................................................. tickets. (nostro)
Sorry, but these seats aren’t free. They are ours. Here are our tickets.

1. “Have you got ........................................... email address? “No, I’ve only got ..................................... .” (di lui/tuo)

2. Lisa, ................................ office is always very tidy. It’s very different from ................................! (tuo/mio)

3. “Do you like ................................ new car?” “Yes, but ................................ is more (più) comfortable.” (loro/nostro)

4. Those are ................................ earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are ................................ . (di lei/mio)

Soluzioni

1. “Have you got his email address? “No, I’ve only got yours.”

2. Lisa, your office is always very tidy. It’s very different from mine!

3. “Do you like their new car?” “Yes, but ours is more (più) comfortable.” 

4. Those are her earrings. The ones in the jewellery box are mine. 

Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi)

Completa le frasi con few, a few, little o a little.

Esempio
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak .............................. French.
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak a little French.

1. I have ....................................................... time this afternoon, so I can’t go to the hairdresser’s.

2. ....................................................... cities are as fascinating as Trieste.

3. I add very ....................................................... sugar to my coffee. I’m on a strict diet at the moment.

4. This year there are only ....................................................... tomatoes. I hope there will be a lot more next year.

5. There’s ....................................................... work for young people in small towns these days.

6. I enjoy riding my bike on Sundays because there are only ....................................................... cars on the road.

7. Last night ....................................................... friends of mine came around for dinner.

8. Sorry, there isn’t any juice but there’s ....................................................... soda left.

9. I’m very hungry. Can I have ....................................................... biscuits?

Esempio
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak .............................. French.
My sister can’t speak German, but she can speak a little French.

1. I have ....................................................... time this afternoon, so I can’t go to the hairdresser’s.

2. ....................................................... cities are as fascinating as Trieste.

3. I add very ....................................................... sugar to my coffee. I’m on a strict diet at the moment.

4. This year there are only ....................................................... tomatoes. I hope there will be a lot more next year.

5. There’s ....................................................... work for young people in small towns these days.

6. I enjoy riding my bike on Sundays because there are only ....................................................... cars on the road.

7. Last night ....................................................... friends of mine came around for dinner.

8. Sorry, there isn’t any juice but there’s ....................................................... soda left.

9. I’m very hungry. Can I have ....................................................... biscuits?

Soluzioni
  1. little
  2. Few
  3. little
  4. few
  5. little
  6. few
  7. a few
  8. a little
  9. a few
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi corretti.

1. My mother was at the doctor’s for 20 minutes. ..............................................., I sat down and read a magazine.
a. In the end
b. Meanwhile
c. Late

2. ..................................................... looking after her baby, Lilian has been going on with her studies.
a. Furthermore
b. Besides
c. In addition

3. Well, ....................................................., I don’t entirely agree with what you are saying.
a. afterwards
b. later on
c. to start with

4. ..................................................... heat the oil in a frying pan. ..................................................... put in the marinated chicken pieces.
a. First of all/Then
b. Meanwhile/Then
c. In the end/Eventually

5. After working for many days we ................................................... finished painting our house.
a. finally
b. in the end
c. lastly

6. Using smartphones while driving is against the law. ....................................................., it is also very dangerous.
a. Also
b. Furthermore
c. Meanwhile

7. The school had wonderful Christmas decorations and, ....................................................., the children had made them.
a. in the end
b. as well as
c. what’s more

8. We looked at more than 40 houses on sale and ....................................... we found what we were looking for.
a. lastly
b. eventually
c. meanwhile

1. My mother was at the doctor’s for 20 minutes. ..............................................., I sat down and read a magazine.
a. In the end
b. Meanwhile
c. Late

2. ..................................................... looking after her baby, Lilian has been going on with her studies.
a. Furthermore
b. Besides
c. In addition

3. Well, ....................................................., I don’t entirely agree with what you are saying.
a. afterwards
b. later on
c. to start with

4. ..................................................... heat the oil in a frying pan. ..................................................... put in the marinated chicken pieces.
a. First of all/Then
b. Meanwhile/Then
c. In the end/Eventually

5. After working for many days we ................................................... finished painting our house.
a. finally
b. in the end
c. lastly

6. Using smartphones while driving is against the law. ....................................................., it is also very dangerous.
a. Also
b. Furthermore
c. Meanwhile

7. The school had wonderful Christmas decorations and, ....................................................., the children had made them.
a. in the end
b. as well as
c. what’s more

8. We looked at more than 40 houses on sale and ....................................... we found what we were looking for.
a. lastly
b. eventually
c. meanwhile

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. b
  3. c
  4. a
  5. a
  6. b
  7. c
  8. b
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (3)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi dati nell’ordine sparso.

Esempio
She cooked the meal for all the guests ................................ she wasn’t feeling well.
She cooked the meal for all the guests although she wasn’t feeling well.

on the other hand • although • Even if • despite • However • even though • In spite of • On the contrary

1. The defender was able to play ........................................................ having sprained his ankle.

2. The weather was very bad in London. ........................................................, we enjoyed our stay there.

3. I usually take the underground to work, ........................................................ it is always very crowded.

4. ........................................................ I had a lot of money, I wouldn’t buy a new car.

5. The cost of energy will not decrease. ........................................................, projections show that it will go up.

6. I’d like to have a job with a higher salary, ........................................................ I enjoy the work I do.

7. He failed his exam ........................................................ all his hard work.

Esempio
She cooked the meal for all the guests ................................ she wasn’t feeling well.
She cooked the meal for all the guests although she wasn’t feeling well.

on the other hand • although • Even if • despite • However • even though • In spite of • On the contrary

1. The defender was able to play ........................................................ having sprained his ankle.

2. The weather was very bad in London. ........................................................, we enjoyed our stay there.

3. I usually take the underground to work, ........................................................ it is always very crowded.

4. ........................................................ I had a lot of money, I wouldn’t buy a new car.

5. The cost of energy will not decrease. ........................................................, projections show that it will go up.

6. I’d like to have a job with a higher salary, ........................................................ I enjoy the work I do.

7. He failed his exam ........................................................ all his hard work.

Soluzioni
  1. despite
  2. However
  3. even though
  4. Even if
  5. On the contrary
  6. on the other hand
  7. in spite of
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Completa le frasi con i connettivi dati nell’ordine sparso.

not only... but • as a result • both... and • otherwise • consequently • therefore • as a rule • owing to

Esempio
They were exceeding the speed limit. ..........................., they were fined.
Consequently, they were fined.

1. ...................................................................... bad weather, the schools were closed.

2. ......................................................................, I get up at six o’clock, but yesterday morning I got up later.

3. We were unable to get funding, ...................................................................... we had to cancel the project.

4. There are more universities nowadays. ......................................................................, there are more graduates.

5. I will have my house painted ...................................................................... inside ...................................................................... also outside.

6. When I was young, I used to play ...................................................................... football ...................................................................... tennis.

7. He got up early. ......................................................................, he might have missed the first train.

not only... but • as a result • both... and • otherwise • consequently • therefore • as a rule • owing to

Esempio
They were exceeding the speed limit. ..........................., they were fined.
Consequently, they were fined.

1. ...................................................................... bad weather, the schools were closed.

2. ......................................................................, I get up at six o’clock, but yesterday morning I got up later.

3. We were unable to get funding, ...................................................................... we had to cancel the project.

4. There are more universities nowadays. ......................................................................, there are more graduates.

5. I will have my house painted ...................................................................... inside ...................................................................... also outside.

6. When I was young, I used to play ...................................................................... football ...................................................................... tennis.

7. He got up early. ......................................................................, he might have missed the first train.

Soluzioni
  1. Owing to
  2. As a rule
  3. therefore
  4. As a result
  5. not only - but
  6. both - and
  7. Otherwise
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Completa le frasi con i modali + have e participio passato dei verbi dati.

might (x2) • can’t • must • should • shouldn’t • needn’t • could

1. I’m not sure where Claire is, but ............................................................... (go) home. She wasn’t feeling well earlier on.

2. You ............................................................... (see) Tim at the football match. He’s away on holiday.

3. On, no! Molly knows about the surprise party. Someone ............................................................... (tell) her.

4. I’ve missed my train. Stupid me. I ............................................................... (get) a taxi to the station instead of walking.

5. It’s been really hard to concentrate today. I ............................................................... (not stay) up till late last night.

6. The postal service isn’t very reliable, so they ............................................................... (not receive) my invitation.

7. I didn’t know the museum was free for people over 60. I ............................................................... (not pay).

8. Nobody ............................................................... (predict) last night’s heavy storm. It was totally unexpected.

might (x2) • can’t • must • should • shouldn’t • needn’t • could

1. I’m not sure where Claire is, but ............................................................... (go) home. She wasn’t feeling well earlier on.

2. You ............................................................... (see) Tim at the football match. He’s away on holiday.

3. On, no! Molly knows about the surprise party. Someone ............................................................... (tell) her.

4. I’ve missed my train. Stupid me. I ............................................................... (get) a taxi to the station instead of walking.

5. It’s been really hard to concentrate today. I ............................................................... (not stay) up till late last night.

6. The postal service isn’t very reliable, so they ............................................................... (not receive) my invitation.

7. I didn’t know the museum was free for people over 60. I ............................................................... (not pay).

8. Nobody ............................................................... (predict) last night’s heavy storm. It was totally unexpected.

Soluzioni
  1. she might have gone
  2. can’t have seen
  3. must have told
  4. should have got
  5. shouldn’t have stayed
  6. might not have received
  7. needn’t have paid
  8. could have predicted
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (2)

Completa le frasi con i nomi elencati. Usa l’articolo the se necessario. Ti puoi aiutare con un atlante.

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Countries: United Kingdom, France, Great Britain
Oceans and seas: Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, North Sea
Rivers: Mississippi, Missouri, Thames
Lakes: Lake Superior, Lake Huron, Lake Michigan 
Islands: Caribbean Islands, Seychelles, Madagascar

1. ....................................................... and ....................................................... rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of ....................................................... .

3. ......................................................., ....................................................... and ....................................................... are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing ........................................................

5. ....................................................... comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. ....................................................... and ....................................................... are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates ....................................................... from ........................................................

8. ....................................................... crosses London and flows into ........................................................

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of ........................................................

Soluzioni

1. The Mississippi and the Missouri rivers cross the central area of the USA.

2. Cuba is the largest of the Caribbean Islands.

3. Lake Superior, Lake Huron and Lake Michigan are three of the Great Lakes.

4. The Gulf Stream reaches the British Isles after crossing the Atlantic Ocean.

5. The United Kingdom comprises England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland.

6. The Seychelles and Madagascar are in the Indian Ocean.

7. The Channel separates France from Great Britain.

8. The Thame crosses London and flows into the North Sea.

9. The Hawaiian Islands are in the middle of the Pacific Ocean.

Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa le frasi con i phrasal verbs dati. Usa i tempi verbali appropriati.

Esempio
His father ................................... for swearing.
His father told him off for swearing.

come up with • carry out • give up • tell off • be fed up with • put off

1. I .......................................... doing the same things every weekend.

2. The wedding has been .......................................... until next month.

3. I have .......................................... trying to understand the subtleties of the Hungarian language.

4. It isn’t always easy to .......................................... orders during a war.

5. Last week Christine .......................................... a new idea to make money.

Esempio
His father ................................... for swearing.
His father told him off for swearing.

come up with • carry out • give up • tell off • be fed up with • put off

1. I .......................................... doing the same things every weekend.

2. The wedding has been .......................................... until next month.

3. I have .......................................... trying to understand the subtleties of the Hungarian language.

4. It isn’t always easy to .......................................... orders during a war.

5. Last week Christine .......................................... a new idea to make money.

Soluzioni
  1. am fed up with
  2. put off
  3. given up
  4. carry out
  5. came up with
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Completa le frasi con il comparativo di uguaglianza per le parole date in ordine sparso.

much money • old • much food • far • formally • crowded • many people • comfortable • straight

Esempio
I live ............................................ from work ............................................ my colleague Mary.
I live as far from work as my colleague Mary.

1. There weren’t ................................................... usual at the trade fair.

2. The Hotel Moon is ................................................... the Hotel Sun.

3. We don’t earn ................................................... our parents did.

4. The town centre was ................................................... usual.

5. If you are on a diet, you can’t eat ................................................... you like.

6. He is not ................................................... he looks.

7. Mary’s hair is ................................................... Barbara’s, her younger sister.

8. I don’t dress ................................................... my sister.

much money • old • much food • far • formally • crowded • many people • comfortable • straight

Esempio
I live ............................................ from work ............................................ my colleague Mary.
I live as far from work as my colleague Mary.

1. There weren’t ................................................... usual at the trade fair.

2. The Hotel Moon is ................................................... the Hotel Sun.

3. We don’t earn ................................................... our parents did.

4. The town centre was ................................................... usual.

5. If you are on a diet, you can’t eat ................................................... you like.

6. He is not ................................................... he looks.

7. Mary’s hair is ................................................... Barbara’s, her younger sister.

8. I don’t dress ................................................... my sister.

Soluzioni
  1. so/as many people as
  2. as comfortable as
  3. as much money as
  4. as crowded as
  5. as much food as
  6. as old as
  7. as straight as
  8. as formally as
Livello A2-B1 Past simple del verbo to be

Completa le frasi con il past simple del verbo to be e, quando possibile, usa risposte brevi.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Esempio
How many people .......................................... there at the concert?
How many people were there at the concert?

1. “Where ..................................... you born?” “I ..................................... born in the USA.”

2. “..................................... the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they .......................................................................... from Liverpool.”

3. “..................................... the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, ......................................”

4. “What ..................................... the weather like at the seaside?” “It ..................................... hot and dry.”

5. “..................................... you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, ......................................”

6. The boys ..................................... hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We ..................................... at home yesterday (not).” “Where ..................................... you then?” “We ..................................... at the gym.”

8. There ..................................... lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Soluzioni

1. “Where were you born?” “I was born in the USA.”

2. “Were the Beatles from Manchester?” “No, they were from Liverpool.”

3. “Was the American Revolution in the 18th century?” “Yes, it was

4. “What was the weather like at the seaside?” “It was hot and dry.”

5. “Were you and your friends at Barbara’s birthday party?” “No, we weren't

6. The boys were hot and hungry after the race.

7. “We weren't at home yesterday (not).” “Where were you then?” “We were at the gym.”

8. There were lots of people at the Umbria Jazz Festival.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Completa le frasi con il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi, in forma contratta quando possibile.

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).

Esempio:
He ...................................................... an apple (eat).
He’s eating an apple.

  1. She ............................................................ an interesting novel (read).
  2. What ............................................................ she ............................................................ (do)? She ............................................................ her son (help).
  3. They ............................................................ constantly ............................................................ the rules (break).
  4. The sun ............................................................ (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water ............................................................ in the bath (run).
  6. We ............................................................ breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He ............................................................ to work today (not/come).
  8. It ............................................................ cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I ............................................................ out (not/go).
Soluzioni
  1. She 's reading an interesting novel (read).
  2. What 's she doing (do)? She 's helping her son (help).
  3. They 're constantly breaking the rules (break).
  4. The sun 's shining (shine). It’s a beautiful day.
  5. The water 's running in the bath (run).
  6. We 're having breakfast on the balcony this morning (have).
  7. He isn't coming to work today (not/come).
  8. It 's raising cats and dogs (a catinelle) (rain). I 'm not going out (not/go).
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Completa le frasi con il pronome personale soggetto riferito alle parole in corsivo.

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”

Esempio:
I like Mrs Smith, my teacher. She is very good.

  1. “Where is my pen?” “..................................................... is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. ............................. is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. ..................................................... are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. ........................................... is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. ..................................................... are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “.................................................... is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, ....................... are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. ................................................ is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, .............................................. is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “..................................................... is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. ..................................................... is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. ................................................... is American.”
Soluzioni
  1. “Where is my pen?” “It is here.”
  2. Mr Rogers isn’t a doctor from England. He is from Ireland.
  3. Ann and I are cousins. We are in the same course.
  4. Jack Lewis is our English teacher. He is very nice.
  5. My parents are on holiday. They are in Spain.
  6. “Where is Carol?” “She is at work.”
  7. “Are Mary and Mark from England?” “No, They are American.”
  8. The photograph is on the table. It is beautiful.
  9. “Is your car in the garage?” “No, It is on the street.”
  10. “Where is Fernando from?” “He is from Spain.”
  11. Mary is my cousin. She is in the USA on holiday.
  12. “Is Mrs Bernard English?” “No. She is American.”
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le frasi con la forma affermativa semplice del verbo to be.

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Esempio: They are Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

 

Soluzioni
  1. I am Barbara and he is my brother Paul.
  2. They are my new schoolmates.
  3. This is Mrs Evans. She is the new teacher.
  4. We are at work today.
  5. You are a nice person.
  6. Perugia is in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I are twins.
  8. She is from Bristol, England.
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei modali can, can’t, could, may e might. Attenzione: a volte sono possibili due soluzioni.

Esempio
They ....................................... be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.
They might be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.

1. It ................................... be true about the monster in Loch ness. It’s impossible.

2. If we are lucky, tomorrow it ................................... be a sunny day.

3. You ................................... be right but I’m going to check anyway.

4. He ................................... be from France. He doesn’t speak French at all.

5. The exam ................................... be easy. There’s a strict selection.

6. Excuse me, ................................... you tell me the way to the station, please?

7. It ................................... be the right answer but I’ll check with the teacher.

8. She’s been studying ten hours a day during the last two months. She ................................... possibly fail.

Esempio
They ....................................... be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.
They might be away for the weekend but I’m not sure.

1. It ................................... be true about the monster in Loch ness. It’s impossible.

2. If we are lucky, tomorrow it ................................... be a sunny day.

3. You ................................... be right but I’m going to check anyway.

4. He ................................... be from France. He doesn’t speak French at all.

5. The exam ................................... be easy. There’s a strict selection.

6. Excuse me, ................................... you tell me the way to the station, please?

7. It ................................... be the right answer but I’ll check with the teacher.

8. She’s been studying ten hours a day during the last two months. She ................................... possibly fail.

Soluzioni
  1. can’t
  2. may/might
  3. may/might
  4. can’t
  5. can’t
  6. could
  7. may/might
  8. can’t
Livello B2-C1 Prepositional verbs

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei prepositional verbs dati in ordine sparso.

laugh at • supply with • think about • look at • listen to • apologise for • care about • deal with • apply for • depend on • suffer from • worry about • rely on

1. If you ............................................................... the video instructions you could have solved the problem.

2. We might go trekking next weekend. However, it ............................................................... the weather.

3. You should never ............................................................... other students when they make mistakes.

4. Before ............................................................... that job you’d better ............................................................... other offers.

5. When you are in Britain you should never ............................................................... the weather. It is always changing.

6. By law, workers must be ............................................................... safety equipment.

7. You have studied hard so you don’t have to ............................................................... the exam.

7. I’ve been ............................................................... a terrible headache all day.

9. It’s a good offer. ............................................................... it and let me know.

10. I didn’t mean to offend anybody, so I won’t ............................................................... what I said.

11. The government is ............................................................... the recent outbreak of an infectious disease.

12. More and more people now really ............................................................... environmental issues.

laugh at • supply with • think about • look at • listen to • apologise for • care about • deal with • apply for • depend on • suffer from • worry about • rely on

1. If you ............................................................... the video instructions you could have solved the problem.

2. We might go trekking next weekend. However, it ............................................................... the weather.

3. You should never ............................................................... other students when they make mistakes.

4. Before ............................................................... that job you’d better ............................................................... other offers.

5. When you are in Britain you should never ............................................................... the weather. It is always changing.

6. By law, workers must be ............................................................... safety equipment.

7. You have studied hard so you don’t have to ............................................................... the exam.

7. I’ve been ............................................................... a terrible headache all day.

9. It’s a good offer. ............................................................... it and let me know.

10. I didn’t mean to offend anybody, so I won’t ............................................................... what I said.

11. The government is ............................................................... the recent outbreak of an infectious disease.

12. More and more people now really ............................................................... environmental issues.

Soluzioni
  1. listen to
  2. depends on
  3. laugh at
  4. applying for look at
  5. rely on
  6. supplied with
  7. worry about
  8. suffering from
  9. Think about
  10. apologise for
  11. dealing with
  12. care about
Livello B2-C1 Verbi di percezione

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei seguenti verbi di percezione.

look • sound • feel • smell • taste

1. We heard something that ............................................................... like a mouse.

2. The dream ............................................................... so real that I woke up in a sweat.

3. Ethiopian coffee ............................................................... sweeter than Italian coffee.

4. He ............................................................... as if he hadn’t slept all night. His face was so drawn.

5. I could ............................................................... freshly baked bread.

look • sound • feel • smell • taste

1. We heard something that ............................................................... like a mouse.

2. The dream ............................................................... so real that I woke up in a sweat.

3. Ethiopian coffee ............................................................... sweeter than Italian coffee.

4. He ............................................................... as if he hadn’t slept all night. His face was so drawn.

5. I could ............................................................... freshly baked bread.

Soluzioni
  1. sounded
  2. felt
  3. tastes
  4. looked
  5. smell
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dei verbi dati.

Esempio
He suggested ................................... the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

pass • inform • work • eat • leave • have • live • encourage • take

1. I’m pleased I’m a teacher. I’d hate ...................................................................... in an office.

2. After driving for two hours we stopped ...................................................................... a coffee.

3. They just love ...................................................................... in Italy. The food is so good!

4. I didn’t expect him ...................................................................... the exam. He hadn’t studied enough.

5. I’ve tried ...................................................................... him many times without any success.

6. I regret ...................................................................... you that your subscription has expired.

7. He is putting on weight, but still doesn’t stop ...................................................................... junk food.

8. Working in another country would mean ...................................................................... my friends and family.

Esempio
He suggested ................................... the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

pass • inform • work • eat • leave • have • live • encourage • take

1. I’m pleased I’m a teacher. I’d hate ...................................................................... in an office.

2. After driving for two hours we stopped ...................................................................... a coffee.

3. They just love ...................................................................... in Italy. The food is so good!

4. I didn’t expect him ...................................................................... the exam. He hadn’t studied enough.

5. I’ve tried ...................................................................... him many times without any success.

6. I regret ...................................................................... you that your subscription has expired.

7. He is putting on weight, but still doesn’t stop ...................................................................... junk food.

8. Working in another country would mean ...................................................................... my friends and family.

Soluzioni
  1. to work
  2. to have
  3. living
  4. to pass
  5. to encourage
  6. to inform
  7. eating
  8. leaving
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta dell’infinito o il gerundio.

1. We went to the train station ......................................................... (meet) our cousins.

2. I’d like ......................................................... (arrive) earlier. I wouldn’t have missed the beginning of the show.

3. She was angry because he didn’t remember ......................................................... (give) her a birthday present.

4. My hair needs ......................................................... (cut). It’s really too long.

5. I don’t feel like ......................................................... (go) out tonight. I’d prefer ......................................................... (stay) at home.

6. It was a wonderful evening. I really enjoyed ......................................................... (talk) to everyone.

7. These suitcases are heavy. Would you mind ......................................................... (carry) them for me?

8. I really can’t afford ......................................................... (buy) such an expensive car.

9. I have been thinking about ......................................................... (take) early retirement.

10. Try ......................................................... (not/drink) in the evening. You might sleep better.

11. If they hadn’t been tired, they would have gone on ......................................................... (dance).

12. I have been trying ......................................................... (learn) Chinese for many years, but with little success.

1. We went to the train station ......................................................... (meet) our cousins.

2. I’d like ......................................................... (arrive) earlier. I wouldn’t have missed the beginning of the show.

3. She was angry because he didn’t remember ......................................................... (give) her a birthday present.

4. My hair needs ......................................................... (cut). It’s really too long.

5. I don’t feel like ......................................................... (go) out tonight. I’d prefer ......................................................... (stay) at home.

6. It was a wonderful evening. I really enjoyed ......................................................... (talk) to everyone.

7. These suitcases are heavy. Would you mind ......................................................... (carry) them for me?

8. I really can’t afford ......................................................... (buy) such an expensive car.

9. I have been thinking about ......................................................... (take) early retirement.

10. Try ......................................................... (not/drink) in the evening. You might sleep better.

11. If they hadn’t been tired, they would have gone on ......................................................... (dance).

12. I have been trying ......................................................... (learn) Chinese for many years, but with little success.

Soluzioni
  1. to meet
  2. to have arrived
  3. to give
  4. cutting
  5. going to stay
  6. talking
  7. carrying
  8. to buy
  9. taking
  10. not to drink
  11. dancing
  12. to learn
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di have e il participio passato dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

Esempio
Do you think you’ll ...................................... the bathroom ...................................... (repaint)?
Do you think you’ll have the bathroom repainted?

1. I’m having difficulty reading the road signs. I’d better ......................................... my eyes ......................................... (test).

2. I’ll order the books on the internet and ......................................... them ......................................... to your new address (send).

3. She ......................................... her car ......................................... last week but it still doesn’t work properly (repair).

4. Where are the students? They’re in the gym ......................................... their photo ......................................... for the school magazine (take).

5. Oh dear! My coat’s dirty again. I’ll have to ......................................... it ......................................... for the second time this month (dry-clean).

Esempio
Do you think you’ll ...................................... the bathroom ...................................... (repaint)?
Do you think you’ll have the bathroom repainted?

1. I’m having difficulty reading the road signs. I’d better ......................................... my eyes ......................................... (test).

2. I’ll order the books on the internet and ......................................... them ......................................... to your new address (send).

3. She ......................................... her car ......................................... last week but it still doesn’t work properly (repair).

4. Where are the students? They’re in the gym ......................................... their photo ......................................... for the school magazine (take).

5. Oh dear! My coat’s dirty again. I’ll have to ......................................... it ......................................... for the second time this month (dry-clean).

Soluzioni
  1. have tested
  2. have sent
  3. had repaired
  4. having taken
  5. have dry-cleaned
Livello B1-B2 Dovere: altre forme

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di to be to, to owe, to be due.

1. We ............................ finish the presentation by next week.

2. John .................. his mother a lot for his culinary skills.

3. Children ................................ (neg) to cross the road on their own.

4. The rise in crime is mainly ............................ social and economic factors.

5. The train is ............................ arrive at Edinburgh Waverley Station at 9.12.

6. I think you ............................ him an apology for what you said.

7. “You ............................ rest until the wound has completely healed,” the doctor said.

8. The company ............................ money to more than 60 banks.

1. We ............................ finish the presentation by next week.

2. John .................. his mother a lot for his culinary skills.

3. Children ................................ (neg) to cross the road on their own.

4. The rise in crime is mainly ............................ social and economic factors.

5. The train is ............................ arrive at Edinburgh Waverley Station at 9.12.

6. I think you ............................ him an apology for what you said.

7. “You ............................ rest until the wound has completely healed,” the doctor said.

8. The company ............................ money to more than 60 banks.

Soluzioni
  1. are to
  2. owes
  3. are not
  4. due to
  5. due to
  6. owe
  7. are to
  8. owes
Livello B2-C1 Fare + infinito, verbi causativi

Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di to make, to let e to get, usando i verbi dati.

tidy • use • stay • phone • promise • come • go • send • write

Esempio
My mother never ...................... me ...................... into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.
My mother never let me come into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.

1. Does your maths teacher ........................ you ........................ a calculator during the lesson?

2. I can’t ........................ the children ........................ to bed in the evening. They never seem to be tired.

3. When Ray told me his secrets, he ........................ me ........................ not to tell anyone.

4. Zoe always ........................ me ........................ at her house when I’m in town.

5. I ........................ my mother ........................ me some money from England last week.

6. Justin’s parents ........................ him ........................ his room before he goes out to see his friends.

7. Julia’s mother doesn’t ........................ her ........................ her boyfriend until she’s done the washing-up.

8. Can you please ........................ someone ........................ his letter? My French isn’t very good.

tidy • use • stay • phone • promise • come • go • send • write

Esempio
My mother never ...................... me ...................... into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.
My mother never let me come into the kitchen so now I can’t cook.

1. Does your maths teacher ........................ you ........................ a calculator during the lesson?

2. I can’t ........................ the children ........................ to bed in the evening. They never seem to be tired.

3. When Ray told me his secrets, he ........................ me ........................ not to tell anyone.

4. Zoe always ........................ me ........................ at her house when I’m in town.

5. I ........................ my mother ........................ me some money from England last week.

6. Justin’s parents ........................ him ........................ his room before he goes out to see his friends.

7. Julia’s mother doesn’t ........................ her ........................ her boyfriend until she’s done the washing-up.

8. Can you please ........................ someone ........................ his letter? My French isn’t very good.

Soluzioni
  1. let you use
  2. get - to go
  3. made me promise
  4. lets - stay
  5. got - to send
  6. make him tidy
  7. let her phone
  8. get someone to write
Livello B2-C1 Prepositional verbs

Completa le frasi con la forma giusta dei prepositional verbs dati.

account for • prevent from • hope for • approve of • depend on • apply for • provide with • suffer from

Esempio
Those on low income should be ................................. free education and health services.
Those on low income should be provided with free education and health services.

1. If someone has to ........................................ an action, it means they are responsible for it.

2. She’s ........................................ a serious disease, which causes constant pain.

3. I have my job now and I no longer ........................................ my parents for money.

4. The survey shows that the majority of people ........................................ the government’s decisions.

5. The policies succeeded in ........................................ the robbers ........................................ escaping.

6. You can ........................................ grants at the admin office at the Education Department.

7. Although we always ........................................ the best, we are also prepared for the worst.

account for • prevent from • hope for • approve of • depend on • apply for • provide with • suffer from

Esempio
Those on low income should be ................................. free education and health services.
Those on low income should be provided with free education and health services.

1. If someone has to ........................................ an action, it means they are responsible for it.

2. She’s ........................................ a serious disease, which causes constant pain.

3. I have my job now and I no longer ........................................ my parents for money.

4. The survey shows that the majority of people ........................................ the government’s decisions.

5. The policies succeeded in ........................................ the robbers ........................................ escaping.

6. You can ........................................ grants at the admin office at the Education Department.

7. Although we always ........................................ the best, we are also prepared for the worst.

Soluzioni
  1. account for
  2. suffering from
  3. depend on
  4. approve of
  5. preventing from
  6. apply for
  7. hope for
Livello B2-C1 Verbi di percezione

Completa le frasi con la forma giusta dei verbi dati.

shake • attack • bake • leave • flash • sing • rob • knock

1. I heard birds ............................................................... outside my window this morning. They woke me up.

2. I was almost asleep last night when I heard someone ............................................................... at the door.

3. I noticed red lights ............................................................... ahead. The police stopped me to check my documents.

4. When I am out for a walk, I usually get hungry. I can always smell pizza ............................................................... .

5. I felt the ground ............................................................... last night. It was a small earthquake.

6. Last night I saw a man ............................................................... by a dog in front of my house.

7. We went to the police after we had seen a woman ............................................................... .

8. He was seen ............................................................... without saying goodbye to anybody.

shake • attack • bake • leave • flash • sing • rob • knock

1. I heard birds ............................................................... outside my window this morning. They woke me up.

2. I was almost asleep last night when I heard someone ............................................................... at the door.

3. I noticed red lights ............................................................... ahead. The police stopped me to check my documents.

4. When I am out for a walk, I usually get hungry. I can always smell pizza ............................................................... .

5. I felt the ground ............................................................... last night. It was a small earthquake.

6. Last night I saw a man ............................................................... by a dog in front of my house.

7. We went to the police after we had seen a woman ............................................................... .

8. He was seen ............................................................... without saying goodbye to anybody.

Soluzioni
  1. singing
  2. knock
  3. flashing
  4. being baked
  5. shake
  6. being attacked
  7. being robbed
  8. leaving
Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing

Completa le frasi con la forma in -ing dei verbi dati.

Esempio
He suggested ............................................ the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

live • take • wait • work • stare • read • write • taste

1. I don’t mind ............................................................... for you. I’m not in a hurry.

2. He coudn’t help ............................................................... at her. He was attracted to her.

3. Haven’t you finished ............................................................... the letter yet?

4. I can’t imagine ............................................................... in a big crowded city.

5. There is nothing worth ............................................................... in this newspaper.

6. Do you fancy ............................................................... a piece of my home-made apple-pie?

7. “You can’t do it by yourelf. It involves ............................................................... in pairs,” said the teacher.

Esempio
He suggested ............................................ the ferry and not the plane this time.
He suggested taking the ferry and not the plane this time.

live • take • wait • work • stare • read • write • taste

1. I don’t mind ............................................................... for you. I’m not in a hurry.

2. He coudn’t help ............................................................... at her. He was attracted to her.

3. Haven’t you finished ............................................................... the letter yet?

4. I can’t imagine ............................................................... in a big crowded city.

5. There is nothing worth ............................................................... in this newspaper.

6. Do you fancy ............................................................... a piece of my home-made apple-pie?

7. “You can’t do it by yourelf. It involves ............................................................... in pairs,” said the teacher.

Soluzioni
  1. waiting
  2. staring
  3. writing
  4. living
  5. reading
  6. tasting
  7. working
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Completa le frasi con la forma passiva dei verbi tra parentesi.

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London (1) ...................................... (build) in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people (2) ...................................... (torture) and (3) ...................................... (execute). Anne Boleyn (4) ...................................... (behead) there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She (5) .................................................... (see) walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies (6) .................................................................. (shoot) in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, (7) .......................................... (imprison) there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It (8) .................................................. (not know) when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, (9) ........................................... (call) Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they (10) ........................................ (treat) with extreme care. In fact, the birds (11) .................................................. (feed) by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds (12) ...................................... (never record) absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings (13) ...................................... (clip) whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens (14) ...................................... (move) indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can (15) ...................................... (see) by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily (16) ...................................... (identify) by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which (17) ...................................... (keep) there since 1303 after they (18) ...................................... (steal) from Westminster Abbey.

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London (1) ...................................... (build) in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people (2) ...................................... (torture) and (3) ...................................... (execute). Anne Boleyn (4) ...................................... (behead) there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She (5) .................................................... (see) walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies (6) .................................................................. (shoot) in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, (7) .......................................... (imprison) there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It (8) .................................................. (not know) when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, (9) ........................................... (call) Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they (10) ........................................ (treat) with extreme care. In fact, the birds (11) .................................................. (feed) by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds (12) ...................................... (never record) absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings (13) ...................................... (clip) whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens (14) ...................................... (move) indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can (15) ...................................... (see) by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily (16) ...................................... (identify) by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which (17) ...................................... (keep) there since 1303 after they (18) ...................................... (steal) from Westminster Abbey.

Soluzioni
  1. was built
  2. were tortured
  3. executed
  4. was beheaded
  5. has been seen
  6. were shot
  7. was imprisoned
  8. is not known
  9. was called
  10. they are treated
  11. are fed
  12. have never been recorded
  13. are clipped
  14. were moved
  15. be seen
  16. be identified
  17. have been kept
  18. were stolen
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa le frasi con la preposizione di luogo o di moto corretta.

 1. The coach is driving ............................................... the tunnel to reach the French mountains.

2. He found a banknote and put it ............................................... his pocket.

3. She saw an accident while she was driving ............................................... the motorway.

4. The athletes are cycling from the top of the hill ............................................... to the valley.

5. The ball went ............................................... the roof and we climbed ............................................... the wall to get it.

6. Please buy the tickets and wait ............................................... the castle opposite the entrance.

7. You can’t go ............................................... the cathedral without tickets. Entrance is not free.

8. He was sitting in the back rows ............................................... me, so I didn’t see him. 

 1. The coach is driving ............................................... the tunnel to reach the French mountains.

2. He found a banknote and put it ............................................... his pocket.

3. She saw an accident while she was driving ............................................... the motorway.

4. The athletes are cycling from the top of the hill ............................................... to the valley.

5. The ball went ............................................... the roof and we climbed ............................................... the wall to get it.

6. Please buy the tickets and wait ............................................... the castle opposite the entrance.

7. You can’t go ............................................... the cathedral without tickets. Entrance is not free.

8. He was sitting in the back rows ............................................... me, so I didn’t see him. 

Soluzioni
  1. through
  2. into
  3. on
  4. down
  5. onto up
  6. outside
  7. into
  8. behind
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Completa le frasi con le altre forme di futuro e i verbi dati. Segui l’uso indicato tra parentesi.

present • board • retire • pass • start • give • win • rain

Esempio
Come and sit down. The conference ……………………. . (fatto imminente)
The conference is about to start.

1. My grandfather has worked for nearly 40 years. He ..................................... at the end of this year. (fatto certo)

2. The President .................................................... a speech on TV. (fatto ufficiale)

3. He’s a great champion. He ...................................................... the competition. (fatto previsto)

4. They are studying hard, so they ...................................................... the entry test. (fatto inevitabile)

5. Black clouds are quickly gathering. It ...................................................... . (fatto imminente)

6. We’ve got to hurry. Our plane ...................................................... in 15 minutes. (fatto certo)

7. Tomorrow at 9 the new Prime Minister ...................................................... the list of ministers. (fatto ufficiale)

present • board • retire • pass • start • give • win • rain

Esempio
Come and sit down. The conference ……………………. . (fatto imminente)
The conference is about to start.

1. My grandfather has worked for nearly 40 years. He ..................................... at the end of this year. (fatto certo)

2. The President .................................................... a speech on TV. (fatto ufficiale)

3. He’s a great champion. He ...................................................... the competition. (fatto previsto)

4. They are studying hard, so they ...................................................... the entry test. (fatto inevitabile)

5. Black clouds are quickly gathering. It ...................................................... . (fatto imminente)

6. We’ve got to hurry. Our plane ...................................................... in 15 minutes. (fatto certo)

7. Tomorrow at 9 the new Prime Minister ...................................................... the list of ministers. (fatto ufficiale)

Soluzioni
  1. is due to retire
  2. is to give
  3. is expected to win
  4. are bound to pass
  5. ’s about to rain
  6. is due to board
  7. is to present
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date al present simple o al present continuous.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.

have a shower • have dinner • have a walk • have a sandwich • have a party • have a good time • have a nap • have a chat • have breakfast

Esempio: I only have a sandwich for lunch when I’m in town.

  1. Max always ...................................................................... after he plays football.
  2. Sam and I often ...................................................................... in the park after work.
  3. We’re ...................................................................... at my house next Saturday to celebrate my 18th birthday.
  4. I always ...................................................................... when I visit my aunt in Canada.
  5. In Spain people never ...................................................................... before 10 p.m.
  6. My grandfather gets up early but he always ...................................................................... in the afternoon.
  7. “Can I speak to your mother?” “No, I’m sorry. She’s ...................................................................... to a friend on the phone.”
  8. I never ...................................................................... on Sunday mornings because I get up too late.
Soluzioni
  1. has a shower
  2. have a walk
  3. having a party
  4. have a good time
  5. have dinner
  6. has a nap
  7. having a chat
  8. have breakfast
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Completa le frasi con le espressioni date in ordine sparso. Usa la forma corretta del verbo to have.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

have a word with • have a holiday • have dinner • have a walk • have a look at • have a cup of coffee • have a party • have a nap • have an argument • have a shower

1. I always ....................................................................... along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to ....................................................................... with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he ....................................................................... before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always ............................................................ in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always ....................................................................... shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s ....................................................................... on the sofa.

7. “What time ............................................................... this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours ....................................................................... again.

9. In two weeks’ time we ....................................................................... in Crete.

10. Can I ....................................................................... you, please? It’s about your dog.

Soluzioni

1. I always have a walk along the riverbank after lunch. I need the exercise.

2. It’s my birthday next week so I am planning to have a party with all of my friends.

3. When Jason gets home from work he’s usually dirty so he has a shower before dinner.

4. My Italian husband always has a cup of coffee in the morning but I prefer strong tea.

5. I always have a look at shop windows before buying anything.

6. Try not to disturb your father. He’s having a nap on the sofa.

7. “What time are you having dinner this evening?” “Not before 8 p.m. because I’m working till late.”

8. Just listen to that noise! The neighbours are having an argument again.

9. In two weeks’ time we are having a holiday in Crete.

10. Can I have a word with you, please? It’s about your dog.

Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Completa le frasi con le espressioni dell’esercizio precedente.

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and ............................................................... my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. ............................................................... .

3. The ....................................... you make a reservation, the ....................................... your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s ............................................................... .

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite ............................................................... .

6. Many farmers are trying ............................................................... of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, ...............................................................!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, ............................................................... .

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am ............................................................... now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, ..............................................................., he had a high temperature.

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and ............................................................... my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. ............................................................... .

3. The ....................................... you make a reservation, the ....................................... your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s ............................................................... .

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite ............................................................... .

6. Many farmers are trying ............................................................... of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, ...............................................................!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, ............................................................... .

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am ............................................................... now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, ..............................................................., he had a high temperature.

Soluzioni

1. I would like to thank my publisher, my editor, and last but not least my wife for her support.

2. Following your instructions, I will send you the order by 5 p.m. at the latest.

3. The sooner you make a reservation, the better your chances are to get a table for Saturday night.

4. They don’t have chocolate ice cream, my favourite. I’ll have vanilla ice cream, it’s better than nothing.

5. Some people believe that the two parts of Ireland will reunite sooner or later.

6. Many farmers are trying to make the most of natural fertilizers to maintain soil fertility.

7. “Can I bring my friends to the party?” “Of course, the more the merrier!”

8. He’s very angry, don’t tell him the truth. Remember, the less you say the better.

9. I was not at all well last weekend, but I am as right as rain now.

10. He had a bad cold and then, to make matters worse, he had a high temperature.

Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Completa le frasi con le parole date in ordine sparso (lista B), precedute da una preposizione di luogo (lista A).

Esempio
The cycle lane runs ......................................... .
The cycle lane runs along the river.

A
along 
1. out of
2. behind 
3. through 
4. over 
5. by 
6. outside 
7. beyond 
8. across

B
the river
1. the road
2. in the lounge
3. Garda
4. me
5. window
6. that point
7. the last fence
8. the tunnel

 

1. The train has just come ............................................................

2. I didn’t see him at the cinema because he was sitting ...............................................

3. The ball went ......................................................... the kitchen ......................................................... and broke a vase.

4. The dog jumped ........................................................... and won the agility competition.

5. He lives in a house ........................................................... Lake ........................................................... with a view of the Dolomites.

6. Let’s stay ........................................................... on the patio, it’s warmer than ............................................................

7. That is a military area, you can’t walk ............................................................

8. The burglars ran ........................................................... to escape from the police.

Esempio
The cycle lane runs ......................................... .
The cycle lane runs along the river.

A
along 
1. out of
2. behind 
3. through 
4. over 
5. by 
6. outside 
7. beyond 
8. across

B
the river
1. the road
2. in the lounge
3. Garda
4. me
5. window
6. that point
7. the last fence
8. the tunnel

 

1. The train has just come ............................................................

2. I didn’t see him at the cinema because he was sitting ...............................................

3. The ball went ......................................................... the kitchen ......................................................... and broke a vase.

4. The dog jumped ........................................................... and won the agility competition.

5. He lives in a house ........................................................... Lake ........................................................... with a view of the Dolomites.

6. Let’s stay ........................................................... on the patio, it’s warmer than ............................................................

7. That is a military area, you can’t walk ............................................................

8. The burglars ran ........................................................... to escape from the police.

Soluzioni
  1. out of the tunnel
  2. behind me
  3. through window
  4. over the last fence
  5. by Garda
  6. outside - in the lounge
  7. beyond that point
  8. across the road
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

Completa le frasi con le preposizioni date.

in front of • below • among • over • under (x2) • opposite • between • above (x2)

1. The man sitting ............................................. me is so tall that I can’t see the film.

2. They are building a new bridge ............................................. the river.

3. It is considered bad luck if you walk ............................................. a ladder.

4. There’s a bank ............................................. the cinema and the café. It’s only a few minutes’ walk from here.

5. The children found their ball this morning. It was ............................................. the bushes in the garden.

6. I live in the city centre, just ............................................. the food store, which is on the other side of the road.

7. We have bought a small house in the hills 500 metres ............................................. sea level.

8. She is very untidy. There is always a mess ............................................. her bed.

9. It has been very cold this week. The temperature has dropped 5 degrees ............................................. zero. Last week it was 10 ..............................................

in front of • below • among • over • under (x2) • opposite • between • above (x2)

1. The man sitting ............................................. me is so tall that I can’t see the film.

2. They are building a new bridge ............................................. the river.

3. It is considered bad luck if you walk ............................................. a ladder.

4. There’s a bank ............................................. the cinema and the café. It’s only a few minutes’ walk from here.

5. The children found their ball this morning. It was ............................................. the bushes in the garden.

6. I live in the city centre, just ............................................. the food store, which is on the other side of the road.

7. We have bought a small house in the hills 500 metres ............................................. sea level.

8. She is very untidy. There is always a mess ............................................. her bed.

9. It has been very cold this week. The temperature has dropped 5 degrees ............................................. zero. Last week it was 10 ..............................................

Soluzioni
  1. in front of
  2. over
  3. under
  4. between
  5. among
  6. opposite
  7. above
  8. under
  9. below - above
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Completa le frasi con le preposizioni di tempo.

  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
  1. The train is arriving at the station ............................. time.
  2. I don’t like driving ............................. night.
  3. Paul works in a pub ............................. the weekend.
  4. Classes begin ............................. September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris ............................. spring.
  6. My mother often gets up ............................. dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America ............................ 1492.
  8. ............................. noon we always have a quick lunch.
Soluzioni
  1. The train is arriving at the station on time.
  2. I don’t like driving at night.
  3. Paul works in a pub at the weekend.
  4. Classes begin on September 15th.
  5. We often go to Paris in spring.
  6. My mother often gets up at dawn.
  7. Christopher Columbus sailed to America in 1492.
  8. At noon we always have a quick lunch.
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Completa le frasi con le prepozioni/gli avverbi dati.

on • up • out • in • after • up • out

Esempio
This puzzle is difficult. I can’t work it ........................... .
I can’t work it out.

1. Please fill ....................................... the questionnaire.

2. She brought ....................................... six children all on her own.

3. We put ....................................... our backpacks and started walking.

4. You must carry ....................................... my orders if you want to work here.

5. It’s hard to give ....................................... eating cakes.

6. My father takes ....................................... my grandmother.

on • up • out • in • after • up • out

Esempio
This puzzle is difficult. I can’t work it ........................... .
I can’t work it out.

1. Please fill ....................................... the questionnaire.

2. She brought ....................................... six children all on her own.

3. We put ....................................... our backpacks and started walking.

4. You must carry ....................................... my orders if you want to work here.

5. It’s hard to give ....................................... eating cakes.

6. My father takes ....................................... my grandmother.

Soluzioni
  1. in
  2. up
  3. on
  4. out
  5. up
  6. after
Livello A2 I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those

Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo o il pronome dimostrativo seguito da “one/ones” quando necessario.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Esempio:
I’m very nervous ...................... days. ...................... is a bad period for me!
I’m very nervous these days. This is a bad period for me!

  1. ........................... smartphone here is from China and ........................... over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. ........................... boys over there are my new classmates.

  3. ........................... shirt is too small for me. ........................... over there is the right size.

  4. The bus stop is over there next to ........................... bank.

  5. Who is ........................... boy near the post office?

  6. Are ........................... jackets over there on sale?
    No, only ........................... one here.

  7. How much is ........................... scarf here in the window?

  8. I don’t like ........................... red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue .......................... over there.

Soluzioni
  1. This smartphone here is from China and that one over there (laggiù) is from Japan.
  2. Those boys over there are my new classmates.
  3. This shirt is too small for me. That one over there is the right size.
  4. The bus stop is over there next to that bank.
  5. Who is that boy near the post office?
  6. Are those jackets over there on sale?
    No, only this one here.
  7. How much is this scarf here in the window?
  8. I don’t like this red T-shirt here. I prefer the blue one over there.
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa le frasi con l’aggettivo possessivo adeguato, facendo attenzione al soggetto.

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”

Esempio: Mary and Paul are with their parents.

  1. We are ready! .................................... taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with .................................... family.
  3. What’s .................................... phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in .................................... bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but .................................... shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but .................................... mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are .................................... children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she ............................. girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. ............................................. name’s Emily.”
Soluzioni
  1. We are ready! Our taxi is over there.
  2. Mr Collins is on holiday with his family.
  3. What’s your phone number, James?
  4. Mary is in her bedroom, she’s tired.
  5. My town is small but its shopping centre is really big!
  6. The new neighbours are English but their mother’s from Australia.
  7. “How are your children, Mrs Miller?” “They’re OK, thanks.”
  8. “Is she your girlfriend, Robert?” “Yes, she is. Her name’s Emily.”
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (4)

Completa le frasi con l’alternativa corretta.

1. Jeremy locks it up every evening ............................................. nobody can steal it.
a. in case of
b. so that
c. as if

2. I’ll take a day off ..................................................... the boss says it is ok.
a. as long as
b. so as to
c. as though

3. Take your camera with you, just .............................................. mine doesn’t work.
a. in order to
b. in case
c. in case of

4. Our house has been designed .................................................... resist earthquakes.
a. so that
b. provided that
c. so as to

5. You will be at the meeting on time ........................................... you go by car.
a. so as if
b. provided that
c. whether

6. ..................................................... I hear from you, I’ll see you at the time we arranged.
a. Unless
b. As
c. Whether

1. Jeremy locks it up every evening ............................................. nobody can steal it.
a. in case of
b. so that
c. as if

2. I’ll take a day off ..................................................... the boss says it is ok.
a. as long as
b. so as to
c. as though

3. Take your camera with you, just .............................................. mine doesn’t work.
a. in order to
b. in case
c. in case of

4. Our house has been designed .................................................... resist earthquakes.
a. so that
b. provided that
c. so as to

5. You will be at the meeting on time ........................................... you go by car.
a. so as if
b. provided that
c. whether

6. ..................................................... I hear from you, I’ll see you at the time we arranged.
a. Unless
b. As
c. Whether

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. a
  3. b
  4. c
  5. b
  6. a
Livello B1-B2 Volere: will e would come verbi modali

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto dei modali will o would e i verbi dati.

take • apologise • answer (x2) • admit • do • stop • eat • fill in • give • help

1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She .............................. always ................................... notes and ................................... the teacher’s questions correctly.

2. He often behaves badly and just ................................... (neg).

3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he ................................... .

4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just ................................... it (neg).

5. ................................... you please ................................... all the fields in this form? Some details are missing.

6. Paul, ................................... you ................................... me a hand with this heavy box?

7. When my daughter was young, she ................................. never ................................... me in the kitchen.

8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just ................................... it.

9. When I was young, I ................................... fish but now I eat it quite often.

10. ................................... you ................................... interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying.

take • apologise • answer (x2) • admit • do • stop • eat • fill in • give • help

1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She .............................. always ................................... notes and ................................... the teacher’s questions correctly.

2. He often behaves badly and just ................................... (neg).

3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he ................................... .

4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just ................................... it (neg).

5. ................................... you please ................................... all the fields in this form? Some details are missing.

6. Paul, ................................... you ................................... me a hand with this heavy box?

7. When my daughter was young, she ................................. never ................................... me in the kitchen.

8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just ................................... it.

9. When I was young, I ................................... fish but now I eat it quite often.

10. ................................... you ................................... interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying.

Soluzioni
  1. would - take - answer
  2. won’t apologise
  3. wouldn’t answer
  4. won’t admit
  5. Would - fill in
  6. will - give
  7. would - help
  8. won’t do
  9. wouldn’t eat
  10. Would - stop
Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto del present perfect simple dei verbi e degli avverbi dati.

Esempio
A lot of things ................................................ in my life (change, recently).
A lot of things have recently changed in my life.

 

1. I ............................................................. the film “Star Wars”. I don’t like science-fiction films (see, never).

2. ........................................................... you ........................................................... refurbishing your house ........................................................... (finish, yet)?

3. My cousin is a fantastic writer. He ........................................................... ten very creative short stories in the last year (write).

4. The train from Rome ........................................................... due to engine failure (not arrive, yet).

5. Robert lives in Colorado, hundreds of miles from the coast, so he ........................................................... the ocean (see, never).

6. In the last hundred years travelling ........................................................... much easier and cheaper (become).

7. Several climbers ........................................................... to reach the top ........................................................... (try, so far), but nobody ........................................................... (succeed, ever).

8. I ........................................................... (visit, already) the USA but I ........................................................... to the Middle East (travel, never).

Esempio
A lot of things ................................................ in my life (change, recently).
A lot of things have recently changed in my life.

 

1. I ............................................................. the film “Star Wars”. I don’t like science-fiction films (see, never).

2. ........................................................... you ........................................................... refurbishing your house ........................................................... (finish, yet)?

3. My cousin is a fantastic writer. He ........................................................... ten very creative short stories in the last year (write).

4. The train from Rome ........................................................... due to engine failure (not arrive, yet).

5. Robert lives in Colorado, hundreds of miles from the coast, so he ........................................................... the ocean (see, never).

6. In the last hundred years travelling ........................................................... much easier and cheaper (become).

7. Several climbers ........................................................... to reach the top ........................................................... (try, so far), but nobody ........................................................... (succeed, ever).

8. I ........................................................... (visit, already) the USA but I ........................................................... to the Middle East (travel, never).

Soluzioni
  1. have never seen
  2. Have finished yet
  3. has written
  4. has not arrived yet
  5. has never seen
  6. has become
  7. have tried so far / has ever succeeded
  8. have already visited / have never travelled
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Completa le frasi con l’uso corretto di can, could, may/might, be able to e dei verbi dati in ordine sparso.

walk • reach • buy • pass • arrive • park • find • go out • sleep • drive

1. I ....................................................... for 2000 km without stopping.

2. Our son ....................................................... when he was 10 months old.

3. Last night I ........................................................ There was a lot of noise in the street.

4. After five hours of climbing, we ....................................................... the top of the mountain.

5. He didn’t study hard. He ....................................................... his exam.

6. I’m late. I don’t think I ....................................................... at the station in time for the train.

7. You ....................................................... here. It’s a private road, there’s a sign there.

8. “What are you doing next weekend?” “We don’t know yet. We ....................................................... for a meal.”

9. I ....................................................... a parking place only after driving around for 20 minutes.

10. We are not sure yet but we ....................................................... a new house with a garden if we can get a loan (prestito).

walk • reach • buy • pass • arrive • park • find • go out • sleep • drive

1. I ....................................................... for 2000 km without stopping.

2. Our son ....................................................... when he was 10 months old.

3. Last night I ........................................................ There was a lot of noise in the street.

4. After five hours of climbing, we ....................................................... the top of the mountain.

5. He didn’t study hard. He ....................................................... his exam.

6. I’m late. I don’t think I ....................................................... at the station in time for the train.

7. You ....................................................... here. It’s a private road, there’s a sign there.

8. “What are you doing next weekend?” “We don’t know yet. We ....................................................... for a meal.”

9. I ....................................................... a parking place only after driving around for 20 minutes.

10. We are not sure yet but we ....................................................... a new house with a garden if we can get a loan (prestito).

Soluzioni
  1. was able to drive
  2. could walk
  3. couldn’t sleep
  4. were able to reach
  5. might not pass
  6. will be able to arrive
  7. can’t park
  8. might go out
  9. was able to find
  10. might buy
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Completa le frasi con l’uso dei composti di some, any e no.

1. There’s ....................................... in the office. It is closed.

2. ....................................... is knocking at the door.

3. I’m thirsty but there is ...................... to drink in the fridge.

4. Is there ....................................... to do for tomorrow?

5. Bob can’t find his keys ....................................... .

6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t ....................................... at the post office.

1. There’s ....................................... in the office. It is closed.

2. ....................................... is knocking at the door.

3. I’m thirsty but there is ...................... to drink in the fridge.

4. Is there ....................................... to do for tomorrow?

5. Bob can’t find his keys ....................................... .

6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t ....................................... at the post office.

Soluzioni

1. There’s nobody/no one in the office. It is closed.
2. Someone/Somebody is knocking at the door.
3. I’m thirsty but there is nothing to drink in the fridge.
4. Is there anything to do for tomorrow?
5. Bob can’t find his keys anywhere.
6. I was very lucky. There wasn’t anyone/anybody at the post office.

Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Completa le frasi con l’uso del past simple e past continuous. Usa i verbi dati.

sit • take • fall • read • hurt • ring • paint • fall • shine • be • walk • visit • wait • work • play • have

Esempio
While I was waiting for the bus I read the local news in the newspaper.

1. It was late. Robert ............................................ asleep while he ............................................ still ............................................ at the computer.
2. John ............................................ his ankle while he ............................................ basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone ............................................ while he ............................................ a shower.
4. Paul and Mary ............................................ some photos while they ............................................ the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher ....................................... into the classroom the students ...................................... all ................................... at their desks.
6. The sun ............................................ when I ............................................ on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne ............................................ off the ladder while she ............................................ a wall in the hall.

sit • take • fall • read • hurt • ring • paint • fall • shine • be • walk • visit • wait • work • play • have

Esempio
While I was waiting for the bus I read the local news in the newspaper.

1. It was late. Robert ............................................ asleep while he ............................................ still ............................................ at the computer.
2. John ............................................ his ankle while he ............................................ basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone ............................................ while he ............................................ a shower.
4. Paul and Mary ............................................ some photos while they ............................................ the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher ....................................... into the classroom the students ...................................... all ................................... at their desks.
6. The sun ............................................ when I ............................................ on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne ............................................ off the ladder while she ............................................ a wall in the hall.

Soluzioni

1. It was late. Robert fell asleep while he was still working at the computer.
2. John hurt his ankle while he was playing basketball.
3. Patrick’s phone rang while he was having a shower.
4. Paul and Mary took some photos while they were visiting the Acropolis.
5. When the teacher walked into the classroom the students were all sitting at their desks.
6. The sun was shining when I was on holiday in the Caribbean.
7. Anne fell off the ladder while she was painting a wall in the hall.

Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Completa le frasi con l’uso del periodo ipotetico di primo tipo.

Esempio
If you ......................................... (leave) now, you ........................................ (get) there on time.
If you leave now, you will get there on time.

1. If you ........................................... (not arrive) before 7 p.m., I ........................................... (go) without you.

2. We ........................................... (not be able to) go sailing if it ........................................... (rain).

3. If you ........................................... (walk) down this road, you ................................................ (see) the new shop on your left.

4. If he ................................... (not tell) her, she ...................................... (not know).

5. What ....................................... (happen) if I ...................................... (press) this button?

6. He ......................................... (be) sorry if he .......................................... (not phone) her.

7. If she ....................................................... (pass) her exams, she ........................................... (have) a big party.

8. If ....................................................... (be) a bus strike tomorrow, I ....................................................... (take) you to school.

9. If you....................................................... (start) saving money, you ....................................................... (be able to) buy a new smartphone.

10. I ............................................... (come) and give you a hand if you .................................................... (need) help to move your furniture.

Esempio
If you ......................................... (leave) now, you ........................................ (get) there on time.
If you leave now, you will get there on time.

1. If you ........................................... (not arrive) before 7 p.m., I ........................................... (go) without you.

2. We ........................................... (not be able to) go sailing if it ........................................... (rain).

3. If you ........................................... (walk) down this road, you ................................................ (see) the new shop on your left.

4. If he ................................... (not tell) her, she ...................................... (not know).

5. What ....................................... (happen) if I ...................................... (press) this button?

6. He ......................................... (be) sorry if he .......................................... (not phone) her.

7. If she ....................................................... (pass) her exams, she ........................................... (have) a big party.

8. If ....................................................... (be) a bus strike tomorrow, I ....................................................... (take) you to school.

9. If you....................................................... (start) saving money, you ....................................................... (be able to) buy a new smartphone.

10. I ............................................... (come) and give you a hand if you .................................................... (need) help to move your furniture.

Soluzioni
  1. don’t arrive - will go
  2. won’t be able to - rains
  3. walk - ’ll see
  4. doesn’t tell - won’t know
  5. will happen - press
  6. ’ll be - doesn’t phone
  7. passes - ’ll have
  8. there is - will take
  9. start - will be able to
  10. ’ll come - need
Livello B1-B2 Have to, don't have to/need, needn't

Completa le frasi con l’uso di have to, facendo attenzione ai tempi verbali. Poi scrivi in fondo la lettera corrispondente all’uso.

USO

  1. Necessità futura, sostituto di must
  2. Necessità passata, sostituto di must
  3. Obbligo imposto dall’esterno
  4. Assenza di obbligo o necessità

1. I ........................................ do all the typing at my office. It’s very boring! (...................)

2. In a mosque you ........................................ take off your shoes before entering. (...................)

3. Why ........................................ you ........................................ go to the doctor’s yesterday? (...................)

4. It’s a very informal party. You ........................................ wear a dark suit. (...................)

5. She ........................................ get up early. Her flight is in the afternoon. (...................)

6. We ........................................ take him to hospital because he fell down the stairs. (...................)

7. ........................................ you ........................................ collect him at the airport tomorrow? (...................)

8. You ........................................ finish the essay today. It’s for next week. (...................)

USO

  1. Necessità futura, sostituto di must
  2. Necessità passata, sostituto di must
  3. Obbligo imposto dall’esterno
  4. Assenza di obbligo o necessità

1. I ........................................ do all the typing at my office. It’s very boring! (...................)

2. In a mosque you ........................................ take off your shoes before entering. (...................)

3. Why ........................................ you ........................................ go to the doctor’s yesterday? (...................)

4. It’s a very informal party. You ........................................ wear a dark suit. (...................)

5. She ........................................ get up early. Her flight is in the afternoon. (...................)

6. We ........................................ take him to hospital because he fell down the stairs. (...................)

7. ........................................ you ........................................ collect him at the airport tomorrow? (...................)

8. You ........................................ finish the essay today. It’s for next week. (...................)

Soluzioni
  1. have to (C)
  2. have to (C)
  3. did - have to (B)
  4. don’t have to (D)
  5. doesn’t have to (D)
  6. had to (B)
  7. Do - have to (A)
  8. don’t have to (D)
Livello B1-B2 Have to, don't have to/need, needn't

Completa le frasi con l’uso di have to. Indica il nome del tempo e della forma usati.

1. Yesterday I ................................................ take the bus to work because my car broke down. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

2. What time ................. you ............................ leave yesterday? (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

3. “What time .................................. you .................................. be back home tomorrow?” “Not later than 8:00 o’clock.” (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

4. I didn’t have enough cash so I .................................. pay by credit card. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

5. .................................. you ever .................................. be a witness in a trial? (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

6. He .................................. never .................................. work overtime since he started to work here. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

7. Let’s get the bus. I don’t want to .................................. call mum to pick me up. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

1. Yesterday I ................................................ take the bus to work because my car broke down. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

2. What time ................. you ............................ leave yesterday? (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

3. “What time .................................. you .................................. be back home tomorrow?” “Not later than 8:00 o’clock.” (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

4. I didn’t have enough cash so I .................................. pay by credit card. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

5. .................................. you ever .................................. be a witness in a trial? (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

6. He .................................. never .................................. work overtime since he started to work here. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

7. Let’s get the bus. I don’t want to .................................. call mum to pick me up. (.............................................................. / ..............................................................)

Soluzioni
  1. had to (past simple / forma affermativa)
  2. did - have to (past simple / forma interrogativa)
  3. will - have to (future simple / forma interrogativa)
  4. had to (past simple / forma affermativa)
  5. Have - had to (present perfect / forma interrogativa)
  6. has - had to (present perfect / forma affermativa)
  7. have to (infinitive / forma affermativa)
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't

Completa le frasi con l’uso di must e mustn’t, poi scrivi in fondo la lettera corrispondente all’uso.

USO

  1. Obbligo da chi parla o scrive
  2. Forte raccomandazione
  3. Dovere personale
  4. Deduzione
  5. Proibizione

 

1. It’s the last warning. You .................................. pay me back by next week. (...................)

2. You .................................. see the film at the Odeon. I’m sure you will like it. (...................)

3. He doesn’t speak Italian fluently, he .................................. be a foreigner. (...................)

4. I .................................. finish this work before I leave. (...................)

5. You .................................. speak like that to your mother! (...................)

6. I trust you, it’s a secret. You .................................. tell anyone. (...................)

7. Visitors .................................. keep dogs on a lead. (...................)

8. I am putting on weight. I .................................. stop eating junk food. (...................)

USO

  1. Obbligo da chi parla o scrive
  2. Forte raccomandazione
  3. Dovere personale
  4. Deduzione
  5. Proibizione

 

1. It’s the last warning. You .................................. pay me back by next week. (...................)

2. You .................................. see the film at the Odeon. I’m sure you will like it. (...................)

3. He doesn’t speak Italian fluently, he .................................. be a foreigner. (...................)

4. I .................................. finish this work before I leave. (...................)

5. You .................................. speak like that to your mother! (...................)

6. I trust you, it’s a secret. You .................................. tell anyone. (...................)

7. Visitors .................................. keep dogs on a lead. (...................)

8. I am putting on weight. I .................................. stop eating junk food. (...................)

Soluzioni
  1. must (A)
  2. must (B)
  3. must (D)
  4. must (C)
  5. mustn’t (F)
  6. mustn’t (B/E)
  7. must (A)
  8. must (C)
Livello B1-B2 Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather

Completa le frasi con l’uso di shall, should, shouldn’t, had better e would rather, poi scrivi in fondo la lettera corrispondente all’uso cui si riferiscono.

USO

  1. Chiedere consigli, suggerimenti
  2. Esprimere preferenze
  3. Dare consigli
  4. Offrirsi di fare qualcosa
  5. Fare proposte
  6. Esprimere un parere sulle proprie azioni
  7. Dare consigli in situazioni particolari
  8. Fare supposizioni

Esempio
You .......................................... stay up too late.
You shouldn’t stay up too late. (........C........)

1. I think I .......................................... go and pay the bill. It’s the last day. (...................)

2. I think teachers .......................................... use more interactive activities in class. (...................)

3. He’s been studying very hard so he ....................................... do very well. (...................)

4. How much bread .......................................... I buy, mum? Is half a kilo enough? (...................)

5. It’s a great film. You .......................................... go and see it. I’m sure you’ll like it. (...................)

6. I’m not feeling well. I .......................................... eat junk food all the time. (...................)

7. “.......................................... I leave the door open?” “No, you .......................................... close it. There’s too much noise.” (...................)

8. “Would you prefer tea or coffee?” “I ....................................... have a cup of tea if you don’t mind.” (...................)

9. “Do you think I .......................................... send my CV for that job?” “Sure, why not?” (...................)

10. .......................................... I help you with your homework? (...................)

USO

  1. Chiedere consigli, suggerimenti
  2. Esprimere preferenze
  3. Dare consigli
  4. Offrirsi di fare qualcosa
  5. Fare proposte
  6. Esprimere un parere sulle proprie azioni
  7. Dare consigli in situazioni particolari
  8. Fare supposizioni

Esempio
You .......................................... stay up too late.
You shouldn’t stay up too late. (........C........)

1. I think I .......................................... go and pay the bill. It’s the last day. (...................)

2. I think teachers .......................................... use more interactive activities in class. (...................)

3. He’s been studying very hard so he ....................................... do very well. (...................)

4. How much bread .......................................... I buy, mum? Is half a kilo enough? (...................)

5. It’s a great film. You .......................................... go and see it. I’m sure you’ll like it. (...................)

6. I’m not feeling well. I .......................................... eat junk food all the time. (...................)

7. “.......................................... I leave the door open?” “No, you .......................................... close it. There’s too much noise.” (...................)

8. “Would you prefer tea or coffee?” “I ....................................... have a cup of tea if you don’t mind.” (...................)

9. “Do you think I .......................................... send my CV for that job?” “Sure, why not?” (...................)

10. .......................................... I help you with your homework? (...................)

Soluzioni
  1. ’d better (F)
  2. should (C)
  3. should (H)
  4. shall (A)
  5. should (C)
  6. shouldn’t (C)
  7. Shall - ’d better (A, G)
  8. ’d rather (B)
  9. should (A)
  10. Shall (D)
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa le frasi con l’uso di will o to be going to e le espressioni di tempo date.

Esempio
....................................... I ............................................ (stay) at my cousins’ in the countryside.
Next spring I’m going to stay at my cousins’ in the countryside.

 

Easter Monday • evening • weekend • 2030 • Christmas • Saturday morning • next spring

1. In ....................................... most families around the world ....................................... (have) an internet connection at home.

2. I think I .............................................. (go) to the mountains at ....................................... . I like skiing very much.

3. I ...................................................... (buy) a new pair of jeans on ....................................... . It’s my day off.

4. “I can’t do this exercise. Can you help me?” “Yes, I ....................................... (help) you this ....................................... after dinner.”

5. “What ......................................... you ........................................ (do) on ....................................... ?” “We ....................................... (spend) a day out by the lake.”

6. “When ....................................... you ....................................... (leave) for your city break?” “At the ....................................... and we think we ..................................... (be) back on Sunday night.”

Esempio
....................................... I ............................................ (stay) at my cousins’ in the countryside.
Next spring I’m going to stay at my cousins’ in the countryside.

 

Easter Monday • evening • weekend • 2030 • Christmas • Saturday morning • next spring

1. In ....................................... most families around the world ....................................... (have) an internet connection at home.

2. I think I .............................................. (go) to the mountains at ....................................... . I like skiing very much.

3. I ...................................................... (buy) a new pair of jeans on ....................................... . It’s my day off.

4. “I can’t do this exercise. Can you help me?” “Yes, I ....................................... (help) you this ....................................... after dinner.”

5. “What ......................................... you ........................................ (do) on ....................................... ?” “We ....................................... (spend) a day out by the lake.”

6. “When ....................................... you ....................................... (leave) for your city break?” “At the ....................................... and we think we ..................................... (be) back on Sunday night.”

Soluzioni

1. In 2030 most families around the world will have (have) an internet connection at home.

2. I think I'll go (go) to the mountains at Christmas. I like skiing very much.

3. I am going to buy (buy) a new pair of jeans on Saturday morning. It’s my day off.

4. “I can’t do this exercise. Can you help me?” “Yes, I'll help (help) you this evening after dinner.”

5. “What are you going to do (do) on Easter Monday?” “We're going to spend (spend) a day out by the lake.”

6. “When are you going to leave (leave) for your city break?” “At the weekend and we think we'll be (be) back on Sunday night.”

Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Completa le frasi con quite oppure rather. Ricorda l’uso di quite con gli aggettivi non graduabili.

1. We were quite exhausted after reaching the top.

2. What you are saying is .......................................... impossible. I don’t believe you.

3. The film was ........................................... boring. I just couldn’t finish watching it.

4. The water in the swimming pool was ....................... cool.

5. The instructions were ................................. complicated.

6. She was ................................................... right when she said that the food was awful.

1. We were quite exhausted after reaching the top.

2. What you are saying is .......................................... impossible. I don’t believe you.

3. The film was ........................................... boring. I just couldn’t finish watching it.

4. The water in the swimming pool was ....................... cool.

5. The instructions were ................................. complicated.

6. She was ................................................... right when she said that the food was awful.

Soluzioni
  1. quite
  2. quite
  3. rather
  4. rather
  5. rather
  6. quite
Livello B2-C1 False friends (1)

Completa le frasi scegliendo la parola giusta tra le due date. Se necessario, forma il plurale.

Argument or topic?

1. My neighbours are shouting. I suppose they are having a serious argument.
2. Yesterday we had a serious .............................................................................. on a stupid .............................................................................. .
3. I suggest you avoid this .............................................................................. . Your views are totally different from mine.

Cellar or canteen?

4. We usually buy wine from an Umbrian producer and store the bottles in our .............................................................................. .
5. The food in the .............................................................................. has improved a lot since last year.
6. The factory where I work has refurbished the .............................................................................. and added more tables.

Floor or pavement?

7. Be careful! The .............................................................................. is slippery. I’ve just polished it.
8. A lot of people park their cars on the .............................................................................. .
9. I live on the second .............................................................................. of that block of flats.

Fabric or factory?

10. Safety workwear and protective clothing is usually made with heat resistant .............................................................................. .
11. He worked in a rubber .............................................................................. for more than 40 years and is now retired.
12. This .............................................................................. is only available in two colours.

Argument or topic?

1. My neighbours are shouting. I suppose they are having a serious argument.
2. Yesterday we had a serious .............................................................................. on a stupid .............................................................................. .
3. I suggest you avoid this .............................................................................. . Your views are totally different from mine.

Cellar or canteen?

4. We usually buy wine from an Umbrian producer and store the bottles in our .............................................................................. .
5. The food in the .............................................................................. has improved a lot since last year.
6. The factory where I work has refurbished the .............................................................................. and added more tables.

Floor or pavement?

7. Be careful! The .............................................................................. is slippery. I’ve just polished it.
8. A lot of people park their cars on the .............................................................................. .
9. I live on the second .............................................................................. of that block of flats.

Fabric or factory?

10. Safety workwear and protective clothing is usually made with heat resistant .............................................................................. .
11. He worked in a rubber .............................................................................. for more than 40 years and is now retired.
12. This .............................................................................. is only available in two colours.

Soluzioni
  1. argument
  2. topic
  3. topic
  4. cellar
  5. canteen
  6. canteen
  7. floor
  8. pavement
  9. floor
  10. fabric
  11. factory
  12. fabric
Livello B2-C1 False friends (1), False friends (2)

Completa le frasi scegliendo la parola giuste tra le due date. Se necessario, forma il plurale.

Terrific or terrifying?

1. This new contract is a ….....................……… opportunity for our company.

2. He is a ….....................……… speaker, and is always very convincing.

3. The most ….....................……… aspect of nuclear bombing is radiation.

Policy or politics?

4. Even though the new government has controversial economic ….....................………, it is still popular.

5. The ….....................……… of government should guarantee food or shelter.

6. After secondary school my younger brother decided to go into ….....................……… .

Fabric or factory?

7. Industrial ….....................……… are among the major contributors to air pollution.

8. The ….....................……… where I work produces over 20 different kinds of ….....................……… .

9. What kind of ….....................……… are you going to choose for your new sofa?

Sensitive or sensible?

10. You should be more careful with what you tell her because she’s very ….....................……… .

11. Had I known she was so ….....................………, I would have been more tactful.

12. I wish that for once you’d give me some ….....................……… advice.

Terrific or terrifying?

1. This new contract is a ….....................……… opportunity for our company.

2. He is a ….....................……… speaker, and is always very convincing.

3. The most ….....................……… aspect of nuclear bombing is radiation.

Policy or politics?

4. Even though the new government has controversial economic ….....................………, it is still popular.

5. The ….....................……… of government should guarantee food or shelter.

6. After secondary school my younger brother decided to go into ….....................……… .

Fabric or factory?

7. Industrial ….....................……… are among the major contributors to air pollution.

8. The ….....................……… where I work produces over 20 different kinds of ….....................……… .

9. What kind of ….....................……… are you going to choose for your new sofa?

Sensitive or sensible?

10. You should be more careful with what you tell her because she’s very ….....................……… .

11. Had I known she was so ….....................………, I would have been more tactful.

12. I wish that for once you’d give me some ….....................……… advice.

Soluzioni
  1. terrific
  2. terrific
  3. terrifying
  4. policies
  5. policy
  6. politics
  7. factories
  8. factory - fabric
  9. fabric
  10. sensitive
  11. sensitive
  12. sensible
Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Completa le frasi scegliendo tra i seguenti verbi.

play • pass • watch • spend • study • cry • try • wash • finish • drink • rain • stay • enjoy • read • fly • travel

  1. At Christmas he .............................................................. two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he .............................................................. from Rome to London on business.
  3. He .............................................................. work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it .............................................................. almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary .............................................................. with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara .............................................................. in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan .............................................................. her hair every week.
  8. My child .............................................................. when he’s hungry.
  9. She .............................................................. lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she .............................................................. to eat healthy food.

play • pass • watch • spend • study • cry • try • wash • finish • drink • rain • stay • enjoy • read • fly • travel

  1. At Christmas he .............................................................. two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he .............................................................. from Rome to London on business.
  3. He .............................................................. work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it .............................................................. almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary .............................................................. with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara .............................................................. in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan .............................................................. her hair every week.
  8. My child .............................................................. when he’s hungry.
  9. She .............................................................. lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she .............................................................. to eat healthy food.
Soluzioni
  1. At Christmas he spends two weeks with his parents.
  2. Every week he flies from Rome to London on business.
  3. He finishes work at 6:00 p.m. every day.
  4. In autumn it rains almost (quasi) every day in Ireland.
  5. Mary studies with her friend Susan twice a week. They attend the same class.
  6. Barbara stays in first class hotels when she is on holiday.
  7. Susan washes her hair every week.
  8. My child cries when he’s hungry.
  9. She drinks lemonade when she’s thirsty.
  10. Every day she tries to eat healthy food.
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Completa le frasi scegliendo tra i verbi dati.

talk • go • do • eat • watch • sail • have • organise • discuss • jog • cook • listen • spend • belong • clean

Esempio:
What do you like ............................................. in your spare time?
What do you like doing in your spare time?

1. “What type of films do you prefer ............................................ at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates ............................................. He prefers ............................................ to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes ............................................ to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind ............................................ so many brothers?” “No, I like ............................................ to a big family.”

5. We enjoy ............................................ politics, but our guests usually prefer ............................................ about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like ............................................ the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind ............................................ at home, but they hate ............................................ time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love ............................................ parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. ............................................ is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go ............................................ after work.

talk • go • do • eat • watch • sail • have • organise • discuss • jog • cook • listen • spend • belong • clean

Esempio:
What do you like ............................................. in your spare time?
What do you like doing in your spare time?

1. “What type of films do you prefer ............................................ at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates ............................................. He prefers ............................................ to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes ............................................ to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind ............................................ so many brothers?” “No, I like ............................................ to a big family.”

5. We enjoy ............................................ politics, but our guests usually prefer ............................................ about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like ............................................ the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind ............................................ at home, but they hate ............................................ time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love ............................................ parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. ............................................ is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go ............................................ after work.

Soluzioni

1. “What type of films do you prefer watching at home?” “Horror films.”

2. John hates cooking. He prefers going to restaurants.

3. Jane dislikes listening to pop music. She loves jazz and R&B.

4. “Don’t you mind having so many brothers?” “No, I like belonging to a big family.”

5. We enjoy discussing politics, but our guests usually prefer talking about work.

6. “Does your flatmate like cleaning the house?” “Yes, she loves it. She is very tidy.”

7. They don’t mind eating at home, but they hate spending time in the kitchen.

8. My neighbours love organising parties on Friday evenings. They invite a lot of people.

9. Sailing is becoming a popular sport.

10. I often go jogging after work.

Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa le frasi scegliendo tra le parole date.

her • its • our • your • his • their • my • our

Esempio: Paul is with his friends at a birthday party.

  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with .............................. new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. ................................ name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. .................................................. surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. .................................... pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with .................................... son David.
  6. We are teachers and .................................... students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is ........................... passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in ...................... sitting room.

 

her • its • our • your • his • their • my • our

Esempio: Paul is with his friends at a birthday party.

  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with .............................. new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. ................................ name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. .................................................. surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. .................................... pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with .................................... son David.
  6. We are teachers and .................................... students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is ........................... passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in ...................... sitting room.

 

Soluzioni
  1. Mr and Mrs Scott are in the garden with their new neighbours.
  2. Hello everybody, I’m the new teacher. My name’s Susan Cooper.
  3. George is American. His surname is Turner.
  4. Brighton is in the South of England. Its pier is famous.
  5. This is Mrs Baker with her son David.
  6. We are teachers and our students are in the classroom.
  7. Excuse me, madam, where is your passport?
  8. That is an old photo of my family and me in our sitting room.
Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

Completa le frasi usando il superlativo come nell’esempio. Usa in oppure of davanti al sostantivo.

Esempio
It was a very good holiday.
It was the best holiday of my life.

1. This shop is very expensive. It is .......................................... town.

2. Eric is very bright. He is ..................................... the school.

3. The National Gallery is very interesting. It’s ............................................... Britain.

4. The Mona Lisa is a very valuable painting. It is ............................................... the Louvre Museum.

5. It was a very bad experience. It was ............................................... my life.

6. Mont Blanc is a very high mountain. It is ............................................... Europe.

7. The 21st December is very short. It’s ................................ day ........................................... the year.

8. People in the south of Italy are very friendly. They are ............................................... Italy.

9. Peter is very kind. He’s ............................................... all my friends.

10. Tokyo is a large city. It is one of ............................................... the world.

Esempio
It was a very good holiday.
It was the best holiday of my life.

1. This shop is very expensive. It is .......................................... town.

2. Eric is very bright. He is ..................................... the school.

3. The National Gallery is very interesting. It’s ............................................... Britain.

4. The Mona Lisa is a very valuable painting. It is ............................................... the Louvre Museum.

5. It was a very bad experience. It was ............................................... my life.

6. Mont Blanc is a very high mountain. It is ............................................... Europe.

7. The 21st December is very short. It’s ................................ day ........................................... the year.

8. People in the south of Italy are very friendly. They are ............................................... Italy.

9. Peter is very kind. He’s ............................................... all my friends.

10. Tokyo is a large city. It is one of ............................................... the world.

Soluzioni
  1. the most expensive in
  2. the brightest in
  3. the most interesting in
  4. the most valuable in
  5. the worst of
  6. the highest in
  7. the shortest of
  8. the friendliest in
  9. the kindest of
  10. the largest in
Livello B1 Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Completa le frasi usando la forma corretta di futuro: will o to be going to. Usa i verbi dati.

wear • work • book (x2) • rain (x2) • be • take • miss • save • spend • get

1. “Look Paul! It’s raining heavily.” “Don’t worry, I ....................................... my boots and ....................................... my umbrella.”

2. The weather ....................................... sunny tomorrow so we ....................................... in the garden.

3. As planned, we ....................................................... a Nile cruise for next spring.

4. We ....................................... a holiday on a tropical island if we ....................................... enough money.

5. I like this collection of red clothes but I think I ................................................... just ......................................................... the trousers.

6. It’s very late! He ....................................... his train.

7. We hope it ................................................................. . (neg.). The forecast on TV says that it .................................................... . (neg.).

8. We like the mountains so next winter we ................................................................ a holiday in the Alps.

wear • work • book (x2) • rain (x2) • be • take • miss • save • spend • get

1. “Look Paul! It’s raining heavily.” “Don’t worry, I ....................................... my boots and ....................................... my umbrella.”

2. The weather ....................................... sunny tomorrow so we ....................................... in the garden.

3. As planned, we ....................................................... a Nile cruise for next spring.

4. We ....................................... a holiday on a tropical island if we ....................................... enough money.

5. I like this collection of red clothes but I think I ................................................... just ......................................................... the trousers.

6. It’s very late! He ....................................... his train.

7. We hope it ................................................................. . (neg.). The forecast on TV says that it .................................................... . (neg.).

8. We like the mountains so next winter we ................................................................ a holiday in the Alps.

Soluzioni

1. “Look Paul! It’s raining heavily.” “Don’t worry, I’ll wear. my boots and take my umbrella.”

2. The weather will be sunny tomorrow so we are going to work in the garden.

3. As planned, we ’re going to book a Nile cruise for next spring.

4. We ’ll spend a holiday on a tropical island if we save enough money.

5. I like this collection of red clothes but I think I'll just get the trousers.

6. It’s very late! He’s going to miss his train.

7. We hope it won’t rain. (neg.). The forecast on TV says that it's not going to rain. (neg.).

8. We like the mountains so next winter we are going to book a holiday in the Alps.

Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le frasi usando le forme contratte del verbo to be quando possibile.

Esempio: They’re Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.

Esempio: They’re Spanish.

  1. I .................... Barbara and he ...................... my brother Paul.
  2. They ....................... my new schoolmates.
  3. This ....................... Mrs Evans. She ....................... the new teacher.
  4. We ....................... at work today.
  5. You ....................... a nice person.
  6. Perugia ....................... in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I ....................... twins.
  8. She ....................... from Bristol, England.
Soluzioni
  1. I'm Barbara and he's my brother Paul.
  2. They're my new schoolmates.
  3. This is Mrs Evans. She's the new teacher.
  4. We're at work today.
  5. You're a nice person.
  6. Perugia's in the centre of Italy.
  7. My sister and I are twins.
  8. She's from Bristol, England.

 

Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Completa le frasi usando le parole date e l’articolo the quando necessario. Poi scrivi a fianco la spiegazione prendendo spunto dall’esempio. Rileggi le spiegazioni nella scheda in caso di dubbio.

Italian pasta • gym • people • King Charles III • hospital • winter • TV • lunch • people • university • Smiths • baker’s

Esempio:
Who are .............................. in the photo?
Who are the people in the photo? (senso specifico / articolo sì)

1. ..................... English .................................. I know eat a lot of ................................... . (............................................. / ..........................................)

2. My favourite season is .................................., because I’m fond of skiing (.................................................. / ...................................................)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to .......................................... three times a week. (..................................................... / ...................................................)

4. What do you like watching on .......................................... ? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

5. I never have .......................................... before 2 p.m. (........................................................ / ........................................................)

6. .......................................... is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (..................................................... / ........................................................)

7. When are .......................................... moving to London? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

8. They are taking him to ........................................ because he is seriously ill. (.................................................. / .............................................)

9. Can you go to .......................................... now? I need some bread. (........................................................ / ..................................................)

10. .......................................... Prince William is ..........................................’s son. (............................................. / ........................................)

Italian pasta • gym • people • King Charles III • hospital • winter • TV • lunch • people • university • Smiths • baker’s

Esempio:
Who are .............................. in the photo?
Who are the people in the photo? (senso specifico / articolo sì)

1. ..................... English .................................. I know eat a lot of ................................... . (............................................. / ..........................................)

2. My favourite season is .................................., because I’m fond of skiing (.................................................. / ...................................................)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to .......................................... three times a week. (..................................................... / ...................................................)

4. What do you like watching on .......................................... ? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

5. I never have .......................................... before 2 p.m. (........................................................ / ........................................................)

6. .......................................... is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (..................................................... / ........................................................)

7. When are .......................................... moving to London? (........................................................ / ........................................................)

8. They are taking him to ........................................ because he is seriously ill. (.................................................. / .............................................)

9. Can you go to .......................................... now? I need some bread. (........................................................ / ..................................................)

10. .......................................... Prince William is ..........................................’s son. (............................................. / ........................................)

Soluzioni

1. The English people I know eat a lot of Italian pasta. (senso specifico / articolo sì)(senso generale / articolo no)

2. My favourite season is winter, because I’m fond of skiing (stagioni / articolo no)

3. I like keeping fit. I go to the gym three times a week. (luoghi per il tempo libero / articolo sì)

4. What do you like watching on TV? (televisione / articolo no)

5. I never have lunch before 2 p.m. (nomi di pasti / articolo no)

6. The university is only ten minutes’ walk from here. (edificio / articolo sì)

7. When are the Smiths moving to London? (cognomi al plurale / articolo sì)

8. They are taking him to hospital because he is seriously ill. (funzione / articolo no)

9. Can you go to the baker's now? I need some bread. (negozio / articolo sì)

10. Prince William is King Charles III 's son. (titolo / articolo no)

Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Completa le frasi usando too o enough e gli aggettivi o avverbi dati in ordine sparso.

well • far • clearly • crowded • expensive • quickly • warm

Esempio
I didn’t get the smartphone because it was ................................................ .
I didn’t get the smartphone because it was too expensive.

1. Our summer holidays passed by ……….........................................… .

2. The room wasn’t ……….........................................…, so I turned the heating on.

3. He isn’t ……….........................................… to go back to work yet.

4. My school is ……….........................................… from my house to go on foot.

5. The streets were ……….........................................…, so I couldn’t get home in time for dinner.

6. She spoke ……….........................................… . Everybody understood what she meant.

well • far • clearly • crowded • expensive • quickly • warm

Esempio
I didn’t get the smartphone because it was ................................................ .
I didn’t get the smartphone because it was too expensive.

1. Our summer holidays passed by ……….........................................… .

2. The room wasn’t ……….........................................…, so I turned the heating on.

3. He isn’t ……….........................................… to go back to work yet.

4. My school is ……….........................................… from my house to go on foot.

5. The streets were ……….........................................…, so I couldn’t get home in time for dinner.

6. She spoke ……….........................................… . Everybody understood what she meant.

Soluzioni
  1. too quickly
  2. warm enough
  3. well enough
  4. too far
  5. too crowded
  6. clearly enough
Livello B1-B2 Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Completa le frasi usando too o enough e l’aggettivo tra parentesi.

Esempio
I’m not very good at volleyball. I’m not ........................................... (tall).
I’m not tall enough.

1. He’s only sixteen. He isn’t ................................................... to drive a car in England (old).

2. I can’t buy those shoes. I don’t have enough money. They’re ................................................... (expensive).

3. “Don’t you like this poem?” “No, it’s ....................................... for me to understand (difficult).”

4. We didn’t buy that car because it wasn’t .......................... for the whole family (big).

5. He doesn’t like going to the disco. It’s ................................ (noisy).

6. The weather in your city is ................................, and everything looks wet (damp).

7. The secretary types ....................................... to finish the reports by tomorrow afternoon (quickly).

Esempio
I’m not very good at volleyball. I’m not ........................................... (tall).
I’m not tall enough.

1. He’s only sixteen. He isn’t ................................................... to drive a car in England (old).

2. I can’t buy those shoes. I don’t have enough money. They’re ................................................... (expensive).

3. “Don’t you like this poem?” “No, it’s ....................................... for me to understand (difficult).”

4. We didn’t buy that car because it wasn’t .......................... for the whole family (big).

5. He doesn’t like going to the disco. It’s ................................ (noisy).

6. The weather in your city is ................................, and everything looks wet (damp).

7. The secretary types ....................................... to finish the reports by tomorrow afternoon (quickly).

Soluzioni
  1. old enough
  2. too expensive
  3. too difficult
  4. big enough
  5. too noisy
  6. too damp
  7. quickly enough
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Completa le risposte con i pronomi possessivi adeguati.

Esempio:
Is that your bike, Paul? No, ............................ is red and gold.
No, mine is red and gold.

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?

Yes, it’s .................................

2. Is that their house?

No, ................................ is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?

No, ................................ is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?

Yes, they are .................................

5. Is that my dictionary?

No, ................................ is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?

No, ................................ is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?

No, ................................ is green.

Esempio:
Is that your bike, Paul? No, ............................ is red and gold.
No, mine is red and gold.

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?

Yes, it’s .................................

2. Is that their house?

No, ................................ is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?

No, ................................ is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?

Yes, they are .................................

5. Is that my dictionary?

No, ................................ is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?

No, ................................ is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?

No, ................................ is green.

Soluzioni

1. Is that box of chocolates for Mary?
Yes, it’s hers.

2. Is that their house?

No, theirs is on the other side.

3. Have you got my pen?
No, yours is in the pen box.

4. Are these his sunglasses?
Yes, they are his.

5. Is that my dictionary?
No, yours is over there, in the bookcase.

6. Is that our bus?
No, ours is number 12.

7. Hey, guys! Is the blue tent yours?
No, ours is green.

Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa le seguenti battute con le espressioni particolari del verbo to be scegliendo fra quelle date.

hurry • afraid • sleepy • cold • ashamed • wrong • thirsty • hot • right • hungry

Esempio: Sorry! I’m ashamed of my behaviour.

  1. “........................................................... my answer right, Mrs Hunter?” “No, it isn’t, it ........................................................... .”
  2. “Lunch is ready! ........................................................... you ...........................................................?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, ........................................................... I ...........................................................?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We........................................................... in a ........................................................... .
  5. I ........................................................... (neg) of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I ........................................................... .
  7. Paul ........................................................... always ........................................................... at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He ...........................................................!
  9. It is snowing and it ........................................................... very ........................................................... today.

hurry • afraid • sleepy • cold • ashamed • wrong • thirsty • hot • right • hungry

Esempio: Sorry! I’m ashamed of my behaviour.

  1. “........................................................... my answer right, Mrs Hunter?” “No, it isn’t, it ........................................................... .”
  2. “Lunch is ready! ........................................................... you ...........................................................?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, ........................................................... I ...........................................................?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We........................................................... in a ........................................................... .
  5. I ........................................................... (neg) of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I ........................................................... .
  7. Paul ........................................................... always ........................................................... at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He ...........................................................!
  9. It is snowing and it ........................................................... very ........................................................... today.
Soluzioni
  1. "Is my answer right, Mrs Hunter?" "No, it isn’t, it’s wrong."
  2. “Lunch is ready! Are you hungry?” “Yes, we are.”
  3. “Dublin is in Scotland, am I right?” “No, you aren’t. Everybody knows that Dublin is in Ireland!”
  4. We don’t have much time! We’re in a hurry.
  5. I’m not afraid of snakes, but I am of spiders!
  6. A glass of water, please. I’m thirsty.
  7. Paul’s always sleepy at the end of the day so he goes to bed early.
  8. Peter’s in the sauna. He’s hot!
  9. It is snowing and it’s very cold today.
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Completa le seguenti defining clauses scegliendo il pronome relativo corretto tra who, which, whose, e where.

Esempio
My study is a place ....................................... I can concentrate.
My study is a place where I can concentrate.

 

1. Did you get the email .............................. I sent you last night?

2. Brisbane is the city .............................. I went to university.

3. That’s the man .............................. daughter is a famous actress.

4. The book .............................. I bought yesterday had some pages missing.

5. I don’t like people .............................. swear all the time.

6. The hotel .............................. we stayed in was cheap and nasty.

7. She’s the woman .............................. car blocked my driveway.

Esempio
My study is a place ....................................... I can concentrate.
My study is a place where I can concentrate.

 

1. Did you get the email .............................. I sent you last night?

2. Brisbane is the city .............................. I went to university.

3. That’s the man .............................. daughter is a famous actress.

4. The book .............................. I bought yesterday had some pages missing.

5. I don’t like people .............................. swear all the time.

6. The hotel .............................. we stayed in was cheap and nasty.

7. She’s the woman .............................. car blocked my driveway.

Soluzioni
  1.  
  2. which
  3. where
  4. whose
  5. which
  6. who
  7. which
  8. whose
  9.  
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Completa le seguenti frasi con gli ausiliari do/does/don’t/doesn’t e have o has.

Esempio:
How many children ............................... they .............................. ? They .................................. three.
How many children do they have? They have three

1. Paul never ........................... lunch at home on weekdays.

2. “.................................. Mrs Smith ............................... a computer?” “Yes, she ...................................”

3. “.................................. you .................................. a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father ................................ much time at the weekend.

5. I .............................. much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “.................................. they .................................. a garden?” “No, they ...................................”

7. The hotel is very good, but it .................................. a convenient parking area.

8. I never .............................. coffee after dinner.

Esempio:
How many children ............................... they .............................. ? They .................................. three.
How many children do they have? They have three

1. Paul never ........................... lunch at home on weekdays.

2. “.................................. Mrs Smith ............................... a computer?” “Yes, she ...................................”

3. “.................................. you .................................. a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father ................................ much time at the weekend.

5. I .............................. much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “.................................. they .................................. a garden?” “No, they ...................................”

7. The hotel is very good, but it .................................. a convenient parking area.

8. I never .............................. coffee after dinner.

Soluzioni

1. Paul never has lunch at home on weekdays.

2. "Does Mrs Smith have a computer?” “Yes, she does

3. " Do you have a minute for me?” “Certainly, what’s the matter?”

4. My father doesn't have much time at the weekend.

5. I don't have much to do today so I’m going for a walk.

6. “Do they have a garden?” “No, they don't

7. The hotel is very good, but it doesn't have a convenient parking area.

8. I never have coffee after dinner.

Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche

Completa le seguenti frasi con gli usi particolari di to be.

Esempio: Answer number 1 is right while (mentre) number 2 is wrong.

  1. Paul .............................................. always ............................................... when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, .......................... I .........................?” “Yes, ...................................”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it ............................ very ................................. .
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why .......................... you in a ............................?
  5. “Are you .............................. of snakes?” “No, I .........................”
  6. I .................................. always tired and .................................. after supper (cena).

Esempio: Answer number 1 is right while (mentre) number 2 is wrong.

  1. Paul .............................................. always ............................................... when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, .......................... I .........................?” “Yes, ...................................”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it ............................ very ................................. .
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why .......................... you in a ............................?
  5. “Are you .............................. of snakes?” “No, I .........................”
  6. I .................................. always tired and .................................. after supper (cena).
Soluzioni
  1. Paul is always hungry when he gets back from school.
  2. “York is the name of an English and an American town, am I right?” “Yes, you are.”
  3. Mary’s at the beach today because it's very hot.
  4. We are not late, Stephen. Why are you in a hurry?
  5. “Are you afraid of snakes?” “No, I'm not.”
  6. I'm always tired and sleepy after supper (cena).
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Completa le seguenti frasi con il pronome personale complemento adeguato, riferito alla parola in corsivo.

Esempio
Where are the children? Call ..............................
Call them.

1. Where’s Jeff? I can’t find ........................... .

2. My computer is broken. Can you repair ...........................?

3. Your boots are wet. Leave ........................... outside!

4. Is Anne in? Can I speak to ..........................., please?

5. Paul is angry today, don’t ask ........................... why!

6. We are your best friends, why don’t you tell .......................... the truth?

7. I am very busy today. Please, mum, help ........................... with my homework!

8. If you don’t give me your email address, I can’t write to ........................... .

Esempio
Where are the children? Call ..............................
Call them.

1. Where’s Jeff? I can’t find ........................... .

2. My computer is broken. Can you repair ...........................?

3. Your boots are wet. Leave ........................... outside!

4. Is Anne in? Can I speak to ..........................., please?

5. Paul is angry today, don’t ask ........................... why!

6. We are your best friends, why don’t you tell .......................... the truth?

7. I am very busy today. Please, mum, help ........................... with my homework!

8. If you don’t give me your email address, I can’t write to ........................... .

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. it
  3. them
  4. her
  5. him
  6. us
  7. me
  8. you
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Completa le seguenti frasi con il simple present dei verbi dati.

finish • love • play • give • know • listen • work • go • attend • get • give • start • do • go

Esempio:
The President .................................. a speech once a year.
The President gives a speech once a year.

  1. My parents .................................................................. to the radio every morning.
  2. She .................................................................. in that office.
  3. .................................................................. George always .................................................................. to school by bicycle?
  4. I .................................................................. her name (not).
  5. Where .................................................................. you usually .................................................................. at weekends?
  6. .................................................................. Tom and Joe .................................................................. the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she .................................................................. me.
  8. What time .................................................................. he .................................................................. work?
  9. What .................................................................. Gabriel .................................................................. after school?
  10. When .................................................................. he .................................................................. baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather .................................................................. me a present.
  12. What time .................................................................. lessons .................................................................. ? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father .................................................................. up at 6 o’clock every morning.

finish • love • play • give • know • listen • work • go • attend • get • give • start • do • go

Esempio:
The President .................................. a speech once a year.
The President gives a speech once a year.

  1. My parents .................................................................. to the radio every morning.
  2. She .................................................................. in that office.
  3. .................................................................. George always .................................................................. to school by bicycle?
  4. I .................................................................. her name (not).
  5. Where .................................................................. you usually .................................................................. at weekends?
  6. .................................................................. Tom and Joe .................................................................. the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she .................................................................. me.
  8. What time .................................................................. he .................................................................. work?
  9. What .................................................................. Gabriel .................................................................. after school?
  10. When .................................................................. he .................................................................. baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather .................................................................. me a present.
  12. What time .................................................................. lessons .................................................................. ? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father .................................................................. up at 6 o’clock every morning.
Soluzioni
  1. My parents listen to the radio every morning.
  2. She works in that office.
  3. Does George always go to school by bicycle?
  4. I don't know her name (not).
  5. Where do you usually go at weekends?
  6. Do Tom and Joe attend the same school?
  7. I love my aunt and she loves me.
  8. What time does he finish work?
  9. What does Gabriel do after school?
  10. When does he play baseball?
  11. Every Christmas my grandfather gives me a present.
  12. What time do lessons start? At 8:30 a.m.
  13. My father gets up at 6 o’clock every morning.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le seguenti frasi con la forma corretta del verbo to be e con le relative risposte brevi.

Esempio:
Is Mrs Jones your teacher?
No, she isn’t.

  1. ................................................ the boys at school ?
    Yes, .................................................
  2. ................................................ Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, .................................................
  3. ................................................ you from Rome?
    No, ..............................................., I’m from Naples.
  4. ................................................ this your school?
    Yes, .................................................
  5. ................................................ you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, .................................................
  6. ................................................ you and your brother good at sports?
    No, .................................................
  7. ................................................ your friend Alice English?
    Yes, .................................................
  8. ................................ banks open today?
    No, .................................................

Esempio:
Is Mrs Jones your teacher?
No, she isn’t.

  1. ................................................ the boys at school ?
    Yes, .................................................
  2. ................................................ Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, .................................................
  3. ................................................ you from Rome?
    No, ..............................................., I’m from Naples.
  4. ................................................ this your school?
    Yes, .................................................
  5. ................................................ you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, .................................................
  6. ................................................ you and your brother good at sports?
    No, .................................................
  7. ................................................ your friend Alice English?
    Yes, .................................................
  8. ................................ banks open today?
    No, .................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Are the boys at school ?
    Yes, they are.
  2. Is Mr Smith your new manager?
    No, he isn't / he's not.
  3. Are you from Rome?
    No, I'm not, I’m from Naples.
  4. Is this your school?
    Yes, it is.
  5. Are you on holiday, Barbara?
    Yes, I am.
  6. Are you and your brother good at sports?
    No, we aren't / we're not.
  7. Is your friend Alice English?
    Yes, she is.
  8. Are banks open today?
    No, they aren't / they're not.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Completa le seguenti frasi con la forma corretta del verbo to be e con le risposte brevi appropriate.

Esempio: “Are you Mr Wright?” “No, I'm not.”

  1. “............... they your cousins?” “No, they .................................”
  2. “.................................. she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she ..................................”
  3. “............................... you from Liverpool?” “No, I .............................”
  4. “................................ the bike new?” “Yes, it ..................................”
  5. “................................ Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they ...................................”
  6. “............................. you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we ...................................”
  7. “.............................. that your school?” “Yes, it ..............................”
  8. “.................................... your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they ...................................”

Esempio: “Are you Mr Wright?” “No, I'm not.”

  1. “............... they your cousins?” “No, they .................................”
  2. “.................................. she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she ..................................”
  3. “............................... you from Liverpool?” “No, I .............................”
  4. “................................ the bike new?” “Yes, it ..................................”
  5. “................................ Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they ...................................”
  6. “............................. you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we ...................................”
  7. “.............................. that your school?” “Yes, it ..............................”
  8. “.................................... your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they ...................................”
Soluzioni
  1. Are they your cousins?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
  2. Is she your new neighbour?” “Yes, she is.”
  3. Are you from Liverpool?” “No, I'm not.”
  4. Is the bike new?” “Yes, it is.”
  5. Are Jeremy and Ann university students?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
  6. Are you and your cousin good footballers?” “Yes, we are.”
  7. Is that your school?” “Yes, it is.”
  8. Are your names Gillian and Paul?” “No, they aren't / 're not.”
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on
Completa le seguenti frasi con la preposizione corretta.
  1. They are waiting for the train .................. the station.
  2. He works .................. a bank .................. the city centre.
  3. The lamp is .................. the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people .................. the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party .................. the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping .................. my lap.
  7. Mary lives .................. China.
  8. There’s your notebook, .................. the desk.
  9. The shop is .................. the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work ...................... the garden .................. Sundays.
  1. They are waiting for the train .................. the station.
  2. He works .................. a bank .................. the city centre.
  3. The lamp is .................. the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people .................. the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party .................. the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping .................. my lap.
  7. Mary lives .................. China.
  8. There’s your notebook, .................. the desk.
  9. The shop is .................. the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work ...................... the garden .................. Sundays.
Soluzioni
  1. They are waiting for the train at the station.
  2. He works in a bank b the city centre.
  3. The lamp is on the table next to the TV.
  4. There are two people in the picture.
  5. They are giving a big party at the King’s Pub next Saturday.
  6. My cat is sleeping on my lap.
  7. Mary lives in China.
  8. There’s your notebook, on the desk.
  9. The shop is on the corner of the street.
  10. My parents always work in the garden on Sundays.
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Completa le seguenti frasi usando il genitivo sassone oppure la struttura “sostantivo + sostantivo”.

1. The boy has a toy. It’s the ...........................................................................................................................

2. Steve has a younger sister. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

3. The album has my picture on its cover. My picture is on ...................................................................................................

4. Our cousins live in this house. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

5. Food for cats. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

6. That bus has a number. What is .................................................................................................................... ?

7. John has a sister, Jane. Jane is ..........................................................................................................................

8. This college is for girls only. It’s a ................................................................................................................................

1. The boy has a toy. It’s the ...........................................................................................................................

2. Steve has a younger sister. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

3. The album has my picture on its cover. My picture is on ...................................................................................................

4. Our cousins live in this house. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

5. Food for cats. It’s .....................................................................................................................................

6. That bus has a number. What is .................................................................................................................... ?

7. John has a sister, Jane. Jane is ..........................................................................................................................

8. This college is for girls only. It’s a ................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. boy’s toy.
  2. Steve’s younger sister.
  3. the album cover.
  4. our cousins’ house.
  5. cat food.
  6. that bus number?
  7. John’s sister.
  8. girls’ college.
Livello A2-B1 To have come non ausiliare

Completa le seguenti frasi usando le espressioni date al present simple o al present continuous.

have a shower • have eggs and bacon • have a break • have a chat • have a party • have a holiday • have a big meal • have a walk • have a short drive

Esempio:
I never ......................................................... at lunch.
I never have a big meal at lunch.

1. This month I (not) ....................................................................... for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I ....................................................................... in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) ....................................................................... you ....................................................................... for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually ....................................................................... along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ................................................. in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time ..................................................................... you usually .................................................................... ?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ....................................................................... at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and ............................................................ with them.

have a shower • have eggs and bacon • have a break • have a chat • have a party • have a holiday • have a big meal • have a walk • have a short drive

Esempio:
I never ......................................................... at lunch.
I never have a big meal at lunch.

1. This month I (not) ....................................................................... for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I ....................................................................... in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) ....................................................................... you ....................................................................... for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually ....................................................................... along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ................................................. in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time ..................................................................... you usually .................................................................... ?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ....................................................................... at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and ............................................................ with them.

Soluzioni

1. This month I (not)’m not having eggs and bacon for breakfast. I am on a diet.

2. Next week I’m having a holiday in Umbria.

3. “Why (not) aren’t you having a party for your birthday next week?” “Because I am going to Paris.”

4. When it’s sunny, I usually have a walk along the river.

5. Tomorrow we ’re having a short drive in my father’s car to the new sports centre.

6. “What time do you usually have a break?” “At 11 a.m.”

7. Can you answer the phone, please? I ’m having a shower at the moment.

8. After studying I usually meet my friends and have a chat with them.

Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Completa le seguenti frasi usando l’imperativo alla seconda persona singolare e plurale o alla prima plurale, come richiesto dalle situazioni. Scegli tra i verbi dati.

have • invite • watch • be • sit • shout • cross • have lunch • sing

Esempio:
Bob, ......................................... the TV now! It’s lunchtime!
Bob, don’t watch the TV now! It’s lunchtime!

1. ...................................... this Christmas song all together!

2. ...................................... the road here! It’s too dangerous!

3. ...................................... late for dinner! Dad will get angry.

4. ...................................... here! These seats are free.

5. ...................................... in this pub. We are hungry.

6. ...................................... Lucy to your party. I don’t like her!

7. ...................................... ! The children are sleeping.

8. ...................................... a Coke. It’s hot.

have • invite • watch • be • sit • shout • cross • have lunch • sing

Esempio:
Bob, ......................................... the TV now! It’s lunchtime!
Bob, don’t watch the TV now! It’s lunchtime!

1. ...................................... this Christmas song all together!

2. ...................................... the road here! It’s too dangerous!

3. ...................................... late for dinner! Dad will get angry.

4. ...................................... here! These seats are free.

5. ...................................... in this pub. We are hungry.

6. ...................................... Lucy to your party. I don’t like her!

7. ...................................... ! The children are sleeping.

8. ...................................... a Coke. It’s hot.

Soluzioni
  1. Let’s sing
  2. Don’t cross
  3. Don’t be
  4. Let’s sit
  5. Let’s have lunch
  6. Don’t invite
  7. Don’t shout
  8. Let’s have
Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi), Grandi quantità indefinite

Completa l’email con aggettivi e avverbi indefiniti.

Hello Tina,

How’s life? I’m fine but I’ve got (1) a lot of/lots of things to do before leaving for London tomorrow. (2) ........................................... many! I always wait until the last minute to pack so I never have (3) .................................................. time to print out my travel forms. Luckily, they are on my mobile phone. (4) ..................................... friends want to come round to my flat to give me food for my journey but I have told them that I have very (5) .................................. space in my suitcase. I have put so (6) ................................................... Italian parmesan in it for my English friends that it’s now overweight and will be (7) ........................... heavy to carry. Thank goodness there are not (8) ................................. passengers on the plane so there will be plenty of room to stow my luggage and stretch my feet. I hope to see you when I get back next month.

Take care, Ann.

Hello Tina,

How’s life? I’m fine but I’ve got (1) a lot of/lots of things to do before leaving for London tomorrow. (2) ........................................... many! I always wait until the last minute to pack so I never have (3) .................................................. time to print out my travel forms. Luckily, they are on my mobile phone. (4) ..................................... friends want to come round to my flat to give me food for my journey but I have told them that I have very (5) .................................. space in my suitcase. I have put so (6) ................................................... Italian parmesan in it for my English friends that it’s now overweight and will be (7) ........................... heavy to carry. Thank goodness there are not (8) ................................. passengers on the plane so there will be plenty of room to stow my luggage and stretch my feet. I hope to see you when I get back next month.

Take care, Ann.

Soluzioni
  1. Too
  2. enough
  3. A few
  4. little
  5. much
  6. too
  7. many
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Completa questo brano su Eva Gonzales inserendo gli aggettivi possessivi corretti.

Eva Gonzales

(1) ................................................................. name is Eva Gonzales. She is American, but (2) ................................... parents are from Mexico City and (3) ........................................... relatives still live there. Eva is 19 years old and (4) ........................ ........... brother is 21. (5) ........................ name is Francisco, Francis in English. They work as shop assistants in a big department store in Los Angeles. (6) ......................... home is a long way from (7) ................................. workplace, so they go to work by bus. Eva has many hobbies but (8) ..................................... favourites are playing tennis and dancing. Francis is a good football player. (9) ......................... ........ team is famous in Los Angeles. (10) ...................................... house is in the outskirts (periferia) of the city. It isn’t very big but it’s nice and clean. (11) ........................................ garden is full of bushes and flowers. Francis isn’t married but he has a girlfriend. (12) .................................. name is Lily.

Eva Gonzales

(1) ................................................................. name is Eva Gonzales. She is American, but (2) ................................... parents are from Mexico City and (3) ........................................... relatives still live there. Eva is 19 years old and (4) ........................ ........... brother is 21. (5) ........................ name is Francisco, Francis in English. They work as shop assistants in a big department store in Los Angeles. (6) ......................... home is a long way from (7) ................................. workplace, so they go to work by bus. Eva has many hobbies but (8) ..................................... favourites are playing tennis and dancing. Francis is a good football player. (9) ......................... ........ team is famous in Los Angeles. (10) ...................................... house is in the outskirts (periferia) of the city. It isn’t very big but it’s nice and clean. (11) ........................................ garden is full of bushes and flowers. Francis isn’t married but he has a girlfriend. (12) .................................. name is Lily.

Soluzioni
  1. Her
  2. her
  3. her/their
  4. her
  5. His
  6. Their
  7. their
  8. her
  9. His
  10. Their
  11. Its/Their
  12. Her
Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

Completa usando would you like o do you like a seconda della frase.

Esempio

............................. to dance with me? → Would you like to dance with me?

1. ............................................................................ classical music?

2. ............................................................................ travelling?

3. ............................................................................ a cup of tea?

4. ............................................................................ to go for a drive?

5. ............................................................................ small dogs?

6. ............................................................................ going to the theatre?

7. ............................................................................ a piece of cake?

8. ............................................................................ Indian food?

Esempio

............................. to dance with me? → Would you like to dance with me?

1. ............................................................................ classical music?

2. ............................................................................ travelling?

3. ............................................................................ a cup of tea?

4. ............................................................................ to go for a drive?

5. ............................................................................ small dogs?

6. ............................................................................ going to the theatre?

7. ............................................................................ a piece of cake?

8. ............................................................................ Indian food?

Soluzioni
  1. Do you like
  2. Do you like
  3. Would you like
  4. Would you like
  5. Do you like
  6. Do you like
  7. Would you like
  8. Do you like
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Complete the following sentences with the correct adjective formed from the verb in bold.

1. I don’t want to watch that ………………………………….. documentary. Let’s watch a film instead.
bore

2. She is a very ………………………………….. person. She’s always full of ideas.
create

3. Rabbits are extremely timid and ………………………………….. animals.
suspect

4. Her son is very ………………………………….. and loves playing sports.
compete

5. Sue is so ………………………………….. about going on holiday to Greece.
excite

6. My grandfather is still very ………………………………….. at the age of 85.
act

7. Be ………………………………….. when you cross the street. Always walk on a zebra crossing.
care

8. This website gives ………………………………….. information about how to colour with pencils.
use

1. I don’t want to watch that ………………………………….. documentary. Let’s watch a film instead.
bore

2. She is a very ………………………………….. person. She’s always full of ideas.
create

3. Rabbits are extremely timid and ………………………………….. animals.
suspect

4. Her son is very ………………………………….. and loves playing sports.
compete

5. Sue is so ………………………………….. about going on holiday to Greece.
excite

6. My grandfather is still very ………………………………….. at the age of 85.
act

7. Be ………………………………….. when you cross the street. Always walk on a zebra crossing.
care

8. This website gives ………………………………….. information about how to colour with pencils.
use

Soluzioni
  1. boring
  2. creative
  3. suspicious
  4. competitive
  5. excited
  6. active
  7. careful
  8. useful
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given.

1. I was surprised to find out that in the end Peter hadn’t married his fiancée.
SURPRISE
It ................................................................................... me that in the end Peter hadn’t married his fiancée.

2. John was really interested in learning how to program a computer when he was younger.
INTEREST
John ................................................................................... learning how to program a computer when he was younger.

3. Does she ever give you the impression that she would rather be somewhere else when she is in class?
FEELING
Do you ever ................................................................................... she would rather be somewhere else when she is in class?

4. During the heavy rainfall, the teachers did not let the children go out to play.
ALLOWED
During the heavy rainfall, the children ................................................................................... to play.

5. They didn’t buy their son a car because they didn’t have enough money.
AFFORD
They ................................................................................... their son a car.

6. Peter did as she suggested and bought a new smartphone.
ADVICE
Peter ................................................................................... bought a new smartphone.

7. Sarah speaks fluent German although she has never been to Germany.
SPITE
Sara speaks fluent German ................................................................................... been to Germany.

8. Could you carry that box full of books for me, please?
MIND
Would ................................................................................... that box full of books for me, please?

1. I was surprised to find out that in the end Peter hadn’t married his fiancée.
SURPRISE
It ................................................................................... me that in the end Peter hadn’t married his fiancée.

2. John was really interested in learning how to program a computer when he was younger.
INTEREST
John ................................................................................... learning how to program a computer when he was younger.

3. Does she ever give you the impression that she would rather be somewhere else when she is in class?
FEELING
Do you ever ................................................................................... she would rather be somewhere else when she is in class?

4. During the heavy rainfall, the teachers did not let the children go out to play.
ALLOWED
During the heavy rainfall, the children ................................................................................... to play.

5. They didn’t buy their son a car because they didn’t have enough money.
AFFORD
They ................................................................................... their son a car.

6. Peter did as she suggested and bought a new smartphone.
ADVICE
Peter ................................................................................... bought a new smartphone.

7. Sarah speaks fluent German although she has never been to Germany.
SPITE
Sara speaks fluent German ................................................................................... been to Germany.

8. Could you carry that box full of books for me, please?
MIND
Would ................................................................................... that box full of books for me, please?

Soluzioni
  1. came as a surprise to
  2. had an interest in
  3. have the feeling
  4. were not allowed to go out
  5. couldn’t afford to buy
  6. took her advice and
  7. in spite of never having
  8. you mind carrying
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Complete the second sentence so that it means the same as the first. Use no more than 3 words. The first one (0) has been done for you.

0. I went to the old swimming pool every week. I used to go to the old swimming pool every week.

1. John walked to school in 20 minutes yesterday. It ...................................................... John 20 minutes to walk to school yesterday.

2. Members can use the gym any time during the week. ...................................................... possible for members to use the gym any time during the week.

3. Can you lend me your car, please? Can I ...................................................... your car, please?

4. She always arrives on time for work. She ...................................................... arrives late for work.

5. I don’t think you are right about that new TV programme. I think you ...................................................... about that new TV programme.

6. The shop only opens on the first day of the week. The shop ...................................................... on Wednesdays.

0. I went to the old swimming pool every week. I used to go to the old swimming pool every week.

1. John walked to school in 20 minutes yesterday. It ...................................................... John 20 minutes to walk to school yesterday.

2. Members can use the gym any time during the week. ...................................................... possible for members to use the gym any time during the week.

3. Can you lend me your car, please? Can I ...................................................... your car, please?

4. She always arrives on time for work. She ...................................................... arrives late for work.

5. I don’t think you are right about that new TV programme. I think you ...................................................... about that new TV programme.

6. The shop only opens on the first day of the week. The shop ...................................................... on Wednesdays.

Soluzioni
  1. took
  2. It is
  3. borrow
  4. never
  5. are wrong
  6. doesn’t open
Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

Con l’aiuto di un testo di geografia o di un atlante completa le frasi usando il superlativo relativo degli aggettivi dati.

large • high • long • hot • small • dry • deep • large • long • fast

Geography world records

1. What is ............................................... continent? Asia.

2. What is ............................................... mountain? Mount Everest in Nepal.

3. What is .................................. ocean? The Pacific Ocean.

4. What is ............................................................... river? The Nile in Africa.

5. Where is ............................................... temperature? In Death Valley, California.

6. What is ............................................... place on earth? It’s Arica in Chile.

7. What is ............................................... Coral Reef? It’s the Great Barrier Reef in Australia.

8. What is .............................. lake? It’s Baikal Lake in Russia.

9. What is ....................................... animal in the world? The cheetah.

10. What is .............................................. continent in the world? Australia

large • high • long • hot • small • dry • deep • large • long • fast

Geography world records

1. What is ............................................... continent? Asia.

2. What is ............................................... mountain? Mount Everest in Nepal.

3. What is .................................. ocean? The Pacific Ocean.

4. What is ............................................................... river? The Nile in Africa.

5. Where is ............................................... temperature? In Death Valley, California.

6. What is ............................................... place on earth? It’s Arica in Chile.

7. What is ............................................... Coral Reef? It’s the Great Barrier Reef in Australia.

8. What is .............................. lake? It’s Baikal Lake in Russia.

9. What is ....................................... animal in the world? The cheetah.

10. What is .............................................. continent in the world? Australia

Soluzioni
  1. the largest
  2. the highest
  3. the largest
  4. the longest
  5. the hottest
  6. the driest
  7. the longest
  8. the deepest
  9. the fastest
  10. the smallest
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Correggi gli errori nell’uso del periodo ipotetico, evidenziati in corsivo in ogni frase. Poi in fondo scrivi 0, 1, 2, 3 a seconda del tipo di frase ipotetica.

Esempio
If I go to Australia, I would visit my relatives in Melbourne.
If I went to Australia, I would visit my relatives in Melbourne. (2)

 

1. If it didn’t rain, we will play tennis.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

2. If I hadn’t had to go to the dentist’s, I would go to the opening of Jane’s new art exhibition.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

3. If he won’t lend me his tent, I will have to buy one.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

4. If he doesn’t invite me out to dinner, I would have spent the evening watching TV.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

5. You wouldn’t have that terrible cough if you don’t smoke all the time.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

6. If you want to listen to the commentary in English, you will insert a coin in the machine.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

7. If I gave him my email address, he would have written to me immediately.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

8. If I went to parties, I will meet somebody.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

9. I will call you if I finished before 6 p.m.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

10. If I am a movie star, I would donate money to worthy causes.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

Esempio
If I go to Australia, I would visit my relatives in Melbourne.
If I went to Australia, I would visit my relatives in Melbourne. (2)

 

1. If it didn’t rain, we will play tennis.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

2. If I hadn’t had to go to the dentist’s, I would go to the opening of Jane’s new art exhibition.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

3. If he won’t lend me his tent, I will have to buy one.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

4. If he doesn’t invite me out to dinner, I would have spent the evening watching TV.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

5. You wouldn’t have that terrible cough if you don’t smoke all the time.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

6. If you want to listen to the commentary in English, you will insert a coin in the machine.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

7. If I gave him my email address, he would have written to me immediately.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

8. If I went to parties, I will meet somebody.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

9. I will call you if I finished before 6 p.m.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

10. If I am a movie star, I would donate money to worthy causes.

........................................................................................................................................ (...........)

Soluzioni
  1. If it doesn’t rain, we will play tennis. (1)
  2. If I hadn’t had to go to the dentist’s, I would have gone to the opening of Jane’s new art exhibition. (3)
  3. If he doesn’t lend me his tent, I will have to buy one. (1)
  4. If he hadn’t invited me out to dinner, I would have spent the evening watching TV. (3)
  5. You wouldn’t have that terrible cough if you didn’t smoke all the time. (2)
  6. If you want to listen to the commentary in English, insert a coin in the machine. (0)
  7. If I had given him my email address, he would have written to me immediately. (3)
  8. If I went to parties, I would meet somebody. (2)
  9. I will call you if I finish before 6 p.m. (1)
  10. If I were a movie star, I would donate money to worthy causes. (2)
Livello B1 Il futuro con present continuous e present simple

Costruisci frasi con le parole date usando il present continuous, per parlare di programmi futuri, oppure il present simple, per parlare di orari.

1. I / not / work / tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................

2. what time / the train / leave / ?

....................................................................................................................................

3. all of you / play / tennis this afternoon / ?

....................................................................................................................................

4. where / you / spend / your Easter holidays / ?

....................................................................................................................................

5. I / get up / very early / tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................

6. when / the English lessons / start / ?

....................................................................................................................................

1. I / not / work / tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................

2. what time / the train / leave / ?

....................................................................................................................................

3. all of you / play / tennis this afternoon / ?

....................................................................................................................................

4. where / you / spend / your Easter holidays / ?

....................................................................................................................................

5. I / get up / very early / tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................

6. when / the English lessons / start / ?

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I’m not working tomorrow.
  2. What time does the train leave?
  3. Are all of you playing tennis this afternoon?
  4. Where are you spending your Easter holidays?
  5. I’m getting up very early tomorrow.
  6. When do the English lessons start?
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parti date aggiungendo -’s quando necessario.

1. husband / my / sister (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

2. children / house / the

....................................................................................................................................

3. St. James / Palace / State rooms

....................................................................................................................................

4. John / parents / and / Anne (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Charles / cousin / my / name is

....................................................................................................................................

6. army / Napoleon / General

....................................................................................................................................

7. house / door / of / the / the

....................................................................................................................................

8. parents / jobs / my

....................................................................................................................................

9. car / the / of / roof / the

....................................................................................................................................

10. are / same / Ann / mothers / age / Mary / and / the

....................................................................................................................................

1. husband / my / sister (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

2. children / house / the

....................................................................................................................................

3. St. James / Palace / State rooms

....................................................................................................................................

4. John / parents / and / Anne (due soluzioni possibili)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Charles / cousin / my / name is

....................................................................................................................................

6. army / Napoleon / General

....................................................................................................................................

7. house / door / of / the / the

....................................................................................................................................

8. parents / jobs / my

....................................................................................................................................

9. car / the / of / roof / the

....................................................................................................................................

10. are / same / Ann / mothers / age / Mary / and / the

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. My sister’s husband/My husband’s sister.
  2. The children’s house.
  3. St. James’s Palace’s State rooms.
  4. John and Anne’s parents/Anne and John’s parents.
  5. My cousin’s name is Charles.
  6. General Napoleon’s army.
  7. The door of the house.
  8. My parents’ jobs.
  9. The roof of the car.
  10. Ann’s and Mary’s mothers are the same age.
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto utilizzando some, any, no quando necessario e i verbi to be/have got.

Esempio
we / got / lemonade? / No, / but / there / orange juice.
Have we got any lemonade? No, but there’s some orange juice.

  1. there / for breakfast? / Yes, there / two bottles.
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. we / got / fruit / for the children? Yes, / there / and / (three types of fruit)
    .....................................................................................................................................

  3. We / different / cake today but / there / nice / in the freezer in three flavours.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  4. there / eggs / to make an omelette?
    .....................................................................................................................................

  5. there / only tomatoes / for the salad? No, there / also / cucumbers / in the fridge near the apples.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  6. We can have / fresh sausages for dinner. They / in the fridge
    .....................................................................................................................................

  7. We / fresh vegetables / in the fridge, / potatoes, / tomatoes / and / carrots.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  8. there / artichokes? No, there / at all.
    .....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
we / got / lemonade? / No, / but / there / orange juice.
Have we got any lemonade? No, but there’s some orange juice.

  1. there / for breakfast? / Yes, there / two bottles.
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. we / got / fruit / for the children? Yes, / there / and / (three types of fruit)
    .....................................................................................................................................

  3. We / different / cake today but / there / nice / in the freezer in three flavours.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  4. there / eggs / to make an omelette?
    .....................................................................................................................................

  5. there / only tomatoes / for the salad? No, there / also / cucumbers / in the fridge near the apples.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  6. We can have / fresh sausages for dinner. They / in the fridge
    .....................................................................................................................................

  7. We / fresh vegetables / in the fridge, / potatoes, / tomatoes / and / carrots.
    .....................................................................................................................................

  8. there / artichokes? No, there / at all.
    .....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Is there any milk for breakfast? Yes, there are two bottles.
  2. Have we got any fruit for the children? Yes, there are some apples, bananas and strawberries/grapes/oranges.

  3. We haven’t got any cake today but there is some nice ice cream in the freezer in three different flavours.

  4. Are there any eggs to make an omelette?

  5. Are there only tomatoes for the salad? No, there are also some cucumbers in the fridge near the apples.

  6. We can have some fresh sausages for dinner. They’re in the fridge.

  7. We’ve got some fresh vegetables in the fridge, potatoes, some tomatoes and carrots.

  8. Are there any artichokes? No, there are no artichokes at all.

Livello A2 Can/can't: potere

Costruisci le frasi e scrivi in fondo la sigla giusta per individuare gli usi di can e can’t: A (abilità/capacità), P (proibizione), Pe (permesso), D (deduzione) e R (richiesta).

Esempio:
can’t / she / computer / use / the
She can’t use the computer (A)

  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)

Esempio:
can’t / she / computer / use / the
She can’t use the computer (A)

  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    ....................................................................................................................................... (........)
Soluzioni
  1. evening / cinema / I / go / this / to / can / the / Mary / with / ?
    Can I go to the cinema with Mary this evening? (Pe)
  2. this / suitcase, please / you / can / help / me / with / ?
    Can you help me with this suitcase, please? (R)
  3. she / swim / can / can’t / ski / but / she
    She can ski, but she can’t swim./She can’t ski, but she can swim. (A)
  4. it / can’t / only / be / a / expensive. / two / it’s / star / hotel
    It can’t be expensive. It’s only a two star hotel! (D)
  5. you / see / woman / that / in red / can / ?
    Can you see that woman in red? (A)
  6. can’t / you / weather / go out / in / bad / this / !
    You can’t go out in this bad weather! (P)
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Descrivi le abitudini di Pat usando una pagina del suo diario.

Pat's routine

get up (every day at 7 o’clock)
go to work by bus (always)
start work (9 o’clock)
have lunch / the factory canteen (often)
go back home (4:00 p.m.)
relax / on the sofa / listen to music (sometimes)
go to the swimming pool (once a week)
have dinner with family (at weekends)
go out after dinner (never)
go to bed early / read a book (usually)

 

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She ..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

Pat's routine

get up (every day at 7 o’clock)
go to work by bus (always)
start work (9 o’clock)
have lunch / the factory canteen (often)
go back home (4:00 p.m.)
relax / on the sofa / listen to music (sometimes)
go to the swimming pool (once a week)
have dinner with family (at weekends)
go out after dinner (never)
go to bed early / read a book (usually)

 

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She ..............................................................................................................................

..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

​​​​​​​..............................................................................................................................​​​​​​​.................................................................

Soluzioni

Pat gets up at 7 o’clock every day. She always goes to work by bus. She starts work at 9 o’clock. She often has lunch in the factory canteen. She goes back home at 4 in the afternoon. She sometimes relaxes on the sofa and listens to music. She goes to the swimming pool once a week. She has dinner with her family at weekends. She never goes out after dinner. She usually goes to bed early and reads a book.

Livello B1-B2 So e such

Due amiche parlano di una vacanza in Egitto. Completa il dialogo con so/such e composti.

Ruth: Sue, tell me about your cruise along the Nile.

Sue: It was (1) ............................. an extraordinary experience. I will never forget it.

Ruth: Was it expensive?

Sue: Not at all. We have never spent (2) ........................................................ money for (3) ............................. wonderful holiday.

Ruth: What about your guide?

Sue: She was (4) ............................. a good guide that we learned a lot about Egypt’s main attractions. Her English was (5) ............................. good that we thought she was British.

Ruth: Were there many tourists on the cruise ship?

Sue: Actually, the organisers told us that they had never had (6) ............................................................. tourists. There were only half as many as last year. Many had cancelled because of recent problems in Egypt, but we weren’t (7) ..................................................... worried as other tourists. On the contrary, I think we were (8) ............................. lucky there weren’t many tourists around.

Ruth: Which attractions did you like best?

Sue: The Great Pyramids of Giza, the Sphinx, the Valley of Kings and the Egyptian Museum. They are (9) ............................. amazing places to see that most people want to visit at least once in their life.

Ruth: Sue, tell me about your cruise along the Nile.

Sue: It was (1) ............................. an extraordinary experience. I will never forget it.

Ruth: Was it expensive?

Sue: Not at all. We have never spent (2) ........................................................ money for (3) ............................. wonderful holiday.

Ruth: What about your guide?

Sue: She was (4) ............................. a good guide that we learned a lot about Egypt’s main attractions. Her English was (5) ............................. good that we thought she was British.

Ruth: Were there many tourists on the cruise ship?

Sue: Actually, the organisers told us that they had never had (6) ............................................................. tourists. There were only half as many as last year. Many had cancelled because of recent problems in Egypt, but we weren’t (7) ..................................................... worried as other tourists. On the contrary, I think we were (8) ............................. lucky there weren’t many tourists around.

Ruth: Which attractions did you like best?

Sue: The Great Pyramids of Giza, the Sphinx, the Valley of Kings and the Egyptian Museum. They are (9) ............................. amazing places to see that most people want to visit at least once in their life.

Soluzioni
  1. such
  2. so little
  3. such a
  4. such
  5. so
  6. so few
  7. so
  8. so
  9. such
Livello B1-B2 Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather

Due giovani (A e B) vanno in un negozio di articoli Hi-Fi per scegliere un regalo di compleanno. Completa il dialogo tra i due e il commesso del negozio (C). Usa le espressioni date.

should • don’t we • what about • I’d rather • let’s • shall we • should • shall I • how about • we’d better

A: What (1) ................................................................. buy her?

B: Why (2) ................................................................. give her a new smartphone?

C: (3) ................................................................. show you our new models?

A: That would be great!

B: Oh, yes please. (4) ................................................................. get a Huawei or a Samsung new model.

C: OK. (5) ................................................................. this one? It’s one of the newest by Samsung.

A: Not bad but it (6) ................................................................. have good battery capacity and a good camera.

B: That’s right, she’s always said: “(7) ........................................... have one with multi-mode functions.”

C: Then I think you (8) ........................................... buy a different model. I’ll show you something else if you like.

A: Oh, yes, please.

B: (9) ................................................................. having a look at Apple’s new models?

C: Oh yes, in that case, (10) ................................................................. move to the other counter down there.

should • don’t we • what about • I’d rather • let’s • shall we • should • shall I • how about • we’d better

A: What (1) ................................................................. buy her?

B: Why (2) ................................................................. give her a new smartphone?

C: (3) ................................................................. show you our new models?

A: That would be great!

B: Oh, yes please. (4) ................................................................. get a Huawei or a Samsung new model.

C: OK. (5) ................................................................. this one? It’s one of the newest by Samsung.

A: Not bad but it (6) ................................................................. have good battery capacity and a good camera.

B: That’s right, she’s always said: “(7) ........................................... have one with multi-mode functions.”

C: Then I think you (8) ........................................... buy a different model. I’ll show you something else if you like.

A: Oh, yes, please.

B: (9) ................................................................. having a look at Apple’s new models?

C: Oh yes, in that case, (10) ................................................................. move to the other counter down there.

Soluzioni
  1. shall we
  2. don’t we
  3. Shall I
  4. Let’s
  5. What/How about
  6. should
  7. I’d rather
  8. should
  9. What/How about
  10. we’d better
Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi), Grandi quantità indefinite, Aggettivi: rafforzare o attenuare il significato

Due ragazze parlano di due feste diverse esprimendo giudizi negativi. Completa le frasi con le parole date.

too • enough • too many • too much • a few • very little • a few • enough • too • enough • too much

Julia: What was the party like last night?

Sheila: Well, first of all there weren’t (1) ......................................................... boys to dance with. The music was pretty awful and (2) .......................................................... loud so I couldn’t speak to anyone. There wasn’t (3) .................................. food and there was (4) .................................................. to drink; just (5) .................................................... bottles of lemonade. The room wasn’t large (6) .............................................. so I ended up standing in the garden alone with an empty glass and an empty stomach. I hope you had a better time at Noel’s party.

Julia: All I remember is that the boys were (7) ............................................... young and not exactly good-looking. There was (8) ................................ smoke so I went outside and ate (9) ......................................... cakes and scrolled (10) .................................. on my phone. I think I fell asleep under a pear tree for (11) .................................. hours.

too • enough • too many • too much • a few • very little • a few • enough • too • enough • too much

Julia: What was the party like last night?

Sheila: Well, first of all there weren’t (1) ......................................................... boys to dance with. The music was pretty awful and (2) .......................................................... loud so I couldn’t speak to anyone. There wasn’t (3) .................................. food and there was (4) .................................................. to drink; just (5) .................................................... bottles of lemonade. The room wasn’t large (6) .............................................. so I ended up standing in the garden alone with an empty glass and an empty stomach. I hope you had a better time at Noel’s party.

Julia: All I remember is that the boys were (7) ............................................... young and not exactly good-looking. There was (8) ................................ smoke so I went outside and ate (9) ......................................... cakes and scrolled (10) .................................. on my phone. I think I fell asleep under a pear tree for (11) .................................. hours.

Soluzioni
  1. enough
  2. too
  3. enough
  4. very little
  5. a few
  6. enough
  7. too
  8. too much
  9. too many
  10. too much
  11. a few
Livello A2 There is / there are

È il 27 dicembre, William è solo e ha deciso di trascorrere l’ultimo dell’anno in montagna. Dopo alcune telefonate riesce a trovare una camera in un piccolo hotel di un paese nelle Alpi svizzere. Completa la conversazione con l’uso di there is/there are.

William: (1)........................................... a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) ........................................... one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3)........................................... a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) ........................................... a large modern shower but (5) ........................................... (not) a bath.

William: (6) ........................................... a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) ........................................... a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) ........................................... any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) ........................................... a disco in the village and (10) ........................................... two night clubs not far from it but (11) ............................................................... (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) ............................................ all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) ................................................................ a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

William: (1)........................................... a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) ........................................... one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3)........................................... a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) ........................................... a large modern shower but (5) ........................................... (not) a bath.

William: (6) ........................................... a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) ........................................... a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) ........................................... any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) ........................................... a disco in the village and (10) ........................................... two night clubs not far from it but (11) ............................................................... (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) ............................................ all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) ................................................................ a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

Soluzioni

William: (1) Is there a single room for next Sunday and Monday?

Receptionist: Yes, (2) there's one in our annex. It’s near the central building.

William: Perfect! (3) Is there a bathroom with a bath?

Receptionist: Sorry, (4) there's a large modern shower but (5) there isn't (not) a bath.

William: (6) Is there a pool in the hotel?

Receptionist: Yes, (7) there's a big pool and a wellness centre with sauna and gym.

William: (8) Are there any cinemas or discos in the village?

Receptionist: Well, (9) there's a disco in the village and (10) there are two night clubs not far from it but (11) there aren't (not) any cinemas or theatres here. On our website (12) there's all the information you need, the photos of the rooms and (13) there's a photo of the village too!

William: Thank you very much, can you reserve that room, please?

Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

È la serata di Capodanno e tutti, allo scoccare della mezzanotte, esprimono un desiderio per l’anno che sta arrivando. Completa le frasi con would like to e i verbi dati.

live • stop • take • go • learn • buy • have • find • fall

Esempio:
Daniel .................................. smoking.
Daniel would like to stop smoking.

1. Susanne .................................................................................................................................... a new job.

2. Thomas .................................................................................................................................... Japanese.

3. Jane .................................................................................................................................... in love.

4. Mr and Mrs Jones .................................................................................................................................... on a Mediterranean cruise.

5. Lucy .................................................................................................................................... a new car.

6. Colin .................................................................................................................................... a baby.

7. They .................................................................................................................................... in the country.

8. He .................................................................................................................................... part in a marathon.

live • stop • take • go • learn • buy • have • find • fall

Esempio:
Daniel .................................. smoking.
Daniel would like to stop smoking.

1. Susanne .................................................................................................................................... a new job.

2. Thomas .................................................................................................................................... Japanese.

3. Jane .................................................................................................................................... in love.

4. Mr and Mrs Jones .................................................................................................................................... on a Mediterranean cruise.

5. Lucy .................................................................................................................................... a new car.

6. Colin .................................................................................................................................... a baby.

7. They .................................................................................................................................... in the country.

8. He .................................................................................................................................... part in a marathon.

Soluzioni
  1. would like to find
  2. would like to learn
  3. would like to fall
  4. would like to go
  5. would like to buy
  6. would like to have
  7. would like to live
  8. would like to take
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Ecco alcuni consigli per usare internet con sicurezza. Completa con l’imperativo corretto dei verbi dati.

share • create • use • install • limit • make • download • have meetings • store • allow • open • chat

SAFETY ON THE INTERNET

DOS

  1. Create a single password for every website.
  2. ..................................... fake names to identify yourself.
  3. ..................................... antivirus software and update regularly.
  4. Only ..................................... with people online that you know.
  5. ..................................... online purchases from secure sites.
  6. ..................................... the time your kids spend on the internet.

DON'TS

  1. Don’t ..................................... unknown software.

  2. Don’t ..................................... personal information about yourself.

  3. Don’t ..................................... suspicious emails and don’t reply to them.

  4. Don’t ..................................... with people you don’t know.

  5. Don’t ............................ personal card details on websites.

  6. Don’t ..................................... websites to remember your username and password.

share • create • use • install • limit • make • download • have meetings • store • allow • open • chat

SAFETY ON THE INTERNET

DOS

  1. Create a single password for every website.
  2. ..................................... fake names to identify yourself.
  3. ..................................... antivirus software and update regularly.
  4. Only ..................................... with people online that you know.
  5. ..................................... online purchases from secure sites.
  6. ..................................... the time your kids spend on the internet.

DON'TS

  1. Don’t ..................................... unknown software.

  2. Don’t ..................................... personal information about yourself.

  3. Don’t ..................................... suspicious emails and don’t reply to them.

  4. Don’t ..................................... with people you don’t know.

  5. Don’t ............................ personal card details on websites.

  6. Don’t ..................................... websites to remember your username and password.

Soluzioni

DOS

  1. Create
  2. Use
  3. Install
  4. have meetings
  5. Make
  6. Limit

DON'TS

  1. download
  2. share
  3. open
  4. chat
  5. store
  6. allow
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Esprimi accordo o disaccordo usando so oppure neither e le parole date tra parentesi.

Esempio
Dominic hasn’t got any brothers or sisters. (Hugh)
Neither has Hugh.

1. My cousin lives in London. (my aunt)

....................................................................................................................................

2. My sister would like to live in Italy. (my mother)

....................................................................................................................................

3. We didn’t watch TV last night. (we)

....................................................................................................................................

4. I’ll never be able to speak good French. (I)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Antonella was born in Calabria. (Lina)

....................................................................................................................................

6. I couldn’t get to sleep last night. (I)

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
Dominic hasn’t got any brothers or sisters. (Hugh)
Neither has Hugh.

1. My cousin lives in London. (my aunt)

....................................................................................................................................

2. My sister would like to live in Italy. (my mother)

....................................................................................................................................

3. We didn’t watch TV last night. (we)

....................................................................................................................................

4. I’ll never be able to speak good French. (I)

....................................................................................................................................

5. Antonella was born in Calabria. (Lina)

....................................................................................................................................

6. I couldn’t get to sleep last night. (I)

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. So does my aunt.
  2. So would my mother.
  3. Neither did we.
  4. Neither will I.
  5. So was Lina.
  6. Neither could I.
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Fill in the dialogues with the following words.

beg • couldn’t • end • difficult • done • far • from • heart • how • impression • mind (x3) • mouth • on • point (x2) • repeat • shall • stand • tend • thought • thoughts • by • words • interesting

a. Starting the conversation
1. ......................................... I start?
2. Do you ......................................... if I start?
3. We could start ................................ talking about...

b. Giving your opinion
1. As ......................................... as I’m concerned…
2. ......................................... I see it…
3. From my ......................................... of view…

c. Thinking before answering
1. I haven’t given it much .................................. until now.
2.Well, it’s ......................................... to say really.
3. That’s an ......................................... question.

d. Agreeing
1. Absolutely! You took the .................................... right out of my ..........................................
2. I ......................................... agree more.
3. I’m with you 100% ......................................... this one.

e. Disagreeing
1. I take your ............................ but…
2. I ................................... to disagree with you there.
3. I ......................................... to differ.

f. Asking for opinion
1. Where do you ......................................... on...?
2. What are your ......................................... on this?

g. Giving your opinion
1. Speaking ......................................... personal experience…
2. This is a topic that is particularly close to my .........................................
3. My first ......................................... is…
4. It’s also worth bearing in ................................ that…

h. Conclusion
1. At the ....................................... of the day…
2. When all’s said and .........................................

i. Asking for repetition
1. Sorry, would you ....................... repeating that?
2. Could you ......................................... the question, please?

beg • couldn’t • end • difficult • done • far • from • heart • how • impression • mind (x3) • mouth • on • point (x2) • repeat • shall • stand • tend • thought • thoughts • by • words • interesting

a. Starting the conversation
1. ......................................... I start?
2. Do you ......................................... if I start?
3. We could start ................................ talking about...

b. Giving your opinion
1. As ......................................... as I’m concerned…
2. ......................................... I see it…
3. From my ......................................... of view…

c. Thinking before answering
1. I haven’t given it much .................................. until now.
2.Well, it’s ......................................... to say really.
3. That’s an ......................................... question.

d. Agreeing
1. Absolutely! You took the .................................... right out of my ..........................................
2. I ......................................... agree more.
3. I’m with you 100% ......................................... this one.

e. Disagreeing
1. I take your ............................ but…
2. I ................................... to disagree with you there.
3. I ......................................... to differ.

f. Asking for opinion
1. Where do you ......................................... on...?
2. What are your ......................................... on this?

g. Giving your opinion
1. Speaking ......................................... personal experience…
2. This is a topic that is particularly close to my .........................................
3. My first ......................................... is…
4. It’s also worth bearing in ................................ that…

h. Conclusion
1. At the ....................................... of the day…
2. When all’s said and .........................................

i. Asking for repetition
1. Sorry, would you ....................... repeating that?
2. Could you ......................................... the question, please?

Soluzioni

a. Starting the conversation
1. Shall
2. mind
3. by 

b. Giving your opinion
1. far
2. How
3. point

c. Thinking before answering
1. thought
2. difficult
3. interesting

d. Agreeing
1. words
2. mouth
3. couldn't
4. on

e. Disagreeing
1. point
2. tend
3. beg

f. Asking for opinion
1.stand
2. thoughts

g. Giving your opinion
1. from
2. heart
3. impression
4. mind

h. Conclusion
1. end
2. done

i. Asking for repetition
1. mind
2. repeat

Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Fill in the gaps with the following words.

believe • between • definitely • in common • might • most • of • obvious • regards • two • well

1. Both ......................................... these pictures/photos show people having a picnic.

2. These ......................................... pictures show a sunset.

3. One similarity ......................................... these two pictures/photos is that they both were taken in summer.

4. Another similarity ......................................... be that they both show people eating.

5. The most ......................................... similarity is that it is night time in both.

6. One thing that these two situations have ......................................... is that they were taken on a sunny day.

7. One of the ......................................... obvious differences is that…

8. As ......................................... the question, I totally agree.

9. If I had to choose between these two, I’d ......................................... go for this one with the dog.

10. ........................................., it’s not an easy choice, but I think I’d prefer to do bungee jumping.

11. I ......................................... that it’s more important to have a good relationship with one’s colleagues.

believe • between • definitely • in common • might • most • of • obvious • regards • two • well

1. Both ......................................... these pictures/photos show people having a picnic.

2. These ......................................... pictures show a sunset.

3. One similarity ......................................... these two pictures/photos is that they both were taken in summer.

4. Another similarity ......................................... be that they both show people eating.

5. The most ......................................... similarity is that it is night time in both.

6. One thing that these two situations have ......................................... is that they were taken on a sunny day.

7. One of the ......................................... obvious differences is that…

8. As ......................................... the question, I totally agree.

9. If I had to choose between these two, I’d ......................................... go for this one with the dog.

10. ........................................., it’s not an easy choice, but I think I’d prefer to do bungee jumping.

11. I ......................................... that it’s more important to have a good relationship with one’s colleagues.

Soluzioni
  1. of
  2. two
  3. between
  4. might
  5. obvious
  6. in common
  7. most
  8. regards
  9. definitely
  10. Well
  11. believe
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Fill in using the words below.

last • attached • some • graduated • currently • employed

1. I am ............................................................................ working as a waiter.

2. I am ............................................................................ by Rooftop Restaurant.

3. I gained ............................................................................ experience while I was in Copenhagen.

4. I have been working for the ............................................................................ two years.

5. Please find ............................................................................ my CV.

6. I ............................................................................ from London University two years ago.

last • attached • some • graduated • currently • employed

1. I am ............................................................................ working as a waiter.

2. I am ............................................................................ by Rooftop Restaurant.

3. I gained ............................................................................ experience while I was in Copenhagen.

4. I have been working for the ............................................................................ two years.

5. Please find ............................................................................ my CV.

6. I ............................................................................ from London University two years ago.

Soluzioni
  1.  
  2. currently
  3. employed
  4. some
  5. last
  6. attached
  7. graduated
  8.  
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Fill in using the words below.

aims • concerns • examine • feeling • objectives • survey

1. The main ................................................................................... of this proposal are to...

2. The purpose of this proposal is to ...................................................................................

3. This proposal ................................................................................... to...

4. Following a ................................................................................... among...

5. A number of ................................................................................... with regard to XYZ were expressed by...

6. There is a strong ................................................................................... among all concerned that...

aims • concerns • examine • feeling • objectives • survey

1. The main ................................................................................... of this proposal are to...

2. The purpose of this proposal is to ...................................................................................

3. This proposal ................................................................................... to...

4. Following a ................................................................................... among...

5. A number of ................................................................................... with regard to XYZ were expressed by...

6. There is a strong ................................................................................... among all concerned that...

Soluzioni
  1. objectives
  2. examine
  3. aims
  4. survey
  5. concerns
  6. feeling
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Finish these sentences about the personal qualities of a waiter.

detail • skills • others • pressure • memory

1. The ability to work well with ..........................................................

2. The ability to work well under ....................................................... .

3. Excellent verbal and communication ................................................. .

4. A good ........................................... .

5. Being meticulous, and the ability to pay attention to .................................................. .

detail • skills • others • pressure • memory

1. The ability to work well with ..........................................................

2. The ability to work well under ....................................................... .

3. Excellent verbal and communication ................................................. .

4. A good ........................................... .

5. Being meticulous, and the ability to pay attention to .................................................. .

Soluzioni
  1. others
  2. pressure
  3. skills
  4. memory
  5. detail
Livello B2 Verso le certificazioni (B2)

For each question finish the second sentence so that it means the same as the first. Use no more than five words.

1. The museum didn’t sell many tickets for the new exhibition.
FEW
The museum sold very ........................................................................ for the new exhibition.

2. Brian began studying at university five years ago but he hasn’t finished his course yet.
FOR
Brian ........................................................................ five years but he hasn’t finished his course yet.

3. It’s too cold to go swimming.
ENOUGH
It isn’t ........................................................................ go swimming.

4. The curry was very hot. We couldn’t eat it.
TOO
The curry was ........................................................................ eat.

5. The weather was really bad so we didn’t go out.
SO
The weather was ........................................................................ we didn’t go out.

6. There are only a few chess courses this year at school.
MANY
There aren’t ........................................................................ chess courses this year at school.

7. I haven’t been to a concert for a long time.
SINCE
It’s been a long time ........................................................................ to a concert.

8. Carol moved here in 2011.
LIVING
Carol ........................................................................ 2011.

1. The museum didn’t sell many tickets for the new exhibition.
FEW
The museum sold very ........................................................................ for the new exhibition.

2. Brian began studying at university five years ago but he hasn’t finished his course yet.
FOR
Brian ........................................................................ five years but he hasn’t finished his course yet.

3. It’s too cold to go swimming.
ENOUGH
It isn’t ........................................................................ go swimming.

4. The curry was very hot. We couldn’t eat it.
TOO
The curry was ........................................................................ eat.

5. The weather was really bad so we didn’t go out.
SO
The weather was ........................................................................ we didn’t go out.

6. There are only a few chess courses this year at school.
MANY
There aren’t ........................................................................ chess courses this year at school.

7. I haven’t been to a concert for a long time.
SINCE
It’s been a long time ........................................................................ to a concert.

8. Carol moved here in 2011.
LIVING
Carol ........................................................................ 2011.

Soluzioni
  1. few tickets
  2. has been studying for
  3. warm enough to
  4. too hot to
  5. so bad that
  6. very many
  7. since I went
  8. has been living here since
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

For questions 1-10, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals to form a word that fits in the gap. There is an example at the beginning (0).

A mysterious codex

Many call the fifteenth-century illustrated cipher manuscript, (0) commonly (COMMON) known as the “Voynich Manuscript”, one of the world’s most mysterious books. Written somewhere in Europe around the end of the 15th century, this codex is named after Wilfrid Voynich, a rare books (1) ........................................................................ (DEAL) from Poland, who brought it to public attention after he (2) ........................................................................ (PURCHASE) it from a Jesuit library in Italy in 1912. The 240-page book is about the size of a small paperback and its pages are made of calfskin. At a first glance it looks like a common herbal book typically used in the Middle Ages, with (3) ........................................................................ (COLOUR) illustrations of plants, flowers and herbs, as well as constellations and astrological signs, and dreamlike female figures (4) ........................................................................ (BATH) in pools of green water. But a more careful look at its contents reveals that none of the plants depicted are real. Moreover, the text is written in an (5) ........................................................................  (KNOW) language that scholars have still not been able to translate. The author of the text is also unknown, and since its discovery there have been many theories about who might have written it; from the most scholarly to the most farfetched. Some theories (6) ......................................................... (SUGGESTION) it could have been the work of the 13th-century English philosopher and alchemist Roger Bacon, or even Leonardo da Vinci. Others that it was written by aliens, or that it was (7) ................................................................. (SIMPLE) a guide to medicinal plants. It is (8) ........................................................................ (LIKE) that the unfamiliar alphabet used in the text is a code, and that the manuscript was written in a known European language now extinct, although no one knows what the original language is. Recently, researchers have (9) ........................................................................ (EMPLOY) artificial intelligence to help them decipher the text, but its meaning still remains unclear. Whatever the case, (10) ........................................................................ (SUCCESS) attempts at decoding the manuscript have not deterred the enthusiasm of those interested in it, which remains one of the biggest unsolved problems in the history of cryptology.

A mysterious codex

Many call the fifteenth-century illustrated cipher manuscript, (0) commonly (COMMON) known as the “Voynich Manuscript”, one of the world’s most mysterious books. Written somewhere in Europe around the end of the 15th century, this codex is named after Wilfrid Voynich, a rare books (1) ........................................................................ (DEAL) from Poland, who brought it to public attention after he (2) ........................................................................ (PURCHASE) it from a Jesuit library in Italy in 1912. The 240-page book is about the size of a small paperback and its pages are made of calfskin. At a first glance it looks like a common herbal book typically used in the Middle Ages, with (3) ........................................................................ (COLOUR) illustrations of plants, flowers and herbs, as well as constellations and astrological signs, and dreamlike female figures (4) ........................................................................ (BATH) in pools of green water. But a more careful look at its contents reveals that none of the plants depicted are real. Moreover, the text is written in an (5) ........................................................................  (KNOW) language that scholars have still not been able to translate. The author of the text is also unknown, and since its discovery there have been many theories about who might have written it; from the most scholarly to the most farfetched. Some theories (6) ......................................................... (SUGGESTION) it could have been the work of the 13th-century English philosopher and alchemist Roger Bacon, or even Leonardo da Vinci. Others that it was written by aliens, or that it was (7) ................................................................. (SIMPLE) a guide to medicinal plants. It is (8) ........................................................................ (LIKE) that the unfamiliar alphabet used in the text is a code, and that the manuscript was written in a known European language now extinct, although no one knows what the original language is. Recently, researchers have (9) ........................................................................ (EMPLOY) artificial intelligence to help them decipher the text, but its meaning still remains unclear. Whatever the case, (10) ........................................................................ (SUCCESS) attempts at decoding the manuscript have not deterred the enthusiasm of those interested in it, which remains one of the biggest unsolved problems in the history of cryptology.

Soluzioni
  1. dealer
  2. purchased
  3. colourful
  4. bathing
  5. unknown
  6. suggest
  7. simply
  8. likely
  9. employed
  10. unsuccessful
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

For questions 1-6, complete the second sentence so that it has a similar meaning to the first sentence, using the word given. Do not change the word given. You must use between three and six words, including the word given.

1. As soon as Molly opened the door, she saw her online order had arrived.
SOONER
No ................................................................................... than she saw her online order had arrived.

2. Recently, the number of orders on our website has gone up.
INCREASE
Recently, ................................................................................... in the number of orders on our website.

3. It doesn’t matter how boring his lecture was, you shouldn’t have fallen asleep.
HOWEVER
You shouldn’t have fallen asleep, ................................................................................... was.

4. Can anyone here solve this problem, please?
COME
Can anyone here ................................................................................... to this problem, please?

5. Susan doesn’t want to work overtime on Fridays.
RATHER
Susan ................................................................................... overtime on Fridays.

6. I'll carry on studying provided that you give me a hand.
LONG
................................................................................... give me a hand, I'll carry on with my studies.

1. As soon as Molly opened the door, she saw her online order had arrived.
SOONER
No ................................................................................... than she saw her online order had arrived.

2. Recently, the number of orders on our website has gone up.
INCREASE
Recently, ................................................................................... in the number of orders on our website.

3. It doesn’t matter how boring his lecture was, you shouldn’t have fallen asleep.
HOWEVER
You shouldn’t have fallen asleep, ................................................................................... was.

4. Can anyone here solve this problem, please?
COME
Can anyone here ................................................................................... to this problem, please?

5. Susan doesn’t want to work overtime on Fridays.
RATHER
Susan ................................................................................... overtime on Fridays.

6. I'll carry on studying provided that you give me a hand.
LONG
................................................................................... give me a hand, I'll carry on with my studies.

Soluzioni
  1. sooner had Molly opened the door
  2. there has been an increase
  3. however boring his lecture
  4. come up with a solution
  5. would rather not work
  6. As long as you
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

For questions 1-8, read the text below and think of the word which best fits each gap. Use only one word in each gap.

Killer waves

Marine folklore is full of stories about the might of the seas, especially of maelstroms and killer waves. It is only in the (1) .................................................................. few decades that scientists have realised that these are not just stories, and have begun to accept the terrifying reality of these phenomena. These “walls of water” often have very steep sides with extremely deep troughs, and can be three (2) .................................................................. taller than the tallest average wave. Rogue waves often form spontaneously and randomly (3) .................................................................. a clear cause, and are big and powerful (4) ......................................................................................... to sink ships, ocean liners, and (5) .................................................................. oil platforms. However, scientists have come up (6) .................................................................. two possible answers to this. One is that extreme waves often form because swells travel across the sea (7) .................................................................. different speeds and in different directions, and their crests sometimes coincide and reinforce (8) .................................................................. another. The second is that they form in storm systems when they go against the normal wave direction.

Killer waves

Marine folklore is full of stories about the might of the seas, especially of maelstroms and killer waves. It is only in the (1) .................................................................. few decades that scientists have realised that these are not just stories, and have begun to accept the terrifying reality of these phenomena. These “walls of water” often have very steep sides with extremely deep troughs, and can be three (2) .................................................................. taller than the tallest average wave. Rogue waves often form spontaneously and randomly (3) .................................................................. a clear cause, and are big and powerful (4) ......................................................................................... to sink ships, ocean liners, and (5) .................................................................. oil platforms. However, scientists have come up (6) .................................................................. two possible answers to this. One is that extreme waves often form because swells travel across the sea (7) .................................................................. different speeds and in different directions, and their crests sometimes coincide and reinforce (8) .................................................................. another. The second is that they form in storm systems when they go against the normal wave direction.

Soluzioni
  1. last
  2. times
  3. without
  4. enough
  5. even
  6. with
  7. at
  8. one
Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

For Questions 1-8, read the text below. Use the word given in capitals to form a word that fits in the gap. There is an example at the beginning.

The (0) INVENTION of the car is undoubtedly the most important technological (1) .......................................... (ACHIEVE) of the 19th century, the one that most of all has changed our lives both (2) .......................................... (ECONOMY) and socially, and all this is down to one person in particular. On the morning of August 5, 1888, behind what would become the steering wheel, Bertha Benz, the (3) .......................................... (FEAR) young wife of Carl Benz, set off with her two young sons on one of their (4) .......................................... (FAMILY) vehicles, the Model III, on what would become the first road trip in history. Her 100-mile round trip from Mannheim to Pforzheim and back, in the car built by her husband Carl, turned out to be more difficult than (5) .......................................... (EXPECTATION) . Where the road was (6) .......................................... (PASS) and the climbs steep, they were forced to get off the car and push. From time to time they had to add water and clean the fuel pipe with one of her hat pins. At one point, running out of fuel, they stopped at a pharmacy to buy a solvent called ligroin, a kind of petrol sold only in pharmacies. (7) .......................................... (KNOW), they inaugurated the first service station. Bertha arrived in Pforzheim late in the evening, sent a telegram to her husband to (8) .......................................... (SURE) him she was well, but some local newspapers were already talking about her and her strange carriage. The day after her return her journey was a triumph; everyone wanted to (9) .......................................... (ADMIRATION) the woman in the carriage with the engine.

The (0) INVENTION of the car is undoubtedly the most important technological (1) .......................................... (ACHIEVE) of the 19th century, the one that most of all has changed our lives both (2) .......................................... (ECONOMY) and socially, and all this is down to one person in particular. On the morning of August 5, 1888, behind what would become the steering wheel, Bertha Benz, the (3) .......................................... (FEAR) young wife of Carl Benz, set off with her two young sons on one of their (4) .......................................... (FAMILY) vehicles, the Model III, on what would become the first road trip in history. Her 100-mile round trip from Mannheim to Pforzheim and back, in the car built by her husband Carl, turned out to be more difficult than (5) .......................................... (EXPECTATION) . Where the road was (6) .......................................... (PASS) and the climbs steep, they were forced to get off the car and push. From time to time they had to add water and clean the fuel pipe with one of her hat pins. At one point, running out of fuel, they stopped at a pharmacy to buy a solvent called ligroin, a kind of petrol sold only in pharmacies. (7) .......................................... (KNOW), they inaugurated the first service station. Bertha arrived in Pforzheim late in the evening, sent a telegram to her husband to (8) .......................................... (SURE) him she was well, but some local newspapers were already talking about her and her strange carriage. The day after her return her journey was a triumph; everyone wanted to (9) .......................................... (ADMIRATION) the woman in the carriage with the engine.

Soluzioni
  1. achievement
  2. economically
  3. fearless
  4. family
  5. expected
  6. impassable
  7. unknowingly
  8. assure
  9. admire
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'

Forma frasi abbinando a ogni parola sotto alle immagini un aggettivo e un sostantivo tra quelli proposti. Fa’ attenzione all’uso di a/an davanti agli aggettivi.

Esempio: London is a multicultural city.

Aggettivi

hot • European • ancient • multicultural • tourist • training • Renaissance • exciting • Italian • intelligent

Sostantivi

month • country • destination • holiday • dish • painter • city • activity • animal • monument

 

  1. August ..................................................................................
  2. Stonehenge .................................................................................
  3. Venice .................................................................................
  4. Spain .................................................................................
  5. Pizza .................................................................................
  6. The ape (scimmia) .................................................................................
  7. Swimming .................................................................................
  8. A Nile cruise .................................................................................
  9. Raphael (Raffaello) .................................................................................

Esempio: London is a multicultural city.

Aggettivi

hot • European • ancient • multicultural • tourist • training • Renaissance • exciting • Italian • intelligent

Sostantivi

month • country • destination • holiday • dish • painter • city • activity • animal • monument

 

  1. August ..................................................................................
  2. Stonehenge .................................................................................
  3. Venice .................................................................................
  4. Spain .................................................................................
  5. Pizza .................................................................................
  6. The ape (scimmia) .................................................................................
  7. Swimming .................................................................................
  8. A Nile cruise .................................................................................
  9. Raphael (Raffaello) .................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. August is a hot month.
  2. Stonehenge is an ancient monument.
  3. Venice is a tourist destination.
  4. Spain is a European country.
  5. Pizza is an Italian dish.
  6. The ape is an intelligent animal.
  7. Swimming is a training activity.
  8. A Nile cruise is an exciting holiday.
  9. Raphael is a Renaissance painter.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Formula delle domande per le seguenti risposte riferite al brano dell’esercizio precedente.

1. When …………………...................................………………? In 1969.

2. What type ……………………….......………… by crew members? A lot of science and technology experiments.

3. Who ………………………........................................………… by? By Europe, the USA, Russia, Canada and Japan.

4. How many ……………...................…………………… by the crew? 16 sunrises and sunsets.

5. ……………….………………… any time during the day or night? No, it can’t. Only at dawn or dusk.

1. When …………………...................................………………? In 1969.

2. What type ……………………….......………… by crew members? A lot of science and technology experiments.

3. Who ………………………........................................………… by? By Europe, the USA, Russia, Canada and Japan.

4. How many ……………...................…………………… by the crew? 16 sunrises and sunsets.

5. ……………….………………… any time during the day or night? No, it can’t. Only at dawn or dusk.

Soluzioni
  1. was the first station created
  2. of experiments are being conducted
  3. is the station owned
  4. sunrises and sunsets are seen
  5. Can it be spotted
Livello A2-B1 L'ora

Formula delle frasi con gli orari del city tour di Manchester usando le espressioni in the afternoon, in the evening e at night.

One day tour of Manchester

  1. 9:30 a.m. City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks.
  2. 11:00 a.m. Visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium.
  3. 1:00 p.m. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant.
  4. 2:00 p.m. Hop-on Hop-off city tour.
  5. 4:30 p.m. Visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium.
  6. 7:30 p.m. Free drinks.
  7. 9:00 p.m. Dinner at the Hard Rock Café.
  8. 11:00 p.m. Silent disco tour musical adventure. Dancing and singing through the iconic streets of Manchester.

 

  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. ................................................................................................................................................................................

One day tour of Manchester

  1. 9:30 a.m. City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks.
  2. 11:00 a.m. Visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium.
  3. 1:00 p.m. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant.
  4. 2:00 p.m. Hop-on Hop-off city tour.
  5. 4:30 p.m. Visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium.
  6. 7:30 p.m. Free drinks.
  7. 9:00 p.m. Dinner at the Hard Rock Café.
  8. 11:00 p.m. Silent disco tour musical adventure. Dancing and singing through the iconic streets of Manchester.

 

  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. ................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. ................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. The City Centre Canal Cruise around the old docks is at nine o’clock in the morning.
  2. The visit to the Manchester United Museum and Stadium starts at eleven o’clock in the morning.
  3. Lunch at The Laundrette Restaurant is at one o’clock in the afternoon.
  4. The Hop-on Hopoff city tour starts at two o’clock in the afternoon.
  5. The visit to the Sea Life Manchester Aquarium starts at half past four in the afternoon.
  6. Free drinks are served at half past seven in the evening.
  7. The Dinner at the Hard Rock Café is at nine in the evening.
  8. The silent disco tour musical adventure starts at eleven o’clock in the evening.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)

Formula domande (Q) e risposte (A) con il past simple come nell’esempio. Aggiungi le parti necessarie.

Esempio
concert / start / ten o’ clock
 Q: When did the concert start?
 A: It started at ten o’clock

1. How long / study / yesterday? / for two hours
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

2. You play / tennis / last Saturday? / yes, / in the afternoon
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

3. You watch / TV / last night? / yes, / watch / a film
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

4. Your aunt / from Rome / come / your birthday party? / yes, / come / train / Saturday night
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

5. Why / Paul / not go / school? / because / ill
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

Esempio
concert / start / ten o’ clock
 Q: When did the concert start?
 A: It started at ten o’clock

1. How long / study / yesterday? / for two hours
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

2. You play / tennis / last Saturday? / yes, / in the afternoon
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

3. You watch / TV / last night? / yes, / watch / a film
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

4. Your aunt / from Rome / come / your birthday party? / yes, / come / train / Saturday night
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

5. Why / Paul / not go / school? / because / ill
Q: ...................................................................................................................................
A: ...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. How long / study / yesterday? / for two hours
Q: How long did you study yesterday?
A: I studied for two hours

2. You play / tennis / last Saturday? / yes, / in the afternoon
Q: Did you play tennis last Saturday?
A: Yes, I played in the afternoon

3. You watch / TV / last night? / yes, / watch / a film
Q: Did you watch TV last night?
A: Yes, I watched a film

4. Your aunt / from Rome / come / your birthday party? / yes, / come / train / Saturday night
Q: Did your aunt from Rome come to your birthday party?
A: Yes, she came by train on Saturday night. 

5. Why / Paul / not go / school? / because / ill
Q: Why didn’t Paul go to school?
A: Because he was ill

Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Formula domande al past simple o al past continuous la cui risposta sia contenuta nella frase data.

Esempio

Mary was at her desk making a video call to Eric when the electricity went off.
Who ............................................................................................................. a video call to?
Where ............................................................................................................. the video call?

Who was Mary making a video call to?
Where was Mary while making the video call?

 

1. My brother met Susan while he was spending his holidays in the USA.
When ...................................................................................................................................................................... Susan?
What ........................................................................................................................................................................ doing?
Where ..................................................................................................................................................... his holidays?

2. Three English girls stayed in my class for two weeks last year. They were studying for a European project.
When ........................................................................................................................................................................ come?
How long ........................................................................................................................................................................ class?
What ........................................................................................................................................................................ for?

Esempio

Mary was at her desk making a video call to Eric when the electricity went off.
Who ............................................................................................................. a video call to?
Where ............................................................................................................. the video call?

Who was Mary making a video call to?
Where was Mary while making the video call?

 

1. My brother met Susan while he was spending his holidays in the USA.
When ...................................................................................................................................................................... Susan?
What ........................................................................................................................................................................ doing?
Where ..................................................................................................................................................... his holidays?

2. Three English girls stayed in my class for two weeks last year. They were studying for a European project.
When ........................................................................................................................................................................ come?
How long ........................................................................................................................................................................ class?
What ........................................................................................................................................................................ for?

Soluzioni

1. My brother met Susan while he was spending his holidays in the USA.
When did your brother meet Susan?
What was he doing?
Where was he spending his holidays?

2. Three English girls stayed in my class for two weeks last year. They were studying for a European project.
When did the three English girls come?
How long did they stay in your class?
What were they studying for?

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Formula domande complete per le informazioni in corsivo, come nell’esempio.

Thanksgiving Day

On September 6, 1620 (1) the Pilgrim Fathers left England to escape from religious persecutions and to settle in the New World (2). They sailed from the port of Plymouth (3) on a ship called the Mayflower (4). There were 110 men, women and children (5) in all. The voyage took 65 days (6). When they arrived, they were afraid of the local inhabitants because they thought they were dangerous (7), but they weren’t. The first winter was very hard (8) for them: only 50 (9) survived. On March 16, 1621, an Indigenous American named Squanto walked into the Pilgrims’ settlement.
He spoke English and taught the Pilgrims how to grow Indian corn (10). The following October, the harvest was abundant (11) and the Pilgrims had enough food for the winter. They celebrated together with the Indigenous Americans the successful harvest (12), and thanked God for that. Two centuries later, in 1863 (13), Thanksgiving Day became a national holiday. President Abraham Lincoln (14) decided to celebrate it on the fourth Thursday of November of each year.

 

1. When did the Pilgrim Fathers leave England?

2. ................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................

8. .................................................................................................................................

9. .................................................................................................................................

10. ...............................................................................................................................

11. ...............................................................................................................................

12. ...............................................................................................................................

13. ...............................................................................................................................

14. ...............................................................................................................................

Thanksgiving Day

On September 6, 1620 (1) the Pilgrim Fathers left England to escape from religious persecutions and to settle in the New World (2). They sailed from the port of Plymouth (3) on a ship called the Mayflower (4). There were 110 men, women and children (5) in all. The voyage took 65 days (6). When they arrived, they were afraid of the local inhabitants because they thought they were dangerous (7), but they weren’t. The first winter was very hard (8) for them: only 50 (9) survived. On March 16, 1621, an Indigenous American named Squanto walked into the Pilgrims’ settlement.
He spoke English and taught the Pilgrims how to grow Indian corn (10). The following October, the harvest was abundant (11) and the Pilgrims had enough food for the winter. They celebrated together with the Indigenous Americans the successful harvest (12), and thanked God for that. Two centuries later, in 1863 (13), Thanksgiving Day became a national holiday. President Abraham Lincoln (14) decided to celebrate it on the fourth Thursday of November of each year.

 

1. When did the Pilgrim Fathers leave England?

2. ................................................................................................................................

3. .................................................................................................................................

4. .................................................................................................................................

5. .................................................................................................................................

6. .................................................................................................................................

7. .................................................................................................................................

8. .................................................................................................................................

9. .................................................................................................................................

10. ...............................................................................................................................

11. ...............................................................................................................................

12. ...............................................................................................................................

13. ...............................................................................................................................

14. ...............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. When did the Pilgrim Fathers leave England?
  2. Why did they leave their country?
  3. Which port did they sail from?
  4. What was the name of the ship?
  5. How many people were there?
  6. How long did the voyage take?
  7. Why were the Pilgrims afraid of the local inhabitants?
  8. What was the first winter like?
  9. How many people survived the first winter?
  10. What did Squanto teach the Pilgrims?
  11. What was the harvest like the following October?
  12. What did the Pilgrims celebrate together with the Indigenous Americans?
  13. When did Thanksgiving Day become a national holiday?
  14. Who decided to celebrate it?
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Formula domande in forma passiva usando le parti date e i tempi verbali indicati tra parentesi. Usa risposte brevi.

Esempio
Romeo and Juliet / write / by Shakespeare? (past simple) Yes, ...............................
Was Romeo and Juliet written by Shakespeare? Yes, it was.

 

1. Oranges / grow / in cold countries? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

2. The steam engine / invent / in the USA? (past simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

3. The Twin Towers / rebuild / in the near future? (future)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

4. Italian food / know / all over the world? (present simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

5. Mercedes cars / manufacture / in Belgium? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

6. Research / carry out / on genetics? (present continuous)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

7. Britain / invade / by the Normans in 1066? (past simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

8. Spanish / speak / in Brazil? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

9. Hadrian’s Wall / build / by the Romans? (past simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

10. The members / the House of Lords / elect? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

Esempio
Romeo and Juliet / write / by Shakespeare? (past simple) Yes, ...............................
Was Romeo and Juliet written by Shakespeare? Yes, it was.

 

1. Oranges / grow / in cold countries? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

2. The steam engine / invent / in the USA? (past simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

3. The Twin Towers / rebuild / in the near future? (future)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

4. Italian food / know / all over the world? (present simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

5. Mercedes cars / manufacture / in Belgium? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

6. Research / carry out / on genetics? (present continuous)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

7. Britain / invade / by the Normans in 1066? (past simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

8. Spanish / speak / in Brazil? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

9. Hadrian’s Wall / build / by the Romans? (past simple)

........................................................................................ Yes, .............................

10. The members / the House of Lords / elect? (present simple)

........................................................................................ No, ...............................

Soluzioni
  1. Are oranges grown in cold countries? No, they aren’t.
  2. Was the steam engine invented in the USA? No, it wasn’t.
  3. Will the Twin Towers be rebuilt in the near future? No, they will.
  4. Is Italian food known all over the world? No, it is.
  5. Are Mercedes cars manufactured in Belgium? No, they aren’t.
  6. Is research being carried out on genetics? No, it is.
  7. Was Britain invaded by the Normans in 1066? No, it was.
  8. Is Spanish spoken in Brazil? No, it isn’t.
  9. Was Hadrian’s wall built by the Romans? No, it was.
  10. Are the members of the House of Lords elected? No, they aren’t
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)

Formula domande le cui risposte siano contenute nelle frasi date.

1. Mrs Smith bought a nice present for her daughter Mary.
What ............................................................................................................... ?
Who .......................................................................................................... for?

2. Sue took her son to work this morning because the trains were on strike.
Who ................................................................................................................. ?
Why ................................................................................................................. ?
Where ............................................................................................................. ?

3. Paul spent his holidays at the seaside with his friends last summer. He went dancing every night.
Where ............................................................................................................. ?
Who ....................................................................................................... with?
How often ................................................................................................... ?

4. Alfred Hitchcock directed the film “The Birds” in 1963 at Hollywood Universal Studios.
When .............................................................................................................. ?
Where ............................................................................................................ ?

1. Mrs Smith bought a nice present for her daughter Mary.
What ............................................................................................................... ?
Who .......................................................................................................... for?

2. Sue took her son to work this morning because the trains were on strike.
Who ................................................................................................................. ?
Why ................................................................................................................. ?
Where ............................................................................................................. ?

3. Paul spent his holidays at the seaside with his friends last summer. He went dancing every night.
Where ............................................................................................................. ?
Who ....................................................................................................... with?
How often ................................................................................................... ?

4. Alfred Hitchcock directed the film “The Birds” in 1963 at Hollywood Universal Studios.
When .............................................................................................................. ?
Where ............................................................................................................ ?

Soluzioni

1. Mrs Smith bought a nice present for her daughter Mary.
What did Mrs Smith buy?
Who did she buy it for?

2. Sue took her son to work this morning because the trains were on strike.
Who did Sue take to work this morning?
Why did she take her son to work?
Where did she take him?

3. Paul spent his holidays at the seaside with his friends last summer. He went dancing every night.
Where did Paul spend his holidays last summer?
Who did he go there with?
How often did he go dancing?

4. Alfred Hitchcock directed the film “The Birds” in 1963 at Hollywood Universal Studios.
When did he direct “The Birds”?
Where did he direct the film?

Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?, Interrogativi con how...?
Formula domande per le informazioni in corsivo.

Esempio: The train arrives at ten o’clock. What time does the train arrive?

  1. I’m staying with my brother. .............................................................................................................................
  2. My car? It’s on the other side of the street. .............................................................................................................................
  3. I like the red T-shirt, not the blue one. .............................................................................................................................
  4. She’s feeling better now. .............................................................................................................................
  5. My sister always calls her boyfriend after lunch. .............................................................................................................................
  6. The cheque (assegno) is for 1,000 euro. .............................................................................................................................
  7. Tony goes to the gym twice a week with his cousin. .............................................................................................................................

Esempio: The train arrives at ten o’clock. What time does the train arrive?

  1. I’m staying with my brother. .............................................................................................................................
  2. My car? It’s on the other side of the street. .............................................................................................................................
  3. I like the red T-shirt, not the blue one. .............................................................................................................................
  4. She’s feeling better now. .............................................................................................................................
  5. My sister always calls her boyfriend after lunch. .............................................................................................................................
  6. The cheque (assegno) is for 1,000 euro. .............................................................................................................................
  7. Tony goes to the gym twice a week with his cousin. .............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Who are you staying with?
  2. Where is your car?
  3. Which T-shirt do you like?
  4. How is she feeling now?
  5. When does your sister call her boyfriend?
  6. How much is the cheque for?
  7. How often does Tony go to the gym?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Formula domande usando il present continuous.

Esempio:
They are playing cards.
What are they doing?

  1. We are having breakfast.
    What ...........................................................................?
  2. Today? She is going to work by car.
    How ...........................................................................?
  3. I am drinking some orange juice.
    What ...........................................................................?
  4. No, he is not studying, he’s watching TV.
    ...........................................................................?
  5. They are leaving tomorrow morning.
    When ...........................................................................?
  6. They’re getting married next month.
    When ...........................................................................?
  7. She’s reading a novel.
    What ...........................................................................?

Esempio:
They are playing cards.
What are they doing?

  1. We are having breakfast.
    What ...........................................................................?
  2. Today? She is going to work by car.
    How ...........................................................................?
  3. I am drinking some orange juice.
    What ...........................................................................?
  4. No, he is not studying, he’s watching TV.
    ...........................................................................?
  5. They are leaving tomorrow morning.
    When ...........................................................................?
  6. They’re getting married next month.
    When ...........................................................................?
  7. She’s reading a novel.
    What ...........................................................................?
Soluzioni
  1. What are you doing?
  2. How is she going to work today?
  3. What are you drinking?
  4. Is he studying?
  5. When are they leaving?
  6. When are they getting married?
  7. What is she reading?
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Formula frasi con la prima persona plurale dell’imperativo, in forma affermativa o negativa, come richiesto dalle situazioni.

Esempio
.................................... today. It’s lovely and warm (go).
Let’s go out today. It’s lovely and warm.

1. ..................................... the instructions before starting (read).

2. ..................................... them about the party. It’s a surprise (not tell).

3. ..................................... my car this morning. Yours is not big enough for four people (use).

4. ...................................................... his computer. He’ll get angry (not use).

5. ..................................... . It’s free (go in).

6. ..................................... to bed. It’s very late (go).

7. ..................................... working. We have a lot of things to do (keep on).

8. ....................................................... that film. It’s really interesting (watch).

Esempio
.................................... today. It’s lovely and warm (go).
Let’s go out today. It’s lovely and warm.

1. ..................................... the instructions before starting (read).

2. ..................................... them about the party. It’s a surprise (not tell).

3. ..................................... my car this morning. Yours is not big enough for four people (use).

4. ...................................................... his computer. He’ll get angry (not use).

5. ..................................... . It’s free (go in).

6. ..................................... to bed. It’s very late (go).

7. ..................................... working. We have a lot of things to do (keep on).

8. ....................................................... that film. It’s really interesting (watch).

Soluzioni
  1. Let’s read
  2. Let’s not tell
  3. Let’s use
  4. Let’s not use
  5. Let’s go in
  6. Let’s go
  7. Let’s keep on
  8. Let’s watch
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Formula frasi con la seconda persona singolare dell’imperativo, in forma affermativa o negativa, come richiesto dalle situazioni.

Esempio:
.................................... alone at night! It’s not safe (walk)!
Never/Don’t walk alone at night! It’s not safe!

1. ....................................................... that dress. It’s too expensive (buy).

2. .................................... to that man. What’s he talking about (listen)?

3. ..................................................... the window. It’s hot in here (open).

4. ....................................................... Roberta up. She is ill (wake).

5. ............................................... your umbrella, Helen. It’s raining (take).

6. ........................................... careful here! It’s dangerous (be).

7. ..................................... walking now! We are late (stop).

8. ..................................... Albert if you are not sure (ring).

Esempio:
.................................... alone at night! It’s not safe (walk)!
Never/Don’t walk alone at night! It’s not safe!

1. ....................................................... that dress. It’s too expensive (buy).

2. .................................... to that man. What’s he talking about (listen)?

3. ..................................................... the window. It’s hot in here (open).

4. ....................................................... Roberta up. She is ill (wake).

5. ............................................... your umbrella, Helen. It’s raining (take).

6. ........................................... careful here! It’s dangerous (be).

7. ..................................... walking now! We are late (stop).

8. ..................................... Albert if you are not sure (ring).

Soluzioni
  1. Don’t buy
  2. Listen
  3. Open
  4. Don’t wake
  5. Take
  6. Be
  7. Don’t stop
  8. Ring
Livello B1-B2 Futuro in frasi dipendenti

Formula frasi con le parole date mettendo i verbi al present simple e al futuro.

Esempio
If Tom / receive a motorbike / for his birthday / he / be very happy
If Tom receives a motorbike for his birthday, he will be very happy.

1. When Jane / get a better job / she buy / a new house

....................................................................................................................................

2. Until they / have children / they / travel a lot

....................................................................................................................................

3. As soon as grandma / arrive at the station / she / phone us

....................................................................................................................................

4. While you / do the shopping / I / go to the florist’s

....................................................................................................................................

5. I / call the doctor / if my knee / not get better

....................................................................................................................................

6. John / miss you / when you / leave

....................................................................................................................................

7. My dad / not give me / his car again / if I / come back after midnight

....................................................................................................................................

8. After you / finish your phone call / I / tell you something

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
If Tom / receive a motorbike / for his birthday / he / be very happy
If Tom receives a motorbike for his birthday, he will be very happy.

1. When Jane / get a better job / she buy / a new house

....................................................................................................................................

2. Until they / have children / they / travel a lot

....................................................................................................................................

3. As soon as grandma / arrive at the station / she / phone us

....................................................................................................................................

4. While you / do the shopping / I / go to the florist’s

....................................................................................................................................

5. I / call the doctor / if my knee / not get better

....................................................................................................................................

6. John / miss you / when you / leave

....................................................................................................................................

7. My dad / not give me / his car again / if I / come back after midnight

....................................................................................................................................

8. After you / finish your phone call / I / tell you something

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. When Jane gets a better job, she will buy a new house.
  2. Until they have children, they will travel a lot.
  3. As soon as grandma arrives at the station, she will phone us.
  4. While you do the shopping, I’ll go to the florist’s.
  5. I’ll call the doctor if my knee doesn’t get better.
  6. John will miss you when you leave.
  7. My dad won’t give me his car again if I come back after midnight.
  8. After you finish your phone call, I will tell you something.
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Formula ipotesi di tipo zero o di primo tipo usando le parti date nei messaggi.

1. Do you want to look like an angel? Wash your hair with Glory shampoo

..................................................................................................................................

2. Do you want men to fall at your feet? Wear this exotic perfume

..................................................................................................................................

3. Special offer. Buy 2 paperbacks, get one free!

..................................................................................................................................

4. Book your holiday now! Save £100

..................................................................................................................................

5. Send in this coupon. Get a free gift

..................................................................................................................................

6. Come to judo classes. Learn to defend yourself.

..................................................................................................................................

1. Do you want to look like an angel? Wash your hair with Glory shampoo

..................................................................................................................................

2. Do you want men to fall at your feet? Wear this exotic perfume

..................................................................................................................................

3. Special offer. Buy 2 paperbacks, get one free!

..................................................................................................................................

4. Book your holiday now! Save £100

..................................................................................................................................

5. Send in this coupon. Get a free gift

..................................................................................................................................

6. Come to judo classes. Learn to defend yourself.

..................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. If you want to look like an angel, wash your hair with Glory shampoo.
  2. If you want men to fall at your feet, wear this exotic perfume.
  3. If you buy two paperbacks, you will get one free.
  4. If you book your holiday now, you’ll save £100.
  5. If you send in this coupon, you’ll get a free gift.
  6. If you come to judo classes, you will learn to defend yourself.
Livello B1-B2 Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather

Gli studenti di un college stanno leggendo annunci di lavoro nella bacheca. Leggi i mini dialoghi e completali con le forme date e i numeri corrispondenti alle offerte di lavoro.

ought to • shouldn’t • what about • don’t you • ’d better • should • ’d better not • don’t you • ’d rather • should

Job 1
Nurse required for retired people. Daytime hours only.

Job 2
Computer programmers required.

Job 3
Computer support technician to install computers and other hardware, to update or repair existing systems.

Job 4
Personal assistant required urgently. Good computer and phone skills.

Job 5
Waiting staff for city restaurant. Evenings/weekends/bank holidays on shifts.

 

1. A: I’m looking for a part-time job this semester. .......................................... having a look at the bulletin board?

B: Why .......................................... apply for number .......................................... ?

C: You .......................................... apply for that one, you have night classes, don’t you remember?

2. A: Sara gave up her job at the hospital because she couldn’t work at night.

B: She .......................................... apply for number .......................................... . She is very good with older people.

A: I think she .......................................... finish her post-diploma studies first! She’s behind with her exams.

3. A: Look! There are two jobs that suit me fine, number .......................................... and number .......................................... . I’ve just finished my course in office administration and software.

B: Which of the two do you prefer?

A: I .......................................... work as a personal assistant. The course I did focused more on software applications than on programming.

B: Yes, you’re right, you .......................................... try number .......................................... then.

4. A: You are an expert in electronics. Why .......................................... apply for number .......................................... ?

B: Well, I .......................................... have read it before. I already have a part-time job as a waiter.

A: You .......................................... miss this opportunity. You can leave the other job as a waiter. This one is better.

ought to • shouldn’t • what about • don’t you • ’d better • should • ’d better not • don’t you • ’d rather • should

Job 1
Nurse required for retired people. Daytime hours only.

Job 2
Computer programmers required.

Job 3
Computer support technician to install computers and other hardware, to update or repair existing systems.

Job 4
Personal assistant required urgently. Good computer and phone skills.

Job 5
Waiting staff for city restaurant. Evenings/weekends/bank holidays on shifts.

 

1. A: I’m looking for a part-time job this semester. .......................................... having a look at the bulletin board?

B: Why .......................................... apply for number .......................................... ?

C: You .......................................... apply for that one, you have night classes, don’t you remember?

2. A: Sara gave up her job at the hospital because she couldn’t work at night.

B: She .......................................... apply for number .......................................... . She is very good with older people.

A: I think she .......................................... finish her post-diploma studies first! She’s behind with her exams.

3. A: Look! There are two jobs that suit me fine, number .......................................... and number .......................................... . I’ve just finished my course in office administration and software.

B: Which of the two do you prefer?

A: I .......................................... work as a personal assistant. The course I did focused more on software applications than on programming.

B: Yes, you’re right, you .......................................... try number .......................................... then.

4. A: You are an expert in electronics. Why .......................................... apply for number .......................................... ?

B: Well, I .......................................... have read it before. I already have a part-time job as a waiter.

A: You .......................................... miss this opportunity. You can leave the other job as a waiter. This one is better.

Soluzioni

1. A: I’m looking for a part-time job this semester. What about having a look at the bulletin board?
B: Why don’t you apply for number 5?
C: You ’d better not apply for that one, you have night classes, don’t you remember?

2. A: Sara gave up her job at the hospital because she couldn’t work at night.
B: She ought to apply for number 1. She is very good with older people.
A: I think she ’d better finish her post-diploma studies first! She’s behind with her exams.

3. A: Look! There are two jobs that suit me fine, number 2 and number 4. I’ve just finished my course in office administration and software.
B: Which of the two do you prefer?
A: I ’d rather work as a personal assistant. The course I did focused more on software applications than on programming.
B: Yes, you’re right, you should try number 4 then.

4. A: You are an expert in electronics. Why don’t you apply for number 3?
B: Well, I should have read it before. I already have a part-time job as a waiter.
A: You shouldn’t miss this opportunity. You can leave the other job as a waiter. This one is better.

Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Guarda la descrizione delle prestazioni delle due auto e scrivi frasi usando il comparativo di maggioranza con le espressioni date.

RD
Price (prezzo) 25,500 euro
Fuel capacity (capacità serbatoio) 60 litres
Speed (velocità) 230
Fuel economy (consumi) From 15 to 18 km per litre
Basic warranty (periodo garanzia) 48 months
Accessories (accessori) Bad quality
Weight (peso) * * * *
Height (altezza) * * *
Length (lunghezza) * * * *
Comfort (comodità) * * *
Safety (sicurezza) * * * *

VAR
Price
(prezzo) 16,500 euro
Fuel capacity (capacità serbatoio) 40 litres
Speed (velocità) 180
Fuel economy (consumi) From 18 to 22 km per litre
Basic warranty (periodo garanzia) 36 months
Accessories (accessori) Good quality
Weight (peso) * * * * *
Height (altezza) * * * *
Length (lunghezza) * * * 
Comfort (comodità) * * * *
Safety (sicurezza) * * * 

Esempio
(go fast / be expensive)
RD goes faster than VAR but it is much more expensive

1. (be short / be high and comfortable)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

2. (have low fuel capacity)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

3. (be spacious / be safe)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

4. (be good quality)

VAR accessories are of .....................................................................

5. (have a long period of warranty)

RD ..........................................................................................................................

RD
Price (prezzo) 25,500 euro
Fuel capacity (capacità serbatoio) 60 litres
Speed (velocità) 230
Fuel economy (consumi) From 15 to 18 km per litre
Basic warranty (periodo garanzia) 48 months
Accessories (accessori) Bad quality
Weight (peso) * * * *
Height (altezza) * * *
Length (lunghezza) * * * *
Comfort (comodità) * * *
Safety (sicurezza) * * * *

VAR
Price
(prezzo) 16,500 euro
Fuel capacity (capacità serbatoio) 40 litres
Speed (velocità) 180
Fuel economy (consumi) From 18 to 22 km per litre
Basic warranty (periodo garanzia) 36 months
Accessories (accessori) Good quality
Weight (peso) * * * * *
Height (altezza) * * * *
Length (lunghezza) * * * 
Comfort (comodità) * * * *
Safety (sicurezza) * * * 

Esempio
(go fast / be expensive)
RD goes faster than VAR but it is much more expensive

1. (be short / be high and comfortable)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

2. (have low fuel capacity)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

3. (be spacious / be safe)

VAR ......................................................................................................................

4. (be good quality)

VAR accessories are of .....................................................................

5. (have a long period of warranty)

RD ..........................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. VAR is shorter than RD but it is higher and more comfortable.
  2. VAR has lower fuel capacity than RD.
  3. VAR is more spacious but RD is safer.
  4. VAR better quality than RD’s.
  5. RD has a longer period of warranty than VAR.
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

I MacGraw trascorrono spesso le loro vacanze nella campagna toscana, dove hanno acquistato una casa. In occasione della loro ultima vacanza hanno deciso di venire in macchina da Edimburgo. Completa il dialogo tra il signor MacGraw e la loro amica di Firenze, al loro arrivo in Toscana. Inserisci le preposizioni.

From Edinburgh to Tuscany by car

Francesca: So you came down (1) ............................................ Tuscany by car, didn’t you?

Mr MacGraw: Oh, yes, it was a long journey, it took us three nights and four days, because we wanted to stop on the way.

Francesca: Which route did you take?

Mr MacGraw: Well, first we went from Edinburgh to Dover, and then we sailed (2) ...................................................... the English Channel, and drove (3) ................................................................ France and Switzerland.

Francesca: Where did you spend the nights?

Mr MacGraw: The first night in Geneva. On the following day, we toured all (4) ......................................... the lake and visited Lausanne. It’s really worth going there. It is such an interesting town. Then we spent the second night in Courmayeur. From there we went (5) ......................................... Mont Blanc by cable car.

Francesca: Oh, what did you do (6) ......................................... there?

Mr MacGraw: On the top it was sunny, but it was too cold to stay (7) ................................. for long. We took some photographs, and then we went (8) ............................. a coffee bar where we had a lovely hot chocolate. We stayed for an hour, and then took the cable car (9) ............................ to Courmayeur, from where we left for Turin.

Francesca: Did you come straight to Florence?

Mr MacGraw: Yes, but it took us a long time. While driving (10) ......................................... the motorway, there was a hold-up (interruzione) because of an accident between two lorries. We arrived in Florence late at night on the fourth day. In the end, it was good to be back at our house in Tuscany.

From Edinburgh to Tuscany by car

Francesca: So you came down (1) ............................................ Tuscany by car, didn’t you?

Mr MacGraw: Oh, yes, it was a long journey, it took us three nights and four days, because we wanted to stop on the way.

Francesca: Which route did you take?

Mr MacGraw: Well, first we went from Edinburgh to Dover, and then we sailed (2) ...................................................... the English Channel, and drove (3) ................................................................ France and Switzerland.

Francesca: Where did you spend the nights?

Mr MacGraw: The first night in Geneva. On the following day, we toured all (4) ......................................... the lake and visited Lausanne. It’s really worth going there. It is such an interesting town. Then we spent the second night in Courmayeur. From there we went (5) ......................................... Mont Blanc by cable car.

Francesca: Oh, what did you do (6) ......................................... there?

Mr MacGraw: On the top it was sunny, but it was too cold to stay (7) ................................. for long. We took some photographs, and then we went (8) ............................. a coffee bar where we had a lovely hot chocolate. We stayed for an hour, and then took the cable car (9) ............................ to Courmayeur, from where we left for Turin.

Francesca: Did you come straight to Florence?

Mr MacGraw: Yes, but it took us a long time. While driving (10) ......................................... the motorway, there was a hold-up (interruzione) because of an accident between two lorries. We arrived in Florence late at night on the fourth day. In the end, it was good to be back at our house in Tuscany.

Soluzioni
  1. to
  2. across
  3. through
  4. around
  5. up
  6. up
  7. outside
  8. into
  9. down
  10. on
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Il brano che segue è la pubblicità per un corso di Tai Chi. Leggi e sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.

Are you stressed out? Have you forgotten (1) to live/living life to the full? Did you want (2) to go/going on holiday but your boss didn’t let you? Would you like (3) to take/taking a leap into the unknown? If you enjoy (4) to meet/meeting new people from all walks of life, why not try (5) to embrace/embracing a new way of life by coming to our Tai Chi course. It means (6) to blend/blending body and mind and being able to stop (7) to observe/observing the small but vital things that surround you. There is no age limit, as you can enjoy (8) to do/doing Tai Chi all your life, wherever you are, whenever you want. You will also be able to defend yourself, for it is one of the martial arts from China which means (9) to acquire/acquiring fighting techniques together with the graceful movements of dance. We look forward to (10) see/seeing you here in the park every Tuesday evening. Remember (11) to bring/bringing comfortable clothes as well as an open mind. Tai Chi will help you to stop (12) to be/being worried about the material aspects of life. You’ll never regret (13) to make/making that first move.

Are you stressed out? Have you forgotten (1) to live/living life to the full? Did you want (2) to go/going on holiday but your boss didn’t let you? Would you like (3) to take/taking a leap into the unknown? If you enjoy (4) to meet/meeting new people from all walks of life, why not try (5) to embrace/embracing a new way of life by coming to our Tai Chi course. It means (6) to blend/blending body and mind and being able to stop (7) to observe/observing the small but vital things that surround you. There is no age limit, as you can enjoy (8) to do/doing Tai Chi all your life, wherever you are, whenever you want. You will also be able to defend yourself, for it is one of the martial arts from China which means (9) to acquire/acquiring fighting techniques together with the graceful movements of dance. We look forward to (10) see/seeing you here in the park every Tuesday evening. Remember (11) to bring/bringing comfortable clothes as well as an open mind. Tai Chi will help you to stop (12) to be/being worried about the material aspects of life. You’ll never regret (13) to make/making that first move.

Soluzioni
  1. to live
  2. to go
  3. to take
  4. meeting
  5. embracing
  6. blending
  7. to observe
  8. doing
  9. acquiring
  10. seeing
  11. to bring
  12. being
  13. making
Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Il nonno di Mary, Fred, ha viaggiato molto nella sua vita. Mary lo ascolta sempre molto volentieri quando parla delle sue esperienze. Completa il dialogo tra i due con l’uso del present perfect simple o del past simple dei verbi dati.

stay • travel • spend • like • learn • go • collect • think • see • take (x2) • visit • have • cross • sail • drive • meet • be (x3)

Fred: My life has been very adventurous. I (1) ........................................................ a lot and I (2) ........................................................ a lot of unique experiences.

Mary: (3) ................................................... you ever ...................................................... to Oceania?

Fred: Oh yes, I (4) ........................................................ to Australia.

Mary: How long (5) .................................................. you ........................................................ there?

Fred: I (6) ............................................... nearly a year there. I (7) ........................................................ only 25 when I (8) ........................................................ there.

Mary: (9) ........................................................ you ........................................................ it?

Fred: I liked it very much! I (10) .............................................. always ............................................... that Australia is something out of this world. I (11) ........................................................ never ........................................................ such amazing wildlife.

Mary: What other countries (12) ............................................. you ............................................. so far?

Fred: Most countries in the world. Believe it or not, I (13) ......................................... many lands and (14) ................................................. many seas. I (15) ................................................... through the desert and through the jungle. I (16) ............................................. all sorts of people and (17) ............................................. about different cultures.

Mary: Oh, grandad! Lucky you! (18) ........................................ you ......................................... any photographs during your travels?

Fred: Oh, yes. I (19) ........................................... photos all my life, I’ve got hundreds and hundreds. I (20) ........................................ just .............................................. them all and put them away in my study. You can have a look at them if you want.

Mary: Oh, that’s great, grandad, I’d love to see them…

stay • travel • spend • like • learn • go • collect • think • see • take (x2) • visit • have • cross • sail • drive • meet • be (x3)

Fred: My life has been very adventurous. I (1) ........................................................ a lot and I (2) ........................................................ a lot of unique experiences.

Mary: (3) ................................................... you ever ...................................................... to Oceania?

Fred: Oh yes, I (4) ........................................................ to Australia.

Mary: How long (5) .................................................. you ........................................................ there?

Fred: I (6) ............................................... nearly a year there. I (7) ........................................................ only 25 when I (8) ........................................................ there.

Mary: (9) ........................................................ you ........................................................ it?

Fred: I liked it very much! I (10) .............................................. always ............................................... that Australia is something out of this world. I (11) ........................................................ never ........................................................ such amazing wildlife.

Mary: What other countries (12) ............................................. you ............................................. so far?

Fred: Most countries in the world. Believe it or not, I (13) ......................................... many lands and (14) ................................................. many seas. I (15) ................................................... through the desert and through the jungle. I (16) ............................................. all sorts of people and (17) ............................................. about different cultures.

Mary: Oh, grandad! Lucky you! (18) ........................................ you ......................................... any photographs during your travels?

Fred: Oh, yes. I (19) ........................................... photos all my life, I’ve got hundreds and hundreds. I (20) ........................................ just .............................................. them all and put them away in my study. You can have a look at them if you want.

Mary: Oh, that’s great, grandad, I’d love to see them…

Soluzioni
  1. have travelled
  2. have had
  3. Have been
  4. ’ve been
  5. did stay
  6. spent
  7. was
  8. went
  9. Did like
  10. have thought
  11. have seen
  12. have visited
  13. have crossed
  14. sailed
  15. have driven
  16. have met
  17. (have) learnt
  18. Did take
  19. ’ve taken
  20. have collected
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Il padre di Paul è molto arrabbiato con lui. Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parole date e scoprirai il perché.

  1. He / not study / in the afternoon ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. He always / go out / in the evenings ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never / arrive / at school on time ...................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. He / not clean / his room ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. He / not help / his parents at home ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. On Saturdays / he never / come back home / before four in the morning .....................................................................................................................
  7. He / drink / too much beer / weekends .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. He / not obey / his parents .................................................................................................................................................................................................
  1. He / not study / in the afternoon ...........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. He always / go out / in the evenings ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never / arrive / at school on time ...................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. He / not clean / his room ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. He / not help / his parents at home ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. On Saturdays / he never / come back home / before four in the morning .....................................................................................................................
  7. He / drink / too much beer / weekends .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. He / not obey / his parents .................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He doesn’t study in the afternoon.
  2. He always goes out in the evenings.
  3. He never arrives at school on time.
  4. He does not clean his room.
  5. He does not help his parents at home.
  6. On Saturdays he never comes back home before four in the morning.
  7. He drinks too much beer at weekends.
  8. He does not obey his parents.
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

In due frasi è possibile usare il modale would. Individuale e scrivi le frasi con would negli spazi dati.

  1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.
  2. When I was in England for work experience, I never got used to having dinner at 6.
  3. When he was in England, he had to get used to driving on the opposite side of the road.
  4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we used to stay in a small hotel near the main station.
  5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never get used to living here.
  6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She wasn’t used to doing so much work every day.
  7. In the past young people used to watch TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.
  8. When I was young I didn’t use to follow political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

 

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

  1. When I started my first job, I had little experience, but now I’ve got used to managing all kinds of situations.
  2. When I was in England for work experience, I never got used to having dinner at 6.
  3. When he was in England, he had to get used to driving on the opposite side of the road.
  4. Whenever we went to Rome for business we used to stay in a small hotel near the main station.
  5. I don’t like this town. It’s different from my home town, I’ll never get used to living here.
  6. When Amy joined our company, she was very surprised. She wasn’t used to doing so much work every day.
  7. In the past young people used to watch TV in the evening. Now they prefer surfing the Net or chatting online.
  8. When I was young I didn’t use to follow political debates on TV. I had no interest in them.

 

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

4. Whenever we went to Rome for work, we would stay in a small hotel near the main station.

7. In the past young people would watch TV in the evening.

Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

In ogni frase c’è un errore nell’uso del passato affermativo. Sottolinealo e scrivi in fondo la forma corretta.

1. Yesterday I founded a document in the street and I took it to the police station. found

2. We went out in the rain and catched a bad cold. ...............................................

3. He liked the jeans in the window but they costed too much. ..................................

4. I plaid the guitar when I was young. Now I don’t any longer. ....................................

5. Mary weared her new dress at the party. She looked beautiful. ...................................

1. Yesterday I founded a document in the street and I took it to the police station. found

2. We went out in the rain and catched a bad cold. ...............................................

3. He liked the jeans in the window but they costed too much. ..................................

4. I plaid the guitar when I was young. Now I don’t any longer. ....................................

5. Mary weared her new dress at the party. She looked beautiful. ...................................

Soluzioni
  1. catched - caught
  2. costed - cost
  3. plaid - played
  4. weared - wore
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

In ogni frase c’è un the intruso. Sottolinealo.

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

Soluzioni

1. We are meeting Paul at the 6 p.m. at the station.

2. “Are you going to the cinema?” “Yes, after the dinner.”

3. When I’m at the home I often listen to the radio.

4. In Britain the children go to the school at the age of five.

Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

In ogni gruppo c’è un intruso che non segue le regole del plurale. Individua l’intruso e formane il plurale. Il primo è un esempio.

  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    ................................................................
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    ................................................................
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    ................................................................
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    ................................................................
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    ................................................................
  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    ................................................................
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    ................................................................
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    ................................................................
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    ................................................................
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    ................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. key • ring • woman • wolf
    women
  2. hand • child • half • kilo
    children
  3. person • daughter • shelf • pencil
    people
  4. teacher • paper • goose • leaf
    geese
  5. wish • dish • meal • tooth
    teeth
  6. earring • neck • mouse • loaf
    mice
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

In ogni gruppo di parole c’è un “intruso”. Riscrivilo e forma il plurale delle altre parole. Il primo è un esempio.

  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: .........................................
    Plurali: ....................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. boy • key • lady • way
    Intruso: lady
    Plurali: boyskeysways
  2. mouse • man • foot • box
    Intruso: box
    Plurali: mice • men • feet
  3. beach • bee • cross • fax
    Intruso: bee
    Plurali: beaches • crosses • faxes
  4. thief • book • pen • window
    Intruso: thief
    Plurali: books • pens • windows
  5. party • diary • sky • monkey
    Intruso: monkey
    Plurali: parties • diaries • skies
  6. wife • half • proof • wolf
    Intruso: proof
    Plurali: wives • halves • wolves
  7. goose • tooth • wolf • person
    Intruso: wolf
    Plurali: geese • teeth • people
Livello B1-B2 Volere: will e would come verbi modali

Indica i seguenti usi dei modali will e would nelle frasi.

A. comportamento abituale
B. critica per comportamento ripetuto
C. richiesta formale
D. richiesta informale
E. richiesta con forte irritazione

  1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She would always take notes and answer the teacher’s questions correctly. (A)
  2. He often behaves badly and just won't apologise (neg). (.....)
  3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he wouldn't answer. (.....)
  4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just won't admit it (neg). (.....)
  5. Would you please fill in all the fields in this form? Some details are missing. (.....)
  6. Paul, will you give me a hand with this heavy box? (.....)
  7. When my daughter was young, she would never help me in the kitchen. (.....)
  8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just won't do it. (.....)
  9. When I was young, I wouldn't eat fish but now I eat it quite often. (.....)
  10. Would you stop interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying. (.....)

A. comportamento abituale
B. critica per comportamento ripetuto
C. richiesta formale
D. richiesta informale
E. richiesta con forte irritazione

  1. My school friend Linda was a smart student. She would always take notes and answer the teacher’s questions correctly. (A)
  2. He often behaves badly and just won't apologise (neg). (.....)
  3. After we had an argument, I called him many times but he wouldn't answer. (.....)
  4. He can’t see well. He needs glasses, but he just won't admit it (neg). (.....)
  5. Would you please fill in all the fields in this form? Some details are missing. (.....)
  6. Paul, will you give me a hand with this heavy box? (.....)
  7. When my daughter was young, she would never help me in the kitchen. (.....)
  8. I keep on telling my son to tidy his room but he just won't do it. (.....)
  9. When I was young, I wouldn't eat fish but now I eat it quite often. (.....)
  10. Would you stop interrupting me all the time? You’re really annoying. (.....)
Soluzioni
  1. A
  2. B
  3. B
  4. B
  5. C
  6. D
  7. B
  8. B
  9. A
  10. E
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Indica l’alternativa corretta.

1. The tennis court is ........................................... the swimming pool.
a. below
b. over
c. next to

2. We drove ................................. the city to get to the airport.
a. through
b. beyond
c. behind

3. Every morning he runs ........................................... the river for 20 minutes.
a. along
b. past
c. outside

4. The church bell tower rises ........................................... the small town.
a. over
b. beyond
c. above

5. They are planting some new trees ................................. the lake.
a. along
b. across
c. around

6. She lives just ........................................... the mountains.
a. above
b. beyond
c. onto

7. Go ........................................... the supermarket and take the first on the right.
a. through
b. out of
c. past

8. She took a comb ............................... her bag and combed her hair.
a. into
b. inside
c. out of

1. The tennis court is ........................................... the swimming pool.
a. below
b. over
c. next to

2. We drove ................................. the city to get to the airport.
a. through
b. beyond
c. behind

3. Every morning he runs ........................................... the river for 20 minutes.
a. along
b. past
c. outside

4. The church bell tower rises ........................................... the small town.
a. over
b. beyond
c. above

5. They are planting some new trees ................................. the lake.
a. along
b. across
c. around

6. She lives just ........................................... the mountains.
a. above
b. beyond
c. onto

7. Go ........................................... the supermarket and take the first on the right.
a. through
b. out of
c. past

8. She took a comb ............................... her bag and combed her hair.
a. into
b. inside
c. out of

Soluzioni
  1. next to
  2. through
  3. along
  4. above
  5. around
  6. beyond
  7. past
  8. out of
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Individua le parole che non sono necessarie secondo le regole del genitivo sassone e riscrivi le frasi in modo corretto.

1. We visited Macy’s department store yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................................................

2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s shop in England.

....................................................................................................................................................................

3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s restaurant?

....................................................................................................................................................................

4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s pen.

....................................................................................................................................................................

5. At present he is still in St. George’s hospital.

....................................................................................................................................................................

1. We visited Macy’s department store yesterday.

....................................................................................................................................................................

2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s shop in England.

....................................................................................................................................................................

3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s restaurant?

....................................................................................................................................................................

4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s pen.

....................................................................................................................................................................

5. At present he is still in St. George’s hospital.

....................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We visited Macy’s yesterday.
  2. You can buy cosmetics at the chemist’s in England.
  3. Why don’t you reserve a table at Vasco’s?
  4. No, it isn’t mine, it’s Eric’s.
  5. At present he is in St. George’s.
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Inserisci for oppure since davanti alle espressioni di tempo.

1. .................................... I was born.

2. .................................... he started his new job.

3. .................................... ages.

4. .................................... last month.

5. .................................... five minutes.

6. .................................... they got married.

7. .................................... a long time.

8. .................................... the last two days.

9. .................................... days and days.

10. .................................... we last met.

11. .................................... my arrival.

12. .................................... the year 2005.

1. .................................... I was born.

2. .................................... he started his new job.

3. .................................... ages.

4. .................................... last month.

5. .................................... five minutes.

6. .................................... they got married.

7. .................................... a long time.

8. .................................... the last two days.

9. .................................... days and days.

10. .................................... we last met.

11. .................................... my arrival.

12. .................................... the year 2005.

Soluzioni
  1. Since

  2. Since

  3. For

  4. Since

  5. For

  6. Since

  7. For

  8. For

  9. For

  10. Since

  11. Since

  12. Since

Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1)

Inserisci i connettivi dati nella sequenza logica corretta.

after • finally • first of all • secondly • then

How to brew the perfect pot of tea

Step one: (1) ………............................……., fill your kettle with fresh cold water and bring it to the boil.

Step two: (2) ………............................……., warm up your teapot with hot water – this keeps it at the optimum temperature

for the tea. (3) ………............................……. a couple of minutes empty the pot.

Step three: (4) ………............................……. add your tea leaves to the pot – one teaspoon per person and one for the pot is the general rule. Pour the boiled water onto the tea.

Step four: Allow to brew for three or five minutes – the smaller the leaf, the shorter the brew. (5) ………..........................……., pour into your teacup adding milk or sugar according to taste.

after • finally • first of all • secondly • then

How to brew the perfect pot of tea

Step one: (1) ………............................……., fill your kettle with fresh cold water and bring it to the boil.

Step two: (2) ………............................……., warm up your teapot with hot water – this keeps it at the optimum temperature

for the tea. (3) ………............................……. a couple of minutes empty the pot.

Step three: (4) ………............................……. add your tea leaves to the pot – one teaspoon per person and one for the pot is the general rule. Pour the boiled water onto the tea.

Step four: Allow to brew for three or five minutes – the smaller the leaf, the shorter the brew. (5) ………..........................……., pour into your teacup adding milk or sugar according to taste.

Soluzioni
  1. First of all
  2. Secondly
  3. After
  4. Then
  5. Finally
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Inserisci i nomi all’interno del riquadro giusto.

money • hour • chocolate • box • ice • furniture • leg • house • instrument • garlic • friend • bread • salt • umbrella • year • ham • computer • pasta

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. ........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. ​​​​​​​........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

money • hour • chocolate • box • ice • furniture • leg • house • instrument • garlic • friend • bread • salt • umbrella • year • ham • computer • pasta

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. ........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. ​​​​​​​........................................................

2. ​​​​​​​........................................................

3. ​​​​​​​........................................................

4. ​​​​​​​........................................................

5. ​​​​​​​........................................................

6. ​​​​​​​........................................................

7. ​​​​​​​........................................................

8. ​​​​​​​........................................................

9. ​​​​​​​........................................................

Soluzioni

Nomi numerabili (Countable nouns)

1. hour

2. box

3. leg

4. house

5. instrument

6. friend

7. umbrella

8. year

9. computer

Nomi non numerabili (Uncountable nouns)

1. money

2. chocolate

3. ice

4. furniture

5. garlic

6. bread

7. salt

8. ham

9. pasta

Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (3)

Inserisci il connettivo corretto e unisci le parti per formare frasi complete. I connettivi possono essere usati più volte.

Connettivi
despite
while
in spite of
unlike
although
even if

A

  1. I like driving through Umbria,
  2. Everybody enjoyed the meal at the
  3. I like the food at Macdonald’s
  4. The children played outside all afternoon
  5. Peter refused the job ..............................
  6. I wouldn’t have bought a new car
  7. We had to wear warm clothes
  8. I love rock music ...................... my friend

B

  1. ....................................... the fact that it was June.
  2. ....................................... it was very cold.
  3. ....................................... I had had the money.
  4. Philip who prefers hip hop music.
  5. ....................................... my friends who prefer Chinese food.
  6. while my husband hates road trips.
  7. the excellent working conditions offered.
  8. restaurant ....................................... it being very noisy.

 

1. ....................................................................................................

2. ....................................................................................................

3. ....................................................................................................

4. ....................................................................................................

5. ....................................................................................................

6. ....................................................................................................

7. ....................................................................................................

8. ....................................................................................................

Connettivi
despite
while
in spite of
unlike
although
even if

A

  1. I like driving through Umbria,
  2. Everybody enjoyed the meal at the
  3. I like the food at Macdonald’s
  4. The children played outside all afternoon
  5. Peter refused the job ..............................
  6. I wouldn’t have bought a new car
  7. We had to wear warm clothes
  8. I love rock music ...................... my friend

B

  1. ....................................... the fact that it was June.
  2. ....................................... it was very cold.
  3. ....................................... I had had the money.
  4. Philip who prefers hip hop music.
  5. ....................................... my friends who prefer Chinese food.
  6. while my husband hates road trips.
  7. the excellent working conditions offered.
  8. restaurant ....................................... it being very noisy.

 

1. ....................................................................................................

2. ....................................................................................................

3. ....................................................................................................

4. ....................................................................................................

5. ....................................................................................................

6. ....................................................................................................

7. ....................................................................................................

8. ....................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I like driving through Umbria, while my husband hates road trips.
  2. Everybody enjoyed the meal at the restaurant despite it being very noisy.
  3. I like the food at Macdonald’s unlike my friends who prefer Chinese food.
  4. The children played outside all afternoon although it was very cold.
  5. Peter refused the job in spite of the excellent working conditions offered.
  6. I wouldn’t have bought a new car even if I had had the money.
  7. We had to wear warm clothes despite the fact that it was June.
  8. I love rock music unlike Philip who prefers hip hop music.
Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Inserisci il present perfect simple dei verbi dati in ordine sparso. Usa le forme contratte quando possibile.

have • arrive • suggest • give • rent • finish • buy • see • tell • drive

Dear Lucy, Here we are. We (1) ................................................ in San Francisco. The hotel is great. They (2) ................................................ us very large rooms with king-size beds. Everything is huge here. We (3) ..................................................... a car and (4) ........................................... only for short distances to and from the hotel. We (5) ................................................ never ................................................ such large streets, only in films. Some hotel guests (6) ................................................ us that police officers are very tough and (7) ................................................ that we observe speed limits and road signs. We (8) ................................................ a street map and are now studying it in the hotel restaurant, where we (9) .......................................... just .............................................. a light dinner. When we (10) ................................................................. studying the map we will go to bed. Tomorrow our adventure along the west coast will start!

have • arrive • suggest • give • rent • finish • buy • see • tell • drive

Dear Lucy, Here we are. We (1) ................................................ in San Francisco. The hotel is great. They (2) ................................................ us very large rooms with king-size beds. Everything is huge here. We (3) ..................................................... a car and (4) ........................................... only for short distances to and from the hotel. We (5) ................................................ never ................................................ such large streets, only in films. Some hotel guests (6) ................................................ us that police officers are very tough and (7) ................................................ that we observe speed limits and road signs. We (8) ................................................ a street map and are now studying it in the hotel restaurant, where we (9) .......................................... just .............................................. a light dinner. When we (10) ................................................................. studying the map we will go to bed. Tomorrow our adventure along the west coast will start!

Soluzioni
  1. ’ve arrived
  2. ’ve given
  3. ’ve rented
  4. have driven
  5. ’ve seen
  6. have told
  7. have suggested
  8. ’ve bought
  9. ’ve had
  10. ’ve finished
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi personali complemento

Inserisci il pronome personale complemento corrispondente al pronome personale soggetto tra parentesi.

Esempio:
Don’t tell ......................... the truth. (she)
Don’t tell her the truth.

1. Mum is teaching .......................................... to ride a bike. (he)

2. Are you going out with ...........................................? (they)

3. Wait for ..............................................., please! We're on our way. (we)

4. I’ll send ........................................... an email. (you)

5. Can you give ........................................... your book, please? (I)

6. John wants to speak to ........................................... . (she)

7. We often meet ........................................... at the club. (they)

8. Mary loves ........................................... very much. (he)

Esempio:
Don’t tell ......................... the truth. (she)
Don’t tell her the truth.

1. Mum is teaching .......................................... to ride a bike. (he)

2. Are you going out with ...........................................? (they)

3. Wait for ..............................................., please! We're on our way. (we)

4. I’ll send ........................................... an email. (you)

5. Can you give ........................................... your book, please? (I)

6. John wants to speak to ........................................... . (she)

7. We often meet ........................................... at the club. (they)

8. Mary loves ........................................... very much. (he)

Soluzioni
  1. him
  2. them
  3. us
  4. you
  5. me
  6. her
  7. them
  8. him
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci

Inserisci il pronome riflessivo o reciproco oppure X se non necessario.

Esempio
The math problem is very difficult. You can’t solve it by ............................................ .
The math problem is very difficult. You can’t solve it by yourselves.

1. They are sitting in front of the fire trying to keep ................................ warm.

2. When I get home I like to relax ........................... . I lie on the sofa and watch TV.

3. My sons enjoy ....................................... when they go cycling with their friends.

4. We always walk home from school by ....................................... .

5. She often talks to ....................................... when she is alone.

6. I watch video tutorials to teach ....................................... to play the guitar.

7. I always wash ....................................... and shave ....................................... before having breakfast.

8. My students always help ....................................... when they have problems with exercises.

9. This tool is too heavy. I don’t want to hurt ....................................... . Can you help me?

Esempio
The math problem is very difficult. You can’t solve it by ............................................ .
The math problem is very difficult. You can’t solve it by yourselves.

1. They are sitting in front of the fire trying to keep ................................ warm.

2. When I get home I like to relax ........................... . I lie on the sofa and watch TV.

3. My sons enjoy ....................................... when they go cycling with their friends.

4. We always walk home from school by ....................................... .

5. She often talks to ....................................... when she is alone.

6. I watch video tutorials to teach ....................................... to play the guitar.

7. I always wash ....................................... and shave ....................................... before having breakfast.

8. My students always help ....................................... when they have problems with exercises.

9. This tool is too heavy. I don’t want to hurt ....................................... . Can you help me?

Soluzioni
  1. themselves
  2. X
  3. themselves
  4. ourselves
  5. herself
  6. myself
  7. X
  8. one another
  9. myself
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: particolarità

Inserisci il verbo corretto in ogni frase.

ironing • washing • brushing • tidying

1. Her hair needs ...............................................

2. The plates need ...............................................

3. The office needs ...............................................

4. The clothes need ...............................................

ironing • washing • brushing • tidying

1. Her hair needs ...............................................

2. The plates need ...............................................

3. The office needs ...............................................

4. The clothes need ...............................................

Soluzioni
  1. brushing
  2. washing
  3. tidying
  4. ironing
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza

Inserisci la forma corretta del comparativo di maggioranza.

Esempio
The Alps are very high. They are .................................................... the Apennines.
They are much higher than the Apennines.

1. Henry is 5 years old. Sue is 8 years old. Henry is ........................................................ Sue.

2. Diana is 5.40 ft tall, Martin 5.60 ft. He is ........................................................ Diana.

3. The North Sea waters are cold. The Mediterranean Sea waters are ........................................................ .

4. Fiat cars are cheap. Mercedes cars are ................................................................ .

5. Mary’s marks were bad. Anne’s marks were excellent. Mary’s marks were .................................................. Anne’s.

6. This exercise is difficult. The one I did yesterday was ........................................................ .

7. The weather is not good today, it’s cloudy. I hope it will be ........................................................ tomorrow.

8. People are quite rude in big cities. They are usually ........................................................ in small towns.

Esempio
The Alps are very high. They are .................................................... the Apennines.
They are much higher than the Apennines.

1. Henry is 5 years old. Sue is 8 years old. Henry is ........................................................ Sue.

2. Diana is 5.40 ft tall, Martin 5.60 ft. He is ........................................................ Diana.

3. The North Sea waters are cold. The Mediterranean Sea waters are ........................................................ .

4. Fiat cars are cheap. Mercedes cars are ................................................................ .

5. Mary’s marks were bad. Anne’s marks were excellent. Mary’s marks were .................................................. Anne’s.

6. This exercise is difficult. The one I did yesterday was ........................................................ .

7. The weather is not good today, it’s cloudy. I hope it will be ........................................................ tomorrow.

8. People are quite rude in big cities. They are usually ........................................................ in small towns.

Soluzioni

1. Henry is 5 years old. Sue is 8 years old. Henry is younger than Sue.

2. Diana is 5.40 ft tall, Martin 5.60 ft. He is taller than Diana.

3. The North Sea waters are cold. The Mediterranean Sea waters are warmer.

4. Fiat cars are cheap. Mercedes cars are more expensive.

5. Mary’s marks were bad. Anne’s marks were excellent. Mary’s marks were worse than Anne’s.

6. This exercise is difficult. The one I did yesterday was easier.

7. The weather is not good today, it’s cloudy. I hope it will be better tomorrow.

8. People are quite rude in big cities. They are usually kinder in small towns.

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Inserisci la forma in -ing o l’infinito dei seguenti verbi.

run • take • stay • cook • do • cycle • clean

  1. I don’t mind .......................... but I hate ......................................... .
  2. I prefer ............................................ at home when it rains.
  3. ........................................... is my favourite sport in summer.
  4. I sometimes like ................. my students to the museum.
  5. What do you like ..................................... in your spare time?
  6. Do you go ....................................... every day after work?

run • take • stay • cook • do • cycle • clean

  1. I don’t mind .......................... but I hate ......................................... .
  2. I prefer ............................................ at home when it rains.
  3. ........................................... is my favourite sport in summer.
  4. I sometimes like ................. my students to the museum.
  5. What do you like ..................................... in your spare time?
  6. Do you go ....................................... every day after work?
Soluzioni
  1. cooking, cleaning
  2. to stay
  3. Cycling
  4. to take
  5. doing
  6. running
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: particolarità

Inserisci la forma passiva dei verbi dati in ordine sparso.

get fired • get damaged • get promoted • get hacked • get married • get stolen

1. Most of the roofs in the village ............................................... during last night’s storm.

2. They are going to ............................................... next month.

3. He would have ............................................... if he’d had a better knowledge of IT technology.

4. He ............................................... after not showing up at work for a week.

5. Her suitcase ............................................... at the railway station.

6. The bank’s server ............................................... last night.

get fired • get damaged • get promoted • get hacked • get married • get stolen

1. Most of the roofs in the village ............................................... during last night’s storm.

2. They are going to ............................................... next month.

3. He would have ............................................... if he’d had a better knowledge of IT technology.

4. He ............................................... after not showing up at work for a week.

5. Her suitcase ............................................... at the railway station.

6. The bank’s server ............................................... last night.

Soluzioni
  1. got damaged
  2. get married
  3. got promoted
  4. got fired
  5. got stolen
  6. got hacked
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Inserisci la particella interrogativa corretta scegliendo tra who, what e which. Poi scrivi accanto alle frasi la sigla corretta per individuarne la funzione grammaticale: A (aggettivo), P (pronome), S (soggetto), CO (complemento oggetto) e CI (complemento indiretto).

Esempio:
...................... kind of music are you fond of?
What kind of music are you fond of? (A-CI)

  1. ...................................................... wants to come with me? (.....................)
  2. ...................................................... do you work for? (.....................)
  3. ...................................................... is the lady in the park? (.....................)
  4. ...................................................... are you thinking about? (.....................)
  5. ...................................................... bus goes to the station? (.....................)
  6. ...................................................... does your brother do? (.....................)
  7. ...................................................... shop are you going to? (.....................)
  8. ...................................................... are you going with? (.....................)
  9. ...................................................... of the two pictures do you prefer? (.....................)
  10. ...................................................... does she work for? (.....................)

Esempio:
...................... kind of music are you fond of?
What kind of music are you fond of? (A-CI)

  1. ...................................................... wants to come with me? (.....................)
  2. ...................................................... do you work for? (.....................)
  3. ...................................................... is the lady in the park? (.....................)
  4. ...................................................... are you thinking about? (.....................)
  5. ...................................................... bus goes to the station? (.....................)
  6. ...................................................... does your brother do? (.....................)
  7. ...................................................... shop are you going to? (.....................)
  8. ...................................................... are you going with? (.....................)
  9. ...................................................... of the two pictures do you prefer? (.....................)
  10. ...................................................... does she work for? (.....................)
Soluzioni
  1. Who wants to come with me? (P-S)
  2. Who do you work for? (P-CI)
  3. Who is the lady in the park? (P-S)
  4. What/Who are you thinking about? (P-CI)
  5. Which bus goes to the station? (A-S)
  6. Who does your brother do? (P-CO)
  7. Which shop are you going to? (A-CI)
  8. Who are you going with? (P-CI)
  9. Which of the two pictures do you prefer? (P-CO)
  10. Who does she work for? (P-CI)
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere

Inserisci le forme corrette di have got. Usa le forme contratte quando possibile.

Esempio: They’ve got a big car.

  1. I ................................................................... two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I ................................................................... (not) much time.
  3. This flat is great, it ................................................................... a lot of space.
  4. ................................................................... she ................................................................... fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I ................................................................... a terrible headache.
  6. ................................................................... you still ................................................................... a fever?
  7. We ................................................................... (not) a dog. We ................................................................... two cats.
  8. They ................................................................... (not) any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car ................................................................... your mother ...................................................................?

Esempio: They’ve got a big car.

  1. I ................................................................... two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I ................................................................... (not) much time.
  3. This flat is great, it ................................................................... a lot of space.
  4. ................................................................... she ................................................................... fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I ................................................................... a terrible headache.
  6. ................................................................... you still ................................................................... a fever?
  7. We ................................................................... (not) a dog. We ................................................................... two cats.
  8. They ................................................................... (not) any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car ................................................................... your mother ...................................................................?
Soluzioni
  1. I’ve got two cousins.
  2. I’m busy, I haven’t got much time.
  3. This flat is great, it’s got a lot of space.
  4. Has she got fair or dark hair?
  5. I’m not well today, I’ve got a terrible headache.
  6. Have you still got a fever?
  7. We haven’t got a dog. We’ve got two cats.
  8. They haven’t got any relatives in our town.
  9. What kind of car has your mother got?
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Inserisci l’aggettivo possessivo corretto.

Esempio: I am Tom and this is my brother Jason.

  1. Margaret is Canadian but ................................................................ mother is French.
  2. Thomas is a teacher and ................................................................. wife is an accountant.
  3. David and Ernest are tall but ........................................................ parents are short.
  4. That girl is very nice but .................................................................... boyfriend is rude.
  5. My husband and I are tired but ................................................. children are full of energy.
  6. The dog is black but ............................................................................ puppies are brown and white.
  7. I’m an architect and .............................................................................. brothers are journalists.

Esempio: I am Tom and this is my brother Jason.

  1. Margaret is Canadian but ................................................................ mother is French.
  2. Thomas is a teacher and ................................................................. wife is an accountant.
  3. David and Ernest are tall but ........................................................ parents are short.
  4. That girl is very nice but .................................................................... boyfriend is rude.
  5. My husband and I are tired but ................................................. children are full of energy.
  6. The dog is black but ............................................................................ puppies are brown and white.
  7. I’m an architect and .............................................................................. brothers are journalists.
Soluzioni
  1. her
  2. his
  3. their
  4. her
  5. our
  6. its
  7. my
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'

Inserisci l’articolo a oppure an se necessario.

  1. “Is he .................................. English student?” “No, he’s .................................. Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with .................................. high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once .................................. week.
  4. “Are you .................................. English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that .................................. bread?” “Yes, it’s .................................. type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it .................................. oil?” “Yes, it’s .................................. genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s .................................. new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m .................................. teacher and my husband is .................................. doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s .................................. Italian wine.”
  10. It’s .................................. sad story with .................................. unhappy ending.
  11. .................................. apple .................................. day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s .................................. interesting novel easy to read in .................................. couple of weeks.
  1. “Is he .................................. English student?” “No, he’s .................................. Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with .................................. high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once .................................. week.
  4. “Are you .................................. English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that .................................. bread?” “Yes, it’s .................................. type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it .................................. oil?” “Yes, it’s .................................. genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s .................................. new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m .................................. teacher and my husband is .................................. doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s .................................. Italian wine.”
  10. It’s .................................. sad story with .................................. unhappy ending.
  11. .................................. apple .................................. day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s .................................. interesting novel easy to read in .................................. couple of weeks.
Soluzioni
  1. “Is he an English student?” “No, he’s an Irish student.”
  2. He’s in bed with a high fever.
  3. They go to the gym with their friends once a week.
  4. “Are you an English teacher?” “Yes, I am.”
  5. “Is that -- bread?” “Yes, it’s a type of Sardinian bread.”
  6. “Is it -- oil?” “Yes, it’s -- genuine Italian olive oil.”
  7. “What is it?” “It’s a new video game.”
  8. “What’s your job?” “I’m a teacher and my husband is a doctor.”
  9. “Is this wine?” “Yes, it’s an Italian wine.”
  10. It’s a sad story with an unhappy ending.
  11. An apple a day keeps the doctor away.
  12. It’s an interesting novel easy to read in a couple of weeks.
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Inserisci l’articolo the in questi proverbi quando necessario.

Esempio
........................................ love is blind.
Love is blind. = L’amore è cieco.

1. One law for ................................. rich and another for ................................. poor.

2. ................................. home is where ................................. heart is.

3. ................................. good die young.

4. ................................. art is long and ................................. life is short.

5. ................................. early bird catches ................................. worm.

6. ................................. speech is silver but ................................. silence is golden.

7. ................................. love makes ................................. world go round.

8. It is ................................. last straw that breaks ................................. camel’s back.

9. ................................. knowledge is ................................. power.

10. ................................. best things in ................................. life are free.

Esempio
........................................ love is blind.
Love is blind. = L’amore è cieco.

1. One law for ................................. rich and another for ................................. poor.

2. ................................. home is where ................................. heart is.

3. ................................. good die young.

4. ................................. art is long and ................................. life is short.

5. ................................. early bird catches ................................. worm.

6. ................................. speech is silver but ................................. silence is golden.

7. ................................. love makes ................................. world go round.

8. It is ................................. last straw that breaks ................................. camel’s back.

9. ................................. knowledge is ................................. power.

10. ................................. best things in ................................. life are free.

Soluzioni
  1. One law for the rich and another for the poor.
  2. Home is where the heart is.
  3. The good die young.
  4. Art is long and life is short.
  5. The early bird catches the worm.
  6. Speech is silver but silence is golden.
  7. Love makes the world go round.
  8. It is the last straw that breaks the camel’s back.
  9. Knowledge is power.
  10. The best things in life are free.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Inserisci nelle seguenti frasi il verbo to be in forma negativa contratta.

Esempio: We aren't students.

  1. The boys .................................. in the garden.
  2. I .................................. English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary .................................. my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It .................................. a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You .................................. very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I .................................. cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog .................................. in the kennel.
  8. Your keys .................................. on the table.

Esempio: We aren't students.

  1. The boys .................................. in the garden.
  2. I .................................. English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary .................................. my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It .................................. a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You .................................. very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I .................................. cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog .................................. in the kennel.
  8. Your keys .................................. on the table.
Soluzioni
  1. The boys aren't in the garden.
  2. I'm not English, I’m Irish.
  3. Mary isn't my sister, she’s my cousin.
  4. It isn't a diary, it’s an address book.
  5. You aren't very kind, Paul!
  6. Mary and I aren't cousins, we’re friends.
  7. The dog isn't in the kennel.
  8. Your keys aren't on the table.
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

La famiglia dei Richards non è molto ordinata, nella loro casa ogni cosa è fuori posto. Completa le domande che fanno genitori e figli con il nome degli oggetti dell’illustrazione e le preposizioni di luogo corrette (quando necessario).

1. “Where is today’s newspaper?” “It’s on the ............................................. where you always leave it!”

2. “Have you seen my ball anywhere?” “Yes, it’s on the ............................................., in front of the ..............................................”

3. “I want to make some tea. Where’s the ....................................?” “It’s on the .......................................... near the .........................................”

4. “And where’s my tea cup?” “It’s ............................................. the shelf ............................................. the fireplace where you left it!”

5. “Where is the waste-paper .............................................?” “It’s ............................................. the chair and the armchair.”

6. “And where’s my hat?” “It’s on the floor ............................................. the chair.”

7. “Where are my car ............................?” “They’re ................................. the table. And your purse is ............................................. the books on the .............................................!”

8. “Where’s my umbrella?” “It’s ............................................. to the armchair. Can’t you see it?!”

1. “Where is today’s newspaper?” “It’s on the ............................................. where you always leave it!”

2. “Have you seen my ball anywhere?” “Yes, it’s on the ............................................., in front of the ..............................................”

3. “I want to make some tea. Where’s the ....................................?” “It’s on the .......................................... near the .........................................”

4. “And where’s my tea cup?” “It’s ............................................. the shelf ............................................. the fireplace where you left it!”

5. “Where is the waste-paper .............................................?” “It’s ............................................. the chair and the armchair.”

6. “And where’s my hat?” “It’s on the floor ............................................. the chair.”

7. “Where are my car ............................?” “They’re ................................. the table. And your purse is ............................................. the books on the .............................................!”

8. “Where’s my umbrella?” “It’s ............................................. to the armchair. Can’t you see it?!”

Soluzioni
  1. sofa
  2. floor - bookcase
  3. teapot - carpet - slippers
  4. on - above
  5. basket - between
  6. under
  7. keys - under - among
  8. bookcase
  9. next
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

La madre di Mary è molto arrabbiata con lei. Costruisci frasi di senso compiuto con le parole date e scoprirai il perché.

  1. She / not study / the afternoon
    ......................................................................................................................................
  2. She always / stay out / night.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. She never / arrive / at school / time.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4.  She never / help / in the house / weekends.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. She never / come back / lunchtime.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. She / not want / get up / Monday mornings.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  1. She / not study / the afternoon
    ......................................................................................................................................
  2. She always / stay out / night.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. She never / arrive / at school / time.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4.  She never / help / in the house / weekends.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. She never / come back / lunchtime.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. She / not want / get up / Monday mornings.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She doesn’t study in the afternoon.
  2. She always stays out at night.

  3. She never arrives at school on time.

  4. She never helps in the house at weekends.

  5. She never comes back at lunchtime.

  6. She doesn’t want to get up on Monday mornings.

Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

La madre di Mary è molto severa. Ecco quello che Mary dice di lei. Completa le frasi con i composti di some, any, every e no.

Esempio
She doesn’t like ................................. I know.
She doesn’t like anybody I know.

1. I can’t go .................................. with my friends after dinner.

2. I rarely buy .......................................... for myself because she gives me very little money.

3. ....................................... wants to come to my house because she is very strict with my friends too.

4. I can never phone ....................................... .

5. She never says ....................................... kind to me.

6. ............................................ I do is wrong and she follows me ....................................... .

7. She always finds ....................................... to criticise. ....................................... I do is right.

8. ............................................. feels sorry for me and hopes that ....................................... nice will soon happen.

Esempio
She doesn’t like ................................. I know.
She doesn’t like anybody I know.

1. I can’t go .................................. with my friends after dinner.

2. I rarely buy .......................................... for myself because she gives me very little money.

3. ....................................... wants to come to my house because she is very strict with my friends too.

4. I can never phone ....................................... .

5. She never says ....................................... kind to me.

6. ............................................ I do is wrong and she follows me ....................................... .

7. She always finds ....................................... to criticise. ....................................... I do is right.

8. ............................................. feels sorry for me and hopes that ....................................... nice will soon happen.

Soluzioni

1. I can’t go anywhere with my friends after dinner.
2. I rarely buy anything for myself because she gives me very little money.
3. Nobody/No one wants to come to my house because she is very strict with my friends too.
4. I can never phone anybody/anyone.
5. She never says anything kind to me.
6. Everything I do is wrong and she follows me everywhere.
7. She always finds something to criticise. Nothing I do is right.
8. Everyone/Everybody feels sorry for me and hopes that something nice will soon happen.

Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

La seguente tabella presenta alcune caratteristiche di tre tipi di hotel. Completa le frasi selezionando per ogni frase una coppia di aggettivi da mettere al grado comparativo e/o superlativo. A ogni numero del riquadro corrisponde una frase.

small/high • cheap/expensive • low/delicious • limited/wide • comfortable/uncomfortable • short/long • modern/old • near/far

Esempio
The Hotel Sun is a bit ......................... than the Moon. The Venus is ......................... of the three.
The Hotel Sun is a bit more modern than the Moon. The Venus is the oldest of the three.

3 stars - Hotel Moon
Opened since: 2000
Number of rooms: 30
Cost of double rooms: 85 euro
Location: Far from the city centre
Opening periods: Opened spring and summer
Room comfort (Customer Rating): **
Meals (Customer Rating): *
Services (Customer Rating): ***

4 stars - Hotel Venus
Opened since: 1950
Number of rooms: 35
Cost of double rooms: 90 euro
Location: City centre
Opening periods: Closed in winter
Room comfort (Customer Rating): ***
Meals (Customer Rating): **
Services (Customer Rating): **

5 stars - Hotel Sun
Opened since: 2003
Number of rooms: 80
Cost of double rooms: 100 euro
Location: Near the airport
Opening periods: Closed in January
Room comfort (Customer Rating): ****
Meals (Customer Rating): *****
Services (Customer Rating): *****

 

1. The Moon has a ............................................... number of rooms ............................................... the Venus. The Sun has ....................................................................................... number of rooms.

2. The Moon is a bit ............................................... the Venus. The Sun is ............................................... of the three.

3. ............................................... hotel to the airport is the Sun. The Moon is ............................................... from the city centre.

4. The Moon opens for ............................................... periods ............................................... the Venus. The Sun opens for ................................. periods ............................................... the others.

5. The ............................................... rooms are at the Venus, while the ............................................... ones are at the Moon.

6. Meals at the Moon are of ............................................... quality ............................................... at the Venus. ............................................... meals are at the Sun.

7. The Venus offers a ............................................... number of services ............................................... the Moon. The ............................................... range is offered by the Sun.

small/high • cheap/expensive • low/delicious • limited/wide • comfortable/uncomfortable • short/long • modern/old • near/far

Esempio
The Hotel Sun is a bit ......................... than the Moon. The Venus is ......................... of the three.
The Hotel Sun is a bit more modern than the Moon. The Venus is the oldest of the three.

3 stars - Hotel Moon
Opened since: 2000
Number of rooms: 30
Cost of double rooms: 85 euro
Location: Far from the city centre
Opening periods: Opened spring and summer
Room comfort (Customer Rating): **
Meals (Customer Rating): *
Services (Customer Rating): ***

4 stars - Hotel Venus
Opened since: 1950
Number of rooms: 35
Cost of double rooms: 90 euro
Location: City centre
Opening periods: Closed in winter
Room comfort (Customer Rating): ***
Meals (Customer Rating): **
Services (Customer Rating): **

5 stars - Hotel Sun
Opened since: 2003
Number of rooms: 80
Cost of double rooms: 100 euro
Location: Near the airport
Opening periods: Closed in January
Room comfort (Customer Rating): ****
Meals (Customer Rating): *****
Services (Customer Rating): *****

 

1. The Moon has a ............................................... number of rooms ............................................... the Venus. The Sun has ....................................................................................... number of rooms.

2. The Moon is a bit ............................................... the Venus. The Sun is ............................................... of the three.

3. ............................................... hotel to the airport is the Sun. The Moon is ............................................... from the city centre.

4. The Moon opens for ............................................... periods ............................................... the Venus. The Sun opens for ................................. periods ............................................... the others.

5. The ............................................... rooms are at the Venus, while the ............................................... ones are at the Moon.

6. Meals at the Moon are of ............................................... quality ............................................... at the Venus. ............................................... meals are at the Sun.

7. The Venus offers a ............................................... number of services ............................................... the Moon. The ............................................... range is offered by the Sun.

Soluzioni

1. The Moon has a smaller number of rooms than the Venus. The Sun has the biggest number of rooms.

2. The Moon is a bit cheaper than the Venus. The Sun is the most expensive of the three.

3. The nearest hotel to the airport is the Sun. The Moon is the farthest from the city centre.

4. The Moon opens for shorter periods than the Venus. The Sun opens for longer periods than the others.

5. The most comfortable rooms are at the Venus, while the most uncomfortable ones are at the Moon.

6. Meals at the Moon are of lower quality than at the Venus. The most delicious meals are at the Sun.

7. The Venus offers a more limited number of services than the Moon. The widest range is offered by the Sun.

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Le frasi contengono errori nell’uso del present simple e present continuous. Scrivi le frasi corrette.

  1. We are playing tennis twice a week, but next week we don’t play.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. He doesn’t never watch TV after dinner. He is reading a book instead.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  3. Lucy constantly comes to the office late. Her colleagues are hating her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  4. Does your father practises any sports? Yes, he playes tennis once a week.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  5. I’m not thinking that’s her number. Aren’t you remembering it?
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  6. She always criticises everybody! We are not liking her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  7. The concert start at 9 p.m. A lot of young people queue outside to get in first.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  8. I’m not liking my new haircut.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  1. We are playing tennis twice a week, but next week we don’t play.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  2. He doesn’t never watch TV after dinner. He is reading a book instead.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  3. Lucy constantly comes to the office late. Her colleagues are hating her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  4. Does your father practises any sports? Yes, he playes tennis once a week.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  5. I’m not thinking that’s her number. Aren’t you remembering it?
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  6. She always criticises everybody! We are not liking her.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  7. The concert start at 9 p.m. A lot of young people queue outside to get in first.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
  8. I’m not liking my new haircut.
    .....................................................................................................................................
    .....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. We play tennis twice a week, but next week we aren’t playing.
  2. He never watches TV after dinner. He reads a book instead.
  3. Lucy is constantly coming to the office late. Her colleagues hate her.
  4. “Does your father practise any sports?” “Yes, he plays tennis once a week.”
  5. I don’t think that’s her number. Do you remember it?
  6. She always criticises everybody! We don’t like her!
  7. The concert starts at 9 p.m. A lot of young people are queuing outside to get in first.
  8. I don’t like my new haircut.
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Le seguenti affermazioni non sono giuste. Correggile usando la parola tra parentesi e aggiungi una question tag, secondo l’esempio dato.

Esempio
Alexander Bell invented the telephone.
No, he didn’t. Meucci invented it, didn’t he?

1. Sydney is the capital of Australia.

.................................................................................................. ? (Canberra)

2. The Japanese drive on the right.

.................................................................................................................. ? (left)

3. Elephants live in the Australian desert.

........................................................................................................... ? (Africa)

4. Charlie Chaplin was born in America.

..................................................................................................... ? (England)

Esempio
Alexander Bell invented the telephone.
No, he didn’t. Meucci invented it, didn’t he?

1. Sydney is the capital of Australia.

.................................................................................................. ? (Canberra)

2. The Japanese drive on the right.

.................................................................................................................. ? (left)

3. Elephants live in the Australian desert.

........................................................................................................... ? (Africa)

4. Charlie Chaplin was born in America.

..................................................................................................... ? (England)

Soluzioni
  1. No, it isn’t. Canberra is the capital, isn’t it?
  2. No, they don’t. They drive on the left, don’t they?
  3. No, they don’t. They live in Africa, don’t they?
  4. No, he wasn’t. He was born in England, wasn’t he?
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Le seguenti frasi riguardano il folclore e le superstizioni inglesi. Abbina le parti dalle due liste per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

A

  1. If you start a journey on Friday, 
  2. If you say goodbye to a friend on a bridge,
  3. If the first butterfly you see in the year is white,
  4. If you cut an apple in half and count the seeds,
  5. If you catch a falling leaf on the first day of autumn,
  6. If you sing before seven,
  7. If you spill pepper,
  8. If you hang a horseshoe in your bedroom,

B

  1. you won’t catch a cold all winter. (...)
  2. you’ll have a serious argument with your best friend. (...)
  3. you’ll know how many children you’ll have. (...)
  4. you’ll never see each other again. (...)
  5. you’ll have good luck all year. (...)
  6. you won’t have nightmares. (...)
  7. you’ll be unlucky. (1)
  8. you’ll cry before eleven. (...)

A

  1. If you start a journey on Friday, 
  2. If you say goodbye to a friend on a bridge,
  3. If the first butterfly you see in the year is white,
  4. If you cut an apple in half and count the seeds,
  5. If you catch a falling leaf on the first day of autumn,
  6. If you sing before seven,
  7. If you spill pepper,
  8. If you hang a horseshoe in your bedroom,

B

  1. you won’t catch a cold all winter. (...)
  2. you’ll have a serious argument with your best friend. (...)
  3. you’ll know how many children you’ll have. (...)
  4. you’ll never see each other again. (...)
  5. you’ll have good luck all year. (...)
  6. you won’t have nightmares. (...)
  7. you’ll be unlucky. (1)
  8. you’ll cry before eleven. (...)
Soluzioni
  1. 5
  2. 7
  3. 4
  4. 2
  5. 3
  6. 8
  7. 1
  8. 6
Livello B1-B2 Piccole quantità indefinite (aggettivi e avverbi), Grandi quantità indefinite

Le seguenti frasi riguardano Malta. Sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.

1. There are lots/a little of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.

2. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few/little years ago, but it was a bit too/too much hot for me in August.

3. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much/too many to do and not enough/too time or money at the moment.

4. Wonderful! It’s warm enough/too much to swim and cool enough to walk around.

5. Well, I remember there were a few/a little good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.

1. There are lots/a little of modern buses that take you to all parts of the island.

2. Lucky you! Malta in June! I had a really good holiday there a few/little years ago, but it was a bit too/too much hot for me in August.

3. I’d love to go but I’ve got too much/too many to do and not enough/too time or money at the moment.

4. Wonderful! It’s warm enough/too much to swim and cool enough to walk around.

5. Well, I remember there were a few/a little good pubs where it’s easy to meet people, and the restaurants are quite good.

Soluzioni
  1. lots
  2. too
  3. too much - enough
  4. enough
  5. a few
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Le seguenti similitudini sono mescolate. Riscrivi i giusti abbinamenti.

  1. As cold as coal
    As cold as ice
  2. As white as a feather
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  3. As hard as a lamb
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  4. As light as a snail
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  5. As black as snow
    ...................................................................................................................................................
  6. As slow as ice
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  7. As gentle as a razor
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  8. As sharp as nails
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  1. As cold as coal
    As cold as ice
  2. As white as a feather
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  3. As hard as a lamb
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  4. As light as a snail
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  5. As black as snow
    ...................................................................................................................................................
  6. As slow as ice
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  7. As gentle as a razor
    ....................................................................................................................................................
  8. As sharp as nails
    ....................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. As cold as ice
  2. As white as snow
  3. As hard as nails
  4. As light as a feather
  5. As black as coal
  6. As slow as a snail
  7. As gentle as a lamb
  8. As sharp as a razor.
Livello B1-B2 Have to, don't have to/need, needn't

Le seguenti situazioni indicano azioni che non erano necessarie e non sono stata fatte. Trasformale in azioni che, pur non essendo necessarie, sono state fatte.

Esempio
I didn’t need to pay for the entrance. It was free. (Non era necessario e non è stato fatto).
I needn’t have paid for the entrance. It was free. (Non era necessario ma è stato fatto).

1. I didn’t need to water the flowers because it suddenly started raining.

....................................................................................................................................

2. I didn’t need to tell her because she saw everything.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I didn’t need to cook so much food. Some guests had turned down the invitation.

....................................................................................................................................

4. We didn’t need to take any notes because they gave us printed material.

....................................................................................................................................

5. We didn’t need to buy a tent for our holidays. We borrowed one from Andrew.

....................................................................................................................................

6. You didn’t need to worry about me. I was driving back home in the rush hour.

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
I didn’t need to pay for the entrance. It was free. (Non era necessario e non è stato fatto).
I needn’t have paid for the entrance. It was free. (Non era necessario ma è stato fatto).

1. I didn’t need to water the flowers because it suddenly started raining.

....................................................................................................................................

2. I didn’t need to tell her because she saw everything.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I didn’t need to cook so much food. Some guests had turned down the invitation.

....................................................................................................................................

4. We didn’t need to take any notes because they gave us printed material.

....................................................................................................................................

5. We didn’t need to buy a tent for our holidays. We borrowed one from Andrew.

....................................................................................................................................

6. You didn’t need to worry about me. I was driving back home in the rush hour.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I needn’t have watered the flowers because it suddenly started raining.
  2. I needn’t have told her because she saw everything.
  3. I needn’t have cooked so much food.
  4. We needn’t have taken any notes because they gave us printed material.
  5. We needn’t have bought a tent for our holidays.
  6. You needn’t have worried about me.
Livello B1 Comprensione del testo

Leggi ciò che dice lo speaker di Radio Wave e completa il testo con le forme di futuro mancanti, date in ordine sparso.

is coming up • have • will keep • will talk • have • will be

It’s five to ten and this is Radio Wave. The news (1) ........................................................ in five minutes followed by the weather forecast and sports roundup (sommario). After that, at 10:30, we (2) ......................................................... our weekly programme “Outstanding Lives” (Vite Eccezionali). Jane Clarke (3) ......................................................... briefly to a most unusual woman whose life has taken her to the farthest reaches of the earth. At 10:45 Antonella (4) ......................................................... with us once again in her kitchen revealing more delicious secrets from her book of long lost recipes handed down to her by her Calabrian grandmother. And finally, at 11:30 we (5) .......................................................... our “Nostalgic Wave Party” which (6) ........................................ you company into the early hours with music from the past. Now before the news we just have time for a song from the latest album of your favourite group.

is coming up • have • will keep • will talk • have • will be

It’s five to ten and this is Radio Wave. The news (1) ........................................................ in five minutes followed by the weather forecast and sports roundup (sommario). After that, at 10:30, we (2) ......................................................... our weekly programme “Outstanding Lives” (Vite Eccezionali). Jane Clarke (3) ......................................................... briefly to a most unusual woman whose life has taken her to the farthest reaches of the earth. At 10:45 Antonella (4) ......................................................... with us once again in her kitchen revealing more delicious secrets from her book of long lost recipes handed down to her by her Calabrian grandmother. And finally, at 11:30 we (5) .......................................................... our “Nostalgic Wave Party” which (6) ........................................ you company into the early hours with music from the past. Now before the news we just have time for a song from the latest album of your favourite group.

Soluzioni
  1. is coming up
  2. have
  3. will talk
  4. will be
  5. have
  6. will keep
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple
Leggi ciò che dicono queste due persone. Completa con la forma giusta dei verbi dati e rispondi oralmente alle domande.

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually .............................................. (work) from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m but today I ......................................... (work) all day long because trains and buses ............................................. (not run). There is a public transport strike. Right now I ..................................... (take) a businesswoman to work. She always ......................................... (take) the train to work but today she can’t. I ............................................. (make) a lot of money today!

  1. What ............................................. Robert ............................................. ? (do)
  2. ............................................. he ............................................. in the morning? (work)
  3. Why ............................................. he ............................................. all day long today? (work)
  4. What ............................................. he ............................................. at the moment? (do)
  5. How ............................................. the businesswoman usually ............................................. to work? (go)

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we ..................................... (work, not) today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we ........................... (have) a day off. I ..................................... (not see) Judy much during the week, so today we ........................ (go) for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually .................... (wear) ski boots when it snows because we ........................... (live) in the mountains.

  1. What ............................................. Ryan and Judy ............................................. ? (do)
  2. Why ............................................. they ............................................. today? (work, not)
  3. ............................................. Ryan often ............................................. Judy during the week? (see)
  4. What ............................................. they ............................................. today? (do)
  5. Why ............................................. they wear ski boots when it ............................................. ? (wear / snow)

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually .............................................. (work) from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m but today I ......................................... (work) all day long because trains and buses ............................................. (not run). There is a public transport strike. Right now I ..................................... (take) a businesswoman to work. She always ......................................... (take) the train to work but today she can’t. I ............................................. (make) a lot of money today!

  1. What ............................................. Robert ............................................. ? (do)
  2. ............................................. he ............................................. in the morning? (work)
  3. Why ............................................. he ............................................. all day long today? (work)
  4. What ............................................. he ............................................. at the moment? (do)
  5. How ............................................. the businesswoman usually ............................................. to work? (go)

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we ..................................... (work, not) today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we ........................... (have) a day off. I ..................................... (not see) Judy much during the week, so today we ........................ (go) for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually .................... (wear) ski boots when it snows because we ........................... (live) in the mountains.

  1. What ............................................. Ryan and Judy ............................................. ? (do)
  2. Why ............................................. they ............................................. today? (work, not)
  3. ............................................. Ryan often ............................................. Judy during the week? (see)
  4. What ............................................. they ............................................. today? (do)
  5. Why ............................................. they wear ski boots when it ............................................. ? (wear / snow)
Soluzioni

Robert:

I’m a taxi-driver. I usually work from 9.30 p.m to 5.30 a.m. but today I’m working all day long because trains and buses are not running. There is a public transport strike. Right now I’m taking a businesswoman to work. She always takes the train to work but today she can’t. I’m making a lot of money today!

Questions and answers
1. What does Robert do? He’s a taxi-driver.
2. Does he work in the morning? No, he works at night.
3. Why is he working all day long today? Because there’s a public transport strike.
4. What is he doing at the moment? He’s taking a businesswoman to work.
5. How does the businesswoman usually go to work? She usually takes the train.

Ryan:

I am married. My wife Judy is a teacher and I’m an accountant, but we are not working today. Both school and office are closed because of the snow, so we are having a day off. I don’t see Judy much during the week, so today we are going for a walk through the woods near our house. We usually wear ski boots when it snows because we live in the mountains.

Questions and answers
1. What do Ryan and Judy do? Ryan is an accountant and Judy is a teacher.
2. Why aren’t they working today? Because of the snow.
3. Does Ryan often see Judy during the week? No, not much.
4. What are they doing today? They are going for a walk.
5. Why do they wear ski boots when it snows? Because they live in the mountains.

Livello B2-C1 Comprensione del testo

Leggi e rispondi alle domande.

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London was built in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people were tortured and executed. Anne Boleyn was beheaded there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She has been seen walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies were shot in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, was imprisoned there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It is not known when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, was called Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they they are treated with extreme care. In fact, the birds are fed by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds have never been recorded absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings are clipped whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens were moved indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can be seen by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily be identified by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which have been kept there since 1303 after they were stolen from Westminster Abbey.

1. Whose ghost is the Tower of London haunted by?
...............................................................................................

2. How many people were shot in the Tower in World War I?
................................................................................................

3. What will happen if the ravens fly away from the Tower?
................................................................................................

4. When were the birds kept inside and why?
................................................................................................

5. What valuable treasure can be seen in the Tower?
................................................................................................

THE RAVENS IN THE TOWER OF LONDON

The Tower of London was built in 1078 by William the Conqueror and has served many purposes. It was once a prison where very famous people were tortured and executed. Anne Boleyn was beheaded there in 1536 for treason against her husband King Henry VIII. She has been seen walking around the Tower with her head under her arm. In World War I, eleven German spies were shot in the Tower, and in 1942 Hitler’s deputy, Rudolf Hess, was imprisoned there for four days. However, the most important guests of the Tower are not people but birds. There have been six ravens in residence for centuries. It is not known when they arrived. The oldest raven, who died at the age of forty-four, was called Jim Crow. Legend says that if they leave the Tower, the Kingdom will fall, and so it is no surprise that they they are treated with extreme care. In fact, the birds are fed by a special raven master every day while tourists watch in amazement. The birds have never been recorded absent at the Tower, except in 1946 after World War II. It is unlikely that the ravens will fly away again, because their wings are clipped whenever they are replaced. At the beginning of 2006, the ravens were moved indoors because of the avian flu scare, but now they can be seen by curious onlookers around the grounds of the Tower. There are seven ravens at the Tower today. They can easily be identified by their coloured leg-rings. Of course, there are other things of interest to see at the Tower including the Crown Jewels, which have been kept there since 1303 after they were stolen from Westminster Abbey.

1. Whose ghost is the Tower of London haunted by?
...............................................................................................

2. How many people were shot in the Tower in World War I?
................................................................................................

3. What will happen if the ravens fly away from the Tower?
................................................................................................

4. When were the birds kept inside and why?
................................................................................................

5. What valuable treasure can be seen in the Tower?
................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Anne Boleyn’s ghost.
  2. Eleven German spies.
  3. The Kingdom will fall.
  4. At the beginning of 2006 because of the avian flu scare.
  5. The Crown Jewels.
Livello A2-B1 Altre preposizioni di tempo
Leggi e seleziona l'alternativa corretta

1. I always sleep ........... 9 ........... Sundays.

 from... to

 until... on

 at... to

2. My wife is always at home ........... the time I arrive.

 on

 during

 by

3. The taxi usually arrives ........... ten minutes.

 within

 at

 until

4. I’ve got a country house ........... the hills.

 in

 on

 at

5. My uncle works ........... a farm.

 on

 at

 in

6. Temperatures are quite mild ........... the year.

 over

 before

 throughout

7. Do you think you will be ready ........... 8 a.m.?

 until

 by

 within

8. The bus is arriving ........... a few minutes.

 before

 in

 at

9. I never find a seat ........... the bus to school.

 in

 on

 at

10. I live ........... 15 Green Street.

 at

 on

 in

1. I always sleep ........... 9 ........... Sundays.

 from... to

 until... on

 at... to

2. My wife is always at home ........... the time I arrive.

 on

 during

 by

3. The taxi usually arrives ........... ten minutes.

 within

 at

 until

4. I’ve got a country house ........... the hills.

 in

 on

 at

5. My uncle works ........... a farm.

 on

 at

 in

6. Temperatures are quite mild ........... the year.

 over

 before

 throughout

7. Do you think you will be ready ........... 8 a.m.?

 until

 by

 within

8. The bus is arriving ........... a few minutes.

 before

 in

 at

9. I never find a seat ........... the bus to school.

 in

 on

 at

10. I live ........... 15 Green Street.

 at

 on

 in

Soluzioni
  1. until... on
  2. by
  3. within
  4. in
  5. on
  6. throughout
  7. by
  8. in
  9. on
  10. at
Livello B1 Il futuro con present continuous e present simple, Il futuro con: will, to be going to

Leggi i dialoghi e scrivi in fondo la lettera A, B, oppure C a indicare l’uso del futuro.

Azione futura 

A riferita a orari, routine, itinerari
B intenzionale
C programmata

A: When are you meeting him?
B: I’m meeting him on Monday. (C)

1. A: What are you going to do when you finish the course?
B: I’m going to sleep for a week. (................)

2. A: What time does the plane arrive?
B: It arrives at 11:30 p.m. (................)

3. A: Who are you going out with tonight?
B: Someone you don’t know. (................)

4. A: What time is your mother coming?
B: In ten minutes. (................)

5. A: Are they going to do voluntary work in Africa next year?
B: Yes, they’re going to work in Rwanda for two months. (................)

6. A: When is your sister leaving for Hanoi?
B: She is leaving next Tuesday. (................)

Azione futura 

A riferita a orari, routine, itinerari
B intenzionale
C programmata

A: When are you meeting him?
B: I’m meeting him on Monday. (C)

1. A: What are you going to do when you finish the course?
B: I’m going to sleep for a week. (................)

2. A: What time does the plane arrive?
B: It arrives at 11:30 p.m. (................)

3. A: Who are you going out with tonight?
B: Someone you don’t know. (................)

4. A: What time is your mother coming?
B: In ten minutes. (................)

5. A: Are they going to do voluntary work in Africa next year?
B: Yes, they’re going to work in Rwanda for two months. (................)

6. A: When is your sister leaving for Hanoi?
B: She is leaving next Tuesday. (................)

Soluzioni
  1. B
  2. A
  3. C
  4. C
  5. B
  6. C
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi, Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Leggi il brano che parla di una vacanza mancata e sostituisci le parole sottolineate con uno dei phrasal verbs dati.

run out of • found out • got in • break in • broke down • turned on • told off • slow down • get on • get over • brought up • set off • gave up • look after • woke up • got up • put on

A bad start to a holiday
We (1) opened our eyes woke up very early, then (2) rose from our bed ........................................................ at eight o’clock. I (3) dressed myself in ........................................................ my jeans and T-shirt. I left the cat with our neighbours who always (4) take care of ........................................... it when we are away. We locked the doors and set the burglar alarm so that nobody could (5) enter the house .................................................... . We then (6) entered ................................................... our car and (7) started our journey ................................. at nine o’clock. After a while the car started (8) to go slowly ................................, and then it stopped completely. I suddenly realised that we (9) didn’t have any more ............................................... petrol. My wife (10) rebuked me ........................................ . I didn’t say anything because I had been (11) educated ................................................ to treat women with respect. Luckily, we were near a petrol station so I pushed the car there to the pump. We then continued our journey on the motorway. I (12) switched on .............................................. the radio and we started listening to the news. We were suddenly distracted by a clanking noise and (13) discovered ..................................... that smoke was coming out from the bonnet. The problem seemed quite serious, and after a few more disturbing sounds and odd movements, the car (14) ceased to function completely .................................................. . I made some futile attempts at examining the engine but (15) stopped trying ................................................... . In desperation I phoned my brother who came and rescued us. It will take a long time to (16) recover from ..................................... this disastrous holiday, and I hope that my wife and I will soon (17) be friendly ..................................... with each other again.

run out of • found out • got in • break in • broke down • turned on • told off • slow down • get on • get over • brought up • set off • gave up • look after • woke up • got up • put on

A bad start to a holiday
We (1) opened our eyes woke up very early, then (2) rose from our bed ........................................................ at eight o’clock. I (3) dressed myself in ........................................................ my jeans and T-shirt. I left the cat with our neighbours who always (4) take care of ........................................... it when we are away. We locked the doors and set the burglar alarm so that nobody could (5) enter the house .................................................... . We then (6) entered ................................................... our car and (7) started our journey ................................. at nine o’clock. After a while the car started (8) to go slowly ................................, and then it stopped completely. I suddenly realised that we (9) didn’t have any more ............................................... petrol. My wife (10) rebuked me ........................................ . I didn’t say anything because I had been (11) educated ................................................ to treat women with respect. Luckily, we were near a petrol station so I pushed the car there to the pump. We then continued our journey on the motorway. I (12) switched on .............................................. the radio and we started listening to the news. We were suddenly distracted by a clanking noise and (13) discovered ..................................... that smoke was coming out from the bonnet. The problem seemed quite serious, and after a few more disturbing sounds and odd movements, the car (14) ceased to function completely .................................................. . I made some futile attempts at examining the engine but (15) stopped trying ................................................... . In desperation I phoned my brother who came and rescued us. It will take a long time to (16) recover from ..................................... this disastrous holiday, and I hope that my wife and I will soon (17) be friendly ..................................... with each other again.

Soluzioni
  1. woke up
  2. got up
  3. put on
  4. look after
  5. break in
  6. got in
  7. set off
  8. slow down
  9. had run out of
  10. told me off
  11. brought up
  12. turned on
  13. found out
  14. broke down
  15. gave up
  16. get over
  17. get on
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?, Interrogativi con how...?

Leggi il brano sulla ruota panoramica di Londra e formula domande per le informazioni in corsivo.

The London Eye: facts and figures

The London Eye is a famous tourist attraction in London. It is on the south bank of the River Thames (1). It is the symbol of (2) the British celebration of the new millennium. It is 135 metres high (3) and weighs 1,600 tonnes (4). It has 32 pods (5) which can carry 25 people (6) each. It takes thirty minutes (7) to complete a circular ride which offers beautiful sights of the famous landmarks of London (8): the Globe theatre, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben and so on. On a clear day you can see as far as (fino a) Windsor Castle and Heathrow airport (9). Most visitors come from European countries (10), but the number of other tourists is increasing every year.

1. Where is the London Eye?

2. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

3. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

4. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

5. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

6. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

7. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

8. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

9. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

10. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

The London Eye: facts and figures

The London Eye is a famous tourist attraction in London. It is on the south bank of the River Thames (1). It is the symbol of (2) the British celebration of the new millennium. It is 135 metres high (3) and weighs 1,600 tonnes (4). It has 32 pods (5) which can carry 25 people (6) each. It takes thirty minutes (7) to complete a circular ride which offers beautiful sights of the famous landmarks of London (8): the Globe theatre, Westminster Abbey, Big Ben and so on. On a clear day you can see as far as (fino a) Windsor Castle and Heathrow airport (9). Most visitors come from European countries (10), but the number of other tourists is increasing every year.

1. Where is the London Eye?

2. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

3. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

4. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

5. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

6. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

7. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

8. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

9. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

10. ................................................................................................................................................. ?

Soluzioni
  1. Where is the London Eye?
  2. What is it a symbol of?
  3. How high is it?
  4. How much does it weigh?
  5. How many pods has it got?
  6. How many people can each pod carry?
  7. How long is a ride?
  8. What does the ride offer?
  9. How far can you see on a clear day?
  10. Where do most visitors come from?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Leggi il contenuto della cartolina e inserisci il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

Dear Diana,

Guess where I am? I ...................................................... (write) from San Francisco, where I .................................................. (stay) for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I ........................................................ (have) a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.

I ............................................................ (take) a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult, but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne ...................................................... (come) back to Rome with me. They ...................................................... (spend) some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian.

They ...................................................... always ......................................................... (ask) me questions about Italy. They really like our country. I am sure you ...................................................... (enjoy) your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.

Bye for now, Alice

Dear Diana,

Guess where I am? I ...................................................... (write) from San Francisco, where I .................................................. (stay) for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I ........................................................ (have) a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.

I ............................................................ (take) a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult, but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne ...................................................... (come) back to Rome with me. They ...................................................... (spend) some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian.

They ...................................................... always ......................................................... (ask) me questions about Italy. They really like our country. I am sure you ...................................................... (enjoy) your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.

Bye for now, Alice

Soluzioni

Dear Diana,
Guess where I am? I’m writing from San Francisco, where I am staying for a month at my aunt’s. The city is great, and I’m having a wonderful time with two American friends, Anne and Paul.
I’m taking a windsurfing course with them. It’s very difficult but I hope to be good by the end of my stay. Paul and Anne are coming back to Rome with me. They are spending some time in Italy next September because they want to learn Italian. They are always asking me questions about Italy. They really like our country.
I am sure you are enjoying your holidays too at your summer house in Spain.
Bye for now,
Alice

Livello B1-B2 Comprensione del testo

Leggi il dialogo al telefono tra due amici. Poi indica se le affermazioni che seguono sono vere (T) o false (F).

Kirsty: Hi, Rick. It’s me, Kirsty.

Rick: Oh, hi, Kirsty. Are you in good shape for the big match tomorrow?

Kirsty: Well, that’s actually why I’m calling. I can’t play tomorrow. You see, I’m supposed to take my parents to the airport.

Rick: Oh no! This is the third time I’ve tried to organise a game with you. I should know by now that you’re quite unreliable.

Kirsty: You don’t have to be so nasty about it. It’s not my fault if my parents need me.

Rick: Can’t they take a train or a taxi to the airport like everyone else?

Kirsty: You should know my parents by now. They always have too much luggage and not enough time.

Rick: Yeah, and they shouldn’t expect you to do all that for them.

Kirsty: You shouldn’t say things like that. It’s not true. Whenever you need me, I’m always happy to help. But I can’t be everywhere at once, you know. John may be free tomorrow. Why don’t you ask him? He’s a great player.

Rick: I could, but he’s got very little spare time these days now that he’s taken up dancing. He never misses a single lesson and he practises day and night. He must be in love with the teacher.

Kirsty: Well, there must be someone you know who’s free on a Friday afternoon.

Rick: Don’t worry. I’ll find someone. There are lots of players in the club who can’t wait to have a game with a champion like me. You don’t know what you’re missing.

Kirsty: Yes, I do. Well, I’d better go now. My parents must be panicking by now. See you later!

Rick: Bye, Kirsty.

 

  1. Rick and Kirsty are supposed to play tennis tomorrow morning. T / F
  2. Kirsty has to take her parents to the airport. T / F
  3. Rick isn’t angry with Kirsty. T / F
  4. Rick thinks that Kirsty’s parents should take a taxi. T / F
  5. Rick is supposed to know Kirty’s parents’ character. T / F
  6. Kirsty’s parents have very little luggage to take to the airport. T / F
  7. According to Kirsty, Rick should ask John to play with him. T / F
  8. John hasn’t got much time because he’s meeting his girlfriend. T / F
  9. Kirsty needn’t worry about finding another tennis player. T / F
  10. Rick has a high opinion of himself as a tennis player. T / F
  11. He can always find players who are ready to play with him. T / F
  12. Her mother must be expecting her by now. T / F

Kirsty: Hi, Rick. It’s me, Kirsty.

Rick: Oh, hi, Kirsty. Are you in good shape for the big match tomorrow?

Kirsty: Well, that’s actually why I’m calling. I can’t play tomorrow. You see, I’m supposed to take my parents to the airport.

Rick: Oh no! This is the third time I’ve tried to organise a game with you. I should know by now that you’re quite unreliable.

Kirsty: You don’t have to be so nasty about it. It’s not my fault if my parents need me.

Rick: Can’t they take a train or a taxi to the airport like everyone else?

Kirsty: You should know my parents by now. They always have too much luggage and not enough time.

Rick: Yeah, and they shouldn’t expect you to do all that for them.

Kirsty: You shouldn’t say things like that. It’s not true. Whenever you need me, I’m always happy to help. But I can’t be everywhere at once, you know. John may be free tomorrow. Why don’t you ask him? He’s a great player.

Rick: I could, but he’s got very little spare time these days now that he’s taken up dancing. He never misses a single lesson and he practises day and night. He must be in love with the teacher.

Kirsty: Well, there must be someone you know who’s free on a Friday afternoon.

Rick: Don’t worry. I’ll find someone. There are lots of players in the club who can’t wait to have a game with a champion like me. You don’t know what you’re missing.

Kirsty: Yes, I do. Well, I’d better go now. My parents must be panicking by now. See you later!

Rick: Bye, Kirsty.

 

  1. Rick and Kirsty are supposed to play tennis tomorrow morning. T / F
  2. Kirsty has to take her parents to the airport. T / F
  3. Rick isn’t angry with Kirsty. T / F
  4. Rick thinks that Kirsty’s parents should take a taxi. T / F
  5. Rick is supposed to know Kirty’s parents’ character. T / F
  6. Kirsty’s parents have very little luggage to take to the airport. T / F
  7. According to Kirsty, Rick should ask John to play with him. T / F
  8. John hasn’t got much time because he’s meeting his girlfriend. T / F
  9. Kirsty needn’t worry about finding another tennis player. T / F
  10. Rick has a high opinion of himself as a tennis player. T / F
  11. He can always find players who are ready to play with him. T / F
  12. Her mother must be expecting her by now. T / F
Soluzioni
  1. Rick and Kirsty are supposed to play tennis tomorrow morning. T
  2. Kirsty has to take her parents to the airport. T
  3. Rick isn’t angry with Kirsty. F
  4. Rick thinks that Kirsty’s parents should take a taxi. T
  5. Rick is supposed to know Kirty’s parents’ character. T
  6. Kirsty’s parents have very little luggage to take to the airport. F
  7. According to Kirsty, Rick should ask John to play with him. T
  8. John hasn’t got much time because he’s meeting his girlfriend. F
  9. Kirsty needn’t worry about finding another tennis player. T
  10. Rick has a high opinion of himself as a tennis player. T
  11. He can always find players who are ready to play with him. T
  12. Her mother must be expecting her by now. T
Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi il dialogo e poi completa con le informazioni richieste al fondo, quando possibile.

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.
 

HIS

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    .........................................................
  • Age
    .........................................................
  • Occupation
    .........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​

HER

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Age
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Occupation
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​​

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.
 

HIS

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    .........................................................
  • Age
    .........................................................
  • Occupation
    .........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​

HER

  • Name
    .........................................................
  • Surname
    .........................................................
  • Hometown
    .........................................................
  • email address
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Age
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Occupation
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Destination
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Marital status
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
  • Star sign
    ​​​​​​​.........................................................
    ​​​​​​​
Soluzioni
  • Name: HIS: Max; HER: Jane.
  • Surname: HIS: Robinson; HER: Cunningham.
  • Hometown: HIS: Melbourne; HER: Melbourne.
  • Email address: HIS: max.rob@ozemail.com.au; HER: jane.cunningham@one.net.au.
  • Age: HIS: unknown; HER: 29.
  • Occupation: HIS: architect; HER: journalist.
  • Destination: HIS: Copenhagen; HER: Zurich.
  • Marital status: HIS: engaged; HER: unknown;
  • Star sign: HIS: Aries; HER: Leo.
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo, Present continuous VS Present simple
Leggi il dialogo e rispondi alle domande.

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Rispondi alle domande.

Esempio: What is Maggie doing on Monday evening? She’s meeting her friend at the pub.

  1. Where is she going on Tuesday night? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What does she do on Wednesdays? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Does she like boxing? .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Is she playing tennis on Thursday? ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Why does she never go out on Fridays? ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does Brian ever play tennis? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Rispondi alle domande.

Esempio: What is Maggie doing on Monday evening? She’s meeting her friend at the pub.

  1. Where is she going on Tuesday night? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What does she do on Wednesdays? ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Does she like boxing? .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Is she playing tennis on Thursday? ...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Why does she never go out on Fridays? ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does Brian ever play tennis? ..............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. She’s going to the Royal Court Theatre.
  2. She always goes to Tai Chi lessons.
  3. No, she doesn’t.
  4. No, she isn’t. She’s playing squash. 
  5. Because she baby-sits for her sister. 6. Yes, he does.
Livello B1-B2 Futuro progressivo (future continuous)

Leggi il dialogo tra Emily e Jake e completalo con il future continuous usando i verbi dati.

buy • do • eat • exhibit • float • fly • join • leave • sail • take • talk • work

Emily: Hello, Jake. I hope you are coming to my birthday party next Saturday?

Jake: I’m so sorry but I can’t. I (1) .............……………. for my next assignment earlier than I thought. I (2) .............…………………. to Honolulu and then a few days later I (3) .............…………………. to the Great Pacific Garbage Patch.

Emily: What (4) .............…………………. in a big garbage patch?

Jake: I (5) .............…………………. photos of the volunteers who are helping to clean the ocean. The Ocean Clean-up Operation has already removed 100,000 kg of plastic from the GPGP. They (6) .............…………………. about it on TV next week. I’m not the only photographer. I (7) .............…………………. a team of video makers from all over the world. If we don’t do anything now, we (8) .............…………………. plastic for decades or centuries to come.

Emily: How long (9) .............…………………. around the Garbage Patch?

Jake: It depends. I’ll email you when I get back to Honolulu. I (10) .............……..................................…………. (not) then. We (11) ............………........………. our work in Rotterdam next month. I’ll bring you back a birthday present. From now on I (12) .............…………………. Ocean Cleanup merchandise. They have great casual wear, you know.

buy • do • eat • exhibit • float • fly • join • leave • sail • take • talk • work

Emily: Hello, Jake. I hope you are coming to my birthday party next Saturday?

Jake: I’m so sorry but I can’t. I (1) .............……………. for my next assignment earlier than I thought. I (2) .............…………………. to Honolulu and then a few days later I (3) .............…………………. to the Great Pacific Garbage Patch.

Emily: What (4) .............…………………. in a big garbage patch?

Jake: I (5) .............…………………. photos of the volunteers who are helping to clean the ocean. The Ocean Clean-up Operation has already removed 100,000 kg of plastic from the GPGP. They (6) .............…………………. about it on TV next week. I’m not the only photographer. I (7) .............…………………. a team of video makers from all over the world. If we don’t do anything now, we (8) .............…………………. plastic for decades or centuries to come.

Emily: How long (9) .............…………………. around the Garbage Patch?

Jake: It depends. I’ll email you when I get back to Honolulu. I (10) .............……..................................…………. (not) then. We (11) ............………........………. our work in Rotterdam next month. I’ll bring you back a birthday present. From now on I (12) .............…………………. Ocean Cleanup merchandise. They have great casual wear, you know.

Soluzioni
  1. ’ll be leaving
  2. ’ll be flying
  3. ’ll be sailing
  4. will you be doing
  5. ’ll be taking
  6. ’ll be talking
  7. ’ll be joining
  8. ’ll be eating
  9. will you be floating
  10. won’t be working
  11. ’ll be exhibiting
  12. ’ll be buying
Livello B2-C1 Comprensione del testo

Leggi il dialogo tra Emma e M.me Malinovskyi, una chiaroveggente. Inserisci negli spazi le battute a-j.

M.me Malinovskyi: (1) ........................

Emma: Yesterday I went for a job interview. Can you tell me if I got the job?

M.me Malinovskyi: (2) ........................

Emma: What can you see?

M.me Malinovskyi: (3) ........................

Emma: Yes, I love writing and drawing pictures of my stories.

M.me Malinovskyi: (4) ........................

Emma: Because it pays well.

M.me Malinovskyi: (5) ........................

Emma: Are you sure? What kind of offer?

M.me Malinovskyi: (6) ........................

Emma: When will this happen?

M.me Malinovskyi: (7) ........................

Emma: Thank you. That is just what I needed to hear. Can I ask you another question?

M.me Malinovskyi (8) ........................

Emma: Doesn’t everybody?

M.me Malinovskyi: (9) ........................

Emma: Thank you very much!

M.me Malinovskyi: (10) ........................

 

  1. The crystal ball says that it will be from a publishing company. You will soon be working with books.
  2. I will look into my crystal ball.
  3. I know what you are about to ask me. You want to know about love.
  4. I also see that you have applied for a job as a bank manager. Why are you looking for such a dull job?
  5. All I can tell you is that the telephone call will change your life.
  6. It will happen very soon. You will receive a call from them at the end of next week. I suggest you prepare a portfolio of your stories and illustrations.
  7. What would you like to know?
  8. Be patient. I can see very clearly that a better offer is on its way.
  9. I can see you are very artistic. You have a very good imagination.
  10. I know I’ll see you again.

M.me Malinovskyi: (1) ........................

Emma: Yesterday I went for a job interview. Can you tell me if I got the job?

M.me Malinovskyi: (2) ........................

Emma: What can you see?

M.me Malinovskyi: (3) ........................

Emma: Yes, I love writing and drawing pictures of my stories.

M.me Malinovskyi: (4) ........................

Emma: Because it pays well.

M.me Malinovskyi: (5) ........................

Emma: Are you sure? What kind of offer?

M.me Malinovskyi: (6) ........................

Emma: When will this happen?

M.me Malinovskyi: (7) ........................

Emma: Thank you. That is just what I needed to hear. Can I ask you another question?

M.me Malinovskyi (8) ........................

Emma: Doesn’t everybody?

M.me Malinovskyi: (9) ........................

Emma: Thank you very much!

M.me Malinovskyi: (10) ........................

 

  1. The crystal ball says that it will be from a publishing company. You will soon be working with books.
  2. I will look into my crystal ball.
  3. I know what you are about to ask me. You want to know about love.
  4. I also see that you have applied for a job as a bank manager. Why are you looking for such a dull job?
  5. All I can tell you is that the telephone call will change your life.
  6. It will happen very soon. You will receive a call from them at the end of next week. I suggest you prepare a portfolio of your stories and illustrations.
  7. What would you like to know?
  8. Be patient. I can see very clearly that a better offer is on its way.
  9. I can see you are very artistic. You have a very good imagination.
  10. I know I’ll see you again.
Soluzioni
  1. g
  2. b
  3. i
  4. d
  5. h
  6. a
  7. f
  8. c
  9. e
  10. j
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Leggi il dialogo tra un ragazzo insistente e una ragazza in un pub londinese. Completa le frasi del dialogo usando le question tags.

Jeff: Hi, you come here often, ............................... ?

Louise: No, I don’t. This is the first time actually.

Jeff: But your face is very familiar. Ah, I know. You don’t go to the gym on the corner, .................................. ?

Louise: I’ve never been to a gym in my life. Look at me again. I’m not exactly the sporty type now, ............................... ?

Jeff: Well, perhaps not. Hmm, I remember, you’re a friend of Phil’s, ............................... ?

Louise: Phil who?

Jeff: Phil Lamb. You were at his party last Saturday, ............................... ?

Louise: You can’t be serious, ............................... ? You are not trying to chat me up, ............................... ?

Jeff: Me? I wouldn’t dare do such a thing, ....................... ?

Louise: Hmm?

Jeff: I’m being too friendly, ............................... ?

Louise: You can say that again!

Jeff: I’ve got it. You’ve been to Scottie’s jazz club recently, ............................... ?

Louise: Well, yes. I was there two weeks ago to hear that American Blues singer. But we didn’t meet there, ............................... ?

Jeff: Oh yes, we did. I obviously didn’t make a very good impression on you, ...............................? You were standing right behind me. I smiled at you and you looked at me with a strange light in your eyes.

Louise: Ah! Now it’s all coming back to me. You were wearing a red shirt, ............................... ?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: There was a girl in a bright green dress next to you, ............................... ?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: Well, that strange light in my eyes was anger. I couldn’t hear a thing because someone in a red shirt kept on chatting to a girl in a green dress all through the concert. The conversation started out something like this: “Hi, you come here often, ............................... ?”

Jeff: Hi, you come here often, ............................... ?

Louise: No, I don’t. This is the first time actually.

Jeff: But your face is very familiar. Ah, I know. You don’t go to the gym on the corner, .................................. ?

Louise: I’ve never been to a gym in my life. Look at me again. I’m not exactly the sporty type now, ............................... ?

Jeff: Well, perhaps not. Hmm, I remember, you’re a friend of Phil’s, ............................... ?

Louise: Phil who?

Jeff: Phil Lamb. You were at his party last Saturday, ............................... ?

Louise: You can’t be serious, ............................... ? You are not trying to chat me up, ............................... ?

Jeff: Me? I wouldn’t dare do such a thing, ....................... ?

Louise: Hmm?

Jeff: I’m being too friendly, ............................... ?

Louise: You can say that again!

Jeff: I’ve got it. You’ve been to Scottie’s jazz club recently, ............................... ?

Louise: Well, yes. I was there two weeks ago to hear that American Blues singer. But we didn’t meet there, ............................... ?

Jeff: Oh yes, we did. I obviously didn’t make a very good impression on you, ...............................? You were standing right behind me. I smiled at you and you looked at me with a strange light in your eyes.

Louise: Ah! Now it’s all coming back to me. You were wearing a red shirt, ............................... ?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: There was a girl in a bright green dress next to you, ............................... ?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: Well, that strange light in my eyes was anger. I couldn’t hear a thing because someone in a red shirt kept on chatting to a girl in a green dress all through the concert. The conversation started out something like this: “Hi, you come here often, ............................... ?”

Soluzioni

Jeff: Hi, you come here often, don’t you?

Louise: No, I don’t. This is the first time actually.

Jeff: But your face is very familiar. Ah, I know. You don’t go to the gym on the corner, do you?

Louise: I’ve never been to a gym in my life. Look at me again. I’m not exactly the sporty type now, am I?

Jeff: Well, perhaps not. Hmm, I remember, you’re a friend of Phil’s, aren't you?

Louise: Phil who?

Jeff: Phil Lamb. You were at his party last Saturday, weren't you?

Louise: You can’t be serious, can you? You are not trying to chat me up, are you?

Jeff: Me? I wouldn’t dare do such a thing, would I?

Louise: Hmm?

Jeff: I’m being too friendly, aren't I?

Louise: You can say that again!

Jeff: I’ve got it. You’ve been to Scottie’s jazz club recently, haven’t you?

Louise: Well, yes. I was there two weeks ago to hear that American Blues singer. But we didn’t meet there, did we?

Jeff: Oh yes, we did. I obviously didn’t make a very good impression on you, did I? You were standing right behind me. I smiled at you and you looked at me with a strange light in your eyes.

Louise: Ah! Now it’s all coming back to me. You were wearing a red shirt, weren't you?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: There was a girl in a bright green dress next to you, wasn't there?

Jeff: That’s right.

Louise: Well, that strange light in my eyes was anger. I couldn’t hear a thing because someone in a red shirt kept on chatting to a girl in a green dress all through the concert. The conversation started out something like this: “Hi, you come here often, don't you?”

Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Leggi il dialogo. Completa le domande con il verbo to be e rispondi usando le informazioni relative a Max Robinson.

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.

 

  1. What .............................................. your name? ............................................................................................................................................
  2. What .............................................. your surname? ............................................................................................................................................
  3. Where ........................................... you from? ............................................................................................................................................
  4. What .............................................. your email address? ............................................................................................................................................
  5. What .............................................. your job? ............................................................................................................................................
  6. Where ........................................... you going? ............................................................................................................................................
  7. .............................................................. you married? ............................................................................................................................................
  8. What star sign ...................... you?

(Airport announcement) Flights to Copenhagen and Zurich are delayed. Please wait in the lounge for further announcements and check the monitors for information.

Max: Oh no! Not again! It’s always late on Sundays.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. It’s terrible. Where are you going?
Max: I’m going to Copenhagen. I’m in a hurry, because I’m getting married tomorrow morning.
Jane: Oh! Congratulations!
Max: Thank you. And where are you going?
Jane: I’m going to Zurich to see a friend.
Max: Oh I see. By the way, my name’s Max, Max Robinson. I’m from Australia.
Jane: Oh really? I’m from Melbourne, where exactly are you from?
Max: Well I’m from Melbourne too. I’m an architect. What’s your name?
Jane: Jane, Jane Cunningham. I’m a journalist for the Melbourne Age.
Max: Oh yes, your name is familiar. It’s sometimes on the front page. You’re young and famous.
Jane: I’m 29 years old. My star sign is Leo. We’re ambitious people. What about you?
Max: I’m an Aries, always in a hurry. Are you thirsty?
Jane: Yes, let’s have a drink from the machine over there.
Max: Hmm, er, what’s your address in Melbourne?
Jane: My address is 64 Elizabeth Street, Carlton but I’m not at home very much. My email address is jane.cunningham@one.net.au. This is my card. What’s your email address?
Max: It’s max.rob@ozemail.com.au. Here’s my card. Oh, look at the monitor! Our flights are ready for boarding.
Jane: Yes, you’re right. Well, good luck for tomorrow.
Max: Thanks, you too.

 

  1. What .............................................. your name? ............................................................................................................................................
  2. What .............................................. your surname? ............................................................................................................................................
  3. Where ........................................... you from? ............................................................................................................................................
  4. What .............................................. your email address? ............................................................................................................................................
  5. What .............................................. your job? ............................................................................................................................................
  6. Where ........................................... you going? ............................................................................................................................................
  7. .............................................................. you married? ............................................................................................................................................
  8. What star sign ...................... you?
Soluzioni
  1. What is/What’s your name? My name’s Max.
  2. What is/What’s your surname? It’s Robinson/ My surname’s Robinson.
  3. Where are you from? I’m from Melbourne, Australia.
  4. What is/What’s your email address? It’s Max.Rob@ozemail.com.
  5. What is/What’s your job? I’m an architect.
  6. Where are you going? Copenhagen.
  7. Are you married? No, I’m not.
  8. What star sign are you? I’m an Aries.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard

Leggi il seguente articolo e completalo con le forme passive dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

ISS – The International Space Station

The first station (1) ................................................ (create) in 1969 by joining two Russian Soyuz vehicles in space. Construction started on the ISS in 1998 and (2) ............................................................................. (complete) in 2011. Today astronauts travel to the space station via a Russian Soyuz capsule. However, on March 3rd, 2020, history (3) .............. ......................................... (make) when a New Capsule became a privately-owned spacecraft to transport people to the ISS. The space station (4) ................................................... (occupy) by different international crews of seven people since November 2nd, 2000. The ISS (5) ........................................... (own) by Europe, the USA, Russia, Canada and Japan according to a “cooperative programme.” Until recently U.S. research on board the station (6) ............................................... (reserve) for government initiatives but now there are various onboard experiments that (7) ......................................... (aim) at developing knowledge to help humans to prepare for future spaceflight. There are also a lot of science and technology experiments that (8) .......................................................... continuously ..................................... (conduct) by crew members. The Earth (9) ....................................... (circle) by The Space Station every 90 minutes at a speed of about 28,000 km per hour. This means 16 sunrises and sunsets (10) ................................................. (see) by the crew everyday. The ISS is the third brightest object in the sky. No special equipment (11) ...................................................... (require) to see it. It is visible because it is reflected by the light of the Sun. However, it isn’t bright enough to see during the day. It can only (12) .................................. (spot) when it is dawn or dusk at your location.

ISS – The International Space Station

The first station (1) ................................................ (create) in 1969 by joining two Russian Soyuz vehicles in space. Construction started on the ISS in 1998 and (2) ............................................................................. (complete) in 2011. Today astronauts travel to the space station via a Russian Soyuz capsule. However, on March 3rd, 2020, history (3) .............. ......................................... (make) when a New Capsule became a privately-owned spacecraft to transport people to the ISS. The space station (4) ................................................... (occupy) by different international crews of seven people since November 2nd, 2000. The ISS (5) ........................................... (own) by Europe, the USA, Russia, Canada and Japan according to a “cooperative programme.” Until recently U.S. research on board the station (6) ............................................... (reserve) for government initiatives but now there are various onboard experiments that (7) ......................................... (aim) at developing knowledge to help humans to prepare for future spaceflight. There are also a lot of science and technology experiments that (8) .......................................................... continuously ..................................... (conduct) by crew members. The Earth (9) ....................................... (circle) by The Space Station every 90 minutes at a speed of about 28,000 km per hour. This means 16 sunrises and sunsets (10) ................................................. (see) by the crew everyday. The ISS is the third brightest object in the sky. No special equipment (11) ...................................................... (require) to see it. It is visible because it is reflected by the light of the Sun. However, it isn’t bright enough to see during the day. It can only (12) .................................. (spot) when it is dawn or dusk at your location.

Soluzioni
  1. was created
  2. was completed
  3. was made
  4. has been occupied
  5. is owned
  6. had been reserved
  7. are aimed
  8. are being conducted
  9. is circled
  10. are seen
  11. is required
  12. be spotted
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Leggi il seguente brano e formula domande per le informazioni in corsivo servendoti delle parole date.

Robert’s holidays

During my seaside holidays I always have a wonderful time with my cousins (1). Every summer we meet three friends (2) from Germany (3). We speak English (4) to them, and often go out together at night. When it is cloudy, we stay in my flat (5) where we listen to some music (6). We often organise parties together. We normally write down the names of friends (7) to invite, and prepare a list of the things to buy.

  1. Robert / to the seaside / with / ? .................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. friends / they / meet / every summer / ? / How many ..............................................................................................................................................
  3. they / from / ? / Where ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. language / speak together? ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. they do / cloudy? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. they / listen to? .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. they / write down? .......................................................................................................................................................................................................

Robert’s holidays

During my seaside holidays I always have a wonderful time with my cousins (1). Every summer we meet three friends (2) from Germany (3). We speak English (4) to them, and often go out together at night. When it is cloudy, we stay in my flat (5) where we listen to some music (6). We often organise parties together. We normally write down the names of friends (7) to invite, and prepare a list of the things to buy.

  1. Robert / to the seaside / with / ? .................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. friends / they / meet / every summer / ? / How many ..............................................................................................................................................
  3. they / from / ? / Where ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. language / speak together? ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. they do / cloudy? ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. they / listen to? .............................................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. they / write down? .......................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Who does Robert go to the seaside with?
  2. friends do they meet every summer?
  3. Where are they from?
  4. Which language do they speak together?
  5. What do they do when it is cloudy?
  6. What do they listen to?
  7. What do they write down?
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Leggi il seguente brano e rispondi alle domande con frasi complete.

Andrew’s life

Andrew Smith’s life runs smoothly. He is a very happy man. He lives in a big house in Scotland and works for the post office. He gets up at 7 a.m. and has a big breakfast. Then he drives to work in his Rover. He has lunch in a café with his boss, and he finishes work late in the afternoon. When he gets home he watches TV for an hour. He has dinner with his wife and goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.

  1. Is Andrew Smith happy? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time does he get up? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Where does he live? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. How does he go to work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What type of car has he got? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does he have lunch at home? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. When does he finish work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Does he go to bed early? ..................................................................................................................................................................................

Andrew’s life

Andrew Smith’s life runs smoothly. He is a very happy man. He lives in a big house in Scotland and works for the post office. He gets up at 7 a.m. and has a big breakfast. Then he drives to work in his Rover. He has lunch in a café with his boss, and he finishes work late in the afternoon. When he gets home he watches TV for an hour. He has dinner with his wife and goes to bed at 9:30 p.m.

  1. Is Andrew Smith happy? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time does he get up? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Where does he live? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. How does he go to work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What type of car has he got? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Does he have lunch at home? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  7. When does he finish work? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Does he go to bed early? ..................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Yes, he is.
  2. He gets up at 7 a.m.
  3. He lives in a big house in Scotland.
  4. He goes by car.
  5. He’s got a Rover.
  6. No, he has lunch in a café with his boss.
  7. He finishes work late in the afternoon.
  8. Yes, he does.
Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi il testo e rispondi alle domande che seguono.

Croydon

Croydon is a very large suburb in South London, with a population of about 380,000. It isn’t particularly beautiful, but it is popular because it has two very big shopping centres, and a lot of interesting shops which are close to East Croydon station.

This extremely busy station has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton. Croydon also has an excellent tram network. Its green trams are fast, reliable and very comfortable, and don’t pollute the environment. Near East Croydon station is Boxpark, where you can eat fantastic street food from all over the world. There is also Beatbox with a calendar of diverse events including cinema, live music, creative workshops, art exhibitions, comedy nights and an indoor market.

The famous outdoor market in Surry Street dates back to 1276. It is lively and friendly, and the fresh fruit and vegetables are not expensive. On Sundays there is interactive street theatre and musical entertainment. Not far from the market is the Ludoquist café, where you can play board games and eat fresh pizza.

 

Glossary

reliable: affidabile; board games: giochi da tavolo

 

  1. Why is Croydon popular? .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What are the trams like? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why is East Croydon railway station convenient? .............................................................................................................................................................
  4. What can you eat at Boxpark? ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Where can you buy fresh fruit and vegetables? .................................................................................................................................................................

Croydon

Croydon is a very large suburb in South London, with a population of about 380,000. It isn’t particularly beautiful, but it is popular because it has two very big shopping centres, and a lot of interesting shops which are close to East Croydon station.

This extremely busy station has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton. Croydon also has an excellent tram network. Its green trams are fast, reliable and very comfortable, and don’t pollute the environment. Near East Croydon station is Boxpark, where you can eat fantastic street food from all over the world. There is also Beatbox with a calendar of diverse events including cinema, live music, creative workshops, art exhibitions, comedy nights and an indoor market.

The famous outdoor market in Surry Street dates back to 1276. It is lively and friendly, and the fresh fruit and vegetables are not expensive. On Sundays there is interactive street theatre and musical entertainment. Not far from the market is the Ludoquist café, where you can play board games and eat fresh pizza.

 

Glossary

reliable: affidabile; board games: giochi da tavolo

 

  1. Why is Croydon popular? .....................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What are the trams like? ......................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why is East Croydon railway station convenient? .............................................................................................................................................................
  4. What can you eat at Boxpark? ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Where can you buy fresh fruit and vegetables? .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Because it has two big shopping centres and a lot of interesting shops.
  2. They are fast, reliable and very comfortable.
  3. Because it has frequent and direct trains to central London and also to Gatwick Airport and the seaside town of Brighton.
  4. You can eat fantastic street food from all over the world.
  5. At the famous outdoor market in Surry Street.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Leggi il testo e sottolinea la forma corretta. Distingui tra situazioni abituali, di fatto o naturali (present simple) e situazioni in corso o in evoluzione (present continuous).

Global warming

Climate change (1) occurs/is occurring when the normal temperatures and the amount of rain in a specific area (2) are steadily (costantemente) decreasing/ steadily decrease. The climate (3) is changing/ changes mainly because of human activities. Every day we (4) burn/are burning too many fossil fuels for transport, manufacturing and heating. These activities (5) cause/are causing the emission of greenhouse gases, such as carbon dioxide. They (6) trap/ are trapping (trattengono) the heat in the atmosphere, causing temperatures to rise. So, what are the consequences of global warming? Here are some recent facts. Ocean levels (7) are constantly rising/constantly rise with the risk of flooding coastal towns. Animals (8) are migrating/migrate to cooler (più freschi) places and risk extinction. Many glaciers (9) are melting/melt because of higher (più alte) temperatures. By protecting the environment, we can help prevent natural disasters, especially those related to our forests. Trees, in fact, (10) absorb/are absorbing carbon dioxide, (11) retain/are retaining water in the soil and (12) limit/are limiting evaporation and dispersion of emissions. By preserving the vegetation, we also (13) help/are helping make the land available for agriculture and food production.

Global warming

Climate change (1) occurs/is occurring when the normal temperatures and the amount of rain in a specific area (2) are steadily (costantemente) decreasing/ steadily decrease. The climate (3) is changing/ changes mainly because of human activities. Every day we (4) burn/are burning too many fossil fuels for transport, manufacturing and heating. These activities (5) cause/are causing the emission of greenhouse gases, such as carbon dioxide. They (6) trap/ are trapping (trattengono) the heat in the atmosphere, causing temperatures to rise. So, what are the consequences of global warming? Here are some recent facts. Ocean levels (7) are constantly rising/constantly rise with the risk of flooding coastal towns. Animals (8) are migrating/migrate to cooler (più freschi) places and risk extinction. Many glaciers (9) are melting/melt because of higher (più alte) temperatures. By protecting the environment, we can help prevent natural disasters, especially those related to our forests. Trees, in fact, (10) absorb/are absorbing carbon dioxide, (11) retain/are retaining water in the soil and (12) limit/are limiting evaporation and dispersion of emissions. By preserving the vegetation, we also (13) help/are helping make the land available for agriculture and food production.

Soluzioni
  1. occurs
  2. steadily decrease
  3. is changing
  4. burn
  5. cause
  6. trap
  7. are constantly rising
  8. are migrating
  9. are melting
  10. absorb
  11. retain
  12. limit
  13. help
Livello B1 Comparativo di maggioranza, Superlativo relativo, Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Leggi il testo relativo a easyJet scegliendo l’alternativa corretta tra quelle date di seguito.

We are (1) ................................................ airline in Europe and have some of (2) ................................................ fares on over 1,000 routes in more than 30 countries. We are able to help you make your trip with your family (3) ................................................ possible. If you (4) ......................................................................... with children under five, we’ll board you early. We are able to offer you some wonderful deals on your flight and hotel package all year round, and online you can find (5) ................................................................. deals that (6) ................................................ you discover (7) ................................................ holidays for (8) ....................................................................................... than other companies.

1. a. large b. the largest c. the larger d. largest

2. a. the lowest b. low c. lower d. more lower

3. a. smoother as b. smoother than c. as smooth as d. smooth as

4. a. will travel b. will be travel c. are travelling d. will be travelling

5. a. the last b. last c. the latest d. the later

6. a. will let b. let c. will be letting d. are going to let

7. a. the better b. the best c. more good d. more better

8. a. least b. few c. fewer d. less

We are (1) ................................................ airline in Europe and have some of (2) ................................................ fares on over 1,000 routes in more than 30 countries. We are able to help you make your trip with your family (3) ................................................ possible. If you (4) ......................................................................... with children under five, we’ll board you early. We are able to offer you some wonderful deals on your flight and hotel package all year round, and online you can find (5) ................................................................. deals that (6) ................................................ you discover (7) ................................................ holidays for (8) ....................................................................................... than other companies.

1. a. large b. the largest c. the larger d. largest

2. a. the lowest b. low c. lower d. more lower

3. a. smoother as b. smoother than c. as smooth as d. smooth as

4. a. will travel b. will be travel c. are travelling d. will be travelling

5. a. the last b. last c. the latest d. the later

6. a. will let b. let c. will be letting d. are going to let

7. a. the better b. the best c. more good d. more better

8. a. least b. few c. fewer d. less

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. a
  3. c
  4. c
  5. c
  6. a
  7. b
  8. d
Livello B1 Past perfect simple

Leggi il testo su Hetty Green e completalo con le forme date del past perfect simple e del past perfect continuous.

had become • had never heated • had paid • had inherited • had contracted • had lost • had been investing • had broken • had been greedily accumulating

Hetty Green’s legendary stinginess

Hetty Green was born in Massachusetts (USA) in 1835. Since she was twenty-one she (1) ................................................ huge sums that she (2) ......................................................................... from her father. By the time she was twenty-five, she (3) ...................................................................... one of the richest and most hated women in the world. She was called the “witch of Wall Street” because she (4) .............................................. money for years. There are many tales about her stinginess. Throughout her life she (5) ........................................... her house nor used hot water. She used to eat mostly pies that cost a few cents. She never changed her clothes, she used to wear a long worn out black dress. One story recounts that she spent a whole night looking for a stamp she (6) ...................................................... and she (7) ................................................. only two cents for. She cured her son Ned at home after he (8) ................................................... his leg as a child because she didn’t want to pay for medical assistance. Worst of all, they amputated Ned’s leg after he (9) .......................................................... a serious infection.

had become • had never heated • had paid • had inherited • had contracted • had lost • had been investing • had broken • had been greedily accumulating

Hetty Green’s legendary stinginess

Hetty Green was born in Massachusetts (USA) in 1835. Since she was twenty-one she (1) ................................................ huge sums that she (2) ......................................................................... from her father. By the time she was twenty-five, she (3) ...................................................................... one of the richest and most hated women in the world. She was called the “witch of Wall Street” because she (4) .............................................. money for years. There are many tales about her stinginess. Throughout her life she (5) ........................................... her house nor used hot water. She used to eat mostly pies that cost a few cents. She never changed her clothes, she used to wear a long worn out black dress. One story recounts that she spent a whole night looking for a stamp she (6) ...................................................... and she (7) ................................................. only two cents for. She cured her son Ned at home after he (8) ................................................... his leg as a child because she didn’t want to pay for medical assistance. Worst of all, they amputated Ned’s leg after he (9) .......................................................... a serious infection.

Soluzioni
  1. had been investing
  2. had inherited
  3. had become
  4. had been greedily accumulating
  5. had never heated
  6. had lost
  7. had paid
  8. had broken
  9. had contracted
Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

Leggi la breve favola di Esopo e formula domande o risposte a seconda dei casi.

The hare and the hound

A hound was chasing a hare in the woods but after a while he gave up the chase. A goat was watching them, and when he saw the hound stop he said to him “Ah, ah, the hare runs faster than you.” The hound replied, “Can’t you see the difference between us? I was only running for my dinner, while the hare was running for his life.”

Glossary: hare: lepre; hound: segugio, cane da caccia; to chase: inseguire; to give up: rinunciare; goat: capra

 

1. What ..................................................................................................................... in the woods? He was chasing a hare.

2. What happened after a while? .....................................................................................................................

3. Who ..................................................................................................................... ? A goat.

4. What ..................................................................................................................... ? He said, “Ah, ah, the hare runs faster than you”.

5. What ..................................................................................................... for? He was ................................................................................................... for his dinner.

6. What ................................................................................................. for? He was ............................................................................................. for his life.

The hare and the hound

A hound was chasing a hare in the woods but after a while he gave up the chase. A goat was watching them, and when he saw the hound stop he said to him “Ah, ah, the hare runs faster than you.” The hound replied, “Can’t you see the difference between us? I was only running for my dinner, while the hare was running for his life.”

Glossary: hare: lepre; hound: segugio, cane da caccia; to chase: inseguire; to give up: rinunciare; goat: capra

 

1. What ..................................................................................................................... in the woods? He was chasing a hare.

2. What happened after a while? .....................................................................................................................

3. Who ..................................................................................................................... ? A goat.

4. What ..................................................................................................................... ? He said, “Ah, ah, the hare runs faster than you”.

5. What ..................................................................................................... for? He was ................................................................................................... for his dinner.

6. What ................................................................................................. for? He was ............................................................................................. for his life.

Soluzioni

1. What was the hound doing in the woods? He was chasing a hare.
2. What happened after a while? He gave up the chase.
3. Who was watching them? A goat.
4. What did the goat say to the hound? He said, “Ah, ah, the hare runs faster than you”.
5. What was the hound running for? He was running for his dinner.
6. What was the hare running for? He was running for his life.

Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo, Present continuous VS Present simple

Leggi la conversazione al telefono fra Brian e Maggie.

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Indica se le frasi che seguono sono vere (T) o false (F).

  1. Maggie is watching TV at the moment.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  2. Maggie usually plays tennis during the week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  3. Brian often plays tennis on Thursdays.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  4. Maggie goes to Manchester twice a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  5. Maggie doesn’t like boxing.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  6. Maggie usually plays squash once a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  7. Maggie is going to the theatre with her parents on Tuesday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  8. Brian speaks French.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  9. Maggie is going to the pub on Monday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  10. Maggie always goes out on Friday.  [ T ]  [ F ]

Maggie: 02 086 573 642. Hello?

Brian: Can I speak to Maggie, please?

Maggie: Yes, speaking.

Brian: Oh, hello. It’s Brian from the office.

Maggie: Oh, how are you Brian?

Brian: Fine, thanks. What are you doing on this grey Monday evening?

Maggie: Nothing special. I’m just preparing a quick dinner and then at 8 o’clock I’m meeting my Japanese friend Tomoko at the pub. Do you speak Japanese?

Brian: No, I don’t speak any foreign languages. Are you free tomorrow evening?

Maggie: No, I’m sorry I’m not. I’m taking my parents to a performance of Othello at the Royal Court Theatre.

Brian: Oh, I see. What about Wednesday evening?

Maggie: Wednesday? Oh, I’m sorry. I always go to Tai Chi lessons at 7 o’clock on Wednesdays.

Brian: What a pity! I’m going to an important boxing match and I have two tickets.

Maggie: I don’t like boxing. I prefer martial arts.

Brian: Do you like tennis? I often play doubles on Thursday evenings. We can play together.

Maggie: Actually I prefer squash. In fact, I’m playing squash this Thursday. I usually play squash twice a week with my French friend, Pierre.

Brian: You certainly have a very active life. What are you doing on Friday evening?

Maggie: I never go out on Fridays because I baby-sit for my sister.

Brian: How about the weekend? Are you free?

Maggie: No, I’m afraid I’m not. I’m going to Manchester. My cousin is getting married on Saturday and I’m catching the 9 o’clock train back on Sunday night.

Brian: Oh, well. Never mind. Maybe next week. Bye Maggie.

Maggie: Bye Brian. Thanks for calling. See you at the office.

 

Indica se le frasi che seguono sono vere (T) o false (F).

  1. Maggie is watching TV at the moment.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  2. Maggie usually plays tennis during the week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  3. Brian often plays tennis on Thursdays.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  4. Maggie goes to Manchester twice a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  5. Maggie doesn’t like boxing.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  6. Maggie usually plays squash once a week.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  7. Maggie is going to the theatre with her parents on Tuesday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  8. Brian speaks French.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  9. Maggie is going to the pub on Monday evening.  [ T ]  [ F ]
  10. Maggie always goes out on Friday.  [ T ]  [ F ]
Soluzioni

1F; 2F; 3T; 4F; 5T; 6F; 7T; 8F; 9T; 10F

Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Leggi la descrizione delle situazioni e scrivi frasi usando just, already oppure yet come nell’esempio.

Esempio
You go to your aunt’s immediately after dinner. She is having dinner and asks you:
Why don’t you have something to eat?
You answer: Thanks, but I have just had dinner.

1. Mary went to the dentist’s two hours ago. She is still there. Somebody asks: Is Mary at home?

You say: No, ................................................................................................................................................... (come back).

2. You have planned a meal out with your friends and you have reserved a table at the restaurant. Your friend asks

you: Shall I phone to reserve a table?

You answer: No, .......................................................................................................................................................... it (do).

3. You are thinking of buying a new car. A friend asks you: What kind of car are you going to buy?

You answer: I .......................................................................................................................................................... (not decide).

4. You passed your maths exam, a few minutes later you meet a friend. He asks: What about your exam?

You answer: I .......................................................................................................................................................... it (pass).

Esempio
You go to your aunt’s immediately after dinner. She is having dinner and asks you:
Why don’t you have something to eat?
You answer: Thanks, but I have just had dinner.

1. Mary went to the dentist’s two hours ago. She is still there. Somebody asks: Is Mary at home?

You say: No, ................................................................................................................................................... (come back).

2. You have planned a meal out with your friends and you have reserved a table at the restaurant. Your friend asks

you: Shall I phone to reserve a table?

You answer: No, .......................................................................................................................................................... it (do).

3. You are thinking of buying a new car. A friend asks you: What kind of car are you going to buy?

You answer: I .......................................................................................................................................................... (not decide).

4. You passed your maths exam, a few minutes later you meet a friend. He asks: What about your exam?

You answer: I .......................................................................................................................................................... it (pass).

Soluzioni
  1. she hasn’t come back yet
  2. I have already done it
  3. have not decided yet
  4. have just passed it.
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Leggi la lettera che Anna ha mandato alla sua collega dalla Svezia. Completa le frasi con la forma corretta di to be used to e to get used to dei verbi tra parentesi.

Dear Zoe, Here I am in the south of Sweden not far from the bridge with Denmark. I couldn’t believe it when I first got off the train, it was snowing in April! You know how I love the heat! It will be hard to (1) ...................................................... (live) in such a cold climate. Another difficult thing for me is eating times. Here they have dinner at 6.30 p.m. when I’m not at all hungry. I’m afraid I just can’t (2) ........................................................ (eat) so early. I wake up in the middle of the night starving. Thank goodness there’s a huge breakfast. I (3) ............................................................................ (not/drink) large cups of Swedish coffee. When I take the train in the morning everything is so silent, the train, the passengers and the snow, so I (4) ...................................................................................... already ............................................................ (read) on my half hour journey into the beautiful university city of Lund. Everyone seems to have a bicycle here. I (5) ...................................................................... (not/see) so many people riding around in the snow. I can’t wait to get an old bicycle for myself. I wonder if I (6) ........................................................ ever ........................................................ (ride) one in Italian traffic when I get back home. Another pleasant aspect of life here is that most people speak good English. One reason is that the Swedish watch films on TV in the original language, something that Italians (7) ................. ............................................ (not/do). The school where I teach has a flexible timetable so I will have to (8) ........................................................ (teach) in the afternoons. On Saturday schools are closed here so why don’t you come over for a long weekend and see everything for yourself?

Love, Anna

Dear Zoe, Here I am in the south of Sweden not far from the bridge with Denmark. I couldn’t believe it when I first got off the train, it was snowing in April! You know how I love the heat! It will be hard to (1) ...................................................... (live) in such a cold climate. Another difficult thing for me is eating times. Here they have dinner at 6.30 p.m. when I’m not at all hungry. I’m afraid I just can’t (2) ........................................................ (eat) so early. I wake up in the middle of the night starving. Thank goodness there’s a huge breakfast. I (3) ............................................................................ (not/drink) large cups of Swedish coffee. When I take the train in the morning everything is so silent, the train, the passengers and the snow, so I (4) ...................................................................................... already ............................................................ (read) on my half hour journey into the beautiful university city of Lund. Everyone seems to have a bicycle here. I (5) ...................................................................... (not/see) so many people riding around in the snow. I can’t wait to get an old bicycle for myself. I wonder if I (6) ........................................................ ever ........................................................ (ride) one in Italian traffic when I get back home. Another pleasant aspect of life here is that most people speak good English. One reason is that the Swedish watch films on TV in the original language, something that Italians (7) ................. ............................................ (not/do). The school where I teach has a flexible timetable so I will have to (8) ........................................................ (teach) in the afternoons. On Saturday schools are closed here so why don’t you come over for a long weekend and see everything for yourself?

Love, Anna

Soluzioni
  1. get used to living
  2. get used to eating
  3. haven’t got used to drinking
  4. have got used to reading
  5. am not used to seeing
  6. will get used to riding
  7. are not used to doing
  8. get used to teaching
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Leggi la lettera che Tracy scrive a un giornale sul suo fidanzato e completa le frasi con i verbi like, enjoy, prefer, hate e love sotto le loro foto.

Dear Mrs Rose,

I’m writing to you about my boyfriend, Mick. I’m not sure if he is the right person for me. He hates school and he always gets very bad marks, while I get good marks because I love school and I really like studying. His favourite subject is PE, and he plays all types of sport including football and volleyball. He never does his homework. I usually do it for him but I’m not happy about it. He’s really fond of rock music and he plays the electric guitar. I prefer jazz and classical music. He rarely stays at home at the weekend. He usually goes out with his friends to noisy places, like discos. I hate noisy places. I like photography and the silence of nature, and I often sit quietly in my garden with my camera taking pictures of birds. At the weekends I really like walking in the country, but he doesn’t, so it’s really difficult for us to do things together! Do you think he is the “right” one?

Yours sincerely, Tracy

 

Mick

  1. He .................................................. school. (go)
  2. He .................................................. his homework. (do)
  3. He .................................................. football. (play)
  4. He .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  5. He .................................................. to rock music. (listen)
  6. He .................................................. the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He .................................................. at home. (stay)
  8. He .................................................. in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She .................................................. school. (go)
  2. She .................................................. Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  4. She .................................................. photographs. (take)
  5. She .................................................. in noisy places. (be)
  6. She .................................................. to jazz. (listen)
  7. She .................................................. in her garden. (sit)
  8. She .................................................. at the birds. (look)

Dear Mrs Rose,

I’m writing to you about my boyfriend, Mick. I’m not sure if he is the right person for me. He hates school and he always gets very bad marks, while I get good marks because I love school and I really like studying. His favourite subject is PE, and he plays all types of sport including football and volleyball. He never does his homework. I usually do it for him but I’m not happy about it. He’s really fond of rock music and he plays the electric guitar. I prefer jazz and classical music. He rarely stays at home at the weekend. He usually goes out with his friends to noisy places, like discos. I hate noisy places. I like photography and the silence of nature, and I often sit quietly in my garden with my camera taking pictures of birds. At the weekends I really like walking in the country, but he doesn’t, so it’s really difficult for us to do things together! Do you think he is the “right” one?

Yours sincerely, Tracy

 

Mick

  1. He .................................................. school. (go)
  2. He .................................................. his homework. (do)
  3. He .................................................. football. (play)
  4. He .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  5. He .................................................. to rock music. (listen)
  6. He .................................................. the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He .................................................. at home. (stay)
  8. He .................................................. in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She .................................................. school. (go)
  2. She .................................................. Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She .................................................. in the country. (walk)
  4. She .................................................. photographs. (take)
  5. She .................................................. in noisy places. (be)
  6. She .................................................. to jazz. (listen)
  7. She .................................................. in her garden. (sit)
  8. She .................................................. at the birds. (look)
Soluzioni

Mick

  1. He hates going school. (go)
  2. He hates/doesn’t like doing his homework. (do)
  3. He loves/prefers playing football. (play)
  4. He doesn’t like walking in the country. (walk)
  5. He loves listening to rock music. (listen)
  6. He loves/likes playing the electric guitar. (play)
  7. He doesn’t like staying at home. (stay)
  8. He prefers/likes dancing in the disco. (dance)

Tracy

  1. She loves going school. (go)
  2. She hates/doesn’t like doing Mick’s homework. (do)
  3. She likes walking in the country. (walk)
  4. She likes taking photographs. (take)
  5. She hates being in noisy places. (be)
  6. She prefers listening to jazz. (listen)
  7. She likes/loves sitting in her garden. (sit)
  8. She enjoys/likes looking at the birds. (look)
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone
Leggi la seguente conversazione. Poi rispondi alle domande che seguono.

Terry: Hello, Paula. You look worried. Is it because it’s Friday 13th?

Paula: Don’t be silly Terry. You know I’m not superstitious. It’s just that it’s my twenty-fifth birthday today and I feel a bit old and grey.

erry: Oh, come on! You look great. By the way, it’s my boyfriend’s birthday too. Why don’t we all go and celebrate at Pierre’s Bistro tonight?

Paula: Oh, no. Not Pierre’s. The food is terrible. Thank goodness it’s near the chemist’s for emergencies.

Terry: Aren’t you exaggerating a bit? It’s not that bad. How about Harry’s Bar

Paula: Where’s that?

Terry: It’s on the third floor of that new mega record store in Oxford Street. There’s also a new disco on the fourth floor.

Paula: Hmm, that’s a very good idea. I can dance away the night and forget my age. What’s the name of the disco?

Terry: The Black Cat. It’s a good sign for your twenty-fifth year on this planet.

Paula: Can I bring John?

Terry: Who’s John?

Paula: He’s a very special friend of mine.

Terry: Oh, I see.

(At Harry’s Bar)

Paula: John, this is my friend

Terry. John: Hi, Terry. Nice to meet you. Isn’t Terry a boy’s name?

Terry: Yes, but mine is short for Teresa, my grandmother’s name. My grandparents on my mother’s side come from the south of Italy and my father’s family come from Wales.

John: What a wonderful combination! The Welsh love of singing with the Italian love of opera. You can sing a special “Happy Birthday” to Paula.

Terry: And to my boyfriend when he gets here. He’s always late even for his birthday. Whose glass of wine is this?

John: It’s yours. It’s a good red wine from southern Italy. And this is Paula’s glass. Champagne for the birthday girl!

 

  1. What date is it? ....................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Whose birthdays are today? ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. How old is Paula? ...............................................................................................................................................................
  4. Where are they going to celebrate? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. Where is it? .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. What’s the name of the disco? ..........................................................................................................................................
  7. Who’s John? ........................................................................................................................................................................
  8. What is Terry’s grandmother’s name? ...............................................................................................................................
  9. Who comes from Wales? ...................................................................................................................................................
  10. Whose is the glass of wine? ..............................................................................................................................................
  11. Whose is the glass of champagne? ..................................................................................................................................

Terry: Hello, Paula. You look worried. Is it because it’s Friday 13th?

Paula: Don’t be silly Terry. You know I’m not superstitious. It’s just that it’s my twenty-fifth birthday today and I feel a bit old and grey.

erry: Oh, come on! You look great. By the way, it’s my boyfriend’s birthday too. Why don’t we all go and celebrate at Pierre’s Bistro tonight?

Paula: Oh, no. Not Pierre’s. The food is terrible. Thank goodness it’s near the chemist’s for emergencies.

Terry: Aren’t you exaggerating a bit? It’s not that bad. How about Harry’s Bar

Paula: Where’s that?

Terry: It’s on the third floor of that new mega record store in Oxford Street. There’s also a new disco on the fourth floor.

Paula: Hmm, that’s a very good idea. I can dance away the night and forget my age. What’s the name of the disco?

Terry: The Black Cat. It’s a good sign for your twenty-fifth year on this planet.

Paula: Can I bring John?

Terry: Who’s John?

Paula: He’s a very special friend of mine.

Terry: Oh, I see.

(At Harry’s Bar)

Paula: John, this is my friend

Terry. John: Hi, Terry. Nice to meet you. Isn’t Terry a boy’s name?

Terry: Yes, but mine is short for Teresa, my grandmother’s name. My grandparents on my mother’s side come from the south of Italy and my father’s family come from Wales.

John: What a wonderful combination! The Welsh love of singing with the Italian love of opera. You can sing a special “Happy Birthday” to Paula.

Terry: And to my boyfriend when he gets here. He’s always late even for his birthday. Whose glass of wine is this?

John: It’s yours. It’s a good red wine from southern Italy. And this is Paula’s glass. Champagne for the birthday girl!

 

  1. What date is it? ....................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Whose birthdays are today? ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. How old is Paula? ...............................................................................................................................................................
  4. Where are they going to celebrate? ...................................................................................................................................
  5. Where is it? .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. What’s the name of the disco? ..........................................................................................................................................
  7. Who’s John? ........................................................................................................................................................................
  8. What is Terry’s grandmother’s name? ...............................................................................................................................
  9. Who comes from Wales? ...................................................................................................................................................
  10. Whose is the glass of wine? ..............................................................................................................................................
  11. Whose is the glass of champagne? ..................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s Friday 13th;
  2. Paula’s and Terry’s boyfriend’s;
  3. She’s twenty-five;
  4. At Harry’s Bar;
  5. On the third floor of the mega record store in Oxford Street;
  6. The Black Cat;
  7. Paula’s special friend;
  8. Teresa;
  9. Terry’s father’s family;
  10. It’s Terry’s;
  11. It’s Paula’s.
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Leggi la serie di eventi concatenati e scrivi frasi usando il periodo ipotetico di terzo tipo.

  1. Spent a holiday in Sardinia
  2. Met Antonio
  3. Didn’t go back to England
  4. Studied Italian
  5. Worked as an interpreter
  6. Bought a house by the sea
  7. Learned how to play golf

1. If I hadn’t spent a holiday in Sardinia, I wouldn’t have met Antonio.

2. If I hadn’t met Antonio, I would have gone back to England.

3. If I had gone back to England, .................................................................................................................................

4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

6. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

  1. Spent a holiday in Sardinia
  2. Met Antonio
  3. Didn’t go back to England
  4. Studied Italian
  5. Worked as an interpreter
  6. Bought a house by the sea
  7. Learned how to play golf

1. If I hadn’t spent a holiday in Sardinia, I wouldn’t have met Antonio.

2. If I hadn’t met Antonio, I would have gone back to England.

3. If I had gone back to England, .................................................................................................................................

4. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

5. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

6. ...................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. If I hadn’t spent a holiday in Sardinia, I wouldn’t have met Antonio.
  2. If I hadn’t met Antonio, I would have gone back to England.
  3. If I had gone back to England, I wouldn’t have studied Italian.
  4. If I hadn’t studied Italian, I wouldn’t have worked as an interpreter.
  5. If I hadn’t worked as an interpreter, I wouldn’t have bought a house by the sea.
  6. If I hadn’t bought a house by the sea, I wouldn’t have learned how to play golf.
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Leggi le descrizioni dei due cugini di Mary e completa il brano su di loro con il comparativo di uguaglianza e minoranza.

Mary’s two cousins

Here’ s Paul, he is 16. He is very reserved and studious. He gets up at 7 a.m. every morning, and revises his lessons before leaving the house. He is very punctual, and is never late for lessons. He doesn’t care about keeping fit, and doesn’t eat healthy food. He doesn’t like sports and music very much, and he only goes to the swimming pool once a week. He has got only a few friends. He is not very sociable, and goes out only at weekends. In the house he is a bit lazy, and does not tidy his room very often. He prefers reading. He reads three books a month.

Here’s Robert, he’s nearly 18. He’s tall and very good-looking. He’s very friendly and sociable. He has a lot of friends, and goes out with them almost every day. He likes sleeping a lot, and doesn’t get up before 8 a.m., so he is often late for school. He isn’t very studious. He doesn’t read much, but he likes thrillers. He reads only one book a month. He goes to the swimming pool three times a week. He’s very athletic; he eats only healthy food as he likes keeping fit. He is very tidy, and he often cleans his room.

 

Robert is nearly (1) .......................................... age (2) ..................................... Paul, but he is (3) ..................................... studious and reserved (4) ........................................ his brother. Paul is not (5) ....................................... tall or (6) ......................................... good-looking (7) .......................................... his brother Robert. He doesn’t like sports, and is (8) .................................. athletic (9) ......................................... his brother. Robert is (10) .................................. punctual (11) ............................. Paul. He doesn’t get up (12) ............................... early (13) ............................................ Paul, and is often late for school. Robert reads (14) ................................................. books (15) ................................................. his brother, but Paul doesn’t go to the swimming pool (16) ..................................... often (17) ..................................... Robert. Paul eats (18) ..................................... healthy food (19) ................................ Robert, because he doesn’t care about keeping fit. He isn’t (20) .............................................. thin (21) ............................................ his brother. Paul isn’t (22) ............................................. friendly or sociable (23) .............................................. Robert. He goes out (24) .............................................. frequently, and has (25) ............................................ friends than his brother. Paul’s room is not (26) ............................................ clean (27) ............................................ his brother’s. Robert is (28) ............................................ lazy (29) ............................................ his brother.

Mary’s two cousins

Here’ s Paul, he is 16. He is very reserved and studious. He gets up at 7 a.m. every morning, and revises his lessons before leaving the house. He is very punctual, and is never late for lessons. He doesn’t care about keeping fit, and doesn’t eat healthy food. He doesn’t like sports and music very much, and he only goes to the swimming pool once a week. He has got only a few friends. He is not very sociable, and goes out only at weekends. In the house he is a bit lazy, and does not tidy his room very often. He prefers reading. He reads three books a month.

Here’s Robert, he’s nearly 18. He’s tall and very good-looking. He’s very friendly and sociable. He has a lot of friends, and goes out with them almost every day. He likes sleeping a lot, and doesn’t get up before 8 a.m., so he is often late for school. He isn’t very studious. He doesn’t read much, but he likes thrillers. He reads only one book a month. He goes to the swimming pool three times a week. He’s very athletic; he eats only healthy food as he likes keeping fit. He is very tidy, and he often cleans his room.

 

Robert is nearly (1) .......................................... age (2) ..................................... Paul, but he is (3) ..................................... studious and reserved (4) ........................................ his brother. Paul is not (5) ....................................... tall or (6) ......................................... good-looking (7) .......................................... his brother Robert. He doesn’t like sports, and is (8) .................................. athletic (9) ......................................... his brother. Robert is (10) .................................. punctual (11) ............................. Paul. He doesn’t get up (12) ............................... early (13) ............................................ Paul, and is often late for school. Robert reads (14) ................................................. books (15) ................................................. his brother, but Paul doesn’t go to the swimming pool (16) ..................................... often (17) ..................................... Robert. Paul eats (18) ..................................... healthy food (19) ................................ Robert, because he doesn’t care about keeping fit. He isn’t (20) .............................................. thin (21) ............................................ his brother. Paul isn’t (22) ............................................. friendly or sociable (23) .............................................. Robert. He goes out (24) .............................................. frequently, and has (25) ............................................ friends than his brother. Paul’s room is not (26) ............................................ clean (27) ............................................ his brother’s. Robert is (28) ............................................ lazy (29) ............................................ his brother.

Soluzioni

Robert is nearly (1) the same age (2) as Paul, but he is (3) less studious and reserved (4) than his brother. Paul is not (5) so/as tall or (6) as good-looking (7) as his brother Robert. He doesn’t like sports, and is (8) less athletic (9) than his brother. Robert is (10) less punctual (11) than Paul. He doesn’t get up (12) so/as early (13) as Paul, and is often late for school. Robert reads (14) fewer books (15) than his brother, but Paul doesn’t go to the swimming pool (16) as often (17) as Robert. Paul eats (18) less healthy food (19) than Robert, because he doesn’t care about keeping fit. He isn’t (20) so/as thin (21) as his brother. Paul isn’t (22) so/as friendly or sociable (23) as Robert. He goes out (24) less frequently, and has (25) fewer friends than his brother. Paul’s room is not (26) so/as clean (27) as his brother’s. Robert is (28) less lazy (29) than his brother.

Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Leggi le due schede e usa i suggerimenti per scrivere frasi complete.

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Diana
Town/City: London
Instrument: guitar
Music: like classical
Not like pop music

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Paul
Town/City: Bath
Instrument: piano
Music: like classical
Not like pop, rap

Esempio:
Diana / come / London
Diana comes from London.

 

  1. Diana / Paul / like / music
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Diana / come / London / Paul / Bath
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Diana / play / the guitar
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Diana / Paul / like / pop music / not
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Paul / like / rap? / no, / he
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Diana / play / the guitar? / yes, / she
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Paul / Diana / like / classical music? yes, / they
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Paul / play the guitar / not / play / piano
    .................................................................................................................................................................

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Diana
Town/City: London
Instrument: guitar
Music: like classical
Not like pop music

Manchester Music Annual Event

Name: Paul
Town/City: Bath
Instrument: piano
Music: like classical
Not like pop, rap

Esempio:
Diana / come / London
Diana comes from London.

 

  1. Diana / Paul / like / music
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Diana / come / London / Paul / Bath
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Diana / play / the guitar
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Diana / Paul / like / pop music / not
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Paul / like / rap? / no, / he
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Diana / play / the guitar? / yes, / she
    ..................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Paul / Diana / like / classical music? yes, / they
    .................................................................................................................................................................
  8. Paul / play the guitar / not / play / piano
    .................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Diana and Paul like music.
  2. Diana comes from London and Paul comes from Bath.
  3. Diana plays the guitar.
  4. Diana and Paul don’t like pop music.
  5. “Does Paul like rap?” “No, he doesn’t.”
  6. “Does Diana play the guitar?” “Yes, she does.”
  7. “Do Paul and Diana like classical music?” “Yes, they do.”
  8. Paul doesn’t play the guitar, he plays the piano.
Livello A2 There is / there are

Leggi le frasi e sottolinea la risposta corretta.

Esempio
There is/there are two new students in my class.
There are two new students in my class.

  1. There is/There are an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There is/There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there/Are there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is/There are a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There is/There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there/Are there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There is/There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There is/There are many children in the park.

Esempio
There is/there are two new students in my class.
There are two new students in my class.

  1. There is/There are an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There is/There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there/Are there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is/There are a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There is/There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there/Are there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There is/There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There is/There are many children in the park.
Soluzioni
  1. There is an interesting museum in this town.
  2. There are large parks in London.
  3. Is there a car park near the bank?
  4. There is a new cinema on the outskirts of the town.
  5. There are 25 flats in this building.
  6. Is there a hospital near Jane’s house?
  7. There are a lot of people at the market this morning!
  8. There are many children in the park.
Livello A2 Comprensione del testo
Leggi le spiegazioni date da una guida turistica e colloca gli oggetti elencati nella stanza appropriata.

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for this visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with his family until his death in 1882. He had 10 children, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also a couple of measuring instruments from that period on the desk. That is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and those are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is an old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with two bay windows and a very large table in the middle. A lot of famous people from London visited him in his country residence. It was an honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now an interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research
and various discoveries. Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and laboratories. What a beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times a day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and sandwiches in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

red notebooks • bay windows • paintings • café • exhibition • microscope • fireplace • large table • globe • laboratories • writing desk

  1. Dining room: .........................................................................
  2. Bedrooms: .........................................................................
  3. Kitchen: .........................................................................
  4. Garden: .........................................................................
  5. Hall: .........................................................................
  6. Study: .........................................................................

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for this visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with his family until his death in 1882. He had 10 children, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also a couple of measuring instruments from that period on the desk. That is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and those are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is an old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with two bay windows and a very large table in the middle. A lot of famous people from London visited him in his country residence. It was an honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now an interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research
and various discoveries. Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and laboratories. What a beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times a day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and sandwiches in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

red notebooks • bay windows • paintings • café • exhibition • microscope • fireplace • large table • globe • laboratories • writing desk

  1. Dining room: .........................................................................
  2. Bedrooms: .........................................................................
  3. Kitchen: .........................................................................
  4. Garden: .........................................................................
  5. Hall: .........................................................................
  6. Study: .........................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Dining room: bay windows, large table;
  2. Bedrooms: exhibition;
  3. Kitchen: café;
  4. Garden: laboratories;
  5. Hall: paintings;
  6. Study: writing desk, microscope, fireplace, red notebooks, globe.
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un', Plurale dei sostantivi, I dimostrativi: this, that, these, those
Leggi le spiegazioni date da una guida turistica e completa il brano con l’alternativa corretta per ogni parola mancante.

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for (1) .................................... visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with (2) .................................... family until his death in 1882. He had 10 (3) ........................................, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also (4) ............................................ couple of measuring instruments from (5) .................................... period on the desk. (6) .................................... is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and (7) .................................... are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is (8) .................................... old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with (9) ........................................ bay windows and (10) ........................................ very large table in the middle. A lot of famous (11) ................................................ from London visited him in his country residence. It was (12) ................................................... honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now (13) ........................................... interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research and various (14) ................................ Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and (15) ......................................... What (16) .................................. beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times (17) .................................... day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and (18) .................................... in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

  1. this / that / these
  2. your / his / her
  3. children / childs / childrens
  4. a / one / an
  5. that / those / this
  6. This / That / Those
  7. those / these / that
  8. a / an / one
  9. two / an / a
  10. their / a / her
  11. person / persons / people
  12. one / a / an
  13. a pair of / a / an
  14. discoverys / discovery / discoveries
  15. laboratorys / laboratory / laboratories
  16. one / an / a
  17. in a / one / a
  18. sandwich / sandwichs / sandwiches

Charles Darwin’s house

Good afternoon, my name’s Pamela and I’m your guide for (1) .................................... visit to Down House and gardens. Please follow me. Charles Darwin lived here for 40 years with (2) .................................... family until his death in 1882. He had 10 (3) ........................................, many of whom became famous. We are now in Darwin’s study with his writing desk and his famous microscope. There are also (4) ............................................ couple of measuring instruments from (5) .................................... period on the desk. (6) .................................... is his favourite chair over there near the fireplace and (7) .................................... are some of his red notebooks on the small table near the window. In the corner is (8) .................................... old globe. Now please follow me into the billiard room where Darwin relaxed. Here you can see his old bookcase. In the hall are some paintings of the family and over there is the dining room with (9) ........................................ bay windows and (10) ........................................ very large table in the middle. A lot of famous (11) ................................................ from London visited him in his country residence. It was (12) ................................................... honour to have dinner with the Darwin family in this room. Upstairs in the former bedrooms there is now (13) ........................................... interactive exhibition on Darwin’s life, research and various (14) ................................ Now let’s go outside to see the numerous rose gardens and (15) ......................................... What (16) .................................. beautiful day it is to be here! Follow me around the Sandwalk where Darwin walked three times (17) .................................... day to digest and to think. After this walk you can have tea and (18) .................................... in the new café which was the original kitchen and then visit the shop on the ground floor.

 

  1. this / that / these
  2. your / his / her
  3. children / childs / childrens
  4. a / one / an
  5. that / those / this
  6. This / That / Those
  7. those / these / that
  8. a / an / one
  9. two / an / a
  10. their / a / her
  11. person / persons / people
  12. one / a / an
  13. a pair of / a / an
  14. discoverys / discovery / discoveries
  15. laboratorys / laboratory / laboratories
  16. one / an / a
  17. in a / one / a
  18. sandwich / sandwichs / sandwiches
Soluzioni
  1. this;
  2. his;
  3. children;
  4. a;
  5. that;
  6. That;
  7. those;
  8. an;
  9. two;
  10. a,
  11. people;
  12. an;
  13. an;
  14. discoveries;
  15. laboratories;
  16. a;
  17. a;
  18. sandwiches.
Livello A2 Can/can't: potere

Leggi l’elenco delle abilità connesse con l’uso delle tecnologie e scrivi ciò che sai fare oppure non sai fare in relazione alle stesse.

Esempio
give a Power Point presentation
I can give a Power Point presentation.

  1. use Whatsapp
    ..........................................................................................
  2. download photos from the Net
    ..........................................................................................
  3. use Instagram
    ..........................................................................................
  4. book flights online
    ..........................................................................................
  5. do online research
    ..........................................................................................
  6. use Excel
    ..........................................................................................
  7. make charts and graphs
    ..........................................................................................

Esempio
give a Power Point presentation
I can give a Power Point presentation.

  1. use Whatsapp
    ..........................................................................................
  2. download photos from the Net
    ..........................................................................................
  3. use Instagram
    ..........................................................................................
  4. book flights online
    ..........................................................................................
  5. do online research
    ..........................................................................................
  6. use Excel
    ..........................................................................................
  7. make charts and graphs
    ..........................................................................................
Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive

Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing, Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Leggi l’intervista con Phil, un nuovo idolo della musica, e completa il brano con i verbi dati tra parentesi.

A: Well, how did it all start?

B: It started out as a bit of a joke really. My friends suggested that I (1) ...................................................... (go) on one of those talent contests on TV, just for a laugh, you know how it is, and I won.

A: When did you start (2) ...................................................... (play) the guitar?

B: My parents wanted me (3) ...................................................... (play) the violin when I was quite young. Oh, you can’t imagine how I hated (4) ...................................................... (practise) every day! When I tried (5) ...................................................... (tell) them that I would never become a violinist, they just wouldn’t listen. They used to lock me in my room and wouldn’t let me (6) ...................................................... (go) out until dinner time. I used to sit down and dream of (7) ...................................................... (have) a better life. Then one day I remember (8) ...................................................... (open) the window and hearing the most exciting  sound I had ever heard. It was the song by Pink Floyd “Wish You Were Here.” It changed my life completely and now I’m here where I wish to be. I’ll never forget (9) ...................................................... (pick up) my first guitar in the local music shop. I started playing and just kept on (10) ...................................................... (play) for hours.

A: What about your parents?

B: Well, at first they were furious. Anyway, now they seem to have got used to (11) ............................................................... (be) the parents of a wild guitarist and not a serious violinist. I went back to see them recently and I couldn’t believe my eyes. My room was exactly the way it used to (12) ............................................................... (be) before I left home. All my things were still there, even the violin that was standing silently in a corner. Then I noticed the labels and I couldn’t help (13) ...................................................... (laugh). My room, my prison, is now a museum!

A: Well, how did it all start?

B: It started out as a bit of a joke really. My friends suggested that I (1) ...................................................... (go) on one of those talent contests on TV, just for a laugh, you know how it is, and I won.

A: When did you start (2) ...................................................... (play) the guitar?

B: My parents wanted me (3) ...................................................... (play) the violin when I was quite young. Oh, you can’t imagine how I hated (4) ...................................................... (practise) every day! When I tried (5) ...................................................... (tell) them that I would never become a violinist, they just wouldn’t listen. They used to lock me in my room and wouldn’t let me (6) ...................................................... (go) out until dinner time. I used to sit down and dream of (7) ...................................................... (have) a better life. Then one day I remember (8) ...................................................... (open) the window and hearing the most exciting  sound I had ever heard. It was the song by Pink Floyd “Wish You Were Here.” It changed my life completely and now I’m here where I wish to be. I’ll never forget (9) ...................................................... (pick up) my first guitar in the local music shop. I started playing and just kept on (10) ...................................................... (play) for hours.

A: What about your parents?

B: Well, at first they were furious. Anyway, now they seem to have got used to (11) ............................................................... (be) the parents of a wild guitarist and not a serious violinist. I went back to see them recently and I couldn’t believe my eyes. My room was exactly the way it used to (12) ............................................................... (be) before I left home. All my things were still there, even the violin that was standing silently in a corner. Then I noticed the labels and I couldn’t help (13) ...................................................... (laugh). My room, my prison, is now a museum!

Soluzioni
  1. went
  2. playing
  3. to play
  4. practising
  5. to tell
  6. go
  7. having
  8. opening
  9. picking up
  10. playing
  11. being
  12. to be
  13. laughing
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Leggi l’oroscopo e inserisci un connettivo appropriato scegliendo tra quelli dati.

although • so that • despite • however • even though • on the other hand • but • whereas • to • as

Libra
Although this has been a bad month for you, things are beginning to look up. For those of you who are single, love is just around the corner, (1) ......................................... the fact that you no longer believe it’s possible. (2) ............................................................., you should think twice before you speak to strangers, (3) ..................................................... you are a bit aggressive at the moment. (4) ........................................., this extra energy means that you are ready to take risks, so now’s the time to take up new physical activities (5) ......................................................... you will be fit for whatever lies ahead. You are basically kind and generous (6) .......................................................... be careful with money at the moment, because people could take advantage of you. You consider honesty a sign of strength, (7) ......................................... others consider it a sign of weakness. (8) ...................................................... find your way out of the dark, just follow your instinct and trust your intuition. Remember that “every cloud has a silver lining”, and (9) ............................................................ your clouds are black at the moment, the light will soon come shining through.

although • so that • despite • however • even though • on the other hand • but • whereas • to • as

Libra
Although this has been a bad month for you, things are beginning to look up. For those of you who are single, love is just around the corner, (1) ......................................... the fact that you no longer believe it’s possible. (2) ............................................................., you should think twice before you speak to strangers, (3) ..................................................... you are a bit aggressive at the moment. (4) ........................................., this extra energy means that you are ready to take risks, so now’s the time to take up new physical activities (5) ......................................................... you will be fit for whatever lies ahead. You are basically kind and generous (6) .......................................................... be careful with money at the moment, because people could take advantage of you. You consider honesty a sign of strength, (7) ......................................... others consider it a sign of weakness. (8) ...................................................... find your way out of the dark, just follow your instinct and trust your intuition. Remember that “every cloud has a silver lining”, and (9) ............................................................ your clouds are black at the moment, the light will soon come shining through.

Soluzioni
  1. Although
  2. despite
  3. However
  4. as
  5. On the other hand
  6. so that
  7. but
  8. whereas To
  9. even though
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (2)

Leggi queste informazioni che riguardano due compagnie aree. Poi completa le frasi usando both airlines o neither airline.

1. It leaves twice a day.
Flyaway: Yes
Fastjet: Yes

2. It serves free meals on board.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No

3. It offers competitive prices.
Flyaway: Yes
Fastjet: Yes

4. It accepts phone bookings.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No

5. It supplies free airport-city bus link.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No


1. Both Flyaway and Fastjet leave twice a day.

2. ........................................................... serves free meals on board.

3. ........................................................... offer competitive prices.

4. ........................................................... accepts phone bookings.

5. ................................................ supplies free airport-city bus link.

1. It leaves twice a day.
Flyaway: Yes
Fastjet: Yes

2. It serves free meals on board.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No

3. It offers competitive prices.
Flyaway: Yes
Fastjet: Yes

4. It accepts phone bookings.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No

5. It supplies free airport-city bus link.
Flyaway: No
Fastjet: No


1. Both Flyaway and Fastjet leave twice a day.

2. ........................................................... serves free meals on board.

3. ........................................................... offer competitive prices.

4. ........................................................... accepts phone bookings.

5. ................................................ supplies free airport-city bus link.

Soluzioni
  1. Both Flyaway and Fastjet
  2. Neither airline
  3. Both airlines
  4. Neither airline
  5. Neither airline
Livello B1-B2 Wish/if only

Lillian, che tiene una rubrica in una rivista per adolescenti, riceve la seguente lettera. Leggi la lettera e completala con i tempi corretti dei verbi dati tra parentesi.

Letters to Lillian

Dear Lilly, I am sixteen years old and I am “invisible”. Nobody takes any notice of me because I have got such an ordinary face and shapeless body. If only I (1) ........................................................... (be) more attractive! What makes things worse is that my best friend is stunningly beautiful and obviously attracts all the boys. At school my marks are much better than hers but that doesn’t seem to matter in life if you’re a girl. There are times I wish I (2) ........................................................... (be) a boy! Life is pretty miserable right now and my parents aren’t much help. I wish they (3) ........................................................... (stop) telling me what to do all the time. I’m an only child so they worry about me day and night. If only I (4) ........................................................... (have) an older sister I could talk to and joke with! I know it sounds ungrateful but I wish I (5) ........................................................... (never be born)!

Letters to Lillian

Dear Lilly, I am sixteen years old and I am “invisible”. Nobody takes any notice of me because I have got such an ordinary face and shapeless body. If only I (1) ........................................................... (be) more attractive! What makes things worse is that my best friend is stunningly beautiful and obviously attracts all the boys. At school my marks are much better than hers but that doesn’t seem to matter in life if you’re a girl. There are times I wish I (2) ........................................................... (be) a boy! Life is pretty miserable right now and my parents aren’t much help. I wish they (3) ........................................................... (stop) telling me what to do all the time. I’m an only child so they worry about me day and night. If only I (4) ........................................................... (have) an older sister I could talk to and joke with! I know it sounds ungrateful but I wish I (5) ........................................................... (never be born)!

Soluzioni
  1. were
  2. were
  3. would stop
  4. had
  5. had never been born
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Lillian, che tiene una rubrica in una rivista, risponde alla lettera di un’adolescente. Completa con i tempi corretti.

Dear Dorrie.

Do not despair about your physical appearance – that can be changed quite easily these days. If you (1) ............................................ (do) some sport, you (2) ............................................ (get) into shape and feel better about your body. If you (3) .......................................................... (go) to the hairdresser’s, you (4) ......................................................... (can) change your ordinary look. You (5) .............................................................. (not be) invisible if you (6) ............................................... (add) some colour to your hair. Who knows, you could add some colour to your life too. If I (7) .......................................................................... (be) you, I (8) .................................................................... (not complain) about my parents. When you (9) .............................................................. (be) older, you (10) ............................................................................... (realise) how lucky you are to have parents who care about you so much. You are an intelligent girl and have a lot to offer, so keep studying. If you (11) ........................................................................ (talk) about interesting things, you (12) ................................................................... (attract) interesting boys. Remember, brains last longer than beauty. If you (13) .............................................................. (wait) a little longer, you (14) ................................................................... (see).

Good luck, Lillian

Dear Dorrie.

Do not despair about your physical appearance – that can be changed quite easily these days. If you (1) ............................................ (do) some sport, you (2) ............................................ (get) into shape and feel better about your body. If you (3) .......................................................... (go) to the hairdresser’s, you (4) ......................................................... (can) change your ordinary look. You (5) .............................................................. (not be) invisible if you (6) ............................................... (add) some colour to your hair. Who knows, you could add some colour to your life too. If I (7) .......................................................................... (be) you, I (8) .................................................................... (not complain) about my parents. When you (9) .............................................................. (be) older, you (10) ............................................................................... (realise) how lucky you are to have parents who care about you so much. You are an intelligent girl and have a lot to offer, so keep studying. If you (11) ........................................................................ (talk) about interesting things, you (12) ................................................................... (attract) interesting boys. Remember, brains last longer than beauty. If you (13) .............................................................. (wait) a little longer, you (14) ................................................................... (see).

Good luck, Lillian

Soluzioni
  1. did
  2. would get
  3. went
  4. could
  5. would not be
  6. added
  7. were
  8. wouldn’t complain
  9. are
  10. will realise
  11. talk
  12. will attract
  13. wait
  14. ’ll see
Livello B1-B2 Wish/if only

Lorraine non è soddisfatta del comportamento del suo ragazzo. Scrivi cosa dice al riguardo, usando la struttura wish + would.

Esempio
My boyfriend always falls asleep at the cinema.
I wish my boyfriend wouldn’t fall asleep at the cinema.

1. My boyfriend always arrives late whenever we go out together.

....................................................................................................................................

2. He goes to the pub every Friday with his mates.

....................................................................................................................................

3. He never listens to me.

....................................................................................................................................

4. He always phones me early in the morning when I’m in a hurry.

....................................................................................................................................

5. He never buys me a present on my birthday.

....................................................................................................................................

6. He drives too fast.

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
My boyfriend always falls asleep at the cinema.
I wish my boyfriend wouldn’t fall asleep at the cinema.

1. My boyfriend always arrives late whenever we go out together.

....................................................................................................................................

2. He goes to the pub every Friday with his mates.

....................................................................................................................................

3. He never listens to me.

....................................................................................................................................

4. He always phones me early in the morning when I’m in a hurry.

....................................................................................................................................

5. He never buys me a present on my birthday.

....................................................................................................................................

6. He drives too fast.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I wish my boyfriend wouldn’t arrive late whenever we go out together.
  2. I wish he wouldn’t go to the pub every Friday with his mates.
  3. I wish he would listen to me.
  4. I wish he wouldn’t phone me early in the morning when I’m in a hurry.
  5. I wish he would buy me a present on my birthday.

  6. I wish he wouldn’t drive so fast.

Livello A2-B1 Past continuous

L’esercizio riguarda una giornata in campagna. Completa le domande con la forma del past continuous e rispondi dando le informazioni giuste come nell’esempio.

Esempio
David and Trevor / play football? / eat / chips
“Were David and Trevor playing football?” “No, they were eating chips.”

 

1. Mary / sit / on the grass? lay / the table (to lay the table = apparecchiare

...............................................................................................................................................................

2. Paul and Andrew, / play / football? / quarrel / over the ball 

...............................................................................................................................................................

3. Bob / help / Mary / with the lunch? / read / the newspaper 

...............................................................................................................................................................

4. Helen / help / her mother Mary? / listen / music / lying on the grass 

...............................................................................................................................................................

5. Silvia / listen / music too? / take photos of squirrels 

...............................................................................................................................................................

6. Carol and Steve / run? / ride their bikes / through the woods

...............................................................................................................................................................

7. Martin and Anne / relax / on the grass? / have a walk

...............................................................................................................................................................

Esempio
David and Trevor / play football? / eat / chips
“Were David and Trevor playing football?” “No, they were eating chips.”

 

1. Mary / sit / on the grass? lay / the table (to lay the table = apparecchiare

...............................................................................................................................................................

2. Paul and Andrew, / play / football? / quarrel / over the ball 

...............................................................................................................................................................

3. Bob / help / Mary / with the lunch? / read / the newspaper 

...............................................................................................................................................................

4. Helen / help / her mother Mary? / listen / music / lying on the grass 

...............................................................................................................................................................

5. Silvia / listen / music too? / take photos of squirrels 

...............................................................................................................................................................

6. Carol and Steve / run? / ride their bikes / through the woods

...............................................................................................................................................................

7. Martin and Anne / relax / on the grass? / have a walk

...............................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Was Mary sitting on the grass?” “No, she was laying the table.”
  2. “Were Paul and Andrew playing football?” “No, they were quarrelling over the ball.”
  3. “Was Bob helping Mary with the lunch?” “No, he was reading the newspaper.”
  4. “Was Helen helping her mother Mary?” “No, she was listening to music lying on the grass.”
  5. “Was Silvia listening to music too?” “No, she was taking photos of squirrels.”
  6. “Were Carol and Steve running?” “No, they were riding their bikes through the woods.”
  7. “Were Martin and Anne relaxing on the grass?” “No, they were having a walk.”
Livello A2 There is / there are

Marta è in vacanza ai Caraibi con un’amica. Completa la cartolina che scrive a sua sorella descrivendo il luogo e l’hotel in cui si trova. Usa le forme contratte quando possibile.

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) ............................................................. a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) ............................................................. (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3)........................................................... some areas where (4)............................................................. tables and chairs.
(5) ............................................................. a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) ............................................................. both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) ............................................................. three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) ........................................................................ a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) ........................................................................ (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) ............................................................. a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) ............................................................. (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3)........................................................... some areas where (4)............................................................. tables and chairs.
(5) ............................................................. a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) ............................................................. both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) ............................................................. three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) ........................................................................ a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) ........................................................................ (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Soluzioni

Hi Helen,

It’s a pity you are not here with us. The island is wonderful as you can see from the postcard.
(1) There are a lot of beautiful sandy beaches and, fortunately, (2) there aren't (not) many tourists.
On the beaches (3) there are some areas where (4) there are tables and chairs.
(5) There's a warm breeze now and it’s nice for long swims and sunbathing.
Our hotel is very comfortable, it’s a five star hotel!
(6) There's both an indoor and an outdoor swimming pool. (7) There are three tennis courts and two restaurants.
In each room (8) there's a TV, a safety box, a minibar and a big bathroom with a spa pool, but (9) there aren't (not) tea and coffee-making facilities!

Love,
Martha

Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità

Mary è in giardino e non può rispondere alla telefonata della sua amica Anne. Il marito, Peter, risponde e riferisce a sua moglie ciò che Anne gli sta dicendo al telefono. Immagina di essere Peter e riferisci la telefonata.

Peter: Hello, who’s speaking?

Anne: It’s Anne. Please tell Mary that I’m ill and I can’t come to collect her to go to the Laytons for dinner tonight. We agreed I had to buy a bunch of flowers for Mrs. Layton but, obviously, I can’t go out. I’ve got a temperature and a sore throat. I have to stay in bed until Sunday! I have already phoned Mr. Layton to inform him that I won’t be coming. If Mary doesn’t want to go there on her own, she can ask Laura because she is going there too. She doesn’t need to phone me back.

Peter: Mary, can you hear me? It’s Anne. She says

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

Peter: Hello, who’s speaking?

Anne: It’s Anne. Please tell Mary that I’m ill and I can’t come to collect her to go to the Laytons for dinner tonight. We agreed I had to buy a bunch of flowers for Mrs. Layton but, obviously, I can’t go out. I’ve got a temperature and a sore throat. I have to stay in bed until Sunday! I have already phoned Mr. Layton to inform him that I won’t be coming. If Mary doesn’t want to go there on her own, she can ask Laura because she is going there too. She doesn’t need to phone me back.

Peter: Mary, can you hear me? It’s Anne. She says

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

she is ill and she can’t come and collect you to go to the Laytons for dinner tonight. You agreed she had to buy a bunch of flowers for Mrs Layton but, obviously, she can’t go out. She’s got a temperature and a sore throat. She has to stay in bed until Sunday! She’s already phoned Mr Layton to inform him that she won’t be coming. If you don’t want to go there on your own, you can ask Laura because she is going there too. You don’t need to phone her back.

Livello B1-B2 Futuro in frasi dipendenti

Mary è nella sua camera e sta sognando a occhi aperti. Completa le frasi con il present simple o il futuro con will dei verbi dati.

go (x2) • travel • ring • do • be • move • invite • get (x2) • pay • earn • marry • become • tell • meet

Esempio
When I ........................ the right man, I ......................................... him.
When I meet the right man, I’ll marry him.

1. As soon as I ................................................. a good, well paid job, I ................................................. to a big house with a garden.

2. While I ................................................. still single, I ................................................. out with my friends every night.

3. I ................................................. around the world as soon as I ................................................. some money.

4. If the new job ................................................. permanent, I ................................................. a person to do all my housework.

5. If Paul ................................................. me this evening, I ................................................. out with him.

6. If he ................................................. me out next Friday, I ................................................. him I am busy.

7. I ................................................. a crossword to fill in the time until you ................................................. here.

go (x2) • travel • ring • do • be • move • invite • get (x2) • pay • earn • marry • become • tell • meet

Esempio
When I ........................ the right man, I ......................................... him.
When I meet the right man, I’ll marry him.

1. As soon as I ................................................. a good, well paid job, I ................................................. to a big house with a garden.

2. While I ................................................. still single, I ................................................. out with my friends every night.

3. I ................................................. around the world as soon as I ................................................. some money.

4. If the new job ................................................. permanent, I ................................................. a person to do all my housework.

5. If Paul ................................................. me this evening, I ................................................. out with him.

6. If he ................................................. me out next Friday, I ................................................. him I am busy.

7. I ................................................. a crossword to fill in the time until you ................................................. here.

Soluzioni
  1. get - will move
  2. am - ’ll go
  3. will travel - earn
  4. becomes - will pay
  5. rings - will go
  6. invites - ’ll tell
  7. will do - get
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo e di moto (3)

Mary vuole portare il suo cane Spyke a lezione di agility. Leggi il testo e sottolinea l’alternativa corretta.

The agility run

At the startline you hold your dog by the lead outside/along the blue kennel. First it runs through/along the grey path, then it jumps on/over the wooden fence, runs inside/across the black patch and jumps into/up the pond. After it gets out of/along the pond, it climbs up/beyond the ladder and comes down/onto the slide. Then it goes through/across the tunnel and outside/around the pit; it takes the light blue pathway and ends up onto/inside the grey kennel where it finds a big bone as a reward (premio).

The agility run

At the startline you hold your dog by the lead outside/along the blue kennel. First it runs through/along the grey path, then it jumps on/over the wooden fence, runs inside/across the black patch and jumps into/up the pond. After it gets out of/along the pond, it climbs up/beyond the ladder and comes down/onto the slide. Then it goes through/across the tunnel and outside/around the pit; it takes the light blue pathway and ends up onto/inside the grey kennel where it finds a big bone as a reward (premio).

Soluzioni

At the startline you hold your dog by the lead outside/along the blue kennel. First it runs through/along the grey path, then it jumps on/over the wooden fence, runs inside/across the black patch and jumps into/up the pond. After it gets out of/along the pond, it climbs up/beyond the ladder and comes down/onto the slide. Then it goes through/across the tunnel and outside/around the pit; it takes the light blue pathway and ends up onto/inside the grey kennel where it finds a big bone as a reward (premio).

Livello C1 Verso le certificazioni (C1)

Match to make sentences.

  1. A working group
  2. There should be
  3. It would be
  4. It is recommended
  5. Implementation of the
  6. The following actions

 

  1. an enquiry into the feasibility of the project. .........
  2. ought to be performed with a view to improving the town’s welfare. .........
  3. that a survey should be carried out. .........
  4. above ideas would result in benefits for the town as a whole. 5
  5. advantageous to involve the local community. .........
  6. should be set up by a committee of residents. .........
  1. A working group
  2. There should be
  3. It would be
  4. It is recommended
  5. Implementation of the
  6. The following actions

 

  1. an enquiry into the feasibility of the project. .........
  2. ought to be performed with a view to improving the town’s welfare. .........
  3. that a survey should be carried out. .........
  4. above ideas would result in benefits for the town as a whole. 5
  5. advantageous to involve the local community. .........
  6. should be set up by a committee of residents. .........
Soluzioni
  1. 2
  2. 6
  3. 4
  4. 5
  5. 3
  6. 1
Livello B1 Past perfect simple

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al past perfect simple e al past simple.

Esempio
After he ........................................... (write) the report he .................................... (give) it to the manager.
After he had written the report he gave it to the manager

1. Mary .................................................. (go out) although she .................................................. her homework (not finish).

2. By the time we .................................................. (come) back home the thieves .................................................. all our valuables (steal).

3. Before they .................................................. (get) married they .................................................. together for ten years (be).

4. She ................................................. (stay) at home all day long because she .......................................... the flu the week before (have).

5. Until she ................................................. (go) to Ireland she .................................................. never .................................................. by plane (travel).

6. He .................................................. (pay) by cheque because he .................................................. to renew his credit card (forget).

7. We .................................................. (not be) hungry at lunch because we .................................................. a sandwich at midday (eat).

8. She .................................................. (feel) tired because she .................................................. the night before (not sleep).

Esempio
After he ........................................... (write) the report he .................................... (give) it to the manager.
After he had written the report he gave it to the manager

1. Mary .................................................. (go out) although she .................................................. her homework (not finish).

2. By the time we .................................................. (come) back home the thieves .................................................. all our valuables (steal).

3. Before they .................................................. (get) married they .................................................. together for ten years (be).

4. She ................................................. (stay) at home all day long because she .......................................... the flu the week before (have).

5. Until she ................................................. (go) to Ireland she .................................................. never .................................................. by plane (travel).

6. He .................................................. (pay) by cheque because he .................................................. to renew his credit card (forget).

7. We .................................................. (not be) hungry at lunch because we .................................................. a sandwich at midday (eat).

8. She .................................................. (feel) tired because she .................................................. the night before (not sleep).

Soluzioni
  1. went out - hadn’t finished
  2. came - had stolen
  3. got - had been
  4. stayed - had had
  5. went - had travelled
  6. paid - had forgotten
  7. weren’t - had eaten
  8. felt - hadn’t slept
Livello B1-B2 Wish/if only

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al past simple o al past perfect, a seconda della situazione. Usa could quando possibile.

Esempio
I wish I .......................................... my handbag (not forget). Now I can’t buy that jacket.
I wish I hadn’t forgotten my handbag. Now I can’t buy that jacket.
 

1. I wish you ....................................... me the truth (tell). I would have defended you.

2. I wish I ....................................... catch the early train every morning (not have to).

3. I wish I ....................................... that cigarette when I was fifteen (not smoke). Now I can’t stop.

4. I wish you ....................................... so you would be independent (drive).

5. If only I ....................................... her telephone number (not lose)! I could have invited her out.

6. I wish I ....................................... near the sea (live). Then I could go sailing more often.

7. I wish I ....................................... good at English so that I could understand her latest songs (be).

Esempio
I wish I .......................................... my handbag (not forget). Now I can’t buy that jacket.
I wish I hadn’t forgotten my handbag. Now I can’t buy that jacket.
 

1. I wish you ....................................... me the truth (tell). I would have defended you.

2. I wish I ....................................... catch the early train every morning (not have to).

3. I wish I ....................................... that cigarette when I was fifteen (not smoke). Now I can’t stop.

4. I wish you ....................................... so you would be independent (drive).

5. If only I ....................................... her telephone number (not lose)! I could have invited her out.

6. I wish I ....................................... near the sea (live). Then I could go sailing more often.

7. I wish I ....................................... good at English so that I could understand her latest songs (be).

Soluzioni
  1. had told
  2. didn’t have to
  3. hadn’t smoked
  4. could drive
  5. hadn’t lost
  6. lived/could live
  7. were
Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al past simple o al present perfect simple.

Esempio
I ........................................ (eat / already). I’m not hungry. I ........................................ an hour ago (eat).
I’ve already eaten. I’m not hungry. I ate an hour ago.

 

1. Maria ................................................ (work) in a supermarket before she ................................................ (go) to work in a bank.

2. “............................................... reading the paper ............................................ (you / finish / yet)?” “Yes, I .......................................... (just / finish).”

3. I .............................................. to Portugal (be). I .............................................. (mean) to send you a postcard but I ............................................. (not have) your address with me.

4. I ................................................ (play) tennis for five years when I ................................................ (be) at school.

5. Nothing like that ................................................ (ever / happen) to me.

6. Paul ................................................ to London last year (go). That means that he ................................................ there three times (be)! Lucky him!

7. “................................................ your English homework (you / do / already)?” “Yes, but I ................................................ my maths assignment ................................................ (not do / yet).”

8. Look! The children ................................................ all the orange juice (drink). We need to get some more!

9. “How long ................................................ your mountain bike (you / have)?” “For a month. My parents ................................................ it to me (give) for my birthday.”

10. Meg is a vegetarian. She .............................................. meat since she was 15 (not eat). Last year she also .............................................. eating fish (stop).

Esempio
I ........................................ (eat / already). I’m not hungry. I ........................................ an hour ago (eat).
I’ve already eaten. I’m not hungry. I ate an hour ago.

 

1. Maria ................................................ (work) in a supermarket before she ................................................ (go) to work in a bank.

2. “............................................... reading the paper ............................................ (you / finish / yet)?” “Yes, I .......................................... (just / finish).”

3. I .............................................. to Portugal (be). I .............................................. (mean) to send you a postcard but I ............................................. (not have) your address with me.

4. I ................................................ (play) tennis for five years when I ................................................ (be) at school.

5. Nothing like that ................................................ (ever / happen) to me.

6. Paul ................................................ to London last year (go). That means that he ................................................ there three times (be)! Lucky him!

7. “................................................ your English homework (you / do / already)?” “Yes, but I ................................................ my maths assignment ................................................ (not do / yet).”

8. Look! The children ................................................ all the orange juice (drink). We need to get some more!

9. “How long ................................................ your mountain bike (you / have)?” “For a month. My parents ................................................ it to me (give) for my birthday.”

10. Meg is a vegetarian. She .............................................. meat since she was 15 (not eat). Last year she also .............................................. eating fish (stop).

Soluzioni

1. Maria worked (work) in a supermarket before she went (go) to work in a bank.

2. “Have you finished reading the paper yet (you / finish / yet)?” “Yes, I 've just finished (just / finish).”

3. I 've been to Portugal (be). I meant (mean) to send you a postcard but I didn't have (not have) your address with me.

4. I played (play) tennis for five years when I was (be) at school.

5. Nothing like that has ever happened (ever / happen) to me.

6. Paul went to London last year (go). That means that he has been there three times (be)! Lucky him!

7. “Have you already done your English homework (you / do / already)?” “Yes, but I haven't done my maths assignment yet (not do / yet).”

8. Look! The children have drunk all the orange juice (drink). We need to get some more!

9. “How long have you had your mountain bike (you / have)?” “For a month. My parents gave it to me (give) for my birthday.”

10. Meg is a vegetarian. She hasn’t eaten meat since she was 15 (not eat). Last year she also stopped eating fish (stop).

Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al past simple o present perfect simple.

The police are interviewing Julie, Pat Brook’s best friend. Pat (1) ..................................................... (disappear) four days ago.

Police: How long (2) ..................................................... (you / know) Pat Brook?

Julie: Oh, for a very long time. We first (3) .......................................... (meet) ten years ago when she (4) ....................................... (become) an administrator in her father’s factory; I (5) ..................................................... (work) in the same factory as a secretary for 15 years.

Police: When (6) ..................................................... (she / become) factory manager?

Julie: Soon after her father (7) ..................................................... (die). Pat (8) ..................................................... (always / show) respect to all workers and (9) ..................................................... (always / give) us good advice.

Police: (10) ..................................................... (you / often / see) her?

Julie: Yes, since we (11) ....................................... (meet) we (12) ....................................... (travel) many times together on business.

Police: (13) ..................................................... (she / give) you any hint that she might (potesse) disappear?

Julie: No, she didn’t. However, I (14) ..................................................... (not see) much of her in the factory last week.

Police: When exactly (15) ..................................................... (you / see) her last?

Julie: A week ago. Since she (16) ............................................ (disappear) I (17) ............................................ (try) to find an explanation.

The police are interviewing Julie, Pat Brook’s best friend. Pat (1) ..................................................... (disappear) four days ago.

Police: How long (2) ..................................................... (you / know) Pat Brook?

Julie: Oh, for a very long time. We first (3) .......................................... (meet) ten years ago when she (4) ....................................... (become) an administrator in her father’s factory; I (5) ..................................................... (work) in the same factory as a secretary for 15 years.

Police: When (6) ..................................................... (she / become) factory manager?

Julie: Soon after her father (7) ..................................................... (die). Pat (8) ..................................................... (always / show) respect to all workers and (9) ..................................................... (always / give) us good advice.

Police: (10) ..................................................... (you / often / see) her?

Julie: Yes, since we (11) ....................................... (meet) we (12) ....................................... (travel) many times together on business.

Police: (13) ..................................................... (she / give) you any hint that she might (potesse) disappear?

Julie: No, she didn’t. However, I (14) ..................................................... (not see) much of her in the factory last week.

Police: When exactly (15) ..................................................... (you / see) her last?

Julie: A week ago. Since she (16) ............................................ (disappear) I (17) ............................................ (try) to find an explanation.

Soluzioni
  1. disappeared
  2. have you known
  3. met
  4. became
  5. have been working
  6. did she become
  7. died
  8. has always shown
  9. has always given
  10. Did you often see
  11. met
  12. have travelled
  13. Did she give
  14. didn’t see
  15. did you see
  16. disappeared
  17. ’ve been trying
Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al present perfect simple oppure al present perfect continuous.

Esempio
“You look exhausted!” “Yes, I ......................... (study) very hard all day long”!
“You look exhausted!” “Yes, I have been studying very hard all day long!”

1. I ............................................................. Mary since last month (not see).

2. I ............................................... them for a long time, since they came to live here in the 90s (know).

3. How many pages of the novel ............................................... you ............................................... so far (read)?

4. He ............................................... a lot lately (drink). It’s very bad for his health.

5. ................................................. a letter to a newspaper (you ever write)?

6. ............................................... he ............................................... you his new house yet (show)?

Esempio
“You look exhausted!” “Yes, I ......................... (study) very hard all day long”!
“You look exhausted!” “Yes, I have been studying very hard all day long!”

1. I ............................................................. Mary since last month (not see).

2. I ............................................... them for a long time, since they came to live here in the 90s (know).

3. How many pages of the novel ............................................... you ............................................... so far (read)?

4. He ............................................... a lot lately (drink). It’s very bad for his health.

5. ................................................. a letter to a newspaper (you ever write)?

6. ............................................... he ............................................... you his new house yet (show)?

Soluzioni

1. I haven’t seen Mary since last month (not see).

2. I have known them for a long time, since they came to live here in the 90s (know).

3. How many pages of the novel have you you so far (read)?

4. He has been drinking a lot lately (drink). It’s very bad for his health.

5. Have you ever written a letter to a newspaper (you ever write)?

6. Has he shown you his new house yet (show)?

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Metti i verbi tra parentesi al present simple o al present continuous.

  1. I usually .......................................... (get up) at 8 o’clock, but this week I .......................................... (get up) at 7.
  2. My sister Sara ................................................... (live) in London, but at the moment she ....................................................... (stay) in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually ................................................... to work by car (go).
  4. Lucy is not in London at the moment. She ................................................... in Paris (study).
  5. Let’s go for a walk. It ................................................... at the moment (not rain).
  6. I ................................................... (learn) Spanish. My friend Gonzales ................................................... (teach) me.
  7. How is your brother? Is he still ill? No, he ................................................... slowly (recover).
  8. Can you hear those people? What ................................................... they ................................................... (say)?
  9. What time ................................................... he ................................................... work (finish)? He ................................................... at 5:00 p.m. every day (finish).
  1. I usually .......................................... (get up) at 8 o’clock, but this week I .......................................... (get up) at 7.
  2. My sister Sara ................................................... (live) in London, but at the moment she ....................................................... (stay) in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually ................................................... to work by car (go).
  4. Lucy is not in London at the moment. She ................................................... in Paris (study).
  5. Let’s go for a walk. It ................................................... at the moment (not rain).
  6. I ................................................... (learn) Spanish. My friend Gonzales ................................................... (teach) me.
  7. How is your brother? Is he still ill? No, he ................................................... slowly (recover).
  8. Can you hear those people? What ................................................... they ................................................... (say)?
  9. What time ................................................... he ................................................... work (finish)? He ................................................... at 5:00 p.m. every day (finish).
Soluzioni
  1. I usually get up at 8 o’clock, but this week I am getting up at 7.
  2. My sister Sara lives in London, but at the moment she is staying in Edinburgh for the festival.
  3. My mother usually goes to work by car.
  4. She is studying in Paris.
  5. It isn’t raining at the moment.
  6. I am learning Spanish. My friend Gonzales is teaching me.
  7. No, he is recovering slowly.
  8. What are they saying?
  9. What time does he finish work? He finishes at 5:00 p.m. every day.
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Metti i verbi tra parentesi alla forma in -ing o all’infinito, facendo attenzione al senso della frase.

Esempio
My neighbour doesn’t like ............................. (water) the garden now that it’s hot.
My neighbour doesn’t like to water the garden now that it’s very hot.

 

1. I don’t mind ............................. (do) the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate ............................. (cook).

2. John prefers ............................. (stay) at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love ............................. (go) to rock concerts, but they prefer ........................... (have dinner) with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys ............................. (walk) through the streets of London.

5. She likes ............................. (eat) fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate ............................. (tell) you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. ............................. (climb) can be an exciting activity.

8. I like ............................. (go) to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Esempio
My neighbour doesn’t like ............................. (water) the garden now that it’s hot.
My neighbour doesn’t like to water the garden now that it’s very hot.

 

1. I don’t mind ............................. (do) the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate ............................. (cook).

2. John prefers ............................. (stay) at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love ............................. (go) to rock concerts, but they prefer ........................... (have dinner) with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys ............................. (walk) through the streets of London.

5. She likes ............................. (eat) fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate ............................. (tell) you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. ............................. (climb) can be an exciting activity.

8. I like ............................. (go) to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Soluzioni

1. I don’t mind doing the shopping at the supermarket, but I hate cooking.

2. John prefers to stay at home next weekend because he’s very busy.

3. They love going to rock concerts, but they prefer to have dinner with their friends.

4. Helen enjoys walking through the streets of London.

5. She likes to eat fruit, because it’s good for her health.

6. I hate to tell you, but I can’t come to your party.

7. Climbing can be an exciting activity.

8. I like to go to the dentist’s twice a year for a check-up.

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare due frasi di senso compiuto per ogni spazio dato.

Esempio:
likes / Tom / people / new / meeting / is / very / He / person / a / outgoing
Tom likes meeting new people. He is a very outgoing person.

1. dancing / weekend / like / at / We / the / out / evenings / Saturday / We / go / often / on

......................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. parents / abroad / hate / My / travelling / their own country / prefer / They / visiting

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. queueing / don’t / English / mind / people / polite / are / They / very

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. with / brother / her / doesn’t like / Sheila / working / looking / She / another / job / is / for

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. letters / writing / loves / My / grandmother / phoning / She / like / doesn’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Italian / Those / girls / American / learning / like / in / evening / don’t mind / They / the / studying

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. the computer / hates / Paul / using / has to / He / his / office / use / it / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. long / Italians / spending / hours / don’t mind / restaurants / in / eating out / They / love

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
likes / Tom / people / new / meeting / is / very / He / person / a / outgoing
Tom likes meeting new people. He is a very outgoing person.

1. dancing / weekend / like / at / We / the / out / evenings / Saturday / We / go / often / on

......................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. parents / abroad / hate / My / travelling / their own country / prefer / They / visiting

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. queueing / don’t / English / mind / people / polite / are / They / very

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. with / brother / her / doesn’t like / Sheila / working / looking / She / another / job / is / for

.....................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. letters / writing / loves / My / grandmother / phoning / She / like / doesn’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Italian / Those / girls / American / learning / like / in / evening / don’t mind / They / the / studying

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. the computer / hates / Paul / using / has to / He / his / office / use / it / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. long / Italians / spending / hours / don’t mind / restaurants / in / eating out / They / love

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We like dancing at the weekend. We often go out on Saturday evenings.
  2. My parents hate travelling abroad. They prefer visiting their own country.
  3. English people don’t mind queueing. They are very polite.
  4. Sheila doesn’t like working with her brother. She is looking for another job.
  5. My grandmother loves writing letters. She doesn’t like phoning.
  6. Those American girls like learning Italian. They don’t mind studying in the evening.
  7. Paul hates using the computer. He has to use it in his office.
  8. Italians don’t mind spending long hours in restaurants. They love eating out.
Livello A2-B1 Avverbi di frequenza: espressioni di tempo

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

  1. twice / Lucy / week / goes / to the gym / a
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  2. your / free / do / usually / do / time / what / you / in / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  3. eat / out / weekends / at / we / sometimes
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  4. work / take / my / to / train / the / colleagues / never
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  5. you / do / go / often / holiday / on / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  6. tennis / often / Saturdays / friends / my / play / on
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  7. we / don’t / go / afternoon / to / the / school / in
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. weekends / usually / his / he / car / at / washes
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  9. do / on / friends / you / often / Sundays / visit / your / ?
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  10. your / Christmas puddings / does / make / mother / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  1. twice / Lucy / week / goes / to the gym / a
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  2. your / free / do / usually / do / time / what / you / in / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  3. eat / out / weekends / at / we / sometimes
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  4. work / take / my / to / train / the / colleagues / never
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  5. you / do / go / often / holiday / on / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  6. tennis / often / Saturdays / friends / my / play / on
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  7. we / don’t / go / afternoon / to / the / school / in
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  8. weekends / usually / his / he / car / at / washes
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
  9. do / on / friends / you / often / Sundays / visit / your / ?
    ..............................................................................................................................................................................
  10. your / Christmas puddings / does / make / mother / ?
    .............................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Lucy goes to the gym twice a week.
  2. What do you usually do in your free time?
  3. We sometimes eat out at weekends.
  4. My colleagues never take the train to work.
  5. Do you often go on holiday?
  6. My friends often play tennis on Saturdays.
  7. We don’t go to school in the afternoon.
  8. He usually washes his car at weekends.
  9. Do you often visit your friends on Sundays?
  10. Does your mother make Christmas puddings?
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio:
buying / they / are / presents / some
They are buying some presents.

  1. not / he / TV / watching / now / is
    .........................................................................................................................
  2. hard / are / they / this year / not studying
    .........................................................................................................................
  3. making / mistakes / is / he / always
    .........................................................................................................................
  4. listening to / are / what / you / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  5. today / not / pasta / I / eating / am
    .........................................................................................................................
  6. you / this morning / going shopping / are / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  7. constantly / wasting / money / are / you / !
    .........................................................................................................................
  8. coming / this evening / to the party / are / Anne and Paul / ?
    .........................................................................................................................

Esempio:
buying / they / are / presents / some
They are buying some presents.

  1. not / he / TV / watching / now / is
    .........................................................................................................................
  2. hard / are / they / this year / not studying
    .........................................................................................................................
  3. making / mistakes / is / he / always
    .........................................................................................................................
  4. listening to / are / what / you / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  5. today / not / pasta / I / eating / am
    .........................................................................................................................
  6. you / this morning / going shopping / are / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
  7. constantly / wasting / money / are / you / !
    .........................................................................................................................
  8. coming / this evening / to the party / are / Anne and Paul / ?
    .........................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. He is not watching TV now.
  2. This year they are not studying hard.
  3. He is always making mistakes.
  4. What are you listening to?
  5. Today I am not eating pasta.
  6. Are you going shopping this morning?
  7. You are constantly wasting money!
  8. Are Anne and Paul coming to the party this evening?
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio
difficult / is / a / Chinese / language
Chinese is a difficult language.

  1. Lecce / city / Italian / is / interesting / an
    ...................................................................................................
  2. my / teacher / English / a bit / is / tired
    ...................................................................................................
  3. my / dog / and / is / black / brown
    ...................................................................................................
  4. you / a / not / person / are / happy / very
    ...................................................................................................
  5. they / brilliant / are / students
    ...................................................................................................
  6. Max and Jane / tourists / are / Australian
    ...................................................................................................

Esempio
difficult / is / a / Chinese / language
Chinese is a difficult language.

  1. Lecce / city / Italian / is / interesting / an
    ...................................................................................................
  2. my / teacher / English / a bit / is / tired
    ...................................................................................................
  3. my / dog / and / is / black / brown
    ...................................................................................................
  4. you / a / not / person / are / happy / very
    ...................................................................................................
  5. they / brilliant / are / students
    ...................................................................................................
  6. Max and Jane / tourists / are / Australian
    ...................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Lecce is an interesting Italian city.
  2. My English teacher is a bit tired.
  3. My dog is black and brown.
  4. You are not a very happy person.
  5. They are brilliant students.
  6. Max and Jane are Australian tourists.
Livello A2 Have got: avere, possedere
Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto.
  1. wedding / they / got / invitation / an / to / the / Have / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  2. a / Bob’s / Milo / called / got / cat
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. area / hotel / parking / The / hasn’t / got / a
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  4. computer / Wright / Mrs / got / a / Has / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  5. today / time / Have / you / got / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  6. TV / got / Has / satellite / Ted / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  7. today / a / meeting / We / haven’t / got
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  8. garden / Have / you / got / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  9. a / cold / bad / got / I’ve
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  1. wedding / they / got / invitation / an / to / the / Have / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  2. a / Bob’s / Milo / called / got / cat
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  3. area / hotel / parking / The / hasn’t / got / a
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  4. computer / Wright / Mrs / got / a / Has / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  5. today / time / Have / you / got / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  6. TV / got / Has / satellite / Ted / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  7. today / a / meeting / We / haven’t / got
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  8. garden / Have / you / got / a / ?
    ...............................................................................................................................................
  9. a / cold / bad / got / I’ve
    ...............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Have they got an invitation to the wedding?
  2. Bob’s got a cat called Milo.
  3. The hotel hasn’t got a parking area.
  4. Has Mrs Wright got a computer?
  5. Have you got time today?
  6. Has Ted got a satellite TV?
  7. We haven’t got a meeting today.
  8. Have you got a garden?
  9. I’ve got a bad cold.
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto per formare frasi di senso compiuto. Poi rispondi alle domande.

1. morning / where / you / were / yesterday / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

2. did / you / last / travel / by / train / when / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

3. holidays / your / where / did / you / stay / for / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

4. time / you / did / to / what / bed / last / go / night / ? ................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................

5. breakfast / what / morning / have / did / you / for / this / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

6. you have / lunch / at / yesterday / home / did / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

7. Skakespeare / did / “Romeo and Juliet” / write / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

8. Columbus / did / when / the “New World”/ reach? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

1. morning / where / you / were / yesterday / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

2. did / you / last / travel / by / train / when / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

3. holidays / your / where / did / you / stay / for / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

4. time / you / did / to / what / bed / last / go / night / ? ................................................................................................................................... ..................................................................................................................................

5. breakfast / what / morning / have / did / you / for / this / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

6. you have / lunch / at / yesterday / home / did / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

7. Skakespeare / did / “Romeo and Juliet” / write / ? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

8. Columbus / did / when / the “New World”/ reach? ................................................................................................................................... ...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. morning / where / you / were / yesterday / ? 
Where were you yesterday morning?
Risposta soggettiva

2. did / you / last / travel / by / train / when / ?
When did you last travel by train?
Risposta soggettiva

3. holidays / your / where / did / you / stay / for / ?
Where did you stay for your holidays?
Risposta soggettiva

4. time / you / did / to / what / bed / last / go / night / ?
What time did you go to bed last night?
Risposta soggettiva

5. breakfast / what / morning / have / did / you / for / this / ?
What did you have for breakfast this morning?
​​​​​​​Risposta soggettiva

6. you have / lunch / at / yesterday / home / did / ?
Did you have lunch at home yesterday?
​​​​​​​Risposta soggettiva

7. Skakespeare / did / “Romeo and Juliet” / write / ?
Did Shakespeare write “Romeo and Juliet”?
Yes, he did.

8. Columbus / did / when / the “New World”/ reach?
When did C. Columbus reach the “New World”?
In 1492.

Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Metti le parole nell’ordine giusto, inserendo correttamente l’avverbio di tempo indeterminato.

Esempio
yet / I / report / finished / my / haven’t
I haven’t finished my report yet.

 

1. you / lunch / had / have / already / ?

....................................................................................................................................

2. actor / have / famous / met / a / you /ever / ?

....................................................................................................................................

3. just / they / car / sold / their / have / old

....................................................................................................................................

4. this / very / they / have / year / hard / worked

....................................................................................................................................

5. interesting / an / this / I / on / week / TV / seen / film / have

....................................................................................................................................

6. problems / sons / always / he / has / with / his / had

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
yet / I / report / finished / my / haven’t
I haven’t finished my report yet.

 

1. you / lunch / had / have / already / ?

....................................................................................................................................

2. actor / have / famous / met / a / you /ever / ?

....................................................................................................................................

3. just / they / car / sold / their / have / old

....................................................................................................................................

4. this / very / they / have / year / hard / worked

....................................................................................................................................

5. interesting / an / this / I / on / week / TV / seen / film / have

....................................................................................................................................

6. problems / sons / always / he / has / with / his / had

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Have you already had lunch?
  2. Have you ever met a famous actor?
  3. They have just sold their old car.
  4. They have worked very hard this year.
  5. This week I have seen an interesting film on TV.
  6. He has always had problems with his sons.
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione

Metti le seguenti frasi alla forma passiva. Usa la parola fra parentesi come nuovo soggetto.

Esempio
Someone paid Mrs Lamb a fortune for this antique table. (Mrs Lamb)
Mrs Lamb was paid a fortune for this antique table.

1. They gave Eric a suitcase for his birthday. (Eric)

....................................................................................................................................

2. They will teach you the basic steps of ballroom dancing. (you)

....................................................................................................................................

3. They never ask candidates questions about their private life. (candidates)

....................................................................................................................................

4. Someone should have sent you the documents immediately. (the documents)

....................................................................................................................................

5. She wouldn’t have offered you the job if she had known that you couldn’t drive. (you)

....................................................................................................................................

6. They were showing him around the new factory when the fire alarm went off. (he)

....................................................................................................................................

7. Someone might tell them the truth one day. (they)

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
Someone paid Mrs Lamb a fortune for this antique table. (Mrs Lamb)
Mrs Lamb was paid a fortune for this antique table.

1. They gave Eric a suitcase for his birthday. (Eric)

....................................................................................................................................

2. They will teach you the basic steps of ballroom dancing. (you)

....................................................................................................................................

3. They never ask candidates questions about their private life. (candidates)

....................................................................................................................................

4. Someone should have sent you the documents immediately. (the documents)

....................................................................................................................................

5. She wouldn’t have offered you the job if she had known that you couldn’t drive. (you)

....................................................................................................................................

6. They were showing him around the new factory when the fire alarm went off. (he)

....................................................................................................................................

7. Someone might tell them the truth one day. (they)

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Eric was given a suitcase for his birthday.
  2. You will be taught the basic steps of ballroom dancing.
  3. Candidates are never asked questions about their private life.
  4. The documents should have been sent to you immediately.
  5. You wouldn’t have been offered the job if she had known that you couldn’t drive.
  6. He was being shown around the new factory when the fire alarm went off.
  7. They might be told the truth one day.
Livello B2 Verso le certificazioni (B2)

Multiple choice. Read and choose the correct answer.

The penguin post office

There is a post office on (0) ............................... remote island in Antarctica which will soon (1) ............................... new staff running it. Royal Mail launched an advertisement for the position, and among the 6,000 applicants four British women were selected to work in the (2) ............................... isolated and freezing post office in the world. The post office is in the original British research station, made up (3) ............................... three different buildings which were once used by whaling fleets. There are now three buildings – one is a museum, shop and post office; the second is used as a boat shed and a store; while the third is where the new staff will live. The four women, Clare Ballantyne, Mairi Hilton, Natalie Corbett, and Lucy Bruzzone will be (4) ............................... in Port Lockroy for five months with temperatures (5) ............................... constantly below zero, and without modern conveniences such as running water and electricity. One of the women, Mairi Hilton, a 30-year-old conservation biologist from Scotland, will serve as wildlife monitor and count the Gentoo penguins (6) ............................... the island. Clare Ballantyne, a 23-year-old from England, will sort out the post. Usually, the island sends around 80,000 cards a year to 100 countries around the world. The newlywed 31-year-old Natalie Corbett will (7) ............................... the gift shop, which has an incredible 18,000 visitors who arrive on cruise ships every year, between November and March, during the Antarctic summer. Lucy Buzzone, 40, has already (8) ............................... three months exploring Svalbard in the Arctic and apart from being the team leader, will also coordinate ship visits and work with expedition leaders.

0.
a. a
b. the
c. to
d. an

1.
a. have
b. has
c. having
d. had

2.
a. much
b. more
c. most
d. very

3.
a. of
b. with
c. in
d. for

4.
a. lives
b. living
c. lived
d. live

5.
a. even
b. soon
c. almost
d. so

6.
a. to
b. at
c. in
d. on

7.
a. sell
b. work
c. direct
d. manage

8.
a. was
b. move
c. passed
d. spent

The penguin post office

There is a post office on (0) ............................... remote island in Antarctica which will soon (1) ............................... new staff running it. Royal Mail launched an advertisement for the position, and among the 6,000 applicants four British women were selected to work in the (2) ............................... isolated and freezing post office in the world. The post office is in the original British research station, made up (3) ............................... three different buildings which were once used by whaling fleets. There are now three buildings – one is a museum, shop and post office; the second is used as a boat shed and a store; while the third is where the new staff will live. The four women, Clare Ballantyne, Mairi Hilton, Natalie Corbett, and Lucy Bruzzone will be (4) ............................... in Port Lockroy for five months with temperatures (5) ............................... constantly below zero, and without modern conveniences such as running water and electricity. One of the women, Mairi Hilton, a 30-year-old conservation biologist from Scotland, will serve as wildlife monitor and count the Gentoo penguins (6) ............................... the island. Clare Ballantyne, a 23-year-old from England, will sort out the post. Usually, the island sends around 80,000 cards a year to 100 countries around the world. The newlywed 31-year-old Natalie Corbett will (7) ............................... the gift shop, which has an incredible 18,000 visitors who arrive on cruise ships every year, between November and March, during the Antarctic summer. Lucy Buzzone, 40, has already (8) ............................... three months exploring Svalbard in the Arctic and apart from being the team leader, will also coordinate ship visits and work with expedition leaders.

0.
a. a
b. the
c. to
d. an

1.
a. have
b. has
c. having
d. had

2.
a. much
b. more
c. most
d. very

3.
a. of
b. with
c. in
d. for

4.
a. lives
b. living
c. lived
d. live

5.
a. even
b. soon
c. almost
d. so

6.
a. to
b. at
c. in
d. on

7.
a. sell
b. work
c. direct
d. manage

8.
a. was
b. move
c. passed
d. spent

Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. c
  3. a
  4. b
  5. c
  6. d
  7. d
  8. d
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Nelle frasi che seguono ci sono errori nell’uso sia del present simple sia del present continuous. Correggili.

  1. It’s 12:30 and the students have lunch. .....................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. We are play football twice a week. ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never watch TV after dinner. ................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Eric studies chemistry this year. ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do your father practise any sports? .........................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Do you ever going out with your friends at night? ...................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Are you understanding what I am saying? ...............................................................................................................................................................................
  1. It’s 12:30 and the students have lunch. .....................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. We are play football twice a week. ............................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. He never watch TV after dinner. ................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. Eric studies chemistry this year. ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Do your father practise any sports? .........................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Do you ever going out with your friends at night? ...................................................................................................................................................................
  7. Are you understanding what I am saying? ...............................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s 12:30 and the students are having lunch.
  2. We play football twice a week.
  3. He never watches TV after dinner.
  4. Eric is studying chemistry this year.
  5. Does your father practise any sports?
  6. Do you ever go out with your friends at night?
  7. Do you understand what I am saying?
Livello A2 Aggettivi possessivi
Nelle seguenti frasi gli aggettivi possessivi sono errati. Riscrivi la forma corretta.

Esempio:
This is she backpack.
This is her backpack.

  1. I’m Oliver and this is its brother Charlie.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is we car near the supermarket?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. She hobbies are tennis and basketball.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. He’s Spanish but he mother is Portuguese.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and she’s boyfriend is 19.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. My dog is big but it’s tail is very short.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Excuse me, is you’re name Smith, Michael Smith?
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
This is she backpack.
This is her backpack.

  1. I’m Oliver and this is its brother Charlie.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is we car near the supermarket?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. She hobbies are tennis and basketball.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. He’s Spanish but he mother is Portuguese.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and she’s boyfriend is 19.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. My dog is big but it’s tail is very short.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Excuse me, is you’re name Smith, Michael Smith?
    ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. I’m Oliver and this is my brother Charlie.
  2. Is our car near the supermarket?
  3. Linda is a very nice girl. Her hobbies are tennis and basketball.
  4. He’s Spanish but his mother is Portuguese.
  5. Tracy is 17 years old and her boyfriend is 19.
  6. My dog is big but its tail is very short.
  7. Excuse me, is your name Smith, Michael Smith?
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Numera le frasi per ricostruire la storia. Inizia con c.

...... a. policeman asked him, “Can you take it to the zoo, please?”
...... b. hand in hand with the polar bear.
..1.. c. On a fine summer afternoon, while walking in the park, a man…
...... d. The next day the policeman saw the man again. He was walking
...... e. enjoyed it very much. So I’m taking it to the swimming pool now!”
...... f. the policeman angrily. “Oh yes,” said the man. “I did, and the bear
...... g. found a polar bear. He took it
...... h. “Didn’t I tell you to take it to the zoo?” said
...... i. to the nearest police station where a

...... a. policeman asked him, “Can you take it to the zoo, please?”
...... b. hand in hand with the polar bear.
..1.. c. On a fine summer afternoon, while walking in the park, a man…
...... d. The next day the policeman saw the man again. He was walking
...... e. enjoyed it very much. So I’m taking it to the swimming pool now!”
...... f. the policeman angrily. “Oh yes,” said the man. “I did, and the bear
...... g. found a polar bear. He took it
...... h. “Didn’t I tell you to take it to the zoo?” said
...... i. to the nearest police station where a

Soluzioni

4 - a. policeman asked him, “Can you take it to the zoo, please?”
6 - b. hand in hand with the polar bear.
1 - c. On a fine summer afternoon, while walking in the park, a man…
5 - d. The next day the policeman saw the man again. He was walking
9 - e. enjoyed it very much. So I’m taking it to the swimming pool now!”
8 - f. the policeman angrily. “Oh yes,” said the man. “I did, and the bear
2 - g. found a polar bear. He took it
7 - h. “Didn’t I tell you to take it to the zoo?” said
3 - i. to the nearest police station where a

Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Osserva una pagina dell’agenda di Pat e scrivi i suoi impegni per la prossima settimana usando il present continuous dei verbi tra parentesi.

Monday 8:30 pm: to theatre with Sarah
Tuesday afternoon: shopping with mum
Wednesday morning: the hairdresser’s for an appointment
Thursday 7:00 p.m.: dinner with Sam
Friday morning: aunt Anne at the airport
Saturday evening: Tom and Sally to the disco
Sunday afternoon: tennis

Esempio:
Monday (go)
On Monday Pat is going to the theatre with Sarah

  1. Tuesday (go)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  2. Wednesday (phone)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  3. Thursday (have)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  4. Friday (meet)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  5. Saturday (take)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  6. Sunday (play)
    ..................................................................................................................................................

Monday 8:30 pm: to theatre with Sarah
Tuesday afternoon: shopping with mum
Wednesday morning: the hairdresser’s for an appointment
Thursday 7:00 p.m.: dinner with Sam
Friday morning: aunt Anne at the airport
Saturday evening: Tom and Sally to the disco
Sunday afternoon: tennis

Esempio:
Monday (go)
On Monday Pat is going to the theatre with Sarah

  1. Tuesday (go)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  2. Wednesday (phone)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  3. Thursday (have)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  4. Friday (meet)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  5. Saturday (take)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
  6. Sunday (play)
    ..................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. On Tuesday Pat is going shopping with her mum.
  2. On Wednesday morning she’s phoning the hairdresser’s for an appointment.
  3. On Thursday she’s having dinner with Sam.
  4. On Friday she’s meeting aunt Anne at the airport.
  5. On Saturday evening she’s taking Tom and Sally to the disco.
  6. On Sunday afternoon she’s playing tennis.
Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

Paul è in vacanza e vuole invitare Helen a fare delle attività con lui. Guarda le rispettive agende e costruisci dei mini dialoghi con would like accettando e rifiutando secondo gli impegni di ognuno. Per accettare o rifiutare usa una delle seguenti espressioni.

I’d love to but… • That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I… • Sorry but I… • Yes, I’d love to, that’s great! • Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I really like tennis. • I’d love to but… • Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.

Paul
Sunday 3 July Peter’s party
Tuesday 5 July picnic by the lake
Friday 8 July go swimming
Saturday 9 July tennis match
Sunday 10 July have a meal at the Japanese restaurant
Wednesday 13 July art exhibition
Friday 15 July go to a disco

Helen
Sunday 3 July free
Tuesday 5 July go to the seaside on a day trip
Friday 8 July go to a language course
Saturday 9 July free
Sunday 10 July meet a friend in town
Wednesday 13 July free
Friday 15 July go to a birthday party

 

Esempio:
“Would you like to come to Peter’s party with me on Sunday?” “Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.”

1. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

I’d love to but… • That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I… • Sorry but I… • Yes, I’d love to, that’s great! • Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I really like tennis. • I’d love to but… • Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.

Paul
Sunday 3 July Peter’s party
Tuesday 5 July picnic by the lake
Friday 8 July go swimming
Saturday 9 July tennis match
Sunday 10 July have a meal at the Japanese restaurant
Wednesday 13 July art exhibition
Friday 15 July go to a disco

Helen
Sunday 3 July free
Tuesday 5 July go to the seaside on a day trip
Friday 8 July go to a language course
Saturday 9 July free
Sunday 10 July meet a friend in town
Wednesday 13 July free
Friday 15 July go to a birthday party

 

Esempio:
“Would you like to come to Peter’s party with me on Sunday?” “Yes, I’d love to. I love parties.”

1. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

5. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

6. .....................................................................................................................................

.....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Would you like to have a picnic by the lake on Tuesday?”
    “I’d love to but I’m going to the seaside.”
  2. “Would you like to go swimming next Friday?”
    “That’s very kind of you but I can’t. I have a language course.”
  3. “Would you like to see a tennis match on Saturday?”
    “Oh, that’s sounds lovely! I adore tennis.”
  4. “Would you like to have a meal at the Japanese restaurant on Sunday?”
    “Sorry but I’m meeting a friend in town.”
  5. “Would you like to go to an art exhibition on Wednesday?”
    “Yes, I’d love to, that’s great!”
  6. “Would you like to go to a disco on Friday?”
    “I’d love to but I’m going to a birthday party.”
Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Paul non segue sempre le raccomandazioni della mamma, che gli fa molte domande durante la giornata. Usa il participio passato dei verbi dati per completare le domande che la mamma fa a Paul.

cut • prepare • set • do • wash • tidy up • feed • brush • call • help • have • switch

Esempio
Have you .................................... your teeth? Have you brushed your teeth?
Have you ................................. the alarm clock? Have you set the alarm clock?

 

In the morning

1. Have you .................................. your nails?
2. Have you .................................. you hair?
3. Have you .................................. enough breakfast?
4. Have you .................................. your room?
5. Have you .................................. the lights off?

In the evening

6. Have you .................................. your homework?
7. Have you .................................. the cat?
8. Have you .................................. your little sister with maths?
9. Have you .................................. your granny?
10. Have you .................................. your schoolbag?

cut • prepare • set • do • wash • tidy up • feed • brush • call • help • have • switch

Esempio
Have you .................................... your teeth? Have you brushed your teeth?
Have you ................................. the alarm clock? Have you set the alarm clock?

 

In the morning

1. Have you .................................. your nails?
2. Have you .................................. you hair?
3. Have you .................................. enough breakfast?
4. Have you .................................. your room?
5. Have you .................................. the lights off?

In the evening

6. Have you .................................. your homework?
7. Have you .................................. the cat?
8. Have you .................................. your little sister with maths?
9. Have you .................................. your granny?
10. Have you .................................. your schoolbag?

Soluzioni
  1. cut
  2. washed
  3. had
  4. tidied up
  5. switched
  6. done
  7. fed
  8. helped
  9. called
  10. prepared
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Quando necessario completa le seguenti frasi con le preposizioni di tempo.

  1. He goes to school ........................... 9 o’clock .......................... weekdays.
  2. I like studying ........................... the evening.
  3. ........................... noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal ........................... dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station ........................... the afternoon.
  5.  I am up ..................... seven o’clock ...................... the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner ......................... Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed ......................... midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house .................... a short time.
  9. Where are you going ......................... New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes ......................... 6 p.m. ......................... every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work ............................... time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings ........................... Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team ........................ next weekend.
  1. He goes to school ........................... 9 o’clock .......................... weekdays.
  2. I like studying ........................... the evening.
  3. ........................... noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal ........................... dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station ........................... the afternoon.
  5.  I am up ..................... seven o’clock ...................... the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner ......................... Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed ......................... midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house .................... a short time.
  9. Where are you going ......................... New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes ......................... 6 p.m. ......................... every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work ............................... time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings ........................... Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team ........................ next weekend.
Soluzioni
  1. He goes to school at 9 o’clock on weekdays.
  2. I like studying in the evening.
  3. At noon we only have a snack. We usually have a big meal at dinnertime.
  4. Your father is arriving at the station in the afternoon.
  5.  I am up at seven o’clock in the morning.
  6. We’re going out to dinner on Friday night.
  7. I often go to bed at midnight.
  8. We are moving to our new house in a short time.
  9. Where are you going on New Year’s Eve?
  10. Our office closes at 6 p.m. every evening.
  11. I usually arrive at work in time to have a cup of coffee at the bar.
  12. We usually have meetings on Thursday mornings.
  13. He is not playing in the team next weekend.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di tempo: at, in, on

Quando necessario, riscrivi la frase correggendo o eliminando la preposizione in corsivo.

1. They are driving to Rome on May 20th.

....................................................................................................................................

2. They are coming to visit us in next October.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I love going shopping in Christmas time.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Do you dream in the night?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What do you like doing in weekends?

....................................................................................................................................

6. He’s doing his homework in the moment.

....................................................................................................................................

7. We are meeting you again in a short time.

....................................................................................................................................

8. We like going to pubs on Fridays.

....................................................................................................................................

1. They are driving to Rome on May 20th.

....................................................................................................................................

2. They are coming to visit us in next October.

....................................................................................................................................

3. I love going shopping in Christmas time.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Do you dream in the night?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What do you like doing in weekends?

....................................................................................................................................

6. He’s doing his homework in the moment.

....................................................................................................................................

7. We are meeting you again in a short time.

....................................................................................................................................

8. We like going to pubs on Fridays.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Correct.
  2. They are coming to visit us next October.
  3. I love going shopping at Christmas time.
  4. Do you dream at night?
  5. What do you like doing at weekends?
  6. He’s doing his homework at the moment.
  7. Correct.
  8. Correct.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)

Quando possibile, inserisci le forme contratte del verbo to be per completare la seguente conversazione.

A: (1) .................................. you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) .................................. but my parents (3) ......................... from Cork.

A: Where (4) .................................. Cork? (5) .................................. it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) .................................. but it (7) .................................. (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) .................................. you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) .................................. teachers here too.

A: (10) .................................. their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) .................................. (not), it (12) .................................. near our house.

A: This (13) .................................. my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) .................................. you in a college?

A: No, I (15) .......................... in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

A: (1) .................................. you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) .................................. but my parents (3) ......................... from Cork.

A: Where (4) .................................. Cork? (5) .................................. it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) .................................. but it (7) .................................. (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) .................................. you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) .................................. teachers here too.

A: (10) .................................. their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) .................................. (not), it (12) .................................. near our house.

A: This (13) .................................. my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) .................................. you in a college?

A: No, I (15) .......................... in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

Soluzioni

A: (1) Are you from Dublin, Beatrix?

B: Yes, I (2) am but my parents (3) are from Cork.

A: Where (4) 's Cork? (5) Is it in Ireland, too?

B: Yes, it (6) is but it (7) isn't (not) near Dublin.

A: (8) Are you a student here in Dublin?

B: Yes, I am and my parents (9) are teachers here too.

A: (10) Is their school far from here?

B: No, it (11) isn't (not), it (12) 's near our house.

A: This (13) is my first time in Ireland.

B: (14) Are you in a college?

A: No, I (15) 'm in a family, with my best friend.

B: Ok. Bye bye, enjoy your stay!

Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Quello che segue è il racconto che Mike fa di uno strano incontro mentre si trovava in un bar di Edimburgo durante una vacanza con degli amici la scorsa estate. Ricostruisci la conversazione tra i due in forma diretta usando i tempi verbali adeguati.

“Mi trovavo in un vecchio bar di Edimburgo da solo un pomeriggio la scorsa estate, quando una ragazza giovane e carina si è avvicinata e mi ha chiesto se mi chiamavo Mike. Le dissi di sì, e le chiesi se ci eravamo visti prima. Lei mi fissò un po’ con aria sorpresa e mi rispose che sì, ci eravamo conosciuti. Mi chiese se mi ricordavo il suo nome. Le risposi che mi dispiaceva ma non lo ricordavo affatto. Mi ricordò allora che si chiamava Helen e mi chiese se poteva farmi delle domande... Le risposi che certo, poteva farmi tutte le domande che voleva. Mi chiese se abitavo ancora a Leceister e se avevo finito l’università. Le risposi che mi ero trasferito a Liverpool e lavoravo là in un’agenzia di viaggi. Mi informò che sapeva che non mi ero ancora sposato e mi consigliò di aspettare prima di decidere. Le chiesi allora come sapeva tutto questo di me. Rispose che non poteva dirmelo e mi sollecitò di non farle di nuovo quella domanda. Io suggerii di prendere qualcosa da bere insieme. Lei mi spiegò che non poteva e doveva andare via subito... Rimasi lì senza capire chi fosse quella ragazza...”

Helen: ...............................................................................................................

Mike: .................................................................................................................

Helen: ................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ...................................................................................................................

Helen: ..................................................................................................................

Mike: ....................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

“Mi trovavo in un vecchio bar di Edimburgo da solo un pomeriggio la scorsa estate, quando una ragazza giovane e carina si è avvicinata e mi ha chiesto se mi chiamavo Mike. Le dissi di sì, e le chiesi se ci eravamo visti prima. Lei mi fissò un po’ con aria sorpresa e mi rispose che sì, ci eravamo conosciuti. Mi chiese se mi ricordavo il suo nome. Le risposi che mi dispiaceva ma non lo ricordavo affatto. Mi ricordò allora che si chiamava Helen e mi chiese se poteva farmi delle domande... Le risposi che certo, poteva farmi tutte le domande che voleva. Mi chiese se abitavo ancora a Leceister e se avevo finito l’università. Le risposi che mi ero trasferito a Liverpool e lavoravo là in un’agenzia di viaggi. Mi informò che sapeva che non mi ero ancora sposato e mi consigliò di aspettare prima di decidere. Le chiesi allora come sapeva tutto questo di me. Rispose che non poteva dirmelo e mi sollecitò di non farle di nuovo quella domanda. Io suggerii di prendere qualcosa da bere insieme. Lei mi spiegò che non poteva e doveva andare via subito... Rimasi lì senza capire chi fosse quella ragazza...”

Helen: ...............................................................................................................

Mike: .................................................................................................................

Helen: ................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ..................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Mike: ...................................................................................................................

Helen: ..................................................................................................................

Mike: ....................................................................................................................

Helen: .................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

Helen: Is your name Mike?

Mike: Yes, it is. Have we met before?

Helen: Yes, we have. Do you remember my name?

Mike: I’m sorry, I don’t remember it at all.

Helen: My name is Helen... Can I ask you some questions?

Mike: Yes, you can ask all the questions you want.

Helen: Do you still live in Leicester? And have you finished university?

Mike: I’ve moved to Liverpool and work in a travel agency there.

Helen: I know you haven’t got married yet... and you’d better wait before deciding...

Mike: How do you know all that about me?

Helen: I’m sorry but I can’t tell you... and please, don’t ask me this question again.

Mike: Why don’t we have something to drink together?

Helen: I’m sorry but I can’t, I have to/must go right now.

Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Quello che segue è il racconto in tre parti di una conversazione. Riscrivi la conversazione in discorso diretto facendo attenzione ai tempi verbali.

1. Mark phoned Susan and told her there was a good bargain for a house advertised in the paper and he advised her to phone. She agreed to think about it but said she wasn’t sure it was the right house for her. Mark convinced her to go and see it, because it was a good price.

2. A few days later Susan told Mark she had arranged an appointment to see the house. She promised to phone him later. He reminded her to be confident and not to seem too interested. He asked her if she was going alone. She decided to go with a friend. Mark suggested that she should go on her own.

3. After the appointment she phoned Mark to say she had really liked the house and the price was really reasonable. She would have to do very little on the house before moving in. Mark asked if it seemed the right house for her. She assured him it was the right house. He asked her what she was going to do now. She explained she was going to buy it and promised to invite him to her house-warming party (festa di inaugurazione di una nuova casa) the following month!

 

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

1. Mark phoned Susan and told her there was a good bargain for a house advertised in the paper and he advised her to phone. She agreed to think about it but said she wasn’t sure it was the right house for her. Mark convinced her to go and see it, because it was a good price.

2. A few days later Susan told Mark she had arranged an appointment to see the house. She promised to phone him later. He reminded her to be confident and not to seem too interested. He asked her if she was going alone. She decided to go with a friend. Mark suggested that she should go on her own.

3. After the appointment she phoned Mark to say she had really liked the house and the price was really reasonable. She would have to do very little on the house before moving in. Mark asked if it seemed the right house for her. She assured him it was the right house. He asked her what she was going to do now. She explained she was going to buy it and promised to invite him to her house-warming party (festa di inaugurazione di una nuova casa) the following month!

 

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

.........................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

POSSIBILI DOMANDE E RISPOSTE

1. Mark: There’s a good bargain for a house advertised in the paper. You should phone. Susan: I’ll think about it but I’m not sure if it’s the right house for me. Mark: Come on, try. I think you should go and see it because it’s a good price. Susan: Ok I’ll do it.

2. Susan: Mark, I have arranged an appointment to see the house. I’ll phone you later. Mark: Remember to be confident and not to seem too interested. Are you going alone? Susan: I’m going with a friend. Mark: Why don’t you go on your own?/I think you should go on your own.

3. Susan: Hi, Mark. It was really nice, I liked it a lot! The price is reasonable, too. I would have to do very little on the house before moving in. Mark: Good, I’m glad. Did it seem the right house for you? Susan: Yes, you were right. Mark: What are you going to do now? Susan: I’m going to buy it and I promise to invite you to my house-warming party next month!

Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità

Quello che segue è il resoconto di un’intervista fatta a Robert Lee, un famoso attore e regista americano. Leggi attentamente il testo e scrivi le domande e le risposte in discorso diretto, seguendo la traccia data. Attenzione a tutti i cambiamenti necessari.

Interview with Robert Lee

By J. Palmer. The first question I asked Robert is how he felt about being a father, as his new wife, the singer Jennifer Dollen, had just had a baby. He told me that it is a wonderful experience. He said that life changes a lot when you have a baby. Then I asked him about his career as an actor and a director. His last film had been an enormous success. He hadn’t expected his last film to be so successful, and he was thrilled about that. I asked him if he had ever acted on the stage. He told me he had never been on the stage but he thought he would have an important role the following May in a famous play by Pinter. He said he wasn’t allowed to tell me the title. Then I asked him something about his free time. He told me he liked sleeping and listening to music when he’s free. I asked him what kind of music he listened to. He said he adored jazz and R&B and he confessed he had played in a small band some years before. Finally I asked him what he was going to do the following months. He answered he was going to have a long holiday with his family. I wanted to know where they were going. He told me it was a secret and he wouldn’t tell anybody.
 

Interviewer: How (1) ............................................................. about being a father? You have just had a baby.

Robert: Well, it (2) ............................................................. the most exciting experience of (3) ............................................................. life! But life (4) ............................................................. a lot when you (5) ............................................................. a baby!

Interviewer: Good... Now your career. Your last film (6) ............................................................. a success!

Robert: I (7) ............................................................. it to be so successful and I (8) ............................................................. thrilled.

Interviewer: (9) ............................................................. ever ............................................................. on the stage?

Robert: Well, I (10) ............................... never ...................................... on the stage but I think I (11) .................................................. an important role next May in a famous play. I’m sorry but I (12) ........................................................... to tell you the title!

Interviewer: And now your free time...

Robert: I (13) ............................................................. sleeping and listening to music when I’m free.

Interviewer: What kind of music (14) ............................................................. you ............................................................. ?

Robert: I (15) ............................................................. jazz and R&B and I must confess I (16) ............................................................. in a small band some years ago.

Interviewer: Now let’s speak about your future... What (17) ................................................. you ....................................................... to do?

Robert: I (18) ............................................................. have a long holiday with my family, away from the set.

Interviewer: Where (19) ............................................................. you ............................................................. ?

Robert: It (20) ............................................................. a secret... I (21) ............................................................. tell anybody.

Interview with Robert Lee

By J. Palmer. The first question I asked Robert is how he felt about being a father, as his new wife, the singer Jennifer Dollen, had just had a baby. He told me that it is a wonderful experience. He said that life changes a lot when you have a baby. Then I asked him about his career as an actor and a director. His last film had been an enormous success. He hadn’t expected his last film to be so successful, and he was thrilled about that. I asked him if he had ever acted on the stage. He told me he had never been on the stage but he thought he would have an important role the following May in a famous play by Pinter. He said he wasn’t allowed to tell me the title. Then I asked him something about his free time. He told me he liked sleeping and listening to music when he’s free. I asked him what kind of music he listened to. He said he adored jazz and R&B and he confessed he had played in a small band some years before. Finally I asked him what he was going to do the following months. He answered he was going to have a long holiday with his family. I wanted to know where they were going. He told me it was a secret and he wouldn’t tell anybody.
 

Interviewer: How (1) ............................................................. about being a father? You have just had a baby.

Robert: Well, it (2) ............................................................. the most exciting experience of (3) ............................................................. life! But life (4) ............................................................. a lot when you (5) ............................................................. a baby!

Interviewer: Good... Now your career. Your last film (6) ............................................................. a success!

Robert: I (7) ............................................................. it to be so successful and I (8) ............................................................. thrilled.

Interviewer: (9) ............................................................. ever ............................................................. on the stage?

Robert: Well, I (10) ............................... never ...................................... on the stage but I think I (11) .................................................. an important role next May in a famous play. I’m sorry but I (12) ........................................................... to tell you the title!

Interviewer: And now your free time...

Robert: I (13) ............................................................. sleeping and listening to music when I’m free.

Interviewer: What kind of music (14) ............................................................. you ............................................................. ?

Robert: I (15) ............................................................. jazz and R&B and I must confess I (16) ............................................................. in a small band some years ago.

Interviewer: Now let’s speak about your future... What (17) ................................................. you ....................................................... to do?

Robert: I (18) ............................................................. have a long holiday with my family, away from the set.

Interviewer: Where (19) ............................................................. you ............................................................. ?

Robert: It (20) ............................................................. a secret... I (21) ............................................................. tell anybody.

Soluzioni
  1. do you feel
  2. is
  3. my
  4. changes
  5. have
  6. was
  7. didn’t expect
  8. ’m
  9. Have you acted
  10. have been
  11. will have
  12. ’m not allowed
  13. like
  14. do listen to
  15. adore
  16. played
  17. are going
  18. am going to
  19. are going
  20. is
  21. won’t
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1)

Questo brano tratta i problemi del traffico in Italia. Numera le frasi secondo l’ordine giusto. Ascolta e controlla le tue scelte.

Traffic in Italian cities

(.....) a. Secondly, there should be free car parks outside the cities, with frequent bus services.

(.....) b. What’s more, our cities are becoming more and more polluted, and more people are suffering from asthma.

(1) c. In Italy most people use their cars to travel into towns and cities because it is quicker and more convenient.

(.....) d. To start with, governments should provide cheap and more efficient public transport.

(.....) e. As a result, the roads are packed with cars, and there are a lot of accidents involving both drivers and pedestrians.

(.....) f. In the end, motorists will get used to the idea of leaving their cars in car parks and reaching the city centre by bus.

(.....) g. Since all of these problems are causing stress, we must find adequate solutions.

Traffic in Italian cities

(.....) a. Secondly, there should be free car parks outside the cities, with frequent bus services.

(.....) b. What’s more, our cities are becoming more and more polluted, and more people are suffering from asthma.

(1) c. In Italy most people use their cars to travel into towns and cities because it is quicker and more convenient.

(.....) d. To start with, governments should provide cheap and more efficient public transport.

(.....) e. As a result, the roads are packed with cars, and there are a lot of accidents involving both drivers and pedestrians.

(.....) f. In the end, motorists will get used to the idea of leaving their cars in car parks and reaching the city centre by bus.

(.....) g. Since all of these problems are causing stress, we must find adequate solutions.

Soluzioni

(6) a. Secondly, there should be free car parks outside the cities, with frequent bus services.

(3) b. What’s more, our cities are becoming more and more polluted, and more people are suffering from asthma.

(1) c. In Italy most people use their cars to travel into towns and cities because it is quicker and more convenient.

(5) d. To start with, governments should provide cheap and more efficient public transport.

(2) e. As a result, the roads are packed with cars, and there are a lot of accidents involving both drivers and pedestrians.

(7) f. In the end, motorists will get used to the idea of leaving their cars in car parks and reaching the city centre by bus.

(4) g. Since all of these problems are causing stress, we must find adequate solutions.

Livello A2-B1 Numeri ordinali e data

Questo è il calendario dell’hotel fronte mare a Portsmouth. Completa il brano con le date scritte in forma parlata.

The Seafront Hotel

Summer season: 23/4-20/9
International meeting “What’s the Future of Surgery?”: 1/5-8/5
Half-price week: 10/5-18/5
Special for “honeymoon offer”: 1/6-25/6
High season: 26/6-31/8
National meeting “Dance and Dancers”: 10/9-25/9
Closed for holidays: 2/10-20/12

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from ......................................................... to ............................................. . A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from ........................................................ to .................................................................... . In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from ........................................................ to ........................................................... . As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from .............................................................. to ........................................................ . High season goes from ......................................................................... to ............................................................... . In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from ......................................................... to ............................................................ . We are closed for winter holidays from ................................................................ to ....................................................................... .

The Seafront Hotel

Summer season: 23/4-20/9
International meeting “What’s the Future of Surgery?”: 1/5-8/5
Half-price week: 10/5-18/5
Special for “honeymoon offer”: 1/6-25/6
High season: 26/6-31/8
National meeting “Dance and Dancers”: 10/9-25/9
Closed for holidays: 2/10-20/12

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from ......................................................... to ............................................. . A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from ........................................................ to .................................................................... . In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from ........................................................ to ........................................................... . As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from .............................................................. to ........................................................ . High season goes from ......................................................................... to ............................................................... . In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from ......................................................... to ............................................................ . We are closed for winter holidays from ................................................................ to ....................................................................... .

Soluzioni

Our hotel is by the sea. It’s a big, comfortable hotel, suitable for meetings and conferences. Our summer season goes from the twenty-third of April to the twentieth of September. A world-famous international meeting takes place in our conference rooms from the eighth of May to the tenth. In May there is a special offer – 1 week at half price, from the tenth to the eighteenth. As June is the best month for weddings, our hotel offers special prices for newlyweds from the first to the twenty-fifth. High season goes from the twenty-sixth of June to the thirty-first of August. In September we will be hosting a meeting of national dance groups from the tenth to the twenty-fifth . We are closed for winter holidays from the twenty-sixth to the twentieth of December.

Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Read about the discovery in 1991 of Ötzi, the Iceman, a glacier mummy. Parts of the text have been removed. Choose the correct part (A-H) for each gap (1-8).

Ötzi the Iceman

September 19th 1991 is an important date to remember when talking about prehistoric archaeology. It was on that sunny day that (1) ....................................., Erika and Helmut Simon from Nuremberg, took a shortcut down from one of the mountain summits in the Ötztal Alps near the Italian-Austrian border. They reached the Similaun glacier ice field and (2) ........................................ It was a human body. They took a photo and reported the discovery to the authorities thinking it was a victim of a mountaineering accident. Moving the frozen corpse at 3,210 metres above sea level was very difficult, (3) ........................................, and there was not the right equipment. Finally, on September 23rd, the body arrived in Innsbruck where an archaeologist discovered that it was about 4,000 years old. An Austrian journalist gave him the name Ötzi (4) ........................................ Ötzi the Iceman lived in the Copper Age (5) ........................................ He was approximately 1.6 metres tall and about 46 years old. He weighed about 50kgs and probably had brown eyes. DNA analysis shows that he is not related to the populations of continental Europe but has genetic characteristics of (6) .......................... ................. The cause of death was probably a stone arrowhead in his left shoulder. He had over 50 tattoos on his body. Nobody knows if they were for decoration or if they were an ancient form of acupuncture. Ötzi’s prestigious weapons, (7) ........................................, show that he was probably a leader of his time. He also had refined garments. Ötzi is now at the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology, Bozen, Italy. He is in a special chamber which is dark and refrigerated (8) ........................................ The “cold cell” is minus 6.5 degrees Celsius. Visitors can see him through a small window. This frozen mummy continues to fascinate the world today.

A. dagger, axe, bow, and arrows
B. between 3.350 And 3.100 BCE
C. the inhabitants of the islands of Sardinia and Corsica
D. to help preserve the body
E. because he died in the Ötztal Alps
F. two German mountain climbers
G. especially because the weather was bad
H. saw something brown protruding from the ice.

Ötzi the Iceman

September 19th 1991 is an important date to remember when talking about prehistoric archaeology. It was on that sunny day that (1) ....................................., Erika and Helmut Simon from Nuremberg, took a shortcut down from one of the mountain summits in the Ötztal Alps near the Italian-Austrian border. They reached the Similaun glacier ice field and (2) ........................................ It was a human body. They took a photo and reported the discovery to the authorities thinking it was a victim of a mountaineering accident. Moving the frozen corpse at 3,210 metres above sea level was very difficult, (3) ........................................, and there was not the right equipment. Finally, on September 23rd, the body arrived in Innsbruck where an archaeologist discovered that it was about 4,000 years old. An Austrian journalist gave him the name Ötzi (4) ........................................ Ötzi the Iceman lived in the Copper Age (5) ........................................ He was approximately 1.6 metres tall and about 46 years old. He weighed about 50kgs and probably had brown eyes. DNA analysis shows that he is not related to the populations of continental Europe but has genetic characteristics of (6) .......................... ................. The cause of death was probably a stone arrowhead in his left shoulder. He had over 50 tattoos on his body. Nobody knows if they were for decoration or if they were an ancient form of acupuncture. Ötzi’s prestigious weapons, (7) ........................................, show that he was probably a leader of his time. He also had refined garments. Ötzi is now at the South Tyrol Museum of Archaeology, Bozen, Italy. He is in a special chamber which is dark and refrigerated (8) ........................................ The “cold cell” is minus 6.5 degrees Celsius. Visitors can see him through a small window. This frozen mummy continues to fascinate the world today.

A. dagger, axe, bow, and arrows
B. between 3.350 And 3.100 BCE
C. the inhabitants of the islands of Sardinia and Corsica
D. to help preserve the body
E. because he died in the Ötztal Alps
F. two German mountain climbers
G. especially because the weather was bad
H. saw something brown protruding from the ice.

Soluzioni
  1. F
  2. H
  3. G
  4. E
  5. B
  6. C
  7. A
  8. D
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Read the information about four haunted pubs in Britain, then match sentences 1-8 with the information in Text A, B, C and D.

Britain’s haunted pubs

There are thousands of pubs all over Britain famous for their stories about ghosts and other paranormal activities. Here are some of the most visited ones.

A. JAMAICA INN, CORNWALL
This 18th-century pub is famous because it is the setting of a novel by Daphne du Maurier and also for the many reports of paranormal activity. In the past, it was a popular hiding place for smugglers due to its location – remote, but not far from the Cornish coast. Inside the pub, people can still hear strange footsteps walking through corridors and ghostly whispering in unfamiliar English dialects, and outside, the sounds of horses and carriages. But the most famous ghost is that of a client who left half of his beer on the bar, then went outside where somebody murdered him. His spirit returns to the pub every night to finish that drink. There is also the ghost of a man with black curly hair, a white frilly shirt, black boots, tricorn hat and a cloak, who walks through bedroom walls and watches people in their beds.

B. THE DROVER’S INN, SCOTLAND
The Drover’s Inn is over 300 years old, and a favourite place for ghosts. One of these is called George, who was a regular at the inn while alive and is still a regular at the bar in death, probably because his ashes are in a box in the pub. There is also the ghost of Angus the Shepherd. Somebody murdered him near the inn, and now you can hear him scream along the pub’s corridors. If you are looking for a truly scary experience, stay in room six. Here “lives” the ghost of a young girl. The people who found her took the body to this room, and guests who sleep here can feel an icy, small body in bed next to them. The room is difficult to heat, and the icy chill never leaves.

C. THE GOLDEN FLEECE, YORK
Right in the heart of the town, this traditional Yorkshire pub and hotel dates back to 1503, and it has a long history of visiting ghosts. Canadian pilot, Geoff Monroe, killed himself in 1945 by jumping out of a window. People say that they can see him in full uniform and hear his footsteps late at night in the hallways. There are fourteen other ghosts too, such as the one of Lady Peckett, the wife of John Peckett who used to be the mayor of York and the owner of the pub. Guests can hear her walking up and down the stairs in the small hours of the night and moving furniture around. You can also see One-Eyed Jack, dressed in an 18th century red coat uniform, holding a pistol, as well as an old man and a young boy. In the cellar of the hotel apparently are the ghosts of some Roman soldiers.

D. THE SPANIARDS INN, LONDON
The Spaniards Inn is a historic pub and hotel in London dating back to 1585. It is named after its two original Spanish owners, brothers Francesco and Juan Porero. The story goes that they fell in love with the same woman and fought a duel. Francesco killed his brother and buried him outside the pub. His ghost supposedly wanders the London pub to this day. Another owner of this pub, in the 18th century, was the father of the famous thief Dick Turpin who regularly used the pub as a hideout. People can see his ghost walking around the upstairs rooms making a lot of noise, while his horse Black Bess haunts the car park. Black Dick, a moneylender who died in a coach accident outside the pub, annoys clients at the bar by pulling their sleeves.

0. This pub is in Cornwall.
1. In this pub a famous writer set her story
2. This pub’s owner’s son had a horse
3. A man from another country committed suicide here
4. This pub has a room that never gets warm
5. One of the ghosts here has a gun
6. There is a ghost who looks at people in their rooms
7. Two foreigners owned this pub
8. This pub is near the sea

0. A, 1. ............, 2. ............, 3. ............, 4. ............, 5. ............, 6. ............, 7. ............, 8. ...........

Britain’s haunted pubs

There are thousands of pubs all over Britain famous for their stories about ghosts and other paranormal activities. Here are some of the most visited ones.

A. JAMAICA INN, CORNWALL
This 18th-century pub is famous because it is the setting of a novel by Daphne du Maurier and also for the many reports of paranormal activity. In the past, it was a popular hiding place for smugglers due to its location – remote, but not far from the Cornish coast. Inside the pub, people can still hear strange footsteps walking through corridors and ghostly whispering in unfamiliar English dialects, and outside, the sounds of horses and carriages. But the most famous ghost is that of a client who left half of his beer on the bar, then went outside where somebody murdered him. His spirit returns to the pub every night to finish that drink. There is also the ghost of a man with black curly hair, a white frilly shirt, black boots, tricorn hat and a cloak, who walks through bedroom walls and watches people in their beds.

B. THE DROVER’S INN, SCOTLAND
The Drover’s Inn is over 300 years old, and a favourite place for ghosts. One of these is called George, who was a regular at the inn while alive and is still a regular at the bar in death, probably because his ashes are in a box in the pub. There is also the ghost of Angus the Shepherd. Somebody murdered him near the inn, and now you can hear him scream along the pub’s corridors. If you are looking for a truly scary experience, stay in room six. Here “lives” the ghost of a young girl. The people who found her took the body to this room, and guests who sleep here can feel an icy, small body in bed next to them. The room is difficult to heat, and the icy chill never leaves.

C. THE GOLDEN FLEECE, YORK
Right in the heart of the town, this traditional Yorkshire pub and hotel dates back to 1503, and it has a long history of visiting ghosts. Canadian pilot, Geoff Monroe, killed himself in 1945 by jumping out of a window. People say that they can see him in full uniform and hear his footsteps late at night in the hallways. There are fourteen other ghosts too, such as the one of Lady Peckett, the wife of John Peckett who used to be the mayor of York and the owner of the pub. Guests can hear her walking up and down the stairs in the small hours of the night and moving furniture around. You can also see One-Eyed Jack, dressed in an 18th century red coat uniform, holding a pistol, as well as an old man and a young boy. In the cellar of the hotel apparently are the ghosts of some Roman soldiers.

D. THE SPANIARDS INN, LONDON
The Spaniards Inn is a historic pub and hotel in London dating back to 1585. It is named after its two original Spanish owners, brothers Francesco and Juan Porero. The story goes that they fell in love with the same woman and fought a duel. Francesco killed his brother and buried him outside the pub. His ghost supposedly wanders the London pub to this day. Another owner of this pub, in the 18th century, was the father of the famous thief Dick Turpin who regularly used the pub as a hideout. People can see his ghost walking around the upstairs rooms making a lot of noise, while his horse Black Bess haunts the car park. Black Dick, a moneylender who died in a coach accident outside the pub, annoys clients at the bar by pulling their sleeves.

0. This pub is in Cornwall.
1. In this pub a famous writer set her story
2. This pub’s owner’s son had a horse
3. A man from another country committed suicide here
4. This pub has a room that never gets warm
5. One of the ghosts here has a gun
6. There is a ghost who looks at people in their rooms
7. Two foreigners owned this pub
8. This pub is near the sea

0. A, 1. ............, 2. ............, 3. ............, 4. ............, 5. ............, 6. ............, 7. ............, 8. ...........

Soluzioni
  1. A
  2. D
  3. C
  4. B
  5. C
  6. A
  7. D
  8. A
Livello B1 Verso le certificazioni (B1)

Read the newspaper article about the history of tea. Choose the correct heading (A-F) for each paragraph (1-6). The first one has been done for you.

1. D
Tea has been an essential part of everyday life in Britain since the 18th century but it was popular in China before the Egyptians built the great pyramids. How did this unique plant from distant China find its way into the fabric of British life? According to one of the legends, which goes back to 2732 B.C., Emperor Shen Nung was resting with his entourage outdoors when a few leaves from a wild tea bush blew into his pot of boiling water. When he drank this delicate infusion, he felt a warm feeling all over his body, as if the invigorating liquid was investigating each part one by one. The tree was a Camellia sinensis, and the Emperor named the brew “ch’a”, the Chinese character which means to check or investigate. The written character illustrates a man between branches and grass symbolising how tea helps humankind interact with nature in a balanced way.

2. .......
Tea became very popular in China from the 4th century right up to the 8th century. It was first used for its medicinal properties, but gradually became appreciated as a refreshing drink. Tea plantations began to appear all over China, making tea merchants very rich. The preparation and cultivation of tea in the Chinese empire was a delicate process. For example, only young women could touch the tea leaves and they had to have clean fingers, so they couldn’t eat strong spices like garlic and onion. Later, preparing and drinking tea became an art which evolved into a real ritual. In the 12th century the tea ritual became an important part of Japanese culture too.

3. .......
Chinese tea was originally green tea, but when China began to export it more frequently to foreign countries, it became necessary to find a way to preserve the delicate tea for a longer period. In the 17th century a solution was found by using a special fermentation process. This resulted in black tea, which kept its aroma and flavour for much longer. It came from the same plant, Camellia sinensis, but the processing method was different. Europeans preferred this darker variation of tea, and this helped to make tea popular all over the world.

4. .......
Tea was first imported into Europe by the Portuguese and the Dutch in 1610. It arrived in England in 1662 when King Charles II married the Portuguese princess, Catherine of Braganza. She loved tea and brought some fine Chinese tea with her to England. Tea soon became a fashionable drink at Court and then among the wealthy classes. Serving and drinking tea elegantly were signs of social status and intellectual ability. There are many paintings from the 18th century of wealthy English and Dutch families having tea. An average labourer could not afford the luxury of tea, which cost at least a month’s wages.

5. .......
In the second half of the 19th century, a new custom emerged in Great Britain and then spread to Europe – the tradition of afternoon tea. Tearooms began to appear in large towns. These were places where women could drink tea alone or in groups, unlike cafés, which were considered unsuitable for women. They gave women a sense of identity, and were a base for organising, mobilising, educating and collaborating for social reform.

6. .......
Today tea is available to everyone all over the world. The invention of teabags in the USA in the early 20th century, and recent scientific research regarding its health benefits have made it an integral part of the British way of life. There are many varieties of tea on the market today, but true teas are made from the Camellia sinensis plant. These include green tea, black tea, white tea and oolong tea. They all contain unique antioxidants called flavonoids which may help with digestion and boost the immune system.

 

A. delicate process
B. Tea drinking as a symbol of status
C. A contribution to women’s independence
D. An accidental discovery
E. Good for your health
F. A popular commercial solution

1. D
Tea has been an essential part of everyday life in Britain since the 18th century but it was popular in China before the Egyptians built the great pyramids. How did this unique plant from distant China find its way into the fabric of British life? According to one of the legends, which goes back to 2732 B.C., Emperor Shen Nung was resting with his entourage outdoors when a few leaves from a wild tea bush blew into his pot of boiling water. When he drank this delicate infusion, he felt a warm feeling all over his body, as if the invigorating liquid was investigating each part one by one. The tree was a Camellia sinensis, and the Emperor named the brew “ch’a”, the Chinese character which means to check or investigate. The written character illustrates a man between branches and grass symbolising how tea helps humankind interact with nature in a balanced way.

2. .......
Tea became very popular in China from the 4th century right up to the 8th century. It was first used for its medicinal properties, but gradually became appreciated as a refreshing drink. Tea plantations began to appear all over China, making tea merchants very rich. The preparation and cultivation of tea in the Chinese empire was a delicate process. For example, only young women could touch the tea leaves and they had to have clean fingers, so they couldn’t eat strong spices like garlic and onion. Later, preparing and drinking tea became an art which evolved into a real ritual. In the 12th century the tea ritual became an important part of Japanese culture too.

3. .......
Chinese tea was originally green tea, but when China began to export it more frequently to foreign countries, it became necessary to find a way to preserve the delicate tea for a longer period. In the 17th century a solution was found by using a special fermentation process. This resulted in black tea, which kept its aroma and flavour for much longer. It came from the same plant, Camellia sinensis, but the processing method was different. Europeans preferred this darker variation of tea, and this helped to make tea popular all over the world.

4. .......
Tea was first imported into Europe by the Portuguese and the Dutch in 1610. It arrived in England in 1662 when King Charles II married the Portuguese princess, Catherine of Braganza. She loved tea and brought some fine Chinese tea with her to England. Tea soon became a fashionable drink at Court and then among the wealthy classes. Serving and drinking tea elegantly were signs of social status and intellectual ability. There are many paintings from the 18th century of wealthy English and Dutch families having tea. An average labourer could not afford the luxury of tea, which cost at least a month’s wages.

5. .......
In the second half of the 19th century, a new custom emerged in Great Britain and then spread to Europe – the tradition of afternoon tea. Tearooms began to appear in large towns. These were places where women could drink tea alone or in groups, unlike cafés, which were considered unsuitable for women. They gave women a sense of identity, and were a base for organising, mobilising, educating and collaborating for social reform.

6. .......
Today tea is available to everyone all over the world. The invention of teabags in the USA in the early 20th century, and recent scientific research regarding its health benefits have made it an integral part of the British way of life. There are many varieties of tea on the market today, but true teas are made from the Camellia sinensis plant. These include green tea, black tea, white tea and oolong tea. They all contain unique antioxidants called flavonoids which may help with digestion and boost the immune system.

 

A. delicate process
B. Tea drinking as a symbol of status
C. A contribution to women’s independence
D. An accidental discovery
E. Good for your health
F. A popular commercial solution

Soluzioni
  1. D
  2. A
  3. F
  4. B
  5. C
  6. E
Livello B2 Verso le certificazioni (B2)

Read the text and choose the correct answer: a, b, c or d.

The Quokka is a small (2.5 to 4.5 kg) herbivorous, macropodidae marsupial that, like many other medium- sized mammals in Australia, has faced widespread decline and extinction. They belong to a group of herbivorous pouched marsupials native to the Australian continent, which include kangaroos and wallabies. They are found on Rottnest Island, off the Western Australian coast, and their name comes from an Indigenous word, “gwaga”, in the local Nyungar dialect. The island, where about 10,000 quokkas live, got its name from Dutch explorer Willem de Vlamingh who named it “Rotte Nest” (rats’ nest) in 1696, after mistaking these small animals for giant rats. Quokkas moved to the island following colonisation of Western Australia in the early 1800s, when new species of animals were introduced. Some of these became predators to the quokkas, forcing them to move to islands and forests where they were safer and had abundant vegetation. Quokka distribution has been reduced by almost 50% since the arrival of the European red fox (Vulpes vulpes) to the region in the 1930s. This macropodidae, which is a specific classification of marsupial mammals, is between 40 and 50 cm long and weighs between 2.5 and 5 kg. Almost always with brown fur, it has a narrow muzzle, round ears, a large nose and tiny legs. The tail is thin, similar to that of a mouse. It has sharp claws and can climb small trees and shrubs up to 1.5 metres. The average life is 10 years in their natural habitat and 15 in captivity. Quokkas give the impression of being extremely friendly because of the impudent smile that’s permanently on their faces. In fact, people are now going to the island specially to take selfies with the Quokkas, who are quite comfortable being near humans. They are trusting animals and have a natural curiosity. However, visitors to the island need to remember that these are wild animals and should be observed from a respectful distance. Quokkas do not smile for the cameras. It is actually an evolutionary feature that helps them pant and keep cool. “Human” food can malnourish these delightful little creatures. So, if you feel the urge to feed them when they smile at you, stop yourself at once or risk a fine of $300. It’s also illegal to handle quokkas, an act that carries a maximum penalty of a $50,000 fine and a five-year prison sentence. Touching Quokkas can make them sick, spread disease and even cause mothers to abandon their young if they carry an unfamiliar scent. They are nocturnal animals, sleeping in the shade under bushes for most of the day and venturing out at night to play. However, the lack of natural predators on Rottnest Island has led to them being increasingly happy to wander around during the day. They feed on leaves, grasses and succulent plants. Like other marsupials, female quokkas carry their young in pouches. After a month of gestation, females give birth to a single baby called a joey, who lives in its mother’s pouch for six months. When a female quokka with a joey in her pouch is pursued by a predator, she may sacrifice her baby by dropping it onto the ground. The joey’s noises attract the predator’s attention and the mother has time to escape. These mammals live in colonies, but do not socialise with each other. They have solitary lives and meet only for food and safety reasons.

  1. In the first paragraph, what is the author’s main point?
    1. The size of the Quokka
    2. The island’s rat population
    3. The origin of the island’s name
    4. The Nyungar dialect is almost extinct
  2. The Quokkas risked extinction:
    1. because the vegetation changed
    2. when the island became a ceremonial site
    3. because of the introduction of other species
    4. during the last ice age
  3. One specific characteristic of the Quokkas is:
    1. their lives are longer than average
    2. they are not scared of people
    3. they are extremely curious
    4. they smile when people take photos
  4. Tourists to the island should refrain from:
    1. encouraging them to eat
    2. feeding them
    3. smiling at them
    4. abandoning them
  5. If a mother feels threatened:
    1. she attacks the predator with her claws
    2. she falls to the ground
    3. she sacrifices her baby to secure her own survival
    4. she goes back to the colony

The Quokka is a small (2.5 to 4.5 kg) herbivorous, macropodidae marsupial that, like many other medium- sized mammals in Australia, has faced widespread decline and extinction. They belong to a group of herbivorous pouched marsupials native to the Australian continent, which include kangaroos and wallabies. They are found on Rottnest Island, off the Western Australian coast, and their name comes from an Indigenous word, “gwaga”, in the local Nyungar dialect. The island, where about 10,000 quokkas live, got its name from Dutch explorer Willem de Vlamingh who named it “Rotte Nest” (rats’ nest) in 1696, after mistaking these small animals for giant rats. Quokkas moved to the island following colonisation of Western Australia in the early 1800s, when new species of animals were introduced. Some of these became predators to the quokkas, forcing them to move to islands and forests where they were safer and had abundant vegetation. Quokka distribution has been reduced by almost 50% since the arrival of the European red fox (Vulpes vulpes) to the region in the 1930s. This macropodidae, which is a specific classification of marsupial mammals, is between 40 and 50 cm long and weighs between 2.5 and 5 kg. Almost always with brown fur, it has a narrow muzzle, round ears, a large nose and tiny legs. The tail is thin, similar to that of a mouse. It has sharp claws and can climb small trees and shrubs up to 1.5 metres. The average life is 10 years in their natural habitat and 15 in captivity. Quokkas give the impression of being extremely friendly because of the impudent smile that’s permanently on their faces. In fact, people are now going to the island specially to take selfies with the Quokkas, who are quite comfortable being near humans. They are trusting animals and have a natural curiosity. However, visitors to the island need to remember that these are wild animals and should be observed from a respectful distance. Quokkas do not smile for the cameras. It is actually an evolutionary feature that helps them pant and keep cool. “Human” food can malnourish these delightful little creatures. So, if you feel the urge to feed them when they smile at you, stop yourself at once or risk a fine of $300. It’s also illegal to handle quokkas, an act that carries a maximum penalty of a $50,000 fine and a five-year prison sentence. Touching Quokkas can make them sick, spread disease and even cause mothers to abandon their young if they carry an unfamiliar scent. They are nocturnal animals, sleeping in the shade under bushes for most of the day and venturing out at night to play. However, the lack of natural predators on Rottnest Island has led to them being increasingly happy to wander around during the day. They feed on leaves, grasses and succulent plants. Like other marsupials, female quokkas carry their young in pouches. After a month of gestation, females give birth to a single baby called a joey, who lives in its mother’s pouch for six months. When a female quokka with a joey in her pouch is pursued by a predator, she may sacrifice her baby by dropping it onto the ground. The joey’s noises attract the predator’s attention and the mother has time to escape. These mammals live in colonies, but do not socialise with each other. They have solitary lives and meet only for food and safety reasons.

  1. In the first paragraph, what is the author’s main point?
    1. The size of the Quokka
    2. The island’s rat population
    3. The origin of the island’s name
    4. The Nyungar dialect is almost extinct
  2. The Quokkas risked extinction:
    1. because the vegetation changed
    2. when the island became a ceremonial site
    3. because of the introduction of other species
    4. during the last ice age
  3. One specific characteristic of the Quokkas is:
    1. their lives are longer than average
    2. they are not scared of people
    3. they are extremely curious
    4. they smile when people take photos
  4. Tourists to the island should refrain from:
    1. encouraging them to eat
    2. feeding them
    3. smiling at them
    4. abandoning them
  5. If a mother feels threatened:
    1. she attacks the predator with her claws
    2. she falls to the ground
    3. she sacrifices her baby to secure her own survival
    4. she goes back to the colony
Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. c
  3. b
  4. b
  5. c
Livello B2 Verso le certificazioni (B2)

Read the text and write one word for each gap.

The myth of holy waters

Some of the most interesting places related to water are holy wells. It is thought that there were thousands of these sacred water sources in Britain, but (1) ......................................................... about 200 still exist today. These wells have (2) ......................................................... connected for centuries with a particular saint or deity, and were thought to cure illnesses (3) ......................................................... as children’s diseases, infertility, broken bones, skin diseases and even insanity. The wells were used (4) ......................................................... blessings, rituals, and prophecies usually during full moons, new moons or sunrises. People usually left offerings at these sites such as jewellery, coins and figurines. The protectors of these magical waters were thought to be Sirens, Nymphs, Trolls, and Saints and were guarded (5) ......................................................... priests, Druids, or Shamans, and were sometimes seen as guides for the journey (6) ......................................................... this world and the otherworld.

The myth of holy waters

Some of the most interesting places related to water are holy wells. It is thought that there were thousands of these sacred water sources in Britain, but (1) ......................................................... about 200 still exist today. These wells have (2) ......................................................... connected for centuries with a particular saint or deity, and were thought to cure illnesses (3) ......................................................... as children’s diseases, infertility, broken bones, skin diseases and even insanity. The wells were used (4) ......................................................... blessings, rituals, and prophecies usually during full moons, new moons or sunrises. People usually left offerings at these sites such as jewellery, coins and figurines. The protectors of these magical waters were thought to be Sirens, Nymphs, Trolls, and Saints and were guarded (5) ......................................................... priests, Druids, or Shamans, and were sometimes seen as guides for the journey (6) ......................................................... this world and the otherworld.

Soluzioni
  1. only
  2. been
  3. such
  4. for
  5. by
  6. between
Livello A2 Verso le certificazioni (A2)

Read the text and write the missing words. You can write only one word in each space.

Dear Peter,
(1) .......................I...................... am writing to say a big thank you. It is very kind of you to invite (2) ......................m.....e.................. with all my family (3) .....................t..o...................... your lovely house in the country (4) .............n....e...x...t................................. weekend. (5) .......................I.t.......................................... is such a wonderful part of England. I’m working in France at the moment for (6) ..............a............................... famous perfume company so we can be there (7) ............o....n............................. Saturday. There is a high-speed train, a Eurostar, (8) ........f.r..o....m.............................. Paris to London on Friday morning. It only
(9) .......................t.a....k...e...s........... 2 hours and 16 minutes. We usually travel (10) .......b....y............................................. car or train because my husband is afraid (11) .....o...f..................................... flying.
See (12) .......y...o....u............................... on Saturday.
Susan

Dear Peter,
(1) .......................I...................... am writing to say a big thank you. It is very kind of you to invite (2) ......................m.....e.................. with all my family (3) .....................t..o...................... your lovely house in the country (4) .............n....e...x...t................................. weekend. (5) .......................I.t.......................................... is such a wonderful part of England. I’m working in France at the moment for (6) ..............a............................... famous perfume company so we can be there (7) ............o....n............................. Saturday. There is a high-speed train, a Eurostar, (8) ........f.r..o....m.............................. Paris to London on Friday morning. It only
(9) .......................t.a....k...e...s........... 2 hours and 16 minutes. We usually travel (10) .......b....y............................................. car or train because my husband is afraid (11) .....o...f..................................... flying.
See (12) .......y...o....u............................... on Saturday.
Susan

Soluzioni
  1. I
  2. me
  3. to
  4. next
  5. It
  6. a
  7. on
  8. from
  9. takes
  10. by
  11. of
  12. you
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Replica alle seguenti affermazioni come nell’esempio.

Esempio: Rome is ancient. Yes, it’s an ancient city.

  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, ........................................................................................................... film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, ......................................................................................................... dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, ................................................................................................. subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, ........................................................................................................... city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, ....................................................................................................... meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, ....................................................................................................... drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, ......................................................................................... cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, .......................................................................................... language.

Esempio: Rome is ancient. Yes, it’s an ancient city.

  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, ........................................................................................................... film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, ......................................................................................................... dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, ................................................................................................. subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, ........................................................................................................... city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, ....................................................................................................... meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, ....................................................................................................... drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, ......................................................................................... cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, .......................................................................................... language.
Soluzioni
  1. The film on TV is scary. Yes, it’s a scary film.
  2. Pasta is healthy. Yes, it’s a healthy dish.
  3. History is interesting. Yes, it’s an interesting subject.
  4. London is fashionable. Yes, it’s a fashionable city.
  5. An English breakfast is substantial. Yes, it’s a substantial meal.
  6. English tea is popular. Yes, it’s a popular drink.
  7. St. Peter’s is enormous. Yes, it’s an enormous cathedral.
  8. Russian is difficult. Yes, it’s a difficult language.
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Riordina le parole date in modo da formare frasi ipotetiche di secondo tipo.

  1. loved / if / you / would / me / birthday / remember / my / you
  2. more / I / time / would / study / had / German / if / I
  3. marry / I / if / were / would / him / younger / I
  4. her / she / furious / if / I / told / would / be
  5. would / they / play / didn’t / if / tennis / they / be overweight
  6. if / have a better life / you / would / weren’t / so pessimistic / you

 

  1. ................................................................................................................................................
  2. ................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................
  1. loved / if / you / would / me / birthday / remember / my / you
  2. more / I / time / would / study / had / German / if / I
  3. marry / I / if / were / would / him / younger / I
  4. her / she / furious / if / I / told / would / be
  5. would / they / play / didn’t / if / tennis / they / be overweight
  6. if / have a better life / you / would / weren’t / so pessimistic / you

 

  1. ................................................................................................................................................
  2. ................................................................................................................................................
  3. ................................................................................................................................................
  4. ................................................................................................................................................
  5. ................................................................................................................................................
  6. ................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. If you loved me, you would remember my birthday./You would remember my birthday if you loved me.
  2. If I had more time, I would study German./I would study German if I had more time.
  3. I would marry him if I were younger./If I were younger, I would marry him.
  4. She would be furious if I told her./If she told her, I would be furious./I would be furious if she told her./If I told her, she would be furious.
  5. If they didn’t play tennis, they would be overweight./They would be overweight if they didn’t play tennis.
  6. If you weren’t so pessimistic, you would have a better life./You would have a better life if you weren’t so pessimistic.
Livello A2 Present simple di To Be (essere)
Riordina le parole date per formulare domande sulla cantante Beyoncé. Abbina le domande 1-8 alle risposte a-h.

La domanda n. 2 è un esempio.
 

  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................

 

a. It’s Houston.

b. No, she isn’t.

c. No, it’s in Texas.

d. She’s over forty.

e. No, she isn’t.

f. She’s American.

g. She’s a singer and actress.

h. Yes, she is.

La domanda n. 2 è un esempio.
 

  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    ....................................................................................................................................

 

a. It’s Houston.

b. No, she isn’t.

c. No, it’s in Texas.

d. She’s over forty.

e. No, she isn’t.

f. She’s American.

g. She’s a singer and actress.

h. Yes, she is.

Soluzioni
  1. Beyoncé / is / old / How / ?
    How old is Beyoncé? (d) She’s over forty
  2. Is / England / she / from?
    Is she from England? (b) No, she isn’t.
  3. job / her / What’s / ?
    What’s her job? (g) She’s a singer and actress.
  4. from / she / Is / Spain / ?
    Is she from Spain? (e) No, she isn’t.
  5. nationality / What / she / is / ?
    What nationality is she? (f) She’s American.
  6. her / What / home town / is / ?
    What is her home town? (a) It’s Houston.
  7. Is / California / Houston / in / ?
    Is Houston in California? (c) No, it’s in Texas.
  8. married / she / Is / ?
    Is she married? (h) Yes, she is.
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Riordina le parole per formare domande corrette.

  1. lunch / is / for / our / today / Sue / preparing / What / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  2. number 5 / does / go to / bus / Where / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  3. with / coming / the / you / pub / Why / aren’t / to / for / a drink / us / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  4. to / is / brother / your / Who / talking / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  5. best / class / Who / the / student / is / the / in / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  6. your / for / What / does / work / company / father / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  1. lunch / is / for / our / today / Sue / preparing / What / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  2. number 5 / does / go to / bus / Where / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  3. with / coming / the / you / pub / Why / aren’t / to / for / a drink / us / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  4. to / is / brother / your / Who / talking / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  5. best / class / Who / the / student / is / the / in / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
  6. your / for / What / does / work / company / father / ?
    ............................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Riordina le parole per formare frasi complete.

1. few / tried / but / to / She / Chinese, / up / she / months / after / learn / gave / a

........................................................................................................................................

2. stopped / still / but / a / lot / break / to / do / he / to / a / He / have / had

........................................................................................................................................

3. him / secret / he / revealed / it / I / regretted / because / my / telling

........................................................................................................................................

4. talking / expect / during / a / students / to / test / I / stop

........................................................................................................................................

5. had / her / was / birthday / because / angry / I / My / wife / forgotten

........................................................................................................................................

6. door / I / always / leaving / lock / house / the / to / remember / before / front / the

........................................................................................................................................

7. to / his / lunch / forgot / Peter / client / call / after

........................................................................................................................................

8. is / the / you / regret / in / life / doing / What / things / of / one / your / ?

.......................................................................................................................................

1. few / tried / but / to / She / Chinese, / up / she / months / after / learn / gave / a

........................................................................................................................................

2. stopped / still / but / a / lot / break / to / do / he / to / a / He / have / had

........................................................................................................................................

3. him / secret / he / revealed / it / I / regretted / because / my / telling

........................................................................................................................................

4. talking / expect / during / a / students / to / test / I / stop

........................................................................................................................................

5. had / her / was / birthday / because / angry / I / My / wife / forgotten

........................................................................................................................................

6. door / I / always / leaving / lock / house / the / to / remember / before / front / the

........................................................................................................................................

7. to / his / lunch / forgot / Peter / client / call / after

........................................................................................................................................

8. is / the / you / regret / in / life / doing / What / things / of / one / your / ?

.......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. She tried to learn Chinese, but she gave up after a few months.
  2. He still had a lot to do but he stopped to have a break.
  3. I regretted telling him my secret because he revealed it.
  4. I expect students to stop talking during a test.
  5. My wife was angry because I had forgotten her birthday.
  6. I always remember to lock the front door before leaving the house.
  7. Peter forgot to call his client after lunch.
  8. What is one of the things you regret doing in your life?
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Riordina le parole per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

Esempio
new / They / business. / starting / are / on / point / the / of / a
They are on the point of starting a new business

1. arrive / minutes. / ten / Hurry up. / train / The / is / due / to / in

....................................................................................................................................

2. session / At / take / the end of / the / students / are / due / to / an exam.

....................................................................................................................................

3. retire. / workers / in / about / the / factory / are / 64, / Ten / and / are / to

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
new / They / business. / starting / are / on / point / the / of / a
They are on the point of starting a new business

1. arrive / minutes. / ten / Hurry up. / train / The / is / due / to / in

....................................................................................................................................

2. session / At / take / the end of / the / students / are / due / to / an exam.

....................................................................................................................................

3. retire. / workers / in / about / the / factory / are / 64, / Ten / and / are / to

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Hurry up. The train is due to arrive in ten minutes.
  2. At the end of the session, students are due to take an exam.
  3. Ten workers in the factory are 64, and are about to retire.
Livello B1-B2 Futuro progressivo (future continuous)

Riordina le parole per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

1. living / this / we / house. / time / year, / will / be / in / our / new / At / next

...........................................................................................................

2. project / five / Mary / months. / next / be / working / on / her / for / the / will

...........................................................................................................

3. am / not / bikes. / working / our / we / tomorrow / so / can / I / go / for / a / ride / on

...........................................................................................................

4. newspaper. / is / advertised / for / the / job / that / was / in / the / to / She / apply / going

...........................................................................................................

5. the / climate / end / of / next / warmer. / century / the / will / much / By / be

...........................................................................................................

6. answer / go / The / phone / is / and / it. / ringing, / I’ll

...........................................................................................................

7. sun. / lying / time / next / be / This / the / week / we / will / in

...........................................................................................................

8. will / How / have / here / been / by / the / end / of / this / Sue / year? / long / working

...........................................................................................................

9. o’clock / we’ll / been / here / waiting / hours. / six / At / have / three / for

...........................................................................................................

10. feeling / ’m / I / well. / not / think / rest. / I / have / ’ll / go / and / a / I

...........................................................................................................

1. living / this / we / house. / time / year, / will / be / in / our / new / At / next

...........................................................................................................

2. project / five / Mary / months. / next / be / working / on / her / for / the / will

...........................................................................................................

3. am / not / bikes. / working / our / we / tomorrow / so / can / I / go / for / a / ride / on

...........................................................................................................

4. newspaper. / is / advertised / for / the / job / that / was / in / the / to / She / apply / going

...........................................................................................................

5. the / climate / end / of / next / warmer. / century / the / will / much / By / be

...........................................................................................................

6. answer / go / The / phone / is / and / it. / ringing, / I’ll

...........................................................................................................

7. sun. / lying / time / next / be / This / the / week / we / will / in

...........................................................................................................

8. will / How / have / here / been / by / the / end / of / this / Sue / year? / long / working

...........................................................................................................

9. o’clock / we’ll / been / here / waiting / hours. / six / At / have / three / for

...........................................................................................................

10. feeling / ’m / I / well. / not / think / rest. / I / have / ’ll / go / and / a / I

...........................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. At this time next year, we will be living in our new house.
  2. Mary will be working on her project for the next five months.
  3. I am not working tomorrow so we can go for a ride on our bikes.
  4. She is going to apply for the job that was advertised in the newspaper.
  5. By the end of next century the climate will be much warmer.
  6. The phone is ringing, I’ll go and answer it.
  7. This time next week we will be lying in the sun.
  8. How long will Sue have been working here by the end of this year?
  9. At six o’clock we’ll have been waiting here for three hours.
  10. I’m not feeling well. I think I’ll go and have a rest.
Livello B1-B2 Altri avverbi: categorie e posizione

Riordina le parole per formare frasi.

1. to / use / to / tackle / the current problems. / We / need / efficiently / energy

....................................................................................................................................

2. to / send / I / hardly / my / messages / to / friends. / ever / write emails

....................................................................................................................................

3. just / are / this / You / person / the / for / right / job.

....................................................................................................................................

4. weekends. / out / for / at / Occasionally, / a / meal / we / go

....................................................................................................................................

5. mother / has / worried / a lot / her / She / lately. / about / been

....................................................................................................................................

6. raining / had / and / with / we / umbrellas / no / It / was / heavily / us.

....................................................................................................................................

1. to / use / to / tackle / the current problems. / We / need / efficiently / energy

....................................................................................................................................

2. to / send / I / hardly / my / messages / to / friends. / ever / write emails

....................................................................................................................................

3. just / are / this / You / person / the / for / right / job.

....................................................................................................................................

4. weekends. / out / for / at / Occasionally, / a / meal / we / go

....................................................................................................................................

5. mother / has / worried / a lot / her / She / lately. / about / been

....................................................................................................................................

6. raining / had / and / with / we / umbrellas / no / It / was / heavily / us.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We need to use energy efficiently to tackle the current problems.
  2. I hardly ever write emails to send messages to my friends.
  3. You are just the right person for this job.
  4. Occasionally, we go out for a meal at weekends.
  5. She has been worried a lot about her mother lately.
  6. It was raining heavily and we had no umbrellas with us.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Riordina le seguenti parole per formare frasi di senso compiuto.

1. your / are / the / keys / table / on

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. he / park / often / dog / takes / to / his / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. dictionary / shelf / on / is / the / the / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. bananas / in / Italy / grow / don’t

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. you / work / at / now / are / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. sleeping / the / cat / is / on / rug / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. biscuits / the / are / the / cupboard / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. are / supermarket / you / going / now / the / to / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Rome / time / you / what / arriving / in / are / ?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Dublin / in / at / live / 30 Carl Road / they

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

1. your / are / the / keys / table / on

....................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. he / park / often / dog / takes / to / his / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. dictionary / shelf / on / is / the / the / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. bananas / in / Italy / grow / don’t

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. you / work / at / now / are / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. sleeping / the / cat / is / on / rug / the

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

7. biscuits / the / are / the / cupboard / in

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. are / supermarket / you / going / now / the / to / ?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................

9. Rome / time / you / what / arriving / in / are / ?

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

10. Dublin / in / at / live / 30 Carl Road / they

..................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Your keys are on the table.
  2. He often takes his dog to the park.
  3. Is the dictionary on the shelf?
  4. Bananas don’t grow in Italy.
  5. Are you at work now?
  6. The cat is sleeping on the rug.
  7. The biscuits are in the cupboard.
  8. Are you going to the supermarket now?
  9. What time are you arriving in Rome?
  10. They live in Dublin at 30 Carl Road.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (4)

Riordina per formare frasi complete con l’uso di connettivi.

1. long / I / can / beforehand / as / lunch. / I / As / know / prepare

......................................................................................................................................................

2. to / be / far / as / adopted. / creation / I / a / As / new / for / job / policy / is / know,

......................................................................................................................................................

3. students / earthquake, / should / the / immediately. / building / case / an / of / all / In / leave

......................................................................................................................................................

4. of / make / living. / do / all / order / to / people / A / lot / sorts / of / odd / jobs / in / a

......................................................................................................................................................

5. friend / if / human. / as / speaks / to / were / My / her / Katy / pets / they

......................................................................................................................................................

6. lower / countries / have / families / energy / Several / taxes / on / so as to / bills. / help / reduced / pay

......................................................................................................................................................

1. long / I / can / beforehand / as / lunch. / I / As / know / prepare

......................................................................................................................................................

2. to / be / far / as / adopted. / creation / I / a / As / new / for / job / policy / is / know,

......................................................................................................................................................

3. students / earthquake, / should / the / immediately. / building / case / an / of / all / In / leave

......................................................................................................................................................

4. of / make / living. / do / all / order / to / people / A / lot / sorts / of / odd / jobs / in / a

......................................................................................................................................................

5. friend / if / human. / as / speaks / to / were / My / her / Katy / pets / they

......................................................................................................................................................

6. lower / countries / have / families / energy / Several / taxes / on / so as to / bills. / help / reduced / pay

......................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. As long as I know beforehand, I can prepare lunch.
  2. As far as I know, a new policy for job creation is to be adopted.
  3. In case of an earthquake, all students should leave the building immediately.
  4. A lot of people do all sorts of odd jobs in order to make a living.
  5. My friend Katy speaks to her pets as if they were human.
  6. Several countries have reduced taxes on energy so as to help families pay lower bills.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riordina per formare frasi di senso compiuto. Non è necessario aggiungere altre parole.

Esempio:
find / sharpener. / can’t / I / my / yours / Can / I / borrow / ?
I can’t find my sharpener. Can I borrow yours?

1. that / Jeep / red / Does / belong / to / parents / your / ?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. These / is / keys. / looking / hers. / Mary / for / ones / her / aren’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. classmates. / are / our / we / playing / two / tennis / with / of / Tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. mine. / notebook / bag / the / This / is / my / but / isn’t / yours / Is / it /?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. large / kitchen. / modern / got / You’ve / a / yours. / one / to / want / We / similar / buy / to

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. job / in / has / daughter / company. / My / interesting / got / an / tourist / a / yours / about / ? / What / she / work / Does /?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
find / sharpener. / can’t / I / my / yours / Can / I / borrow / ?
I can’t find my sharpener. Can I borrow yours?

1. that / Jeep / red / Does / belong / to / parents / your / ?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. These / is / keys. / looking / hers. / Mary / for / ones / her / aren’t

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. classmates. / are / our / we / playing / two / tennis / with / of / Tomorrow

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. mine. / notebook / bag / the / This / is / my / but / isn’t / yours / Is / it /?

....................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. large / kitchen. / modern / got / You’ve / a / yours. / one / to / want / We / similar / buy / to

..................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. job / in / has / daughter / company. / My / interesting / got / an / tourist / a / yours / about / ? / What / she / work / Does /?

...................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Does that red Jeep belong to your parents?
  2. Mary is looking for her keys. These ones aren’t hers.
  3. Tomorrow we are playing tennis with two of our classmates.
  4. This is my bag but the notebook isn’t mine. Is it yours?
  5. You’ve got a large modern kitchen. We want to buy one similar to yours.
  6. My daughter has got an interesting job in a tourist company. What about yours? Does she work?
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità, Discorso indiretto con verbi modali, Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Riporta i dialoghi in discordo indiretto.

1.
Mother: Please, can you help me clean the house?
Sue: I can’t, mum, I’m doing my homework. Tomorrow I’m having a test at school. I’ll help you tomorrow.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

2.
Paul: Let’s go to the Comic Book exhibition tomorrow.
Lucy: Oh, I went there yesterday.
Paul: I think I’ll ask my cousin then.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3.
Jeff: What about going to the cinema tonight? There’s a new sci-fi film on.
Jack: That’s a good idea. I haven’t been to the cinema for quite a while.
Jeff: Ok. Let’s meet at 9.00. Be on time for once.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

1.
Mother: Please, can you help me clean the house?
Sue: I can’t, mum, I’m doing my homework. Tomorrow I’m having a test at school. I’ll help you tomorrow.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

2.
Paul: Let’s go to the Comic Book exhibition tomorrow.
Lucy: Oh, I went there yesterday.
Paul: I think I’ll ask my cousin then.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

3.
Jeff: What about going to the cinema tonight? There’s a new sci-fi film on.
Jack: That’s a good idea. I haven’t been to the cinema for quite a while.
Jeff: Ok. Let’s meet at 9.00. Be on time for once.

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Sue’s mother asked her daughter to help clean the house. She answered that she couldn’t, because she was doing her homework as she was having a test at school the following day. She promised to help her mother the following day.
  2. Paul asked Lucy if she wanted to go to the Comic Book exhibition the following day, but Lucy didn’t accept because she had been there the day before. Paul then said he would ask his cousin.
  3. Jeff invited Jack to go the cinema to see a new sci-fi film. Jack said it was a good idea, because he hadn’t been to the cinema for quite a while. Then Jeff proposed meeting at 9.00 and told him to be on time for once.
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità, Discorso indiretto con verbi modali, Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Riporta in discorso indiretto le parti in grassetto.

Manager: I hope we didn’t keep you waiting for long?

Mark: Not at all, while waiting I had the chance to talk to one of your engineers.

Manager: First of all, let me introduce myself. I am the manager of our engineering department here and we have an open position. We have been interviewing applicants to fill the position as soon as possible.

Mark: What are the essential qualifications required for the position?

Manager: We do provide a lot of training here. But you should have at least a degree in computer engineering and possibly previous experience in the field.

Mark: What kind of work experience do you require?

Manager: It would be great if you had some programming experience.

Mark: My final school project was actually developing a mobile application, so I am fairly competent in that field.

Manager: Tell me about your experience.

Mark: I worked as a computer lab tutor in school for about 2 years. Guiding students through their projects helped me get experience in several programming languages.

Manager: What are you looking for in a job?

Mark: Opportunities to learn and develop my skills as well as learning new ones. I will be happy to learn and grow in an efficient company like yours.

Manager: Yes, there is plenty of room for advancement in our company. What are your strengths?

Mark: I am committed and hardworking and my friends consider me easy to work with.

Manager: Very well. Now, do you mind working overtime? We sometimes have periods when the workload can get pretty heavy.

Mark: I have no problems with that. I understand it’s the nature of the job. When I was still at school, I took quite a few courses each semester while working twenty hours every week.

Manager: Do you have any questions for me?

Mark: No, not really. I just hope I’m the right person you’re looking for to fill this position.

Manager: Mark, it was nice talking to you. I think you tick all the boxes. You can expect to hear from us by the end of next week.

Mark: Nice meeting you, too. Thank you for your time.

Manager: Thank you for coming.

 

1. Mark said that ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. The manager said that ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Mark wanted to know ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Mark said that ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Mark added that ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Mark defined himself ......................................................................................................... and added that .....................................................................................

7. The manager asked .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The manager ended by telling Mark ................................................................................................................................................................................................

Manager: I hope we didn’t keep you waiting for long?

Mark: Not at all, while waiting I had the chance to talk to one of your engineers.

Manager: First of all, let me introduce myself. I am the manager of our engineering department here and we have an open position. We have been interviewing applicants to fill the position as soon as possible.

Mark: What are the essential qualifications required for the position?

Manager: We do provide a lot of training here. But you should have at least a degree in computer engineering and possibly previous experience in the field.

Mark: What kind of work experience do you require?

Manager: It would be great if you had some programming experience.

Mark: My final school project was actually developing a mobile application, so I am fairly competent in that field.

Manager: Tell me about your experience.

Mark: I worked as a computer lab tutor in school for about 2 years. Guiding students through their projects helped me get experience in several programming languages.

Manager: What are you looking for in a job?

Mark: Opportunities to learn and develop my skills as well as learning new ones. I will be happy to learn and grow in an efficient company like yours.

Manager: Yes, there is plenty of room for advancement in our company. What are your strengths?

Mark: I am committed and hardworking and my friends consider me easy to work with.

Manager: Very well. Now, do you mind working overtime? We sometimes have periods when the workload can get pretty heavy.

Mark: I have no problems with that. I understand it’s the nature of the job. When I was still at school, I took quite a few courses each semester while working twenty hours every week.

Manager: Do you have any questions for me?

Mark: No, not really. I just hope I’m the right person you’re looking for to fill this position.

Manager: Mark, it was nice talking to you. I think you tick all the boxes. You can expect to hear from us by the end of next week.

Mark: Nice meeting you, too. Thank you for your time.

Manager: Thank you for coming.

 

1. Mark said that ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. The manager said that ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Mark wanted to know ....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Mark said that ........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. Mark added that ..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

6. Mark defined himself ......................................................................................................... and added that .....................................................................................

7. The manager asked .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

8. The manager ended by telling Mark ................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. while waiting he had had the chance to talk to one of their engineers.
  2. he had been interviewing applicants to fill the position as soon as possible.
  3. what kind of working experience they required.
  4. he had worked as a computer lab tutor in schools for about two years.
  5. he would be happy to learn and grow in an efficient company like theirs.
  6. as a commited and hardworking person and added that his friends considered him very easy to work with.
  7. if he had any questions for him.
  8. he could expect to hear from them by the end of the following week
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Riporta le seguenti frasi in discorso indiretto usando i verbi introduttivi dati.

Esempio
“Read the passage and answer the questions,” said the teacher to the students.
The teacher asked the students to read the passage and answer the questions.

order • ask • invite • convince • deny • remind • warn • offer • suggest

1. “Peter, stop shouting! The baby is sleeping!” said Jennie.

Jennie ....................................................................................................................

2. “I’ll give you a lift to the airport.”

She ..........................................................................................................................

3. “You should do a sport of some kind if you want to lose weight.”

The doctor .............................................................................................................

4. “I’d be happy if you came to my birthday party, Barbara,” said Helen.

Helen .....................................................................................................................

5. “Come, on, try it! You’ll like it. It’s my favourite cake.”

John ....................................................................................................................

6. “Don’t forget to bring your written assignment tomorrow.”

My teacher ..........................................................................................................

7. “You can’t take photos in this room!”

The museum attendant .......................................................................................

8. “I haven’t broken the law.”

He .............................................................................................................................

Esempio
“Read the passage and answer the questions,” said the teacher to the students.
The teacher asked the students to read the passage and answer the questions.

order • ask • invite • convince • deny • remind • warn • offer • suggest

1. “Peter, stop shouting! The baby is sleeping!” said Jennie.

Jennie ....................................................................................................................

2. “I’ll give you a lift to the airport.”

She ..........................................................................................................................

3. “You should do a sport of some kind if you want to lose weight.”

The doctor .............................................................................................................

4. “I’d be happy if you came to my birthday party, Barbara,” said Helen.

Helen .....................................................................................................................

5. “Come, on, try it! You’ll like it. It’s my favourite cake.”

John ....................................................................................................................

6. “Don’t forget to bring your written assignment tomorrow.”

My teacher ..........................................................................................................

7. “You can’t take photos in this room!”

The museum attendant .......................................................................................

8. “I haven’t broken the law.”

He .............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. ordered Peter to stop shouting because the baby was sleeping.
  2. offered to give me a lift to the airport.
  3. suggested doing/(that) I should do a sport of some kind if I wanted to lose weight.
  4. invited Barbara to her birthday party
  5. convinced Mary to try his favourite cake.
  6. reminded me to bring my written assignment the following day.
  7. warned us not to take photos in that room.
  8. denied breaking/having broken/(that) he had broken the law.
Livello A2 There is / there are, Can/can't: potere
Riscrivi frasi in modo che abbiano lo stesso significato di quelle date.
  1. Some houses have en suite bathrooms.
    There .............................................................................................. in some houses.
  2. The flat has got three bedrooms.
    .............................................................................................. are .............................................................................................. in the flat.
  3. Has the house got a terrace and a barbecue?
    .............................................................................................. there .............................................................................................. in the house?
  4. It is possible to book holidays on the internet.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  5. It is not permitted to smoke in public places.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  1. Some houses have en suite bathrooms.
    There .............................................................................................. in some houses.
  2. The flat has got three bedrooms.
    .............................................................................................. are .............................................................................................. in the flat.
  3. Has the house got a terrace and a barbecue?
    .............................................................................................. there .............................................................................................. in the house?
  4. It is possible to book holidays on the internet.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
  5. It is not permitted to smoke in public places.
    You  .............................................................................................. 
Soluzioni
  1. There are en suite bathrooms in some houses.
  2. There are three bedrooms in the flat.
  3. Is there a terrace and a barbecue in the house?
  4. You can book holidays on the internet.
  5. You can’t smoke in public places.
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Riscrivi in lettere i numeri dati in cifre nelle seguenti frasi.

Esempio:
Paul’s mobile is 345 08218. three four five oh eight two one eight

  1. The temperature today is -5 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
  2. My phone number is 349 880765. .......................................................................................................................................
  3. 1,500 people are at the stadium today. .......................................................................................................................................
  4. The result is: Real Madrid 3, Liverpool 0. .......................................................................................................................................
  5. In August it’s very hot here, about 40 °C. .......................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
Paul’s mobile is 345 08218. three four five oh eight two one eight

  1. The temperature today is -5 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
  2. My phone number is 349 880765. .......................................................................................................................................
  3. 1,500 people are at the stadium today. .......................................................................................................................................
  4. The result is: Real Madrid 3, Liverpool 0. .......................................................................................................................................
  5. In August it’s very hot here, about 40 °C. .......................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. five degrees Celsius below zero
  2. three four nine double eight oh seven six five
  3. one thousand five hundred
  4. three-nil
  5. forty degrees Celsius
Livello B1-B2 Avverbi di modo

Riscrivi la seconda frase con l’uso di avverbi di modo mantenendo il significato della prima.

1. My mother finds it easy to make all sorts of cakes.
My mother makes all sorts of cakes easily.

2. Heavy snow is falling in the mountains at the moment.
It is snowing ......................................................... the moment.

3. You were very clear about the company’s annual revenues.
You spoke ......................................................... annual revenues.

4. I think that your behaviour was not correct.
I don’t think that you ......................................................... .

5. Our team did not play well yesterday.
Our team ......................................................... .

6. The students were quiet while they did their test.
The students ......................................................... .

1. My mother finds it easy to make all sorts of cakes.
My mother makes all sorts of cakes easily.

2. Heavy snow is falling in the mountains at the moment.
It is snowing ......................................................... the moment.

3. You were very clear about the company’s annual revenues.
You spoke ......................................................... annual revenues.

4. I think that your behaviour was not correct.
I don’t think that you ......................................................... .

5. Our team did not play well yesterday.
Our team ......................................................... .

6. The students were quiet while they did their test.
The students ......................................................... .

Soluzioni
  1. all sorts of cakes easily
  2. heavily in the mountains at
  3. clearly about the company’s
  4. behaved correctly
  5. played badly yesterday
  6. did their test quietly
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Riscrivi le frasi alla forma singolare.

Esempio:
What interesting men!
What an interesting man!

  1. Are they electricians?
    .............................................................................................................................
  2. Those are Australian flowers.
    .............................................................................................................................
  3. These are awful stories.
    .............................................................................................................................
  4. They are brilliant interpreters.
    ............................................................................................................................
  5. They are intelligent women!
    .............................................................................................................................
  6. They are expensive cities!
    .............................................................................................................................
  7. They are sharp knives!
    .............................................................................................................................

Esempio:
What interesting men!
What an interesting man!

  1. Are they electricians?
    .............................................................................................................................
  2. Those are Australian flowers.
    .............................................................................................................................
  3. These are awful stories.
    .............................................................................................................................
  4. They are brilliant interpreters.
    ............................................................................................................................
  5. They are intelligent women!
    .............................................................................................................................
  6. They are expensive cities!
    .............................................................................................................................
  7. They are sharp knives!
    .............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Is he/she an electrician?
  2. That’s an Australian flower.
  3. This is an awful story.
  4. He/She is a brilliant interpreter.
  5. She’s an intelligent woman!
  6. It’s an expensive city!
  7. It’s a sharp knife!
Livello B1 Compartivo di uguaglianza e minoranza

Riscrivi le frasi con il comparativo di uguaglianza, maggioranza o minoranza (se possibile) degli aggettivi tra parentesi senza cambiarne il significato.

Esempio
The summer season in Lombardy is shorter than in Apulia. (long)
The summer season in Lombardy isn’t as long as in Apulia.

 

1. My brother and my sister are shorter than me. (tall)

...............................................................................................................................

2. Today it’s much colder than yesterday. (warm)

...............................................................................................................................

3. I know England better than you do. (well)

...............................................................................................................................

4. There were fewer participants at the congress than last year. (many)

...............................................................................................................................

5. Mercedes cars are much cheaper than Ferrari cars. (expensive)

...............................................................................................................................

6. The weather in Italy is drier than in Britain. (humid)

...............................................................................................................................

7. I think that English is much easier than German. (difficult)

...............................................................................................................................

8. The economic situation is worse than ten years ago. (good)

...............................................................................................................................

Esempio
The summer season in Lombardy is shorter than in Apulia. (long)
The summer season in Lombardy isn’t as long as in Apulia.

 

1. My brother and my sister are shorter than me. (tall)

...............................................................................................................................

2. Today it’s much colder than yesterday. (warm)

...............................................................................................................................

3. I know England better than you do. (well)

...............................................................................................................................

4. There were fewer participants at the congress than last year. (many)

...............................................................................................................................

5. Mercedes cars are much cheaper than Ferrari cars. (expensive)

...............................................................................................................................

6. The weather in Italy is drier than in Britain. (humid)

...............................................................................................................................

7. I think that English is much easier than German. (difficult)

...............................................................................................................................

8. The economic situation is worse than ten years ago. (good)

...............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. My brother and my sister aren’t so/as tall as me.
  2. Today it is not so/as warm as yesterday.
  3. You don’t know England so/as well as I do.
  4. There weren’t so/as many participants at the congress as last year.
  5. Mercedes cars are less expensive than Ferrari cars.
  6. The weather in Italy is less humid than in Britain.
  7. I don’t think that English is as difficult as German.
  8. The economic situation is not so good as ten years ago.
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Riscrivi le frasi con lo stesso significato, usando i phrasal verbs dati e i tempi appropriati.

be fed up with • tell off • put up with • get on with • come up with • run out of • get away with • look forward to

Esempio
We haven’t got any toilet paper left. We ................................ toilet paper.
We have run out of toilet paper.

1. They break the law but they are never caught. They always .............................................................................................. it.

2. I have a very good relationship with my ex-boyfriend. I ............................................................................... my ex-boyfriend.

3. I don’t know how she can stand the way he treats her. She never complains. I don’t know how she ................................................................ the way he treats her.

4. They have found a new solution to climate change. They have ................................ a new solution to climate change.

5. She was really dissatisfied with the way things were going. She ....................................... the way things were going.

6. I’m expecting to enjoy my holiday in Sardinia. I’m ................................................................. my holiday in Sardinia.

7. Our teacher often scolds Greg for disturbing the lesson. Our teacher often ................................................... for disturbing the lesson.

be fed up with • tell off • put up with • get on with • come up with • run out of • get away with • look forward to

Esempio
We haven’t got any toilet paper left. We ................................ toilet paper.
We have run out of toilet paper.

1. They break the law but they are never caught. They always .............................................................................................. it.

2. I have a very good relationship with my ex-boyfriend. I ............................................................................... my ex-boyfriend.

3. I don’t know how she can stand the way he treats her. She never complains. I don’t know how she ................................................................ the way he treats her.

4. They have found a new solution to climate change. They have ................................ a new solution to climate change.

5. She was really dissatisfied with the way things were going. She ....................................... the way things were going.

6. I’m expecting to enjoy my holiday in Sardinia. I’m ................................................................. my holiday in Sardinia.

7. Our teacher often scolds Greg for disturbing the lesson. Our teacher often ................................................... for disturbing the lesson.

Soluzioni
  1. get away with
  2. get on with
  3. puts up with
  4. come up with
  5. was fed up with
  6. looking forward to
  7. tells Greg off
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Riscrivi le frasi in forme passive personali.

1. The estate agent is showing the married couple some houses for sale.

.........................................................................................................................

2. Our accountant will supply you with all the necessary information you need.

.........................................................................................................................

3. The guards did not allow us to take our cameras into the museum.

.........................................................................................................................

4. Our teacher gave us some useful tips in order to do well in the exam.

.........................................................................................................................

5. They might have offered me the job if I also spoke German.

.........................................................................................................................

6. It is thought Sir Walter Raleigh brought the potato to England from the New World.

.........................................................................................................................

7. They told their son not to eat all the biscuits.

.........................................................................................................................

8. They don’t allow flash photography during the performance.

.........................................................................................................................

1. The estate agent is showing the married couple some houses for sale.

.........................................................................................................................

2. Our accountant will supply you with all the necessary information you need.

.........................................................................................................................

3. The guards did not allow us to take our cameras into the museum.

.........................................................................................................................

4. Our teacher gave us some useful tips in order to do well in the exam.

.........................................................................................................................

5. They might have offered me the job if I also spoke German.

.........................................................................................................................

6. It is thought Sir Walter Raleigh brought the potato to England from the New World.

.........................................................................................................................

7. They told their son not to eat all the biscuits.

.........................................................................................................................

8. They don’t allow flash photography during the performance.

.........................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The married couple is being shown some houses for sale by the estate agent.
  2. You will be supplied with all the necessary information you need by our accountant.
  3. We were not allowed by the guards to take our cameras into the museum.
  4. We were given some useful tips by our teacher to do well in the exam.
  5. I might have been offered the job if I also spoke German.
  6. Sir Walter Raleigh is thought to have brought the potato to England from the New World.
  7. Their son was told not to eat all the biscuits.
  8. Flash photography during the performance is not allowed.
Livello B2-C1 Verbi di percezione

Riscrivi le frasi in modo da mantenere il loro significato. Fai attenzione: l’azione ha funzione attiva o passiva? È percepita per interno o parzialmente?

Esempio
The web security expert talked about some important rules to follow. We listened to him.
We listened to the web security expert talk about some important rules to follow.

1. Our teacher showed us a video about the Roman Period. We watched it.

............................................................................................................................................

2. They fined a man for writing on the city walls. I could see him.

............................................................................................................................................

3. The referee whistled for a penalty. The players heard him.

............................................................................................................................................

4. A man took a watch and hid it under his jacket. Somebody noticed him.

............................................................................................................................................

5. A woman was painting the landscape. We saw her while out trekking.

............................................................................................................................................

Esempio
The web security expert talked about some important rules to follow. We listened to him.
We listened to the web security expert talk about some important rules to follow.

1. Our teacher showed us a video about the Roman Period. We watched it.

............................................................................................................................................

2. They fined a man for writing on the city walls. I could see him.

............................................................................................................................................

3. The referee whistled for a penalty. The players heard him.

............................................................................................................................................

4. A man took a watch and hid it under his jacket. Somebody noticed him.

............................................................................................................................................

5. A woman was painting the landscape. We saw her while out trekking.

............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We watched a video shown by our teacher about the Roman Period.
  2. I could see a man being fined for writing on the city walls.
  3. The players heard the referee whistle for a penalty.
  4. Somebody noticed a man take a watch and hide it under his jacket.
  5. While out trekking, we saw a woman painting the landscape.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1), Connettivi (2), Connettivi (3), Connettivi (4)

Riscrivi le frasi usando il connettivo dato e le parti necessarie, senza cambiarne il significato.

Esempio
Larry was extremely tired. He drove all night. (although)
Although Larry was extremely tired, he drove all night.

1. I had a bad headache but I decided to go to the cinema all the same. (in spite of)

...................................................................................................................................

2. I’m not well paid although I have a lot of responsibility. (despite)

...................................................................................................................................

3. It might rain but we are going to play tennis. (even if)

...................................................................................................................................

4. Her friends phone her every day, but in spite of this, she still feels lonely. (although)

...................................................................................................................................

5. My boyfriend hates my bright red shoes but I’m going to wear them all the same. (even though)

...................................................................................................................................

6. I went to the new Thai restaurant to try a coconut sauce. (so that)

...................................................................................................................................

Esempio
Larry was extremely tired. He drove all night. (although)
Although Larry was extremely tired, he drove all night.

1. I had a bad headache but I decided to go to the cinema all the same. (in spite of)

...................................................................................................................................

2. I’m not well paid although I have a lot of responsibility. (despite)

...................................................................................................................................

3. It might rain but we are going to play tennis. (even if)

...................................................................................................................................

4. Her friends phone her every day, but in spite of this, she still feels lonely. (although)

...................................................................................................................................

5. My boyfriend hates my bright red shoes but I’m going to wear them all the same. (even though)

...................................................................................................................................

6. I went to the new Thai restaurant to try a coconut sauce. (so that)

...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. In spite of having a bad headache/In spite of my bad headache, I decided to go to the cinema all the same.
  2. Despite having a lot of responsibility, I’m not well paid.
  3. Even if it rains, we’re going to play tennis.
  4. Although her friends phone her every day, she still feels lonely.
  5. Even though my boyfriend hates my bright red shoes, I’m going to wear them all the same.
  6. I went to the new Thai restaurant so that I could try a coconut sauce.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (3)

Riscrivi le frasi usando il connettivo dato.

1. She is scared of flying, but she decided to travel by plane. (in spite of + -ing form)

................................................................................................................................................

2. The traffic was terrible. However, we arrived on time. (even though)

................................................................................................................................................

3. They arrived on time. They had to travel in bad weather. (despite)

................................................................................................................................................

4. Sara seldom sees her parents. She lives in the same town. (although)

................................................................................................................................................

5. I like football. My brother prefers tennis. (while)

................................................................................................................................................

6. In spite of the house being on a busy street, he managed to sell it. (despite the fact that)

................................................................................................................................................

7. Susan is a very nice person, while her brother John is not. (unlike)

................................................................................................................................................

8. They did not invite me. However, I wouldn’t have accepted. (even if)

................................................................................................................................................

1. She is scared of flying, but she decided to travel by plane. (in spite of + -ing form)

................................................................................................................................................

2. The traffic was terrible. However, we arrived on time. (even though)

................................................................................................................................................

3. They arrived on time. They had to travel in bad weather. (despite)

................................................................................................................................................

4. Sara seldom sees her parents. She lives in the same town. (although)

................................................................................................................................................

5. I like football. My brother prefers tennis. (while)

................................................................................................................................................

6. In spite of the house being on a busy street, he managed to sell it. (despite the fact that)

................................................................................................................................................

7. Susan is a very nice person, while her brother John is not. (unlike)

................................................................................................................................................

8. They did not invite me. However, I wouldn’t have accepted. (even if)

................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. In spite of being scared of flying, she decided to travel by plane.
  2. We arrived on time, even though the traffic was terrible.
  3. Despite having to travel in bad weather, they arrived on time.
  4. Sara seldom sees her parents although she lives in the same town.
  5. I like football while my brother prefers tennis.
  6. Despite the fact that the house was on a busy street, he managed to sell it.
  7. John is not a nice person, unlike his sister Susan./Susan is a very nice person, unlike her brother John.
  8. I wouldn’t have accepted even if they had invited me.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riscrivi le frasi usando il pronome possessivo e mantenendo lo stesso significato.

Esempio:
“These are not our suitcases!” “Which are your suitcases, then?”
“These suitcases are not ours!” “Which suitcases are yours, then?”

1. “Are these your gloves?” “No, my gloves are black.”

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Those boys? They are not my friends.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Some of our classmates live near the school.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Does Paul attend university with some of your friends?

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. She’s going on holiday with one of her cousins.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
“These are not our suitcases!” “Which are your suitcases, then?”
“These suitcases are not ours!” “Which suitcases are yours, then?”

1. “Are these your gloves?” “No, my gloves are black.”

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

2. Those boys? They are not my friends.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

3. Some of our classmates live near the school.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

4. Does Paul attend university with some of your friends?

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

5. She’s going on holiday with one of her cousins.

.............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Are these gloves yours?” “No, mine are black.”
  2. Those boys? They aren’t friends of mine.
  3. Some classmates of ours live near the school.
  4. Does Paul attend university with some friends of yours?
  5. She’s going on holiday with a cousin of hers.
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Riscrivi le frasi usando la forma corretta dei modali can, could, may, might, o be able to in sostituzione della parte in corsivo.

Esempio

It is possible, you are right, but I need to check first.
You may/might be right but I need to check first.

1. It was not possible for us to leave our town this year. We were moving to a new house.

.....................................................................................................................................

2. It’s very hot in here. Do you mind if I open the window for a while?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. You’re right. Perhaps it’s a good idea. Let me ask what the others think about it.

.....................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t think they left early. They are not here yet!

.....................................................................................................................................

5. Excuse me sir, you mustn’t jump the queue. It starts from here.

.....................................................................................................................................

6. I suppose they earned a lot of money last year, because they bought a beautiful boat.

.....................................................................................................................................

7. Perhaps these are Barbara’s keys. She said she had lost them.

.....................................................................................................................................

8. Look at the sky! I think it will rain, let’s take an umbrella.

.....................................................................................................................................

Esempio

It is possible, you are right, but I need to check first.
You may/might be right but I need to check first.

1. It was not possible for us to leave our town this year. We were moving to a new house.

.....................................................................................................................................

2. It’s very hot in here. Do you mind if I open the window for a while?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. You’re right. Perhaps it’s a good idea. Let me ask what the others think about it.

.....................................................................................................................................

4. I don’t think they left early. They are not here yet!

.....................................................................................................................................

5. Excuse me sir, you mustn’t jump the queue. It starts from here.

.....................................................................................................................................

6. I suppose they earned a lot of money last year, because they bought a beautiful boat.

.....................................................................................................................................

7. Perhaps these are Barbara’s keys. She said she had lost them.

.....................................................................................................................................

8. Look at the sky! I think it will rain, let’s take an umbrella.

.....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We weren’t able to leave our town this year.
  2. Could/May I open the window for a while?
  3. It may/might be a good idea.
  4. They can’t have left early.
  5. Excuse me sir, you can’t jump the queue.
  6. They may/might have earned a lot of money last year, because they bought a beautiful boat.
  7. These may/might be Barbara’s keys.
  8. It may/ might rain, let’s take an umbrella.
Livello A2-B1 Pronomi possessivi

Riscrivi le frasi usando le due costruzioni indicate in Importante.

Esempio:
They’ve got two cats. One is called Leo.
a. One of their cats is called Leo.
b. One cat of theirs is called Leo.

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of ......................................................................................................
b. Some friends of ..................................................................................

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of ......................................................................................................
b. Three figurines of ...............................................................................

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of ..........................................................................................................
b. Two children of ....................................................................................

Esempio:
They’ve got two cats. One is called Leo.
a. One of their cats is called Leo.
b. One cat of theirs is called Leo.

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of ......................................................................................................
b. Some friends of ..................................................................................

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of ......................................................................................................
b. Three figurines of ...............................................................................

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of ..........................................................................................................
b. Two children of ....................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. “Have you got a lot of friends?” “Yes. Some are from London.”
a. Some of her friends are from London.
b. Some friends of hers are from London.

2. We’ve got a big collection of porcelain figurines. Three of them are very valuable.
a. Three of our figurines are very valuable.
b. Three figurines of ours are very valuable.

3. They’ve got three children. Two of them don’t go to school yet.
a. Two of their children don’t go to school yet.
b. Two children of theirs don’t go to school yet.

Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico: varianti

Riscrivi le seguenti frasi al condizionale.

1. She hasn’t cleaned the house. She can’t go to the cinema.

....................................................................................................................................

2. I have no money. I can’t buy a new car.

....................................................................................................................................

3. He doesn’t understand. You are speaking too quickly.

....................................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got my glasses with me. I can’t see.

....................................................................................................................................

5. After I take the dog for a walk, I’ll get lunch ready.

....................................................................................................................................

1. She hasn’t cleaned the house. She can’t go to the cinema.

....................................................................................................................................

2. I have no money. I can’t buy a new car.

....................................................................................................................................

3. He doesn’t understand. You are speaking too quickly.

....................................................................................................................................

4. I haven’t got my glasses with me. I can’t see.

....................................................................................................................................

5. After I take the dog for a walk, I’ll get lunch ready.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. If she had cleaned the house, she would be able to/could go to the cinema.
  2. If I had some money, I would be able to/could buy a new car.
  3. He would understand if you didn’t speak so quickly.
  4. If I had my glasses with me, I would be able to see.
  5. Once I’ve taken the dog for a walk, I’ll get lunch ready.
Livello A2-B1 Genitivo sassone

Riscrivi le seguenti frasi usando il genitivo sassone oppure la struttura “sostantivo + sostantivo”.

Esempio:
The keys of the office → The office keys

1. The tail of the pony. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. The computers of the school. ...............................................................................................................................................

3. The table of the kitchen. ...............................................................................................................................................

4. A holiday of a week. ...............................................................................................................................................

5. The “Daily Sun” of yesterday. ...............................................................................................................................................

6. The reservation for the hotel. ...............................................................................................................................................

7. The report of the police. ...............................................................................................................................................

8. Shoes for tennis. ...............................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
The keys of the office → The office keys

1. The tail of the pony. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. The computers of the school. ...............................................................................................................................................

3. The table of the kitchen. ...............................................................................................................................................

4. A holiday of a week. ...............................................................................................................................................

5. The “Daily Sun” of yesterday. ...............................................................................................................................................

6. The reservation for the hotel. ...............................................................................................................................................

7. The report of the police. ...............................................................................................................................................

8. Shoes for tennis. ...............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The pony tail
  2. The school computers
  3. The kitchen table
  4. A week’s holiday
  5. Yesterday’s “Daily Sun”
  6. The hotel reservation
  7. The police report
  8. Tennis shoes
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico standard

Riscrivi le seguenti frasi usando il periodo ipotetico di terzo tipo.

Esempio
He missed the plane, so he didn’t go on holiday.
If he hadn’t missed the plane, he would have gone on holiday.

1. I drove fast, so I had an accident.

..............................................................................................................................................

2. She sat on the beach at lunchtime, so she got sunburnt.

..............................................................................................................................................

3. I didn’t have enough time, so I didn’t buy a birthday present for my sister.

..............................................................................................................................................

4. We forgot to take the map, so we got lost.

..............................................................................................................................................

5. He didn’t know English, so he couldn’t talk to my Australian aunt.

..............................................................................................................................................

6. You bet on the horses. You lost all your money.

..............................................................................................................................................

Esempio
He missed the plane, so he didn’t go on holiday.
If he hadn’t missed the plane, he would have gone on holiday.

1. I drove fast, so I had an accident.

..............................................................................................................................................

2. She sat on the beach at lunchtime, so she got sunburnt.

..............................................................................................................................................

3. I didn’t have enough time, so I didn’t buy a birthday present for my sister.

..............................................................................................................................................

4. We forgot to take the map, so we got lost.

..............................................................................................................................................

5. He didn’t know English, so he couldn’t talk to my Australian aunt.

..............................................................................................................................................

6. You bet on the horses. You lost all your money.

..............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. If I hadn’t driven so fast, I wouldn’t have had an accident.
  2. If she hadn’t sat on the beach at lunchtime, she wouldn’t have got sunburnt.
  3. If I had had enough time, I would have bought a birthday present for my sister.
  4. If we hadn’t forgotten the map, we wouldn’t have got lost.
  5. If he had known English, he could have talked to my Australian aunt.
  6. If you hadn’t bet on the horses, you wouldn’t have lost all your money.
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Riscrivi le seguenti non-defining clauses aggiungendo una delle informazioni date. Inserisci opportunamente le virgole.

was master of the thriller genre • was damaged during the 1997 earthquake • diary of the war in Tuscany is still in print • was built from Carrara and Bulgarian marble • there is a population of fairy penguins • “Meditations” contains twelve books of his sayings • invented communication by radio

Esempio
Gugliemo Marconi won the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1909.
Gugliemo Marconi, who invented communication by radio, won the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1909.

 

1. The spectacular Hindu temple in London was opened in 1995.

............................................................................................................................................

2. Alfred Hitchcock was born in the notoriously poor East End of London.

............................................................................................................................................

3. The medieval tower on the hill belongs to my father-in-law.

............................................................................................................................................

4. Iris Origo was married to a rich Italian landowner.

............................................................................................................................................

5. Phillip Island is not far from Melbourne.

............................................................................................................................................

6. Marcus Aurelius was an active Roman Emperor.

............................................................................................................................................

was master of the thriller genre • was damaged during the 1997 earthquake • diary of the war in Tuscany is still in print • was built from Carrara and Bulgarian marble • there is a population of fairy penguins • “Meditations” contains twelve books of his sayings • invented communication by radio

Esempio
Gugliemo Marconi won the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1909.
Gugliemo Marconi, who invented communication by radio, won the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1909.

 

1. The spectacular Hindu temple in London was opened in 1995.

............................................................................................................................................

2. Alfred Hitchcock was born in the notoriously poor East End of London.

............................................................................................................................................

3. The medieval tower on the hill belongs to my father-in-law.

............................................................................................................................................

4. Iris Origo was married to a rich Italian landowner.

............................................................................................................................................

5. Phillip Island is not far from Melbourne.

............................................................................................................................................

6. Marcus Aurelius was an active Roman Emperor.

............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The spectacular Hindu temple in London, which was built from Carrara and Bulgarian marble, was opened in 1995.
  2. Alfred Hitchcock, who was master of the thriller genre, was born in the notoriously poor East End of London.
  3. The medieval tower on the hill, which was damaged during the 1997 earthquake, belongs to my father-in-law.
  4. Iris Origo, whose diary of the war in Tuscany is still in print, was married to a rich Italian landowner.
  5. Phillip Island, where there is a population of fairy penguins, is not far from Melbourne.
  6. Marcus Aurelius, whose “Meditations” contains twelve books of his sayings, was an active Roman Emperor.
Livello B1-B2 Used to, to be used to, to get used to

Riscrivi tre delle seguenti frasi in cui è possibile usare would/wouldn’t in alternativa a used to/ didn’t use to.

  1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.
  2. It used to snow a lot in winter.
  3. People didn’t use to travel abroad so much.
  4. People used to listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
  5. People used to write letters but now they send emails.
  6. Women didn’t use to have the same opportunities as men.
  7. Street lights used to be lit by gas.
  8. There didn’t use to be so many cars on the road.
  9. There used to be more community spirit.
  10. Factories didn’t use to be as safe as they are today.

1. ...................................................................................................................

2. ...................................................................................................................

3. ...................................................................................................................

  1. People didn’t use to have washing machines.
  2. It used to snow a lot in winter.
  3. People didn’t use to travel abroad so much.
  4. People used to listen to the radio at home in the fifties.
  5. People used to write letters but now they send emails.
  6. Women didn’t use to have the same opportunities as men.
  7. Street lights used to be lit by gas.
  8. There didn’t use to be so many cars on the road.
  9. There used to be more community spirit.
  10. Factories didn’t use to be as safe as they are today.

1. ...................................................................................................................

2. ...................................................................................................................

3. ...................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. It would snow a lot in winter.

2. People would listen mainly to the radio at home in the fifties.

3. People would write letters but now they send emails.

Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Rispondi alle domande in forma negativa, usando i composti di any.

Esempio
Where did you go last weekend?
I didn’t go anywhere.

1. .....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
Where did you go last weekend?
I didn’t go anywhere.

1. .....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. .....................................................................................................................................

4. .....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I didn’t do anything.
  2. I didn’t meet anybody/anyone.
  3. I’m not going anywhere.
  4. I’m not doing anything.
Livello A2-B1 Composti di some, any, no, every

Rispondi alle domande usando nobody, nothing o nowhere.

1. Where did you go last weekend?
2. What did you do?
3. Who did you meet?
4. Where are you going for Christmas?
5. What are you doing next Saturday?

1. Nowhere.

2. ....................................................................................

3. ....................................................................................

4. ....................................................................................

5. ....................................................................................

1. Where did you go last weekend?
2. What did you do?
3. Who did you meet?
4. Where are you going for Christmas?
5. What are you doing next Saturday?

1. Nowhere.

2. ....................................................................................

3. ....................................................................................

4. ....................................................................................

5. ....................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Nowhere.
  2. Nothing.
  3. Nobody.
  4. Nowhere.
  5. Nothing.
Livello A2-B1 Numeri ordinali e data

Rispondi alle seguenti domande.

Esempio:
When is Halloween?
It’s on 31st October.

1. What is the date today?

.....................................................................................................................................

2. What is your date of birth?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. When is Saint Valentine’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

4. When is the birthday of your best friend?

.....................................................................................................................................

5. When is Christmas Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

6. When is April Fool’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

7. When is “Ferragosto”?

.....................................................................................................................................

8. When do we celebrate “Liberazione”?

.....................................................................................................................................

9. When’s the anniversary of the Twin Towers attack?

.....................................................................................................................................

10. When’s May Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
When is Halloween?
It’s on 31st October.

1. What is the date today?

.....................................................................................................................................

2. What is your date of birth?

.....................................................................................................................................

3. When is Saint Valentine’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

4. When is the birthday of your best friend?

.....................................................................................................................................

5. When is Christmas Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

6. When is April Fool’s Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

7. When is “Ferragosto”?

.....................................................................................................................................

8. When do we celebrate “Liberazione”?

.....................................................................................................................................

9. When’s the anniversary of the Twin Towers attack?

.....................................................................................................................................

10. When’s May Day?

.....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Risposta libera.
  2. Risposta soggettiva.
  3. It’s on 14th February.
  4. Risposta soggettiva.
  5. It’s on 25th December.
  6. It’s on 1st April.
  7. It’s on 15th August.
  8. It’s on 25th April.
  9. It’s on 11th September.
  10. It’s on 1st May.
Livello A2-B1 L'ora

Rispondi alle seguenti domande. Utilizza l’orario italiano indicato tra parentesi e scrivilo in lettere usando la forma adeguata.

Esempio:
What time is the concert this evening? (8:45)
It’s at a quarter to nine.

  1. What time is the next bus to the swimming pool? (17:05)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time have you got the appointment with your manager? (10:45)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  3. What time do lessons start? (20:00)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  4. What time does the train for Rome leave? (12:13)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What time is our English lesson tomorrow? (11:50)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. How long is the sightseeing tour? (start 3:15 – finish 6:30)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  7. What time are you meeting your cousin at the airport? (13:00)
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
What time is the concert this evening? (8:45)
It’s at a quarter to nine.

  1. What time is the next bus to the swimming pool? (17:05)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  2. What time have you got the appointment with your manager? (10:45)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  3. What time do lessons start? (20:00)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  4. What time does the train for Rome leave? (12:13)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  5. What time is our English lesson tomorrow? (11:50)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  6. How long is the sightseeing tour? (start 3:15 – finish 6:30)
    .........................................................................................................................................................................
  7. What time are you meeting your cousin at the airport? (13:00)
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. It’s at five oh five./It’s at five past five.
  2. It’s at a quarter to eleven.
  3. They start at eight p.m.
  4. It leaves at twelve thirteen.
  5. It’s at ten to twelve.
  6. It starts at three fifteen and finishes at six thirty.
  7. At one o’clock.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Rispondi brevemente alle domande.

  1. What is the main reason for climate change?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Why is carbon dioxide dangerous?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why can trees help save the planet?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  1. What is the main reason for climate change?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. Why is carbon dioxide dangerous?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Why can trees help save the planet?
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
    ........................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive

Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Rispondi in modo personale alle seguenti domande.

1. What do you like doing on Saturdays?

....................................................................................................................................

2. What do you hate doing when you are on holiday?

....................................................................................................................................

3. Do you generally prefer staying with other people or spending most of your time alone?

....................................................................................................................................

4. Which sports do you hate doing?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What kind of books do you like reading?

....................................................................................................................................

6. Which TV programmes do you enjoy watching in the evenings?

....................................................................................................................................

7. I can’t stand queuing. What about you?

....................................................................................................................................

8. My dad doesn’t mind ironing. What about yours?

....................................................................................................................................

1. What do you like doing on Saturdays?

....................................................................................................................................

2. What do you hate doing when you are on holiday?

....................................................................................................................................

3. Do you generally prefer staying with other people or spending most of your time alone?

....................................................................................................................................

4. Which sports do you hate doing?

....................................................................................................................................

5. What kind of books do you like reading?

....................................................................................................................................

6. Which TV programmes do you enjoy watching in the evenings?

....................................................................................................................................

7. I can’t stand queuing. What about you?

....................................................................................................................................

8. My dad doesn’t mind ironing. What about yours?

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

Risposte soggettive.

Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto con tempi verbali e particolarità

Sally e Robert hanno deciso di sposarsi e cercano una casa da affittare. Sally va a vedere un piccolo appartamento dalla signora Mellors. La sera riferisce a Robert cosa le ha detto la signora. Completa le frasi seguendo l’esempio.

Esempio
The flat will be free in a month.
Mrs Mellors said the flat would be free in a month.

1. This flat is not very big, but it’s large enough for a young couple like you.

She said .......................................................................................................................

2. The rent is 400 euro a month but it doesn’t include gas and electricity.

She told me .................................................................................................................

3. This block of flats is really quiet and all the neighbours are nice and friendly.

She said .......................................................................................................................

4. All the rooms have been recently decorated and they look beautiful.

She said .......................................................................................................................

5. You have to make up your minds quickly because other people are interested in it.

She told me .................................................................................................................

6. The tenant before was a bank clerk who moved up north just last week.

She said .......................................................................................................................

7. I’m going to clean out the garage, which is included in the rent.

She said .......................................................................................................................

8. Come back anytime with your boyfriend to have another look.

She told me .................................................................................................................

Esempio
The flat will be free in a month.
Mrs Mellors said the flat would be free in a month.

1. This flat is not very big, but it’s large enough for a young couple like you.

She said .......................................................................................................................

2. The rent is 400 euro a month but it doesn’t include gas and electricity.

She told me .................................................................................................................

3. This block of flats is really quiet and all the neighbours are nice and friendly.

She said .......................................................................................................................

4. All the rooms have been recently decorated and they look beautiful.

She said .......................................................................................................................

5. You have to make up your minds quickly because other people are interested in it.

She told me .................................................................................................................

6. The tenant before was a bank clerk who moved up north just last week.

She said .......................................................................................................................

7. I’m going to clean out the garage, which is included in the rent.

She said .......................................................................................................................

8. Come back anytime with your boyfriend to have another look.

She told me .................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. (that) that flat was not very big, but it was large enough for a young couple like us.
  2. the rent was 400 euro a month but it didn’t include gas and electricity.
  3. (that) that block of flats was really quiet and all the neighbours were nice and friendly.
  4. all the rooms had been recently decorated and they looked beautiful.
  5. we had to make up our minds quickly because other people were interested in it.
  6. the previous tenant had been a bank clerk who had moved up north the week before.
  7. that she was going to clean out the garage which was included in the rent.
  8. to go back there anytime with you to have another look.
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Scegli l’alternativa corretta

  1. The workers ........................... the damages on the electric lines by the time we get back home.
    a. won’t have repaired
    b. are repairing
    c. are going to repair
  2. You can borrow my bicycle. I ........................... it for a couple of days.
    a. will be using it
    b. I’ll use
    c. won’t be using
  3. By the end of the month we ........................... here for five years.
    a. are going to work
    b. will be working
    c. will have been working
  4. You invited my best friends. We ........................... have great fun.
    a. will have had
    b. ’re going to
    c. will be having
  5. Lucky you! At this time next week, you ........................... in the Caribbean Sea.
    a. will have been swimming
    b. ’ll be swimming
    c. will have swam
  6. Susan and Robert ........................... next week.
    a. are getting married
    b. will be getting married
    c. will have got married
  7. By the end of the week, we ........................... to paint our house.
    a. are finishing
    b. will have been finishing
    c. will have finished
  8. You can’t move that box by yourself. It’s too heavy. I ........................... you a hand.
    a. will be giving
    b. am giving
    c. will give
  9. If you help me, I ........................... everything for the party by this evening.
    a. will have prepared
    b. am preparing
    c. am going to prepare
  10. The train from Milan ........................... at 9 o’clock at Termini station.
    a. will be arriving
    b. will have arrived
    c. arrives.
  1. The workers ........................... the damages on the electric lines by the time we get back home.
    a. won’t have repaired
    b. are repairing
    c. are going to repair
  2. You can borrow my bicycle. I ........................... it for a couple of days.
    a. will be using it
    b. I’ll use
    c. won’t be using
  3. By the end of the month we ........................... here for five years.
    a. are going to work
    b. will be working
    c. will have been working
  4. You invited my best friends. We ........................... have great fun.
    a. will have had
    b. ’re going to
    c. will be having
  5. Lucky you! At this time next week, you ........................... in the Caribbean Sea.
    a. will have been swimming
    b. ’ll be swimming
    c. will have swam
  6. Susan and Robert ........................... next week.
    a. are getting married
    b. will be getting married
    c. will have got married
  7. By the end of the week, we ........................... to paint our house.
    a. are finishing
    b. will have been finishing
    c. will have finished
  8. You can’t move that box by yourself. It’s too heavy. I ........................... you a hand.
    a. will be giving
    b. am giving
    c. will give
  9. If you help me, I ........................... everything for the party by this evening.
    a. will have prepared
    b. am preparing
    c. am going to prepare
  10. The train from Milan ........................... at 9 o’clock at Termini station.
    a. will be arriving
    b. will have arrived
    c. arrives.
Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. c
  3. c
  4. b
  5. b
  6. a
  7. c
  8. c
  9. a
  10. c
Livello B1-B2 Future perfect simple e continuous (futuro anteriore)

Scegli l’alternativa corretta dei tempi futuri.

  1. We will let you know your results on Monday. The papers ........................... by then.
    a. will be marked
    b. will mark
    c. will have marked
  2. In 2050 people ........................... to over 100.
    a. will be probably lived
    b. are probably leaving
    c. will probably be living
  3. Fortunately, our son ........................... school by the time the new tests are introduced.
    a. will have left
    b. will be left.
    c. will be leaving
  4. ........................... early tomorrow morning?
    a. Will you leaving
    b. Will you have left
    c. Are you leaving
  5. Do you think you ........................... in ten years’ time?
    a. are going to retire
    b. will have retiring
    c. will have retired
  6. “The taxi driver will meet you outside the station.” “What ...........................?”
    a. will he be wearing
    b. will he have worn
    c. will he have been wearing
  7. Don’t worry. He ........................... all about it by the time you see him.
    a. will forget
    b. will have forgotten
    c. will are forgetting
  8. Don’t come at eight, we ........................... eating.
    a. won’t have finished
    b. ’ll have finished
    c. are
  1. We will let you know your results on Monday. The papers ........................... by then.
    a. will be marked
    b. will mark
    c. will have marked
  2. In 2050 people ........................... to over 100.
    a. will be probably lived
    b. are probably leaving
    c. will probably be living
  3. Fortunately, our son ........................... school by the time the new tests are introduced.
    a. will have left
    b. will be left.
    c. will be leaving
  4. ........................... early tomorrow morning?
    a. Will you leaving
    b. Will you have left
    c. Are you leaving
  5. Do you think you ........................... in ten years’ time?
    a. are going to retire
    b. will have retiring
    c. will have retired
  6. “The taxi driver will meet you outside the station.” “What ...........................?”
    a. will he be wearing
    b. will he have worn
    c. will he have been wearing
  7. Don’t worry. He ........................... all about it by the time you see him.
    a. will forget
    b. will have forgotten
    c. will are forgetting
  8. Don’t come at eight, we ........................... eating.
    a. won’t have finished
    b. ’ll have finished
    c. are
Soluzioni
  1. will be marked
  2. will probably be living
  3. will have left
  4. Are you leaving
  5. will have retired
  6. will he be wearing
  7. will have forgotten
  8. won't have finished
Livello B1 Present perfect simple/past simple

Scegli l’alternativa corretta e inseriscila all’interno della frase.

  1. Her friends ......................................................... Rome last month.
    1. has visited
    2. visited
    3. have visited
  2. I ............................................................. .
    1. haven’t finished the report yet
    2. didn’t finish the report yet
    3. haven’t yet finished
  3. ............................................................. a new car.
    1. I’ve just bought
    2. I just bought
    3. I just have bought
  4. ............................................................. to the USA?
    1. Did you go
    2. Have you gone
    3. Have you been
  5. No, Bob isn’t at home. .............................................................
    1. He is just left
    2. He just left
    3. He has just left
  6. They ............................................................. to France.
    1. haven’t never been
    2. have never been
    3. never went
  7. What time ............................................................. home
    1. have they left
    2. did they leave
    3. did they left
  8. Where’s Philip? ............................................................. to London.
    1. He’s gone
    2. He’s been
    3. He’s went
  1. Her friends ......................................................... Rome last month.
    1. has visited
    2. visited
    3. have visited
  2. I ............................................................. .
    1. haven’t finished the report yet
    2. didn’t finish the report yet
    3. haven’t yet finished
  3. ............................................................. a new car.
    1. I’ve just bought
    2. I just bought
    3. I just have bought
  4. ............................................................. to the USA?
    1. Did you go
    2. Have you gone
    3. Have you been
  5. No, Bob isn’t at home. .............................................................
    1. He is just left
    2. He just left
    3. He has just left
  6. They ............................................................. to France.
    1. haven’t never been
    2. have never been
    3. never went
  7. What time ............................................................. home
    1. have they left
    2. did they leave
    3. did they left
  8. Where’s Philip? ............................................................. to London.
    1. He’s gone
    2. He’s been
    3. He’s went
Soluzioni
  1. Her friends ......................................................... Rome last month.
    1. has visited
    2. visited
    3. have visited
  2. I ............................................................. .
    1. haven’t finished the report yet
    2. didn’t finish the report yet
    3. haven’t yet finished
  3. ............................................................. a new car.
    1. I’ve just bought
    2. I just bought
    3. I just have bought
  4. ............................................................. to the USA?
    1. Did you go
    2. Have you gone
    3. Have you been
  5. No, Bob isn’t at home. .............................................................
    1. He is just left
    2. He just left
    3. He has just left
  6. They ............................................................. to France.
    1. haven’t never been
    2. have never been
    3. never went
  7. What time ............................................................. home
    1. have they left
    2. did they leave
    3. did they left
  8. Where’s Philip? ............................................................. to London.
    1. He’s gone
    2. He’s been
    3. He’s went
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Scegli l’alternativa corretta e riscrivila all’interno della frase.

Esempio
You can’t solve this, ........................................ ?
a. can you | b. can’t you | c. are you
You can’t solve this, can you?

1. Sorry, teacher but I ............................................. to do it yet.

a. wasn’t able | b. couldn’t | c. haven’t been able

2. I ............................................. come on holiday with you. My parents have said “yes”.

a. can’t | b. will be able to | c. could

3. ........................................... go and get me a packet of crisps, please?

a. Are you able to | b. Can you | c. Might you

4. Go straight down the main road and turn left. You ............................................. miss it.

a. will | b. can | c. can’t

5. ......................................... please show me your documents?

a. Can’t you | b. Might you | c. Can you

6. ......................................... to get the tickets for the concert yesterday, Mary?

a. Could you | b. Did you manage | c. Have you been able

7. He ........................................... that cake. He can’t cook at all!

a. can’t have made | b. musn’t make | c. can have made

8. We ............................................. to win the competition.

a. have never been able | b. could never | c. were never been able

9. We ............................................. go to the party. We’re going to a wedding.

a. couldn’t | b. won’t be able to | c. will be able to

10. She’s not in the office yet. She ............................................. the bus.

a. can’t have missed | b. might have missed | c. might miss

Esempio
You can’t solve this, ........................................ ?
a. can you | b. can’t you | c. are you
You can’t solve this, can you?

1. Sorry, teacher but I ............................................. to do it yet.

a. wasn’t able | b. couldn’t | c. haven’t been able

2. I ............................................. come on holiday with you. My parents have said “yes”.

a. can’t | b. will be able to | c. could

3. ........................................... go and get me a packet of crisps, please?

a. Are you able to | b. Can you | c. Might you

4. Go straight down the main road and turn left. You ............................................. miss it.

a. will | b. can | c. can’t

5. ......................................... please show me your documents?

a. Can’t you | b. Might you | c. Can you

6. ......................................... to get the tickets for the concert yesterday, Mary?

a. Could you | b. Did you manage | c. Have you been able

7. He ........................................... that cake. He can’t cook at all!

a. can’t have made | b. musn’t make | c. can have made

8. We ............................................. to win the competition.

a. have never been able | b. could never | c. were never been able

9. We ............................................. go to the party. We’re going to a wedding.

a. couldn’t | b. won’t be able to | c. will be able to

10. She’s not in the office yet. She ............................................. the bus.

a. can’t have missed | b. might have missed | c. might miss

Soluzioni
  1. c. haven’t been able
  2. b. will be able to
  3. b. Can you
  4. c. can’t
  5. c. Can you
  6. b. Did you manage
  7. a. can’t have made
  8. a. have never been able
  9. b. won’t be able to
  10. b. might have missed
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare i seguenti modi di dire inglesi. L'esercizio è avviato.

  1. ...... time flies when you are having ..... fun.
    1. the/the
    2.  –/–
    3.  the/a
  2. A bird in .............. hand is worth two in .............. bush.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  3. .............. penny saved is .............. penny earned.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  4. Let .............. cat out of .............. bag.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  5. .............. early bird gets .............. worm.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  6. It’s raining .............. cats and .............. dogs.
    1. the/the
    2. –/the
    3. –/–
  7. You can’t make .............. omelette without breaking .............. eggs.
    1. an/–
    2. –/–
    3. the/–
  8. There are .............. clouds on .............. horizon.
    1. –/–
    2. –/the
    3. the/the
  9. Make .............. hay while .............. sun shines.
    1. a/the
    2. the/the
    3. –/the
  10. .............. apple a day keeps .............. doctor away.
    1. an/the
    2. an/–
    3. the/the
  11. ............ actions speak louder than .............. words.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. –/the
  12. You can’t judge .............. book by its cover.
    1. a
    2. the
    3. an
  1. ...... time flies when you are having ..... fun.
    1. the/the
    2.  –/–
    3.  the/a
  2. A bird in .............. hand is worth two in .............. bush.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  3. .............. penny saved is .............. penny earned.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  4. Let .............. cat out of .............. bag.
    1. –/the
    2. the/the
    3. a/a
  5. .............. early bird gets .............. worm.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. a/a
  6. It’s raining .............. cats and .............. dogs.
    1. the/the
    2. –/the
    3. –/–
  7. You can’t make .............. omelette without breaking .............. eggs.
    1. an/–
    2. –/–
    3. the/–
  8. There are .............. clouds on .............. horizon.
    1. –/–
    2. –/the
    3. the/the
  9. Make .............. hay while .............. sun shines.
    1. a/the
    2. the/the
    3. –/the
  10. .............. apple a day keeps .............. doctor away.
    1. an/the
    2. an/–
    3. the/the
  11. ............ actions speak louder than .............. words.
    1. the/the
    2. –/–
    3. –/the
  12. You can’t judge .............. book by its cover.
    1. a
    2. the
    3. an
Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. a
  3. c
  4. b
  5. a
  6. c
  7. a
  8. b
  9. c
  10. a
  11. b
  12. a
Livello B1-B2 Periodo ipotetico: varianti

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per completare le frasi.

Esempio

If I …........ you, I’d tell her immediately how you feel.
a. were
b. am

  1. She …............................…. by bus if she could drive.
    1. will come
    2. would have come
  2. Unless you …............................…. eating all that junk food, you’ll have serious health problems.
    1. will stop
    2. stop
  3. Provided you …............................…. to the theatre an hour before the show starts, you won’t have to queue.
    1. will get
    2. get
  4. If we …............................…. the lottery, we’d be living on a yacht and sailing around the world.
    1. won
    2. ’d won
  5. You won’t believe me if I …............................…. you.
    1. tell
    2. told
  6. If you …............................…. her, she will come.
    1. ’d ask
    2. ask
  7. …............................…. there, will you ask him to call me?
    1. should he be
    2. if he will be
  8. What if you …............................…. your glasses? You wouldn’t be able to read anything!
    1. broke
    2. will brake
  9. Suppose there …............................…. a bus strike, what would you have done?
    1. had been
    2. ’d be
  10. If you …............................…. see John, could you give him a message?
    1. should
    2. ’ll

Esempio

If I …........ you, I’d tell her immediately how you feel.
a. were
b. am

  1. She …............................…. by bus if she could drive.
    1. will come
    2. would have come
  2. Unless you …............................…. eating all that junk food, you’ll have serious health problems.
    1. will stop
    2. stop
  3. Provided you …............................…. to the theatre an hour before the show starts, you won’t have to queue.
    1. will get
    2. get
  4. If we …............................…. the lottery, we’d be living on a yacht and sailing around the world.
    1. won
    2. ’d won
  5. You won’t believe me if I …............................…. you.
    1. tell
    2. told
  6. If you …............................…. her, she will come.
    1. ’d ask
    2. ask
  7. …............................…. there, will you ask him to call me?
    1. should he be
    2. if he will be
  8. What if you …............................…. your glasses? You wouldn’t be able to read anything!
    1. broke
    2. will brake
  9. Suppose there …............................…. a bus strike, what would you have done?
    1. had been
    2. ’d be
  10. If you …............................…. see John, could you give him a message?
    1. should
    2. ’ll
Soluzioni
  1. b. would have come
  2. b. stop
  3. c. get
  4. d. 'd won
  5. a. tell
  6. b. ask
  7. a. should he be
  8. a. broke
  9. a. had been
  10. a. should
Livello A2-B1 Present simple

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per le seguenti frasi.

  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
    a. do Robert does? / He does watch
    b. does Robert do? / He watches
    c. is Robert doing? / He is watching
    d. do Robert watches? / He watching
  2. Barbara usually .............................................................. very early in the morning.

    a. is get up
    b. is getting up
    c. gets up
    d. get up

  3. What time .............................................................. your house?
    a. leaving you
    b. you do leave
    c. do you leave
    d. you leave

  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I ..................................”
    a. do
    b. am
    c. go
    d. not go

  5. How many subjects ..............................................................?
    a. study you
    b. do you study
    c. you studying
    d. you study

  6. What school do you ..............................................................?
    a. attend
    b. frequent
    c. enrol
    d. serve

  7. Lessons .............................................................. at 9:00 a.m.
    a. starts
    b. start
    c. are starting
    d. starting

  8. “.............................................................. fish?” “No, I don’t.”
    a. Don’t you like
    b. You not like
    c. You don’t like
    d. Not like you

  9. What ..............................................................?
    a. does your mother
    b. do your mother does
    c. your mother does
    d. does your mother do

  10. My father .............................................................. very early in the morning.
    a. leaves home
    b. leaves house
    c. is leaving home
    d. is leave house

  11. My brother .............................................................. physics at university.
    a. studys
    b. studies
    c. studyes
    d. is study

  12. What time .............................................................. work?
    a. finish your father
    b. does your father finishes
    c. finishes your father
    d. does your father finish

  13. On Friday evenings ..................................................... to the pub.
    a. we are going
    b. we going
    c. we go
    d. we are go

  14. .............................................................. near you?
    a. Doesn’t your friend live
    b. Doesn’t your friend lives
    c. Your friend doesn’t live
    d. Lives your friend

  15. He .............................................................. on the sofa every day after work.
    a. relaxs
    b. relaxes
    c. relaxss
    d. relax

  16. My parents .............................................................. dancing.
    a. doesn’t like
    b. don’t likes
    c. like
    d. likes

  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
    a. do Robert does? / He does watch
    b. does Robert do? / He watches
    c. is Robert doing? / He is watching
    d. do Robert watches? / He watching
  2. Barbara usually .............................................................. very early in the morning.

    a. is get up
    b. is getting up
    c. gets up
    d. get up

  3. What time .............................................................. your house?
    a. leaving you
    b. you do leave
    c. do you leave
    d. you leave

  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I ..................................”
    a. do
    b. am
    c. go
    d. not go

  5. How many subjects ..............................................................?
    a. study you
    b. do you study
    c. you studying
    d. you study

  6. What school do you ..............................................................?
    a. attend
    b. frequent
    c. enrol
    d. serve

  7. Lessons .............................................................. at 9:00 a.m.
    a. starts
    b. start
    c. are starting
    d. starting

  8. “.............................................................. fish?” “No, I don’t.”
    a. Don’t you like
    b. You not like
    c. You don’t like
    d. Not like you

  9. What ..............................................................?
    a. does your mother
    b. do your mother does
    c. your mother does
    d. does your mother do

  10. My father .............................................................. very early in the morning.
    a. leaves home
    b. leaves house
    c. is leaving home
    d. is leave house

  11. My brother .............................................................. physics at university.
    a. studys
    b. studies
    c. studyes
    d. is study

  12. What time .............................................................. work?
    a. finish your father
    b. does your father finishes
    c. finishes your father
    d. does your father finish

  13. On Friday evenings ..................................................... to the pub.
    a. we are going
    b. we going
    c. we go
    d. we are go

  14. .............................................................. near you?
    a. Doesn’t your friend live
    b. Doesn’t your friend lives
    c. Your friend doesn’t live
    d. Lives your friend

  15. He .............................................................. on the sofa every day after work.
    a. relaxs
    b. relaxes
    c. relaxss
    d. relax

  16. My parents .............................................................. dancing.
    a. doesn’t like
    b. don’t likes
    c. like
    d. likes

Soluzioni
  1. “What does Robert do? in his free time?” “He watches films.”
  2. Barbara usually gets up very early in the morning.
  3. What time do you leave your house?
  4. “Do you go to school by bus?” “Yes, I do.”
  5. How many subjects do you study?
  6. What school do you attend?
  7. Lessons start at 9:00 a.m.
  8. Don't you like fish?” “No, I don’t.”
  9. What does your mother do?
  10. My father leaves home very early in the morning.
  11. My brother studies physics at university.
  12. What time does your father finish work?
  13. On Friday evenings we go to the pub.
  14. Doesn’t your friend live near you?
  15. He relaxes on the sofa every day after work.
  16. My parents like dancing.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous

Scegli l’alternativa corretta per ogni frase.

  1. I .......................................................... to the gym tonight.
    not going / am not going / am not go
  2. Patty ........................................................... a new job now.
    is looking for / are looking for / looks for
  3. He .......................................................... out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
    looking / is not looking / is looking
  4. The French classes .......................................................... next Tuesday.
    starting / are starting / starts
  5. What time .......................................................... lunch today?
    are they haveing / are they have / are they having
  6. What bus .......................................................... for?
    are you wait / are you waiting / is you wait
  1. I .......................................................... to the gym tonight.
    not going / am not going / am not go
  2. Patty ........................................................... a new job now.
    is looking for / are looking for / looks for
  3. He .......................................................... out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
    looking / is not looking / is looking
  4. The French classes .......................................................... next Tuesday.
    starting / are starting / starts
  5. What time .......................................................... lunch today?
    are they haveing / are they have / are they having
  6. What bus .......................................................... for?
    are you wait / are you waiting / is you wait
Soluzioni
  1. I am not going to the gym tonight.
  2. Patty is looking for a new job now.
  3. He is looking out of the window, but he can’t see a thing. It is foggy (nebbioso).
  4. The French classes are starting next Tuesday.
  5. What time are they having lunch today?
  6. What bus are you waiting for?
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1. Why does he always make a ...................................................... and then break it?
a. sense
b. promise
c. speech
d. request

2. First she did the ......................................................, then she did the housework.
a. phone call
b. shower
c. laundry
d. project

3. The food took so long to arrive that we made a ....................................................... .
a. complaint
b. proposal
c. promise
d. payment

4. When you come back I’ll be sleeping, so please don’t make a ....................................................... .
a. mess
b. noise
c. shower
d. snack

5. Whenever I go on holiday abroad, I always ...................................................... hundreds of photos.
a. take
b. have
c. make
d. click

6. I like sitting on the sofa, doing a ................................................... and drinking tea.
a. nap
b. phone call
c. plan
d. crossword

7. Could I make ......................................................? What about going out for lunch on Sunday?
a. an exception
b. a question
c. a suggestion
d. a decision

8. Paul is making ...................................................... to move to London and look for a job there.
a. proposals
b. plans
c. progress
d. decisions

9. In the game of chess, players take ............................................ moving their pieces across the board.
a. proposals
b. turns
c. suggestions
d. mistakes

1. Why does he always make a ...................................................... and then break it?
a. sense
b. promise
c. speech
d. request

2. First she did the ......................................................, then she did the housework.
a. phone call
b. shower
c. laundry
d. project

3. The food took so long to arrive that we made a ....................................................... .
a. complaint
b. proposal
c. promise
d. payment

4. When you come back I’ll be sleeping, so please don’t make a ....................................................... .
a. mess
b. noise
c. shower
d. snack

5. Whenever I go on holiday abroad, I always ...................................................... hundreds of photos.
a. take
b. have
c. make
d. click

6. I like sitting on the sofa, doing a ................................................... and drinking tea.
a. nap
b. phone call
c. plan
d. crossword

7. Could I make ......................................................? What about going out for lunch on Sunday?
a. an exception
b. a question
c. a suggestion
d. a decision

8. Paul is making ...................................................... to move to London and look for a job there.
a. proposals
b. plans
c. progress
d. decisions

9. In the game of chess, players take ............................................ moving their pieces across the board.
a. proposals
b. turns
c. suggestions
d. mistakes

Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. c
  3. a
  4. b
  5. a
  6. d
  7. c
  8. b
  9. b
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

I hate (1) admit/to admit/admitting it, but I’m tired of living in this big city. I remember (2) come/to come/coming here from my small country village full of energy and enthusiasm. I finished (3) study/to study/studying when I was only sixteen, because I wanted (4) make/to make/making money as soon as possible. I left home a year later ready to start a new life in the big city. I didn’t mind (5) work/to work/working hard at the beginning, and I enjoyed (6) meet/to meet/meeting new people, but after ten years of boring jobs and wild parties I miss (7) talk/ to talk/talking to real friends about the simple things in life. I really can’t stand (8) walk/to walk/walking along crowded streets in the rain every day. I would like (9) go/to go/going back to my village and be near my family again, but it’s impossible to find a job there. I once considered (10) buy/to buy/buying a small house in the country, but the prices kept on (11) go/to go/going up while my salary stayed the same. I can’t even afford (12) buy/to buy/buying a car at the moment. I should stop (13) complain/to complain/complaining and try (14) look/ to look/looking for a solution to my problems.

I hate (1) admit/to admit/admitting it, but I’m tired of living in this big city. I remember (2) come/to come/coming here from my small country village full of energy and enthusiasm. I finished (3) study/to study/studying when I was only sixteen, because I wanted (4) make/to make/making money as soon as possible. I left home a year later ready to start a new life in the big city. I didn’t mind (5) work/to work/working hard at the beginning, and I enjoyed (6) meet/to meet/meeting new people, but after ten years of boring jobs and wild parties I miss (7) talk/ to talk/talking to real friends about the simple things in life. I really can’t stand (8) walk/to walk/walking along crowded streets in the rain every day. I would like (9) go/to go/going back to my village and be near my family again, but it’s impossible to find a job there. I once considered (10) buy/to buy/buying a small house in the country, but the prices kept on (11) go/to go/going up while my salary stayed the same. I can’t even afford (12) buy/to buy/buying a car at the moment. I should stop (13) complain/to complain/complaining and try (14) look/ to look/looking for a solution to my problems.

Soluzioni
  1. to admit
  2. coming
  3. studying
  4. to make
  5. working
  6. meeting
  7. talking
  8. walking
  9. to go
  10. buying
  11. going
  12. to buy
  13. complaining
  14. looking
Livello B2-C1 Forma passiva standard, Forma passiva: verbi con doppie costruzione, Forma passiva: particolarità

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1. His bicycle ....................................... stolen outside the supermarket.
a. was
b. is
c. can’t be
d. is been

2. The students ....................................... invited to watch a video on the topic presented.
a. was
b. was been
c. can’t
d. have been

3. In India cows ....................................... believed to be holy.
a. were
b. are
c. is
d. have been

4. The victory of the football team ....................................... celebrated right now in the streets.
a. has been
b. was
c. is being
d. will be

5. I sent my computer to ....................................... it repaired last week. It is not ready yet.
a. get
b. let
c. make
d. have

6. During the visit we ....................................... shown the recent discoveries by the archaeologists.
a. will be
b. is being
c. was
d. will have

7. Next weekend our house ....................................... painted with a bright new colour.
a. is
b. is being
c. have
d. will

8. The teacher ....................................... us work very hard before the exam.
a. got
b. made
c. let
d. have

9. I couldn’t ....................................... him to stop eating junk food.
a. get
b. have
c. let
d. make

10. The bushes in the garden need ....................................... . I’ll do it today.
a. to be trimming
b. to trim
c. trimming
d. trimmed

1. His bicycle ....................................... stolen outside the supermarket.
a. was
b. is
c. can’t be
d. is been

2. The students ....................................... invited to watch a video on the topic presented.
a. was
b. was been
c. can’t
d. have been

3. In India cows ....................................... believed to be holy.
a. were
b. are
c. is
d. have been

4. The victory of the football team ....................................... celebrated right now in the streets.
a. has been
b. was
c. is being
d. will be

5. I sent my computer to ....................................... it repaired last week. It is not ready yet.
a. get
b. let
c. make
d. have

6. During the visit we ....................................... shown the recent discoveries by the archaeologists.
a. will be
b. is being
c. was
d. will have

7. Next weekend our house ....................................... painted with a bright new colour.
a. is
b. is being
c. have
d. will

8. The teacher ....................................... us work very hard before the exam.
a. got
b. made
c. let
d. have

9. I couldn’t ....................................... him to stop eating junk food.
a. get
b. have
c. let
d. make

10. The bushes in the garden need ....................................... . I’ll do it today.
a. to be trimming
b. to trim
c. trimming
d. trimmed

Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. d
  3. b
  4. c
  5. d
  6. a
  7. b
  8. b
  9. a
  10. c
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1. Ann: “Sorry, Janet, I totally forgot your birthday. Ann apologised to Jessie for ..................................................... her birthday.
a. forgetting
b. she had forgotten
c. she forgot

2. Jasmine: “I’ll make you some coffee.” Jasmine ........................................................ Laura some coffee.
a. offered she made
b. offered to make
c. offered making

3. Laura: “Yes, I’ll have it black, please.” Laura said she ........................................................ black.
a. had it
b. have it
c. would have it

4. Jessie: “Do you want to go to the theatre tomorrow?” Dorian: “That’s a good idea. I haven’t been for ages.” Dorian has just told Jessie that he ........................................ to the cinema for ages.
a. hasn’t been
b. hadn’t been
c. haven’t been

5. Jessie: “Right! I’ll call for you at half past seven.” Jessie .................................. for him at half past seven.
a. promised call
b. promised to call
c. promised calling

6. Pauline: “Why don’t we go for a walk?” Pauline ........................................................ for a walk.
a. suggested going
b. suggested to go
c. suggested I go

7. Lucy: “I know there was an accident last night. Where exactly did it happen?” Lucy wanted to know where exactly the accident ........................................................ the previous night.
a. happened
b. had happened
c. did it happen

8. “You should be more punctual for the lessons,” said the headteacher. The headteacher recommended ............................................. to the lessons on time.
a. the students to get
b. that students get
c. that students

1. Ann: “Sorry, Janet, I totally forgot your birthday. Ann apologised to Jessie for ..................................................... her birthday.
a. forgetting
b. she had forgotten
c. she forgot

2. Jasmine: “I’ll make you some coffee.” Jasmine ........................................................ Laura some coffee.
a. offered she made
b. offered to make
c. offered making

3. Laura: “Yes, I’ll have it black, please.” Laura said she ........................................................ black.
a. had it
b. have it
c. would have it

4. Jessie: “Do you want to go to the theatre tomorrow?” Dorian: “That’s a good idea. I haven’t been for ages.” Dorian has just told Jessie that he ........................................ to the cinema for ages.
a. hasn’t been
b. hadn’t been
c. haven’t been

5. Jessie: “Right! I’ll call for you at half past seven.” Jessie .................................. for him at half past seven.
a. promised call
b. promised to call
c. promised calling

6. Pauline: “Why don’t we go for a walk?” Pauline ........................................................ for a walk.
a. suggested going
b. suggested to go
c. suggested I go

7. Lucy: “I know there was an accident last night. Where exactly did it happen?” Lucy wanted to know where exactly the accident ........................................................ the previous night.
a. happened
b. had happened
c. did it happen

8. “You should be more punctual for the lessons,” said the headteacher. The headteacher recommended ............................................. to the lessons on time.
a. the students to get
b. that students get
c. that students

Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. b
  3. c
  4. a
  5. b
  6. a
  7. b
  8. b
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. It didn’t take her long to clean the whole house. She ............................................... had some help.
    1. must have
    2. needn't have
    3. can't have
  2. Where’s Meg? Her bag’s here and her computer is still on so she ............................................... left the office.
    1. should have
    2. may have
    3. can’t have
  3. They ............................................... told me that they had cancelled the meeting. What a waste of time!
    1. may have
    2. should have
    3. might have
  4. He ............................................... gone to work by car. He left the car keys at home.
    1. needn’t
    2. can’t have
    3. may have
  5. I don’t think you ............................................... been so rude. You’d better apologise to them.
    1. should have
    2. couldn’t have
    3. must have
  6. With a bit more effort we ............................................... won the match.
    1. should have
    2. must have
    3. might have
  7. I can’t remember my password! But I ................................. written it in my smartphone as I often do.
    1. must have
    2. needn’t have
    3. should have
  8. You ............................................... cleaned the house. I had asked a cleaner to come and do it.
    1. couldn’t have
    2. needn’t have
    3. can’t have
  1. It didn’t take her long to clean the whole house. She ............................................... had some help.
    1. must have
    2. needn't have
    3. can't have
  2. Where’s Meg? Her bag’s here and her computer is still on so she ............................................... left the office.
    1. should have
    2. may have
    3. can’t have
  3. They ............................................... told me that they had cancelled the meeting. What a waste of time!
    1. may have
    2. should have
    3. might have
  4. He ............................................... gone to work by car. He left the car keys at home.
    1. needn’t
    2. can’t have
    3. may have
  5. I don’t think you ............................................... been so rude. You’d better apologise to them.
    1. should have
    2. couldn’t have
    3. must have
  6. With a bit more effort we ............................................... won the match.
    1. should have
    2. must have
    3. might have
  7. I can’t remember my password! But I ................................. written it in my smartphone as I often do.
    1. must have
    2. needn’t have
    3. should have
  8. You ............................................... cleaned the house. I had asked a cleaner to come and do it.
    1. couldn’t have
    2. needn’t have
    3. can’t have
Soluzioni
  1. a. must have
  2. c. can't have
  3. b. should have
  4. b. can't have
  5. a. should have
  6. c. might have
  7. a. must have
  8. b. needn't have
Livello B1-B2 Can, could, may, might/to be able to

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

BUDGET GUIDE TO LONDON
It is well-known that a week in London (1) .............................................................................. cost you as much as a month by the sea in Italy. Here are (2) .............................................................................. tips that will help you have a good time without spending a fortune.

TRANSPORT
The perfect solution for getting around the city is a London Travelcard. They are available for up to seven consecutive days or more, and you (3) ........................................ ...................................... buy them when you are in London, or online before you leave. A London Travelcard allows you to use buses, the tube, and some trains from 9:30 in the morning to the end of the day. As well as saving money, it means you (4) .............................................................................. worry about buying tickets. Children aged under 11 and accompanied by an adult travel free within London. If you (5) .............................................................................. a taxi, avoid the black ones and use a licensed mini-cab which costs much less. You (6) .............................................................................. phone for them and it’s worth it.

EATING OUT
In London, you (7) .............................................................................. find budget-friendly meals at street food stalls, local markets and affordable chain restaurants, making it easy to eat without spending much while exploring the city’s international culinary scene.

MUSEUMS
There are far (8) .............................................................................. museums to visit on a short holiday and they can be quite expensive. But remember, five of the world’s greatest art collections are free! The British Museum, The National Gallery, The National Portrait Gallery, Tate Britain and Tate Modern. You can also go to free talks and lectures. Some museums are free after 4 o’clock, like The Victoria and Albert and The Imperial War Museum. Students and over-60s (9) ................................................................ pay full price for admission to most attractions.

MUSIC AND EVENTS
Contrary to popular belief, the capital is full of free special events, festivals and attractions. At Covent Garden there are (10) ..................................................................................... street performers, and on the south bank there are free events almost every day of the year all year round. If you love music, you have (11) ..................................................................... choice. Visit the foyers of concert halls, for example The Royal Festival Hall and The Barbican Centre, for regular free recitals at lunchtime and in the early evenings. After walking around all morning, you will (12) .............................................................................. to relax and listen to Baroque music. All you (13) .............................................................................. do is go to St James Church in Piccadilly and listen to free rehearsals.

NATURE
London (14) ............................................................................. be a busy metropolis, but there is (15) .............................................................................. green and open space. Whereas most public gardens are free, London Zoo and The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew charge an entrance fee. The solution is to buy a digital London Pass so that you will be able to discover more than 80 of the top tourist attractions and historical sites of this exciting city. London is the world in one city. You will never (16) .............................................................................. see everything for it is constantly changing like the guards at Buckingham Palace. You will just (17) .............................................................................. come back again and again. Who knows? You (18) .............................................................................. not ever want to leave.

 

1.
a. has to
b. ought to
c. can to
d. could

2.
a. a few
b. many
c. few
d. little

3.
a. could
b. can
c. will
d. might

4.
a. may not
b. might not
c. had better
d. don’t have to

5.
a. need
b. might have
c. should have
d. needn’t

6.
a. could
b. should
c. can
d. will

7.
a. ought to
b. must
c. have to
d. can

8.
a. too much
b. too many
c. many
d. a lot of

9.
a. ought to
b. have to
c. shall
d. can

10.
a. much
b. too many
c. too much
d. many

11.
a. a little
b. a lot
c. a few
d. a lot of

12.
a. must
b. mustn’t
c. shall
d. need

13.
a. must to
b. mustn’t
c. have to
d. may

14.
a. shall
b. are able to
c. have to
d. may

15.
a. many
b. much
c. too many
d. lots of

16.
a. have to
b. must
c. be able to
d. can

17.
a. may
b. shall
c. have to
d. must

18.
a. might
b. can
c. should
d. had better

BUDGET GUIDE TO LONDON
It is well-known that a week in London (1) .............................................................................. cost you as much as a month by the sea in Italy. Here are (2) .............................................................................. tips that will help you have a good time without spending a fortune.

TRANSPORT
The perfect solution for getting around the city is a London Travelcard. They are available for up to seven consecutive days or more, and you (3) ........................................ ...................................... buy them when you are in London, or online before you leave. A London Travelcard allows you to use buses, the tube, and some trains from 9:30 in the morning to the end of the day. As well as saving money, it means you (4) .............................................................................. worry about buying tickets. Children aged under 11 and accompanied by an adult travel free within London. If you (5) .............................................................................. a taxi, avoid the black ones and use a licensed mini-cab which costs much less. You (6) .............................................................................. phone for them and it’s worth it.

EATING OUT
In London, you (7) .............................................................................. find budget-friendly meals at street food stalls, local markets and affordable chain restaurants, making it easy to eat without spending much while exploring the city’s international culinary scene.

MUSEUMS
There are far (8) .............................................................................. museums to visit on a short holiday and they can be quite expensive. But remember, five of the world’s greatest art collections are free! The British Museum, The National Gallery, The National Portrait Gallery, Tate Britain and Tate Modern. You can also go to free talks and lectures. Some museums are free after 4 o’clock, like The Victoria and Albert and The Imperial War Museum. Students and over-60s (9) ................................................................ pay full price for admission to most attractions.

MUSIC AND EVENTS
Contrary to popular belief, the capital is full of free special events, festivals and attractions. At Covent Garden there are (10) ..................................................................................... street performers, and on the south bank there are free events almost every day of the year all year round. If you love music, you have (11) ..................................................................... choice. Visit the foyers of concert halls, for example The Royal Festival Hall and The Barbican Centre, for regular free recitals at lunchtime and in the early evenings. After walking around all morning, you will (12) .............................................................................. to relax and listen to Baroque music. All you (13) .............................................................................. do is go to St James Church in Piccadilly and listen to free rehearsals.

NATURE
London (14) ............................................................................. be a busy metropolis, but there is (15) .............................................................................. green and open space. Whereas most public gardens are free, London Zoo and The Royal Botanic Gardens at Kew charge an entrance fee. The solution is to buy a digital London Pass so that you will be able to discover more than 80 of the top tourist attractions and historical sites of this exciting city. London is the world in one city. You will never (16) .............................................................................. see everything for it is constantly changing like the guards at Buckingham Palace. You will just (17) .............................................................................. come back again and again. Who knows? You (18) .............................................................................. not ever want to leave.

 

1.
a. has to
b. ought to
c. can to
d. could

2.
a. a few
b. many
c. few
d. little

3.
a. could
b. can
c. will
d. might

4.
a. may not
b. might not
c. had better
d. don’t have to

5.
a. need
b. might have
c. should have
d. needn’t

6.
a. could
b. should
c. can
d. will

7.
a. ought to
b. must
c. have to
d. can

8.
a. too much
b. too many
c. many
d. a lot of

9.
a. ought to
b. have to
c. shall
d. can

10.
a. much
b. too many
c. too much
d. many

11.
a. a little
b. a lot
c. a few
d. a lot of

12.
a. must
b. mustn’t
c. shall
d. need

13.
a. must to
b. mustn’t
c. have to
d. may

14.
a. shall
b. are able to
c. have to
d. may

15.
a. many
b. much
c. too many
d. lots of

16.
a. have to
b. must
c. be able to
d. can

17.
a. may
b. shall
c. have to
d. must

18.
a. might
b. can
c. should
d. had better

Soluzioni
  1. d
  2. a
  3. b
  4. d
  5. a
  6. c
  7. d
  8. b
  9. b
  10. d
  11. d
  12. d
  13. c
  14. d
  15. d
  16. c
  17. c
  18. a
Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. You ................... use this product without protection. It’s dangerous.
    1. mustn’t
    2. are to
    3. are due
  2. We .................................. do the dishes today. We can leave them for tomorrow.
    1. are to
    2. aren’t expected
    3. needn’t
  3. We .................................. be more careful about what we say in the future.
    1. aren’t supposed to
    2. should
    3. needn’t
  4. His success .................................. the hard work of his employees.
    1. is to
    2. owes
    3. is due to
  5. We’re going out for dinner. You .................................. to cook.
    1. don’t have
    2. shouldn’t
    3. aren’t supposed to
  6. We ................................... get up early because it was a holiday. So we slept till late.
    1. weren’t supposed
    2. didn’t need to
    3. mustn’t
  7. As a citizen of this country, you .................................. pay your taxes on time.
    1. owe
    2. are expected to
    3. should
  8. The lifeguard is saying that we .................................. stay out of the sea. The current is very strong today.
    1. need to
    2. ought to
    3. must
  9. He .................................. take the bus because his brother picked him up at the station.
    1. had to
    2. didn’t need to
    3. ought to
  10. The doctor told me that I .................................. stop eating junk food.
    1. am supposed to
    2. ought to
    3. have to
  1. You ................... use this product without protection. It’s dangerous.
    1. mustn’t
    2. are to
    3. are due
  2. We .................................. do the dishes today. We can leave them for tomorrow.
    1. are to
    2. aren’t expected
    3. needn’t
  3. We .................................. be more careful about what we say in the future.
    1. aren’t supposed to
    2. should
    3. needn’t
  4. His success .................................. the hard work of his employees.
    1. is to
    2. owes
    3. is due to
  5. We’re going out for dinner. You .................................. to cook.
    1. don’t have
    2. shouldn’t
    3. aren’t supposed to
  6. We ................................... get up early because it was a holiday. So we slept till late.
    1. weren’t supposed
    2. didn’t need to
    3. mustn’t
  7. As a citizen of this country, you .................................. pay your taxes on time.
    1. owe
    2. are expected to
    3. should
  8. The lifeguard is saying that we .................................. stay out of the sea. The current is very strong today.
    1. need to
    2. ought to
    3. must
  9. He .................................. take the bus because his brother picked him up at the station.
    1. had to
    2. didn’t need to
    3. ought to
  10. The doctor told me that I .................................. stop eating junk food.
    1. am supposed to
    2. ought to
    3. have to
Soluzioni
  1. a
  2. c
  3. b
  4. c
  5. a
  6. b
  7. b
  8. c
  9. b
  10. c
Livello B1-B2 Grandi quantità indefinite

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1. There is ............................................... pepper in my soup. I can’t eat it!
a. too much
b. too many
c. too few

2. It’s a beautiful town but there are .............................................. tourists.
a. too much
b. too little
c. too many

3. There is ............................................... traffic on this road. We will never get there in time.
a. too many
b. too few
c. too much

4. I earn ........................................................................... money to go on holiday.
a. too little
b. too few
c. too much

5. He’s not healthy. He eats .................................. vegetables.
a. too many
b. too much
c. few

6. We ate ............................................... ice cream last night that we couldn’t sleep.
a. lot of
b. plenty of
c. so much

7. There were ............................................... people in the swimming pool that it was impossible to swim.
a. plenty of
b. so many
c. a lot of

8. It was an excellent furniture showroom. There were ............................................... styles to choose from.
a. too many
b. plenty of
c. too much

9. Are there ..................................... supermarkets near you?
a. many
b. much
c. few

10. I bought some things for the house and spent ............................................... money.
a. much
b. many
c. a lot of

1. There is ............................................... pepper in my soup. I can’t eat it!
a. too much
b. too many
c. too few

2. It’s a beautiful town but there are .............................................. tourists.
a. too much
b. too little
c. too many

3. There is ............................................... traffic on this road. We will never get there in time.
a. too many
b. too few
c. too much

4. I earn ........................................................................... money to go on holiday.
a. too little
b. too few
c. too much

5. He’s not healthy. He eats .................................. vegetables.
a. too many
b. too much
c. few

6. We ate ............................................... ice cream last night that we couldn’t sleep.
a. lot of
b. plenty of
c. so much

7. There were ............................................... people in the swimming pool that it was impossible to swim.
a. plenty of
b. so many
c. a lot of

8. It was an excellent furniture showroom. There were ............................................... styles to choose from.
a. too many
b. plenty of
c. too much

9. Are there ..................................... supermarkets near you?
a. many
b. much
c. few

10. I bought some things for the house and spent ............................................... money.
a. much
b. many
c. a lot of

Soluzioni
  1. too much
  2. too many
  3. too much
  4. too little
  5. few
  6. so much
  7. so many
  8. plenty of
  9. many
  10. a lot of
Livello B1 Preposizioni di luogo (2)

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

1. Please help me hang the new picture ............................................. the fireplace.
a. opposite
b. beyond
c. above

2. The dog hid ............................................. the table during the thunderstorm.
a. up
b. under
c. over

3. The teacher stood ............................................. the desk, ready to start the lesson.
a. below
b. behind
c. between

4. The community centre is ............................................. the playground.
a. opposite
b. between
c. over

5. I like sitting ............................................. mum and dad on the sofa.
a. among
b. above
c. between

6. The hidden treasure was buried ............................................. the rocks on the island.
a. below
b. among
c. over

7. There was a red apple ............................................. the green ones in the basket.
a. among
b. over
c. above

8. The dog waited patiently ............................................. the door for its owner.
a. above
b. in front of
c. among

1. Please help me hang the new picture ............................................. the fireplace.
a. opposite
b. beyond
c. above

2. The dog hid ............................................. the table during the thunderstorm.
a. up
b. under
c. over

3. The teacher stood ............................................. the desk, ready to start the lesson.
a. below
b. behind
c. between

4. The community centre is ............................................. the playground.
a. opposite
b. between
c. over

5. I like sitting ............................................. mum and dad on the sofa.
a. among
b. above
c. between

6. The hidden treasure was buried ............................................. the rocks on the island.
a. below
b. among
c. over

7. There was a red apple ............................................. the green ones in the basket.
a. among
b. over
c. above

8. The dog waited patiently ............................................. the door for its owner.
a. above
b. in front of
c. among

Soluzioni
  1. above
  2. under
  3. behind
  4. opposite
  5. between
  6. among
  7. among
  8. in front of
Livello B1 Usi particolari di comparativi e superlativi

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. We can’t wait any longer. We must find a solution ................................................................................
    1. early as possible
    2. as earlier as possible
    3. as soon as possible
  2. ................................................................................ friends can do sports because they work only part-time.
    1. The most of
    2. Most of my
    3. Most
  3. I am the same age ................................................................................ my cousin who lives in Rome.
    1. of
    2. than
    3. as
  4. This evening I am watching ............................................................. episode of my favourite series. .................................................... one will be next month.
    1. the latest/The last
    2. the last/The latest
    3. the later/The last
  5. Amazon’s e-commerce business is becoming ................................................................................ profitable for the company.
    1. most and most
    2. more and more
    3. the most and the most
  6. “What is the holiday destination you liked ......................... ....................................................... so far?” “The .......................................... ...................................... one, Japan.”
    1. the most/farthest
    2. most/farthest
    3. the most/furthest
  7. For the next Christmas period I can spend 100 euro ................................................................................ on gifts.
    1. at the most
    2. the most
    3. most
  8. When I’m in London on holiday I often go shopping at Selfridges and Hamleys. ................................................ is a department store, ................................................. is a toy shop.
    1. First/second
    2. The latter/the former
    3. The former/the latter
  9. The Boeing 747 carries three times .......................................... passengers ...................................................... older jetliners.
    1. as many... as
    2. as... as
    3. as much... as
  10. Are you the same age ................................................................ Peter, your schoolmate?
    1. than
    2. of
    3. as
  1. We can’t wait any longer. We must find a solution ................................................................................
    1. early as possible
    2. as earlier as possible
    3. as soon as possible
  2. ................................................................................ friends can do sports because they work only part-time.
    1. The most of
    2. Most of my
    3. Most
  3. I am the same age ................................................................................ my cousin who lives in Rome.
    1. of
    2. than
    3. as
  4. This evening I am watching ............................................................. episode of my favourite series. .................................................... one will be next month.
    1. the latest/The last
    2. the last/The latest
    3. the later/The last
  5. Amazon’s e-commerce business is becoming ................................................................................ profitable for the company.
    1. most and most
    2. more and more
    3. the most and the most
  6. “What is the holiday destination you liked ......................... ....................................................... so far?” “The .......................................... ...................................... one, Japan.”
    1. the most/farthest
    2. most/farthest
    3. the most/furthest
  7. For the next Christmas period I can spend 100 euro ................................................................................ on gifts.
    1. at the most
    2. the most
    3. most
  8. When I’m in London on holiday I often go shopping at Selfridges and Hamleys. ................................................ is a department store, ................................................. is a toy shop.
    1. First/second
    2. The latter/the former
    3. The former/the latter
  9. The Boeing 747 carries three times .......................................... passengers ...................................................... older jetliners.
    1. as many... as
    2. as... as
    3. as much... as
  10. Are you the same age ................................................................ Peter, your schoolmate?
    1. than
    2. of
    3. as
Soluzioni
  1. We can’t wait any longer. We must find a solution ................................................................................
    1. early as possible
    2. as earlier as possible
    3. as soon as possible
  2. ................................................................................ friends can do sports because they work only part-time.
    1. The most of
    2. Most of my
    3. Most
  3. I am the same age ................................................................................ my cousin who lives in Rome.
    1. of
    2. than
    3. as
  4. This evening I am watching ............................................................. episode of my favourite series. .................................................... one will be next month.
    1. the latest/The last
    2. the last/The latest
    3. the later/The last
  5. Amazon’s e-commerce business is becoming ................................................................................ profitable for the company.
    1. most and most
    2. more and more
    3. the most and the most
  6. “What is the holiday destination you liked ......................... ....................................................... so far?” “The .......................................... ...................................... one, Japan.”
    1. the most/farthest
    2. most/farthest
    3. the most/furthest
  7. For the next Christmas period I can spend 100 euro ................................................................................ on gifts.
    1. at the most
    2. the most
    3. most
  8. When I’m in London on holiday I often go shopping at Selfridges and Hamleys. ................................................ is a department store, ................................................. is a toy shop.
    1. First/second
    2. The latter/the former
    3. The former/the latter
  9. The Boeing 747 carries three times .......................................... passengers ...................................................... older jetliners.
    1. as many... as
    2. as... as
    3. as much... as
  10. Are you the same age ................................................................ Peter, your schoolmate?
    1. than
    2. of
    3. as
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1), Pronomi personali complemento, Pronomi riflessivi e reciproci, Articolo determinativo the (1), Uso di would like

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. “Would you like ......................... a fantasy film this evening?” “I’d ................ watch a thriller.”
    1. watching / am preferring to
    2. to watch / prefer to
    3. watch / I prefer
  2. Mary and her sister are buying ........... presents for Christmas. ............. mother is with ............... .
    1. one another /they/ them
    2. each other / their / them
    3. one another / their / them
  3. We need to dress ........................ quickly. Mary is waiting for .............. in the street.
    1. one another / us
    2. – / us
    3. – /ourselves
  4. They are from ............... Netherlands. They want to buy a house near .............. Lake Garda.
    1. – / –
    2. The / –
    3. The / The
  5. We are organising our holidays .................. . Next summer we want to visit ............. Sardinia.
    1. our own / –
    2. by ourselves / –
    3. by ourselves / The
  6. “I would like ................................. Rome next Summer.” “I don’t like ................................. Italian cities when it’s too hot.”
    1. to visit / visiting
    2. visiting / to visit
    3. visit / to visit
  7. Jeremy ............................. go on holiday to a tropical island. He needs ................ rest.
    1. would like to / the
    2. likes to / the
    3. would like to / a
  8. ............... aunt Emily always cuts her hair ................. . She’s ......... hairdresser.
    1. The / her own / the
    2. – / oneself / the
    3. – / by herself / a
  1. “Would you like ......................... a fantasy film this evening?” “I’d ................ watch a thriller.”
    1. watching / am preferring to
    2. to watch / prefer to
    3. watch / I prefer
  2. Mary and her sister are buying ........... presents for Christmas. ............. mother is with ............... .
    1. one another /they/ them
    2. each other / their / them
    3. one another / their / them
  3. We need to dress ........................ quickly. Mary is waiting for .............. in the street.
    1. one another / us
    2. – / us
    3. – /ourselves
  4. They are from ............... Netherlands. They want to buy a house near .............. Lake Garda.
    1. – / –
    2. The / –
    3. The / The
  5. We are organising our holidays .................. . Next summer we want to visit ............. Sardinia.
    1. our own / –
    2. by ourselves / –
    3. by ourselves / The
  6. “I would like ................................. Rome next Summer.” “I don’t like ................................. Italian cities when it’s too hot.”
    1. to visit / visiting
    2. visiting / to visit
    3. visit / to visit
  7. Jeremy ............................. go on holiday to a tropical island. He needs ................ rest.
    1. would like to / the
    2. likes to / the
    3. would like to / a
  8. ............... aunt Emily always cuts her hair ................. . She’s ......... hairdresser.
    1. The / her own / the
    2. – / oneself / the
    3. – / by herself / a
Soluzioni
  1. b
  2. b
  3. b
  4. b
  5. b
  6. a
  7. c
  8. c
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Scegli l’alternativa corretta.

  1. My brothers often .................................................................. but they .................................................................. at the moment.

    a. fight/don’t fight
    b. fight/are not fighting
    c. are fighting/are not fighting
    d. are fighting/don’t fight

  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I ..................................................... the answer. I .................................................................. chemistry at school.

    a. am not knowing/am not studying
    b. don’t know/don’t study
    c. am not knowing/am not studying
    d. don’t know/am study

  3. This milk .................................................................. a bit off. You always .................................................................. to put it back in the fridge!

    a. is tasting/is forgetting
    b. taste/forget
    c. doesn’t taste/doesn’t forget
    d. tastes/forget

  4. I .................................................................. her telephone number at the moment. .................................................................. it?

    a. am not remembering/Have you
    b. am not remembering/Are you having
    c. don’t remember/Have you got
    d. don’t remember/You have got

  5. What .................................................................. of your new job? .................................................................. it?

    a. are you thinking/Are you liking
    b. are you thinking/Do you like
    c. do you think/Are you liking
    d. do you think/Do you like

  6. The city tour .................................................................. at 4 pm and .................................................................. at 7 pm.
    a. is starting/ends
    b. starts/ends
    c. starts/is ending
    d. is starting/is ending
  7. I .................................................................. what you .................................................................. . Can you repeat, please?
    a. don’t understand/are saying
    b. am not understanding/say
    c. don’t understand/say
    d. am not understanding/are saying
  8. Barbara usually ................................................................ to work, but sometimes her husband ......................................................... her there.
    a. is walking/drives
    b. walks/drives
    c. is walking/drives
    d. walks/is driving
  1. My brothers often .................................................................. but they .................................................................. at the moment.

    a. fight/don’t fight
    b. fight/are not fighting
    c. are fighting/are not fighting
    d. are fighting/don’t fight

  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I ..................................................... the answer. I .................................................................. chemistry at school.

    a. am not knowing/am not studying
    b. don’t know/don’t study
    c. am not knowing/am not studying
    d. don’t know/am study

  3. This milk .................................................................. a bit off. You always .................................................................. to put it back in the fridge!

    a. is tasting/is forgetting
    b. taste/forget
    c. doesn’t taste/doesn’t forget
    d. tastes/forget

  4. I .................................................................. her telephone number at the moment. .................................................................. it?

    a. am not remembering/Have you
    b. am not remembering/Are you having
    c. don’t remember/Have you got
    d. don’t remember/You have got

  5. What .................................................................. of your new job? .................................................................. it?

    a. are you thinking/Are you liking
    b. are you thinking/Do you like
    c. do you think/Are you liking
    d. do you think/Do you like

  6. The city tour .................................................................. at 4 pm and .................................................................. at 7 pm.
    a. is starting/ends
    b. starts/ends
    c. starts/is ending
    d. is starting/is ending
  7. I .................................................................. what you .................................................................. . Can you repeat, please?
    a. don’t understand/are saying
    b. am not understanding/say
    c. don’t understand/say
    d. am not understanding/are saying
  8. Barbara usually ................................................................ to work, but sometimes her husband ......................................................... her there.
    a. is walking/drives
    b. walks/drives
    c. is walking/drives
    d. walks/is driving
Soluzioni
  1. My brothers often fight but they are not fighting at the moment.
  2. Sorry. I can’t help. I don’t know the answer. I don’t study chemistry at school.
  3. This milk tastes a bit off. You always forget to put it back in the fridge!
  4. I don’t remember her telephone number at the moment. Have you got it?
  5. What do you think of your new job? Do you like it?
  6. The city tour starts at 4 pm and ends at 7 pm.
  7. I don’t understand what you are saying. Can you repeat, please?
  8. Barbara usually walks to work, but sometimes her husband drives her there.
Livello A2 Verbo To Be: espressioni idiomatiche
Scegli per ogni frase (A) il corretto completamento (B) e la risposta (C). Poi trascrivi le frasi complete.

A

1. Is this mobile
2. What’s the weather
3. How is
4. A glass of
5. Is this address
6. I’m not hungry but

B

a. water, please,
b. I’m thirsty because
c. expensive?
d. right?
e. like in Italy? It’s
f. Mary today?

C

h. cold and rainy.
i. No, it’s wrong.
j. No, it’s only 100 euro.
k. She’s fine, thanks.
l. I’m thirsty.
m. it’s very hot.

Completamenti:

1. ..............   .............. 

2. ..............   .............. 

3. ..............   .............. 

4. ..............   .............. 

5. ..............   .............. 

6. ..............   .............. 

Frasi complete:

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

A

1. Is this mobile
2. What’s the weather
3. How is
4. A glass of
5. Is this address
6. I’m not hungry but

B

a. water, please,
b. I’m thirsty because
c. expensive?
d. right?
e. like in Italy? It’s
f. Mary today?

C

h. cold and rainy.
i. No, it’s wrong.
j. No, it’s only 100 euro.
k. She’s fine, thanks.
l. I’m thirsty.
m. it’s very hot.

Completamenti:

1. ..............   .............. 

2. ..............   .............. 

3. ..............   .............. 

4. ..............   .............. 

5. ..............   .............. 

6. ..............   .............. 

Frasi complete:

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. c   j 

2. e   h 

3. f   k 

4. a   l  

5. d   i  

6. b   m

Livello B1 Present perfect simple

Scrivi cosa è o non è successo a queste persone. Quando possibile usa le forme contratte.

Esempio
Paul ............................ just .......................... (fall) off his bike. He ............................. (break) his ankle.
Paul has just fallen off his bike. He has broken his ankle.

 

1. Mary and Anne ............................................... (finish) work yet.

2. Phil ............................................... (lose) his car keys. He can’t remember where he ............................................. (leave) them.

3. “Where ............................................... Philip ............................................... (be)?” “He ............................................... (be) to Paris.”

4. Andrew .............................................. never ............................................... (eat) Chinese food.

5. Sarah ............................................... (read) a lot of job advertisements but she ............................................... (find) a job yet.

6. “............................................... Bob ............................................... (buy) a new car?” “Yes, he has.”

7. She ............................................... just ............................................... (get) her degree in maths.

8. Barbara and Eric ................................................. just ......................... (come) back from England.

9. Robert and his wife ............................................... (do) a lot of work in the garden.

Esempio
Paul ............................ just .......................... (fall) off his bike. He ............................. (break) his ankle.
Paul has just fallen off his bike. He has broken his ankle.

 

1. Mary and Anne ............................................... (finish) work yet.

2. Phil ............................................... (lose) his car keys. He can’t remember where he ............................................. (leave) them.

3. “Where ............................................... Philip ............................................... (be)?” “He ............................................... (be) to Paris.”

4. Andrew .............................................. never ............................................... (eat) Chinese food.

5. Sarah ............................................... (read) a lot of job advertisements but she ............................................... (find) a job yet.

6. “............................................... Bob ............................................... (buy) a new car?” “Yes, he has.”

7. She ............................................... just ............................................... (get) her degree in maths.

8. Barbara and Eric ................................................. just ......................... (come) back from England.

9. Robert and his wife ............................................... (do) a lot of work in the garden.

Soluzioni

1. Mary and Anne haven’t finished (finish) work yet.

2. Phil s lost (lose) his car keys. He can’t remember where he ’s left (leave) them.

3. “Where ’s Philip been (be)?” “He 's been (be) to Paris.”

4. Andrew ’s never eaten (eat) Chinese food.

5. Sarah 's read (read) a lot of job advertisements but she hasn't found (find) a job yet.

6. “Has Bob bought (buy) a new car?” “Yes, he has.”

7. She ’s just got (get) her degree in maths.

8. Barbara and Eric have just come (come) back from England.

9. Robert and his wife have done (do) a lot of work in the garden.

Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Scrivi defining clauses unendo le due frasi e omettendo il pronome relativo.

Esempio
I saw a dog in the street. It barked at me.
The dog I saw in the street barked at me.

1. The saxophone player is a busker. I listened to him.

........................................................................................................................................

2. The meat gave me indigestion. I ate meat for lunch.

........................................................................................................................................

3. The digital camera takes superb photos. I bought the digital camera yesterday.

........................................................................................................................................

4. I’m looking after a baby. He’s Chinese.

........................................................................................................................................

5. The film is French. We saw it at the Mayfair cinema.

........................................................................................................................................

6. The bus driver was helpful. I spoke to him.

........................................................................................................................................

7. The book is fascinating. I finished reading it last night.

........................................................................................................................................

8. That girl is my sister-in-law. I went on holiday with her.

........................................................................................................................................

Esempio
I saw a dog in the street. It barked at me.
The dog I saw in the street barked at me.

1. The saxophone player is a busker. I listened to him.

........................................................................................................................................

2. The meat gave me indigestion. I ate meat for lunch.

........................................................................................................................................

3. The digital camera takes superb photos. I bought the digital camera yesterday.

........................................................................................................................................

4. I’m looking after a baby. He’s Chinese.

........................................................................................................................................

5. The film is French. We saw it at the Mayfair cinema.

........................................................................................................................................

6. The bus driver was helpful. I spoke to him.

........................................................................................................................................

7. The book is fascinating. I finished reading it last night.

........................................................................................................................................

8. That girl is my sister-in-law. I went on holiday with her.

........................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The saxophone player I listened to is a busker.
  2. The meat I ate for lunch gave me indigestion.
  3. The digital camera I bought yesterday takes superb photos.
  4. The baby I’m looking after is Chinese.
  5. The film we saw at the Mayfair cinema is French.
  6. The bus driver I spoke to was helpful.
  7. The book I finished reading last night is fascinating.
  8. That girl I went on holiday with is my sister-in-law.
Livello A2-B1 Uso di would like

Scrivi dei mini dialoghi per ogni situazione.

1. You have two tickets for an important concert in your town. Invite Barbara to come with you. She refuses, she has an exam the following morning.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. You invite your new neighbours, the Reeves, to come for dinner next weekend. They accept.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. You are going to Madrid with your family for four days next month. Invite your best friend to come with you. He has some relatives arriving from Australia.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. You have a new video game. Invite Margaret to play it. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. You are going out for a pizza with some friends. Invite your younger brother to come with you. He can’t come, because he is meeting some friends at nine.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. There’s an interesting play at the theatre. Invite your mother. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

1. You have two tickets for an important concert in your town. Invite Barbara to come with you. She refuses, she has an exam the following morning.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. You invite your new neighbours, the Reeves, to come for dinner next weekend. They accept.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. You are going to Madrid with your family for four days next month. Invite your best friend to come with you. He has some relatives arriving from Australia.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. You have a new video game. Invite Margaret to play it. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. You are going out for a pizza with some friends. Invite your younger brother to come with you. He can’t come, because he is meeting some friends at nine.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. There’s an interesting play at the theatre. Invite your mother. She accepts.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. “Would you like to come to the concert with me next Saturday, Barbara?” “I’d love to, but I can’t, I have an exam the following morning.”
  2. “Would you like to come for dinner next weekend, Mr Reeves?” “Yes, that’s very kind of you, you’re an excellent cook.”
  3. “I’m going to Madrid with my family next month. We are staying for four days. Would you like/Do you want to come with us, David?” “That’s very kind of you, but some relatives from Australia are arriving.”
  4. “Hi Margaret, I have a new video game. Would you like/do you want to play it with me?” “Yes, I’d love to.”
  5. “Simon, would you like/do you want to come and have a pizza with me and my friends this evening?” “I’d love to, but I’m meeting some friends at nine.”
  6. “Mum, there’s an interesting play at the theatre tonight, would you like/do you want to go?” “Oh yes, I’d love to.”
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Scrivi domande con le parti date. Aggiungi gli interrogativi e altre parti necessarie.

Esempio
your new / sunglasses / cost? 120 euro
How much do your new sunglasses cost?

  1. email messages / you / send / a week? About ten.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. you / usually / surf the Net / each day? About an hour.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. the Empire State Building? I think it is almost 400 metres high.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. students / when / leave / secondary school? They leave school at 18.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. is / station / from the hotel? It’s only ten minutes away.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. you / go / on holiday? Twice a year.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. your flight to London take? About two hours.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. long / take / to get to the bank on foot?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  9. deep / is / your swimming pool? It’s 1.50 metres deep.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
your new / sunglasses / cost? 120 euro
How much do your new sunglasses cost?

  1. email messages / you / send / a week? About ten.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  2. you / usually / surf the Net / each day? About an hour.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  3. the Empire State Building? I think it is almost 400 metres high.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  4. students / when / leave / secondary school? They leave school at 18.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  5. is / station / from the hotel? It’s only ten minutes away.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  6. you / go / on holiday? Twice a year.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  7. your flight to London take? About two hours.
    ....................................................................................................................................
  8. long / take / to get to the bank on foot?
    ....................................................................................................................................
  9. deep / is / your swimming pool? It’s 1.50 metres deep.
    ....................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. How many emails do you send a week?
  2. How many hours each day do you usually surf the Net?
  3. How high is the Empire State Building?
  4. How old are students when they leave secondary school?
  5. How far is the station from the hotel?
  6. How often do you go on holiday?
  7. How long does your flight to London take?
  8. How long does it take to get to the bank on foot?
  9. How deep is your swimming pool?
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con how...?

Scrivi domande con l’uso dell’interrogativo corretto e dei tempi del presente.

Esempio
There are three bedrooms in my house.
How many bedrooms are there in your house?

  1. We have English classes twice a week.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  2. My mother? She’s feeling well, thanks.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. There are 10 girls in my class.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4. It costs only five euro.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. To the cinema? Usually once a month.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. The bank? It’s a short walk from here.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  7. My swimming pool? About 2 metres.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
There are three bedrooms in my house.
How many bedrooms are there in your house?

  1. We have English classes twice a week.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  2. My mother? She’s feeling well, thanks.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  3. There are 10 girls in my class.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  4. It costs only five euro.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  5. To the cinema? Usually once a month.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  6. The bank? It’s a short walk from here.
    ....................................................................................................................................

  7. My swimming pool? About 2 metres.
    ....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. How often do you have English classes?
  2. How’s your mother?
  3. How many girls are there in your class?
  4. How much does it cost?
  5. How often do you go to the cinema?
  6. How far is the bank from here?
  7. How deep is your swimming pool?
Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Scrivi domande per le seguenti risposte.

  1. I like the blue T-shirt, not the red one.
    ....................​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  2. Tomorrow my sister is meeting an English friend.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  3. My favourite films are thrillers and spy stories.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  4. The boy playing with the dog is my cousin.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  5. I usually have lunch in the factory canteen.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  6. Sorry. I can’t come with you tomorrow, because I’m helping my father in the garden.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  7. Because I’m not hungry today.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  8. They are from Germany.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  9. We are waiting for our friends.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  10. I’m listening to rock music.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  1. I like the blue T-shirt, not the red one.
    ....................​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  2. Tomorrow my sister is meeting an English friend.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  3. My favourite films are thrillers and spy stories.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  4. The boy playing with the dog is my cousin.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  5. I usually have lunch in the factory canteen.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  6. Sorry. I can’t come with you tomorrow, because I’m helping my father in the garden.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  7. Because I’m not hungry today.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  8. They are from Germany.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  9. We are waiting for our friends.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
  10. I’m listening to rock music.
    ..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........​​​​​​​..........
Soluzioni
  1. Which T-shirt do you like?
  2. Who is your sister meeting tomorrow?
  3. Which films do you prefer?
  4. Who’s the boy playing with the dog?
  5. Where do you usually have lunch?
  6. Why can’t you come with me tomorrow?
  7. Why aren’t you eating?
  8. Where are they from?
  9. Who are you waiting for?
  10. What music are you listening to?
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (1)

Scrivi frasi affermative con il past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari. Aggiungi le parti necessarie.

Esempio:
Leonardo da Vinci / paint / Mona Lisa / between 1503 and 1506
Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa between 1503 and 1506.

1. I / understand / everything / when / he / speak / English / to me / last night

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. I / call / Anne / because / I / want / to invite her / dinner / but she / be busy

....................................................................................................................................

3. When the police / arrive / they / catch / burglar

....................................................................................................................................

4. They / think / we / be / Spanish / so / they / make / paella / for us

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Mary / study / for three hours / then / she / lie / sofa / to relax

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. It / be / nearly / lunchtime / so / we / lay / table

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. We / travel / all over the world / and visit / Italy too

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. July 2006 / Italy / win / its fourth / World Cup

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio:
Leonardo da Vinci / paint / Mona Lisa / between 1503 and 1506
Leonardo da Vinci painted the Mona Lisa between 1503 and 1506.

1. I / understand / everything / when / he / speak / English / to me / last night

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. I / call / Anne / because / I / want / to invite her / dinner / but she / be busy

....................................................................................................................................

3. When the police / arrive / they / catch / burglar

....................................................................................................................................

4. They / think / we / be / Spanish / so / they / make / paella / for us

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Mary / study / for three hours / then / she / lie / sofa / to relax

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. It / be / nearly / lunchtime / so / we / lay / table

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. We / travel / all over the world / and visit / Italy too

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. July 2006 / Italy / win / its fourth / World Cup

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I understood everything when he spoke English to me last night.
  2. I called Anne because I wanted to invite her to dinner but she was busy.
  3. When the police arrived, they caught the burglar.
  4. They thought we were Spanish so they made paella for us.
  5. Mary studied for three hours and then she lay on the sofa to relax.
  6. It was nearly lunchtime so we laid the table.
  7. We travelled all over the world and visited Italy too.
  8. In July 2006 Italy won its fourth World Cup.
Livello A2-B1 Preposizioni di luogo (1)

Scrivi frasi complete abbinando le parti dei tre gruppi.

Gruppo A

  1. My aunt teaches
  2. How do I get
  3. I often see
  4. They never arrive at
  5. What time do you
  6. Are you coming to
  7. She likes lying
  8. When I am on

Gruppo B

  1. the plane
  2. from here
  3. my birthday party
  4. the sun
  5. modern languages
  6. Barbara
  7. in school
  8. get back home

Gruppo C

  1. I sit on time.
  2. from school?
  3. next Saturday?
  4. at university.
  5. to the station?
  6. at the bus stop.
  7. on the beach.
  8. next to the window.

Esempio:
1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. ...........................................................................................................................................................

3. ...........................................................................................................................................................

4. ...........................................................................................................................................................

5. ...........................................................................................................................................................

6. ...........................................................................................................................................................

7. ...........................................................................................................................................................

8. ...........................................................................................................................................................

Gruppo A

  1. My aunt teaches
  2. How do I get
  3. I often see
  4. They never arrive at
  5. What time do you
  6. Are you coming to
  7. She likes lying
  8. When I am on

Gruppo B

  1. the plane
  2. from here
  3. my birthday party
  4. the sun
  5. modern languages
  6. Barbara
  7. in school
  8. get back home

Gruppo C

  1. I sit on time.
  2. from school?
  3. next Saturday?
  4. at university.
  5. to the station?
  6. at the bus stop.
  7. on the beach.
  8. next to the window.

Esempio:
1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. ...........................................................................................................................................................

3. ...........................................................................................................................................................

4. ...........................................................................................................................................................

5. ...........................................................................................................................................................

6. ...........................................................................................................................................................

7. ...........................................................................................................................................................

8. ...........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. My aunt teaches modern languages at university.

2. How do I get from here to the station?

3. I often see Barbara at the bus stop.

4. They never arrive at school on time.

5. What time do you get back home from school?

6. Are you coming to my birthday party next Saturday?

7. She likes lying in the sun on the beach.

8. When I am on the plane I sit next to the window.

Livello B1 Present perfect continuous (forma di durata)

Scrivi frasi con l’uso del present perfect continuous seguendo l’esempio.

Esempio
Prices started to go up last year.
Prices have been going up since last year.

1. The last time we went to a concert was last summer.

........................................................................................................................

2. She started to teach in the secondary school in 2021.

........................................................................................................................

3. The last time I saw my aunt from France was last year.

........................................................................................................................

4. Paul started to eat less junk food after he visited the doctor.

........................................................................................................................

5. I started to live on my own when I was 20.

........................................................................................................................

Esempio
Prices started to go up last year.
Prices have been going up since last year.

1. The last time we went to a concert was last summer.

........................................................................................................................

2. She started to teach in the secondary school in 2021.

........................................................................................................................

3. The last time I saw my aunt from France was last year.

........................................................................................................................

4. Paul started to eat less junk food after he visited the doctor.

........................................................................................................................

5. I started to live on my own when I was 20.

........................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. We haven’t been to a concert since last summer.
  2. She has been teaching in the secondary school since 2021.
  3. I haven’t seen my aunt from France since last year.
  4. Paul has been eating less junk food since he visited his doctor.
  5. I’ve been living on my own since I was 20.
Livello B1-B2 Like e as

Scrivi frasi iniziando con It seems (It looks, It sounds, It feels) as if e aggiungendo le parti date in ordine sparso.

Esempio
The sky is full of black clouds. You say: …….....................……. .
It looks as if it’s going to rain.

it is going to rain • there’s a bus strike • we are not welcome here • they’re having an argument • I’ve never been away • there has been an accident • he hasn’t slept much • I’ve been queuing for ages

1. You hear your neighbours next door shouting angrily.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

2. You see an ambulance and some policemen near two damaged cars.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

3. You and your friend need to go home by bus. But no buses are running.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

4. You have just returned from your holidays.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

5. You need information about university courses. You are tired of standing in a queue.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

6. Richard is very quiet and pale this morning. He is not his usual self.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

7. You and your friend go to a party but the people there are not friendly.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

Esempio
The sky is full of black clouds. You say: …….....................……. .
It looks as if it’s going to rain.

it is going to rain • there’s a bus strike • we are not welcome here • they’re having an argument • I’ve never been away • there has been an accident • he hasn’t slept much • I’ve been queuing for ages

1. You hear your neighbours next door shouting angrily.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

2. You see an ambulance and some policemen near two damaged cars.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

3. You and your friend need to go home by bus. But no buses are running.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

4. You have just returned from your holidays.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

5. You need information about university courses. You are tired of standing in a queue.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

6. Richard is very quiet and pale this morning. He is not his usual self.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

7. You and your friend go to a party but the people there are not friendly.

You say: ....................................................................................................................... .

Soluzioni
  1. It sounds as if they’re having an argument.
  2. It looks as if there has been an accident.
  3. It looks as if there’s a bus strike.
  4. It feels as if I’ve never been away.
  5. It seems as if I have been queuing for ages.
  6. It looks as if Richard hasn’t slept much.
  7. It feels as if we are not welcome here.
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi i seguenti sostantivi sotto il pronome personale soggetto corrispondente.

television • sister • mother • girl • waiter • boyfriend • garden • niece • wife • coffee • father • book • husband • nephew • house

HE

  • father
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

SHE

  • wife
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

IT

  • garden
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

 

television • sister • mother • girl • waiter • boyfriend • garden • niece • wife • coffee • father • book • husband • nephew • house

HE

  • father
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

SHE

  • wife
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

IT

  • garden
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________
  • ____________

 

Soluzioni

HE

  • waiter
  • boyfriend
  • husband
  • nephew

SHE

  • sister
  • mother
  • girl
  • niece

IT

  • television
  • coffee
  • book
  • house
Livello A2 Aggettivi qualificativi

Scrivi il contrario di ogni aggettivo scegliendo tra le parole date.

Esempio
old ➞ young

poor • beautiful • happy • true • fast • easy • empty • expensive • clean • bad

  1. difficult ......................................................................................................
  2. cheap .........................................................................................................
  3. sad .............................................................................................................
  4. full ..............................................................................................................
  5. ugly .............................................................................................................
  6. false ............................................................................................................
  7. dirty ............................................................................................................
  8. rich ............................................................................................................
  9. good ........................................................................................................
  10. slow ..........................................................................................................

Esempio
old ➞ young

poor • beautiful • happy • true • fast • easy • empty • expensive • clean • bad

  1. difficult ......................................................................................................
  2. cheap .........................................................................................................
  3. sad .............................................................................................................
  4. full ..............................................................................................................
  5. ugly .............................................................................................................
  6. false ............................................................................................................
  7. dirty ............................................................................................................
  8. rich ............................................................................................................
  9. good ........................................................................................................
  10. slow ..........................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. easy
  2. expensive
  3. happy
  4. empty
  5. beautiful
  6. true
  7. clean
  8. poor
  9. bad
  10. fast
Livello A2-B1 Past simple dei verbi regolari e irregolari (2)
Scrivi il dialogo traducendo le seguenti frasi.

A: Hai fatto una buona vacanza?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, mi sono divertito molto.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Dove sei andato?

...................................................................................................................................

B: A Edimburgo.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Che cosa hai fatto?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Ho visitato il castello, il museo scozzese e il nuovo parlamento.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Sei uscito la sera?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, sono andato due volte al pub.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Hai soggiornato in un hotel?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì. Era molto buono, proprio al centro (heart) della
città.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Hai mangiato bene?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, ho assaggiato i piatti tipici scozzesi.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Quanto tempo sei rimasto?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Una settimana.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Com’è stato il tempo?

...................................................................................................................................

B: È stato freddo ed è piovuto per tutta la settimana.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Hai fatto una buona vacanza?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, mi sono divertito molto.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Dove sei andato?

...................................................................................................................................

B: A Edimburgo.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Che cosa hai fatto?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Ho visitato il castello, il museo scozzese e il nuovo parlamento.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Sei uscito la sera?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, sono andato due volte al pub.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Hai soggiornato in un hotel?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì. Era molto buono, proprio al centro (heart) della
città.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Hai mangiato bene?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Sì, ho assaggiato i piatti tipici scozzesi.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Quanto tempo sei rimasto?

...................................................................................................................................

B: Una settimana.

...................................................................................................................................

A: Com’è stato il tempo?

...................................................................................................................................

B: È stato freddo ed è piovuto per tutta la settimana.

...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

A: Hai fatto una buona vacanza?
Did you have a nice holiday?

B: Sì, mi sono divertito molto.
Yes, I had a great time.

A: Dove sei andato?
Where did you go?

B: A Edimburgo.
To Edinburgh.

A: Che cosa hai fatto?
What did you do (there)?

B: Ho visitato il castello, il museo scozzese e il nuovo parlamento.
I visited the castle, the Museum of Scotland and the new Parliament.

A: Sei uscito la sera?
Did you go out in the evening?

B: Sì, sono andato due volte al pub.
Yes, I went to the pub twice.

A: Hai soggiornato in un hotel?
Did you stay in a hotel?

B: Sì. Era molto buono, proprio al centro (heart) della città.
Yes, it was very good, right in the heart of the city.

A: Hai mangiato bene?
Did you eat well?

B: Sì, ho assaggiato i piatti tipici scozzesi.
Yes, I tried typical Scottish dishes.

A: Quanto tempo sei rimasto?
How long did you stay?

B: Una settimana.
A week.

A: Com’è stato il tempo?
What was the weather like?

B: È stato freddo ed è piovuto per tutta la settimana.
It was cold and it rained all week long.

Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Scrivi il plurale dei seguenti sostantivi.

Esempio: club ➞ clubs

  1. toy ..................................................................................
  2. glass ..............................................................................
  3. radio ..............................................................................
  4. beach ............................................................................
  5. thief ...............................................................................
  6. cliff ................................................................................
  7. box ................................................................................
  8. wife ...............................................................................
  9. leaf ................................................................................
  10. city .................................................................................

Esempio: club ➞ clubs

  1. toy ..................................................................................
  2. glass ..............................................................................
  3. radio ..............................................................................
  4. beach ............................................................................
  5. thief ...............................................................................
  6. cliff ................................................................................
  7. box ................................................................................
  8. wife ...............................................................................
  9. leaf ................................................................................
  10. city .................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. toys
  2. glasses
  3. radios
  4. beaches 
  5. thieves
  6. cliffs
  7. boxes
  8. wives
  9. leaves
  10. cities
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi il pronome corrispondente.
  1. My mother and I (........................................................)
  2. My schoolmates (........................................................)
  3. My little cousin Fred (........................................................)
  4. My school (........................................................)
  5. My doctor (........................................................)
  6. My grandmother (........................................................)

  7. My favourite sport (........................................................)

  8. Mary and you (........................................................)

  9. My colleagues and I (........................................................)

  1. My mother and I (........................................................)
  2. My schoolmates (........................................................)
  3. My little cousin Fred (........................................................)
  4. My school (........................................................)
  5. My doctor (........................................................)
  6. My grandmother (........................................................)

  7. My favourite sport (........................................................)

  8. Mary and you (........................................................)

  9. My colleagues and I (........................................................)

Soluzioni
  1. My mother and I (we)
  2. My schoolmates (they)
  3. My little cousin Fred (he)
  4. My school (it)
  5. My doctor (he)
  6. My grandmother (she)
  7. My favourite sport (it)
  8. Mary and you (you)
  9. My colleagues and I (we)
Livello A2 Pronomi personali soggetto
Scrivi il pronome personale corretto in fondo alle frasi.

Esempio: It’s in her office (Mary). She

  1. We are at home (The boys). ...........................................................
  2. It is at school (Paul). ...........................................................
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). .................................................
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). .......................................................
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? .................................................
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). ..........................................
  7. He is my bag. ...........................................................
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) ...........................................................
  9. Today he is very cold! ...........................................................

Esempio: It’s in her office (Mary). She

  1. We are at home (The boys). ...........................................................
  2. It is at school (Paul). ...........................................................
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). .................................................
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). .......................................................
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? .................................................
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). ..........................................
  7. He is my bag. ...........................................................
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) ...........................................................
  9. Today he is very cold! ...........................................................
Soluzioni
  1. We are at home (The boys). They
  2. It is at school (Paul). He
  3. They are on holiday (Ann and I). We
  4. She is black (My new T-shirt). It
  5. Excuse me. Are he Mr Rogers? You
  6. We are my friends (Ann and Sara). They
  7. He is my bag. It
  8. Are we your students, Mrs Rogers? (Luke and Sam) They
  9. Today he is very cold! It
Livello A2 Plurale dei sostantivi

Scrivi il singolare o il plurale dei seguenti sostantivi.

Singolare / Plurale

army / armies

scarf / ..........................................

.......................................... / housewives

potato / ..........................................

place / ..........................................

match / ..........................................

toy / ..........................................

brush / ..........................................

sportsman / ..........................................

.......................................... / dresses

disco / ..........................................

zoo / ..........................................

.......................................... / feet

mouse / ..........................................

box / ..........................................

family / ..........................................

.......................................... / jobs

.......................................... / leaves

Singolare / Plurale

army / armies

scarf / ..........................................

.......................................... / housewives

potato / ..........................................

place / ..........................................

match / ..........................................

toy / ..........................................

brush / ..........................................

sportsman / ..........................................

.......................................... / dresses

disco / ..........................................

zoo / ..........................................

.......................................... / feet

mouse / ..........................................

box / ..........................................

family / ..........................................

.......................................... / jobs

.......................................... / leaves

Soluzioni

army / armies

scarf / scarves

housewife / housewives

potato / potatoes

place / places

match / matches

toy / toys

brush / brushes

sportsman / sportsmen

dress / dresses

disco / discos

zoo / zoos

foot / feet

mouse / mice

box / boxes

family / families

job / jobs

leaf / leaves

Livello A2-B1 Interrogativi con wh...?

Scrivi in fondo alle risposte il numero corretto della relativa domanda.

Domande

  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?

Risposte

  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (............)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (............)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (............)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (............)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (............)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (............)

Domande

  1. What is Sue preparing for our lunch today?
  2. Where does bus number 5 go to?
  3. Why aren’t you coming to the pub for a drink with us?
  4. Who is your brother talking to?
  5. Who is the best student in the class?
  6. What company does your father work for?

Risposte

  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (............)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (............)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (............)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (............)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (............)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (............)
Soluzioni
  1. A girl. Her name’s Sara. She studies hard and never fails her tests. (5)
  2. It goes to the station first and then to the airport. (2)
  3. She’s cooking spaghetti bolognese. She knows we love it. (1)
  4. To one of his friends. He’s not from here. (4)
  5. He works for a food company, but he wants to start his own business. (6)
  6. Because I’m working overtime this evening. (3)
Livello B2-C1 Question tags e particolarità. È vero/non è vero?

Scrivi le domande date negli spazi appositi.

  1. You’re Australian, aren't you?
  2. Sean lives in London, doesn’t he?
  3. Fleming is Danish, isn’t he?
  4. She won’t tell me, will she?
  5. He couldn’t swim, doesn’t he?
  6. Let’s go to the disco, shall we?
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend, has he?

 

1. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, I’m afraid not. It’s a family secret.

2. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, the last one left him a week ago.

3. .............................................................................................................................. ?

Actually, I would prefer to stay at home and

watch a movie instead.

4. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, he was lucky that the lifeguard saw him.

5. .............................................................................................................................. ?

Yes, but he works in Brighton.

6. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, he isn’t. His grandmother’s Danish, but he was born in Edinburgh.

  1. You’re Australian, aren't you?
  2. Sean lives in London, doesn’t he?
  3. Fleming is Danish, isn’t he?
  4. She won’t tell me, will she?
  5. He couldn’t swim, doesn’t he?
  6. Let’s go to the disco, shall we?
  7. George hasn’t got a girlfriend, has he?

 

1. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, I’m afraid not. It’s a family secret.

2. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, the last one left him a week ago.

3. .............................................................................................................................. ?

Actually, I would prefer to stay at home and

watch a movie instead.

4. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, he was lucky that the lifeguard saw him.

5. .............................................................................................................................. ?

Yes, but he works in Brighton.

6. .............................................................................................................................. ?

No, he isn’t. His grandmother’s Danish, but he was born in Edinburgh.

Soluzioni
  1. She won’t tell me, will she?
  2. George hasn’t got a girlfriend, has he?
  3. Let’s go to the disco, shall we?
  4. He couldn’t swim, could he?
  5. Sean lives in London, doesn’t he?
  6. Fleming is Danish, isn’t he?
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Scrivi le espressioni che sostituiscono i phrasal verbs sottolineati.

finished • submit • reprimanded • stopped trying • admired • did it • postponed

1. The tour has been put off due to bad weather conditions. postponed

2. The students were told off for being late again. ..............................................................

3. The supermarket has run out of my favourite ice cream. ..............................................................

4. I knocked on the door but nobody came so I gave up and went home. ..............................................................

5. It was a difficult task but I carried it out. ..............................................................

6. He has to hand in his report tomorrow. ..............................................................

7. I have always looked up to my adventurous sister. ..............................................................

finished • submit • reprimanded • stopped trying • admired • did it • postponed

1. The tour has been put off due to bad weather conditions. postponed

2. The students were told off for being late again. ..............................................................

3. The supermarket has run out of my favourite ice cream. ..............................................................

4. I knocked on the door but nobody came so I gave up and went home. ..............................................................

5. It was a difficult task but I carried it out. ..............................................................

6. He has to hand in his report tomorrow. ..............................................................

7. I have always looked up to my adventurous sister. ..............................................................

Soluzioni
  1. postponed
  2. reprimanded
  3. finished
  4. stopped trying
  5. did it
  6. submit
  7. admired
Livello B1 Superlativo relativo

Scrivi le frasi inserendo le parti mancanti e il superlativo degli aggettivi tra parentesi.

1. Giorgio Armani / one of / (famous) / fashion designers / the world.

......................................................................................................................................

2. The Red Rose / one of / (expensive) / restaurants / my town.

......................................................................................................................................

3. I got four out of ten / the science test. It’s my / (bad) / result / the year.

......................................................................................................................................

4. Yesterday was / (hot) and (dry) / day / the year: 48 °C.

......................................................................................................................................

5. One of / (much) / popular sports / Great Britain / cricket.

......................................................................................................................................

6. This / (narrow) and (dangerous) / street for cars / this town.

......................................................................................................................................

7. Sue was / (fast) / runner / the school athletics competition.

......................................................................................................................................

8. What / (late) / news / from / your son / in / the USA?

......................................................................................................................................

1. Giorgio Armani / one of / (famous) / fashion designers / the world.

......................................................................................................................................

2. The Red Rose / one of / (expensive) / restaurants / my town.

......................................................................................................................................

3. I got four out of ten / the science test. It’s my / (bad) / result / the year.

......................................................................................................................................

4. Yesterday was / (hot) and (dry) / day / the year: 48 °C.

......................................................................................................................................

5. One of / (much) / popular sports / Great Britain / cricket.

......................................................................................................................................

6. This / (narrow) and (dangerous) / street for cars / this town.

......................................................................................................................................

7. Sue was / (fast) / runner / the school athletics competition.

......................................................................................................................................

8. What / (late) / news / from / your son / in / the USA?

......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Giorgio Armani is one of the most famous fashion designers in the world.
  2. The Red Rose is one of the most expensive restaurants in my town.
  3. I got four out of ten in the science test. It’s my worst result of the year.
  4. Yesterday was the hottest and driest day of the year: 48 °C.
  5. One of the most popular sports in Great Britain is cricket.
  6. This is the narrowest and most dangerous street for cars in this town.
  7. Sue was the fastest runner in the school athletics competition.
  8. What is the latest news from your son in the USA?
Livello A2 Articolo a/an: un, uno, una, un'
Scrivi le parole all’interno del gruppo giusto.

umbrella • hill • interesting book • elephant • art gallery • old house • woman • expensive car • uniform • house • window • university • honest man • heir • week • English boy • architect • restaurant • hotel • job • exercise • unique person • apple • couple of minutes • high mountain • young girl • airport • holiday

A

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

An

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

umbrella • hill • interesting book • elephant • art gallery • old house • woman • expensive car • uniform • house • window • university • honest man • heir • week • English boy • architect • restaurant • hotel • job • exercise • unique person • apple • couple of minutes • high mountain • young girl • airport • holiday

A

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

An

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

A

hill, woman, uniform, house, window, university, week, restaurant, hotel, job, couple of minutes, high mountain, unique person, high mountain, young girl, holiday

An

umbrella, interesting book, elephant, art gallery, old house, expensive shop, honest man, heir, English boy, architect, exercise, apple, airport

Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Scrivi le preposizioni corrette negli spazi dati.

Esempio
I needed peace and quiet so I turned up ............................ the radio.
I needed peace and quiet so I turned off the radio.

1. Please hand out ...................................... your keys when you leave your room.

2. He’s very bad tempered because he gave on ...................................... smoking two months ago.

3. He really let me off ...................................... when he decided not to come to my birthday party.

4. I tried the jeans off ......................................, but they were too big for me.

5. We had to call on ...................................... the meeting because a lot of staff were ill.

6. I couldn’t work in ...................................... the answer, so I asked my teacher to help me.

7. Are the police looking over ...................................... that robbery?

Esempio
I needed peace and quiet so I turned up ............................ the radio.
I needed peace and quiet so I turned off the radio.

1. Please hand out ...................................... your keys when you leave your room.

2. He’s very bad tempered because he gave on ...................................... smoking two months ago.

3. He really let me off ...................................... when he decided not to come to my birthday party.

4. I tried the jeans off ......................................, but they were too big for me.

5. We had to call on ...................................... the meeting because a lot of staff were ill.

6. I couldn’t work in ...................................... the answer, so I asked my teacher to help me.

7. Are the police looking over ...................................... that robbery?

Soluzioni
  1. in
  2. up
  3. down
  4. on
  5. off
  6. out
  7. into
Livello B2-C1 Discorso indiretto: verbi introduttivi 1-2

Scrivi le seguenti affermazioni in forma indiretta usando il verbo introduttivo dato tra parentesi al past simple.

Esempio
I’ll think about your proposal. (Anne/promise)
Anne promised to think about his proposal.

1. “Why don’t you come and see the Picasso exhibition in Venice with me next weekend?” (Peter/invite)

....................................................................................................................................

2. “You look pale and tired. You’d better stay at home tonight!” (my parents/convince)

....................................................................................................................................

3. “You should go to see that film, it’s really exciting!” (Robert/recommend)

....................................................................................................................................

4. “I’ll look after the children tonight!” (he/offer)

....................................................................................................................................

5. “Don’t forget to buy some bread before coming back!” (she/remind)

....................................................................................................................................

6. “We’re going to spend a week in France before the end of March.” (they/inform)

....................................................................................................................................

7. “What about stopping for a while and having a cup of coffee?” (the boss/suggest)

....................................................................................................................................

8. “Don’t use the underground at night, it can be dangerous!” (the police/warn)

....................................................................................................................................

Esempio
I’ll think about your proposal. (Anne/promise)
Anne promised to think about his proposal.

1. “Why don’t you come and see the Picasso exhibition in Venice with me next weekend?” (Peter/invite)

....................................................................................................................................

2. “You look pale and tired. You’d better stay at home tonight!” (my parents/convince)

....................................................................................................................................

3. “You should go to see that film, it’s really exciting!” (Robert/recommend)

....................................................................................................................................

4. “I’ll look after the children tonight!” (he/offer)

....................................................................................................................................

5. “Don’t forget to buy some bread before coming back!” (she/remind)

....................................................................................................................................

6. “We’re going to spend a week in France before the end of March.” (they/inform)

....................................................................................................................................

7. “What about stopping for a while and having a cup of coffee?” (the boss/suggest)

....................................................................................................................................

8. “Don’t use the underground at night, it can be dangerous!” (the police/warn)

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Peter invited me to see the Picasso exhibition in Venice with him the following weekend.
  2. My parents convinced me to stay at home that night.
  3. Robert recommended that I should go/I go to see that film.
  4. He offered to look after the children that night.
  5. She reminded me to buy some bread before coming back home.
  6. They informed us that they were going to spend a week in France before the end of March.
  7. The boss suggested stopping for a while and having a cup of coffee.
  8. The police warned us not to use the underground at night.
Livello A2-B1 Imperativo

Scrivi le seguenti espressioni accanto al loro significato inglese.

vai piano/rallenta • prendine ancora • buone vacanze • esci da qui / va’ via • dormi bene • tocca ferro • buon appetito • fa’ attenzione • sta’ zitto(a)/fa’ silenzio • abbassa il volume • attento dove metti i piedi • fa’ con comodo

1. Look out - fa’ attenzione

2. Mind your step ........................................................................

3. Take your time ........................................................................

4. Have some more ........................................................................

5. Sleep well ........................................................................

6. Touch wood ........................................................................

7. Have a good holiday ......................................................................

8. Enjoy your meal ......................................................................

9. Be quiet ......................................................................

10. Turn down (the volume) ......................................................................

11. Get out of here ......................................................................

12. Slow down ......................................................................

vai piano/rallenta • prendine ancora • buone vacanze • esci da qui / va’ via • dormi bene • tocca ferro • buon appetito • fa’ attenzione • sta’ zitto(a)/fa’ silenzio • abbassa il volume • attento dove metti i piedi • fa’ con comodo

1. Look out - fa’ attenzione

2. Mind your step ........................................................................

3. Take your time ........................................................................

4. Have some more ........................................................................

5. Sleep well ........................................................................

6. Touch wood ........................................................................

7. Have a good holiday ......................................................................

8. Enjoy your meal ......................................................................

9. Be quiet ......................................................................

10. Turn down (the volume) ......................................................................

11. Get out of here ......................................................................

12. Slow down ......................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. fa' attenzione
  2. attento dove metti i piedi
  3. fa’ con comodo
  4. prendine ancora
  5. dormi bene
  6. tocca ferro
  7. buone vacanze
  8. buon appetito
  9. sta’ zitto(-a)/fa’ silenzio
  10. abbassa il volume
  11. esci da qui/va’ via
  12. vai piano/rallenta
Livello A2-B1 Articolo determinativo the (1)

Scrivi le tue preferenze e opinioni relative agli aspetti elencati. Inserisci l’articolo se necessario. Confronta le tue risposte con quelle del tuo compagno. Puoi usare: I like • I don’t like • I don’t mind • I love • I hate • I am interested in.

soap operas - sports cars - British weather - painting - Christmas time - thrillers - winter - cycling - football - French (lingua) - Chinese food - cats

Esempio
I am not interested in ...............................
I am not interested in soap operas.

  1. ..............................................................................................................
  2. ..............................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................
  9. ..............................................................................................................
  10. ..............................................................................................................
  11. ..............................................................................................................
  12. ..............................................................................................................

soap operas - sports cars - British weather - painting - Christmas time - thrillers - winter - cycling - football - French (lingua) - Chinese food - cats

Esempio
I am not interested in ...............................
I am not interested in soap operas.

  1. ..............................................................................................................
  2. ..............................................................................................................
  3. ..............................................................................................................
  4. ..............................................................................................................
  5. ..............................................................................................................
  6. ..............................................................................................................
  7. ..............................................................................................................
  8. ..............................................................................................................
  9. ..............................................................................................................
  10. ..............................................................................................................
  11. ..............................................................................................................
  12. ..............................................................................................................
Soluzioni

Risposte libere.

Livello B1 Past perfect simple

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese

1. Quando sono andata da Harrods, i saldi erano già iniziati.

.............................................................................................................................................................

2. Non ci avete trovato in casa perché eravamo andati a fare una passeggiata lungo il fiume.

.............................................................................................................................................................

3. Eravamo già stati alcune volte in Inghilterra quando ci siamo laureati in lingue straniere.

.............................................................................................................................................................

4. Il nuovo ospedale non è ancora finito. Lo stavano già costruendo da un anno quando ho comprato la mia casa qui.

.............................................................................................................................................................

5. Una giovane coppia viveva di fronte a casa mia da cinque anni quando decisero di invitarmi a cena.

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. Quando ho conosciuto Mike, si era appena trasferito da Dublino.

.............................................................................................................................................................

7. Erano insieme da dieci anni quando si sono sposati.

.............................................................................................................................................................

8. Siamo tornati in Grecia dove eravamo già stati cinque anni prima.

.............................................................................................................................................................

1. Quando sono andata da Harrods, i saldi erano già iniziati.

.............................................................................................................................................................

2. Non ci avete trovato in casa perché eravamo andati a fare una passeggiata lungo il fiume.

.............................................................................................................................................................

3. Eravamo già stati alcune volte in Inghilterra quando ci siamo laureati in lingue straniere.

.............................................................................................................................................................

4. Il nuovo ospedale non è ancora finito. Lo stavano già costruendo da un anno quando ho comprato la mia casa qui.

.............................................................................................................................................................

5. Una giovane coppia viveva di fronte a casa mia da cinque anni quando decisero di invitarmi a cena.

.............................................................................................................................................................

6. Quando ho conosciuto Mike, si era appena trasferito da Dublino.

.............................................................................................................................................................

7. Erano insieme da dieci anni quando si sono sposati.

.............................................................................................................................................................

8. Siamo tornati in Grecia dove eravamo già stati cinque anni prima.

.............................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. When I went to Harrods, the sales had already started.
  2. You didn’t find us at home because we had gone for a walk along the river.
  3. We had been to England a few times already when we graduated in foreign languages.
  4. The new hospital isn’t ready yet. They had already been building it for a year when I bought my house here.
  5. A young couple had been living opposite my house for five years when they decided to invite me to dinner.
  6. When I met Mike, he had just moved from Dublin.
  7. They had been together for ten years when they got married.
  8. We went back to Greece where we had already been five years before.
Livello A2-B1 Present continuous VS Present simple

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese

  1. Vado a fare spesa. Vuoi venire con me?
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. “So che tua madre è un’insegnante. Quale materia insegna?” “Insegna chimica.”
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Dimentichi sempre le chiavi. Perché non le metti in borsa quando torni a casa
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. A che cosa stai pensando? C’è qualche problema?
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Questa sera vedrò i miei amici Paul e Robert a una festa di compleanno.
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Non vado mai al mare d’estate. Preferisco la montagna.
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  1. Vado a fare spesa. Vuoi venire con me?
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  2. “So che tua madre è un’insegnante. Quale materia insegna?” “Insegna chimica.”
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  3. Dimentichi sempre le chiavi. Perché non le metti in borsa quando torni a casa
    .........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  4. A che cosa stai pensando? C’è qualche problema?
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  5. Questa sera vedrò i miei amici Paul e Robert a una festa di compleanno.
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
  6. Non vado mai al mare d’estate. Preferisco la montagna.
    ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. I’m going to do the shopping. Do you want to come with me?
  2. “I know your mother is a teacher. What subject does she teach?” “She teaches chemistry.”
  3. You are always forgetting your keys. Why don’t you put them in your bag when you get home?
  4. What are you thinking about? Is there a problem?
  5. This evening I’m seeing my friends Paul and Robert at a birthday party.
  6. I never go to the seaside in summer. I prefer the mountains.
Livello A2 Numeri cardinali
Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese con i numeri in lettere.
  1. I miei 500 euro sono in banca.
    ..................................................................................................
  2. Il prefisso telefonico (area code) della nostra città è 075.
    ..................................................................................................
  3. Migliaia di studenti sono in quella scuola.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  4. Un centimetro è 0,01 di un metro.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  5. Mary è giovane. Ha 16 anni.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  6. Il 60% degli studenti sono ragazze.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  7. Il codice di James Bond è 007.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  8. Fa freddo oggi. Sono -2 °C.
    ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  1. I miei 500 euro sono in banca.
    ..................................................................................................
  2. Il prefisso telefonico (area code) della nostra città è 075.
    ..................................................................................................
  3. Migliaia di studenti sono in quella scuola.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  4. Un centimetro è 0,01 di un metro.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  5. Mary è giovane. Ha 16 anni.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  6. Il 60% degli studenti sono ragazze.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  7. Il codice di James Bond è 007.
    ​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
  8. Fa freddo oggi. Sono -2 °C.
    ​​​​​​​​​​​​​​..................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. My five hundred euro are in the bank.
  2. The area code of our town is oh seven five.
  3. Thousands of students are in that school.
  4. One centimetre is nought/zero point nought/zero one of a metre.
  5. Mary is young. She’s sixteen.
  6. Sixty per cent of the students are girls.
  7. James Bond’s code number is double oh seven.
  8. It’s cold today. It’s two degrees Celsius below 0.
Livello A2-B1 Forma in -ing del verbo (1)

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese mettendo i verbi all’infinito o alla forma in -ing a seconda dei casi.

1. Helen non vuole seguire i consigli (advice) di sua madre. Preferisce fare ciò che vuole.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. Ai miei amici piace andare in discoteca tutti i sabato sera. Io invece detesto ballare e stare in luoghi affollati (crowded).

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. Preferisco rimanere in casa oggi. Fa a molto freddo e ho mal di testa (headache).

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. Mary trova rilassante cucinare ma non le piace mettere in ordine (to tidy up) la cucina.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Vi dispiace venire domani? Mia moglie non si sente molto bene questa sera.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. Paul ama guidare di notte. Gli piace rilassarsi e ascoltare e la musica.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. Agli studenti non importa andare a letto tardi la sera, ma non amano alzarsi presto la mattina.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. Paul e Bob amano lavorare con il computer. Sono molto bravi a usarlo.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

9. A Mark piace trascorrere il tempo libero con i suoi figli. È molto paziente.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

10. Susan preferisce ascoltare le notizie alla radio. Non ama leggere i quotidiani.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

1. Helen non vuole seguire i consigli (advice) di sua madre. Preferisce fare ciò che vuole.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2. Ai miei amici piace andare in discoteca tutti i sabato sera. Io invece detesto ballare e stare in luoghi affollati (crowded).

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

3. Preferisco rimanere in casa oggi. Fa a molto freddo e ho mal di testa (headache).

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. Mary trova rilassante cucinare ma non le piace mettere in ordine (to tidy up) la cucina.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

5. Vi dispiace venire domani? Mia moglie non si sente molto bene questa sera.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

6. Paul ama guidare di notte. Gli piace rilassarsi e ascoltare e la musica.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. Agli studenti non importa andare a letto tardi la sera, ma non amano alzarsi presto la mattina.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

8. Paul e Bob amano lavorare con il computer. Sono molto bravi a usarlo.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

9. A Mark piace trascorrere il tempo libero con i suoi figli. È molto paziente.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

10. Susan preferisce ascoltare le notizie alla radio. Non ama leggere i quotidiani.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Helen doesn’t want to follow her mother’s advice. She prefers doing what she wants.
  2. My friends like going to the disco every Saturday night. On the contrary, I hate dancing and being in crowded places.
  3. I prefer to stay at home today. It’s very cold and I have a headache.
  4. Mary finds cooking relaxing but she doesn’t like tidying up the kitchen.
  5. Do you mind coming tomorrow? My wife isn’t very well this evening.
  6. Paul loves driving at night. He likes relaxing and listening to music.
  7. Students don’t mind going to bed late in the evening, but they don’t like getting up early in the morning.
  8. Paul and Bob love working with computers. They’re very good at using them.
  9. Mark likes spending his free time with his children. He is very patient.
  10. Susan prefers listening to the news on the radio. She doesn’t like reading newspapers.
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (1): intransitivi

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando i phrasal verbs quando possibile.

1. Mentre stavamo andando a Roma la nostra macchina ha avuto un guasto.

................................................................................................................................................

2. Sono sicura che riuscirai a risolvere i tuoi problemi. Non mollare.

................................................................................................................................................

3. Dopo essere stati sposati per molti anni, la loro relazione è andata a rotoli.

................................................................................................................................................

1. Mentre stavamo andando a Roma la nostra macchina ha avuto un guasto.

................................................................................................................................................

2. Sono sicura che riuscirai a risolvere i tuoi problemi. Non mollare.

................................................................................................................................................

3. Dopo essere stati sposati per molti anni, la loro relazione è andata a rotoli.

................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. While we were going to Rome our car broke down.
  2. I’m sure you’ll be able to solve your problems. Don’t give up.
  3. After being married for many years, their relationship fell apart.
Livello A2 I partitivi: some, any, no, none

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando il partitivo.

  1. Ci sono studenti stranieri nella tua classe?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  2. Nessuno dei nostri amici ha un motor caravan.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  3. Sei libero in qualche momento domani mattina?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  4. Non abbiamo il lievito per la pizza. Puoi comprarne (can you buy) un po’?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  5. Non c’è tempo per il pranzo. Abbiamo fretta.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  6. Non c’è acqua fresca in frigo.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  7. Non abbiamo tempo per la colazione!
    ..............................................................................................................................
  8. Mi domando se (I wonder if) ci sono bei film al cinema questa sera.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  1. Ci sono studenti stranieri nella tua classe?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  2. Nessuno dei nostri amici ha un motor caravan.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  3. Sei libero in qualche momento domani mattina?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  4. Non abbiamo il lievito per la pizza. Puoi comprarne (can you buy) un po’?
    ..............................................................................................................................
  5. Non c’è tempo per il pranzo. Abbiamo fretta.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  6. Non c’è acqua fresca in frigo.
    ..............................................................................................................................
  7. Non abbiamo tempo per la colazione!
    ..............................................................................................................................
  8. Mi domando se (I wonder if) ci sono bei film al cinema questa sera.
    ..............................................................................................................................
Soluzioni
  1. Are there any foreign students in your class?
  2. None of our friends has a motor caravan.
  3. Are you free any time tomorrow morning?
  4. We haven’t got any yeast for the pizza. Can you buy some?
  5. There isn’t any time/There’s no time for lunch. We’re in a hurry.
  6. There’s no/There isn’t any cold water in the fridge.
  7. We don’t have any time/We have no time/We haven’t got any time for breakfast!
  8. I wonder if there are any good films at the cinema this evening.
Livello B1-B2 Potere: altre forme

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando le forme elencate.

to be allowed - to manage - to succeed in - to be capable of - to let - to be likely/unlikely
 

1. Non ero riuscita a trovare nessun biglietto per il concerto, ma il mio fidanzato riuscì a trovarne qualcuno all’ultimo minuto.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

2. Mark potrebbe non accettare la nostra proposta per sabato. Facciamogli fare una proposta.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

3. Agli studenti non è consentito uscire dall’aula prima di aver consegnato il loro test.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

4. “Sei riuscito a prendere il primo treno?” “No.” “Forse faresti meglio ad andare in macchina.”

..............................................................................................................................................................................

to be allowed - to manage - to succeed in - to be capable of - to let - to be likely/unlikely
 

1. Non ero riuscita a trovare nessun biglietto per il concerto, ma il mio fidanzato riuscì a trovarne qualcuno all’ultimo minuto.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

2. Mark potrebbe non accettare la nostra proposta per sabato. Facciamogli fare una proposta.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

3. Agli studenti non è consentito uscire dall’aula prima di aver consegnato il loro test.

..............................................................................................................................................................................

4. “Sei riuscito a prendere il primo treno?” “No.” “Forse faresti meglio ad andare in macchina.”

..............................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I wasn’t able to/couldn’t find any tickets for the concert but my boyfriend managed to find some at the last minute.
  2. Mark may not accept our proposal for Saturday. Let him make a proposal.
  3. Students are not allowed to leave the classroom before handing in their test.
  4. “Did you manage to get the first train?” “No, I didn’t.” “I think you’d better go by car.”
Livello B1-B2 Traduzione

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando le forme presentate nelle schede.

1. Non avresti dovuto aiutarlo. Deve imparare ad affrontare i problemi da solo.

.......................................................................................................................................

2. Per favore, potresti rispondere a tua madre quando ti chiede qualcosa?

.......................................................................................................................................

3. Da bambino trascorrevo molte ore leggendo i fumetti.

.......................................................................................................................................

4. Non so se potrò venire all’incontro domani. L’ospedale potrebbe chiamarmi per una visita di controllo.

.......................................................................................................................................

1. Non avresti dovuto aiutarlo. Deve imparare ad affrontare i problemi da solo.

.......................................................................................................................................

2. Per favore, potresti rispondere a tua madre quando ti chiede qualcosa?

.......................................................................................................................................

3. Da bambino trascorrevo molte ore leggendo i fumetti.

.......................................................................................................................................

4. Non so se potrò venire all’incontro domani. L’ospedale potrebbe chiamarmi per una visita di controllo.

.......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. You shouldn’t have helped him. He must learn to face problems on his own.
  2. Would you please answer your mother when she asks you something?
  3. When I was a child, I would spend many hours reading comics.
  4. I don’t know if I will be able to come to the meeting tomorrow. The hospital might call me for a check-up.
Livello B1-B2 Il futuro con altre forme

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando per le parti in corsivo le forme del futuro introdotte nella scheda.

1. Sto per uscire. Ti serve niente? .....................................................................................................................................................

2. Hanno annunciato che l’aereo atterrerà alle 17.00. .....................................................................................................................

3. Sono due anni che Jill si allena. Vincerà sicuramente. ...............................................................................................................

4. Ero sul punto di prenotare, ma poi ho cambiato idea. .................................................................................................................

1. Sto per uscire. Ti serve niente? .....................................................................................................................................................

2. Hanno annunciato che l’aereo atterrerà alle 17.00. .....................................................................................................................

3. Sono due anni che Jill si allena. Vincerà sicuramente. ...............................................................................................................

4. Ero sul punto di prenotare, ma poi ho cambiato idea. .................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I’m about to go out. Do you need anything?
  2. They have announced that the plane is due to land at 5 p.m.
  3. Jill has been training for two years. She is bound to win.
  4. I was on the point of booking, but then I changed my mind.
Livello B1-B2 Volere: will e would come verbi modali

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese usando will e would come modali quando possibile.

1. Mi presteresti la tua falciatrice (lawnmower) per un giorno? La mia è rotta.

.............................................................................................................................................

2. I miei bambini non fanno altro che litigare (to quarrel) mentre giocano, perciò non riesco mai a riposare.

.............................................................................................................................................

3. “Vuoi venire in pizzeria (pizza place) con me questa sera?” “Non posso, devo occuparmi (to look after) della mia sorellina.”

.............................................................................................................................................

4. Quando abitavamo in campagna andavo sempre a scuola con l’autobus.

.............................................................................................................................................

5. Ho cercato spesso di convincerla a venire in palestra con me, ma non ne vuole proprio sapere di venire.

.............................................................................................................................................

6. La smetti di urlare? Sto riposando.

.............................................................................................................................................

1. Mi presteresti la tua falciatrice (lawnmower) per un giorno? La mia è rotta.

.............................................................................................................................................

2. I miei bambini non fanno altro che litigare (to quarrel) mentre giocano, perciò non riesco mai a riposare.

.............................................................................................................................................

3. “Vuoi venire in pizzeria (pizza place) con me questa sera?” “Non posso, devo occuparmi (to look after) della mia sorellina.”

.............................................................................................................................................

4. Quando abitavamo in campagna andavo sempre a scuola con l’autobus.

.............................................................................................................................................

5. Ho cercato spesso di convincerla a venire in palestra con me, ma non ne vuole proprio sapere di venire.

.............................................................................................................................................

6. La smetti di urlare? Sto riposando.

.............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Would you lend me your lawnmower for one day? Mine is broken.
  2. My children do nothing but quarrel while playing and so I never manage to rest.
  3. “Would you like to come to the pizza place with me tonight?” “Sorry, I can’t, I’ll have to (I must) look after my little sister.”
  4. When we lived in the countryside I would always go to school by bus.
  5. I have often tried to convince her to come to the gym with me, but she just won’t come.
  6. Will/Would you stop shouting? I’m resting.
Livello A2-B1 To have: usi particolari

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese, usando espressioni con to have dove possibile.

1. Durante i giorni di lavoro consumo sempre un pasto leggero.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Mi diverto sempre quando il mio amico William dà una festa.

....................................................................................................................................

3. “Fai una pausa per la colazione quando sei a lavoro?” “Sì, e faccio una breve chiacchierata con le mie colleghe.”

....................................................................................................................................

4. “Voglio pensarci su, va bene?” “Sì, ma dobbiamo (to need) parlare del (about) problema.”

....................................................................................................................................

5. Spero che tu passi una bella (pleasant) serata al concerto.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Mangerò soltanto un po’ d’insalata per cena.

....................................................................................................................................

7. La mattina mi faccio sempre la doccia.

....................................................................................................................................

1. Durante i giorni di lavoro consumo sempre un pasto leggero.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Mi diverto sempre quando il mio amico William dà una festa.

....................................................................................................................................

3. “Fai una pausa per la colazione quando sei a lavoro?” “Sì, e faccio una breve chiacchierata con le mie colleghe.”

....................................................................................................................................

4. “Voglio pensarci su, va bene?” “Sì, ma dobbiamo (to need) parlare del (about) problema.”

....................................................................................................................................

5. Spero che tu passi una bella (pleasant) serata al concerto.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Mangerò soltanto un po’ d’insalata per cena.

....................................................................................................................................

7. La mattina mi faccio sempre la doccia.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. On workdays I always have a light meal.
  2. I always have fun when my friend William has a party.
  3. “Do you have a lunch break when you are at work?” “Yes, and I have a quick chat with my colleagues.”
  4. “I want to have a think about it, okay?” “Yes, but we need to have a talk about the problem.”
  5. I hope you have a pleasant evening at the concert.
  6. I’m only having some salad for dinner.
  7. In the morning I always have a shower.
Livello B2-C1 False friends (1)

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Le cifre mostrano che i consumatori usano cautela quando acquistano prodotti di lusso.

...........................................................................................................................................................

2. Quando a scuola, gli studenti di solito pranzano nelle mense scolastiche.

...........................................................................................................................................................

3. Non mi piace il suo atteggiamento negativo ogni volta che c’è un problema.

...........................................................................................................................................................

4. Uno dei miei dolci preferiti è la torta di mela con la crema di vaniglia.

...........................................................................................................................................................

5. La vostra firma su questo documento vi obbliga a rispettare tutte le condizioni della nostra ditta.

...........................................................................................................................................................

1. Le cifre mostrano che i consumatori usano cautela quando acquistano prodotti di lusso.

...........................................................................................................................................................

2. Quando a scuola, gli studenti di solito pranzano nelle mense scolastiche.

...........................................................................................................................................................

3. Non mi piace il suo atteggiamento negativo ogni volta che c’è un problema.

...........................................................................................................................................................

4. Uno dei miei dolci preferiti è la torta di mela con la crema di vaniglia.

...........................................................................................................................................................

5. La vostra firma su questo documento vi obbliga a rispettare tutte le condizioni della nostra ditta.

...........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The figures show that consumers exercise caution when purchasing luxury products.
  2. When at school, students usually have lunch in school canteens.
  3. I don’t like his/her negative attitude every time there is a problem.
  4. One of my favourite desserts is apple pie with vanilla custard.
  5. Your signature on this document obliges you to comply with all the conditions of our company.
Livello B2-C1 Prepositional verbs

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. I nostri vicini si lamentano sempre del rumore che fanno i nostri bambini mentre giocano.

...................................................................................................................................

2. Ho un codice di sicurezza che impedisce agli hacker di rubare informazioni riservate.

...................................................................................................................................

3. Il settore agro-alimentare (agri-food sector) rappresenta la percentuale più alta delle esportazioni italiane.

...................................................................................................................................

4. Gli Stati Uniti sono divisi in 50 Stati e un Distretto Federale, Washington D.C.

...................................................................................................................................

5. Chiedi alla segretaria. Lei ti fornirà tutte le informazioni necessarie.

...................................................................................................................................

6. In Italia molte donne lavoratrici fanno affidamento sui loro genitori per prendersi cura dei loro bambini.

...................................................................................................................................

1. I nostri vicini si lamentano sempre del rumore che fanno i nostri bambini mentre giocano.

...................................................................................................................................

2. Ho un codice di sicurezza che impedisce agli hacker di rubare informazioni riservate.

...................................................................................................................................

3. Il settore agro-alimentare (agri-food sector) rappresenta la percentuale più alta delle esportazioni italiane.

...................................................................................................................................

4. Gli Stati Uniti sono divisi in 50 Stati e un Distretto Federale, Washington D.C.

...................................................................................................................................

5. Chiedi alla segretaria. Lei ti fornirà tutte le informazioni necessarie.

...................................................................................................................................

6. In Italia molte donne lavoratrici fanno affidamento sui loro genitori per prendersi cura dei loro bambini.

...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Our neighbours are always complaining about the noise that out children make while they are playing.
  2. I’ve got a security code which prevents hackers from stealing private information.
  3. The agri-food sector accounts for the highest percentage of Italian exports.
  4. The USA is divided into 50 States and a Federal District, Washington D.C.
  5. Ask the secretary. She will provide you with all the necessary information.
  6. In Italy lots of working women rely on their parents to look after their children.
Livello B2-C1 Phrasal verbs (2): transitivi

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Ha rapinato cinque banche in un anno e se l’è sempre cavata.

............................................................................................................................

2. Alcune case costruite abusivamente (illegally) saranno abbattute.

............................................................................................................................

3. Mentre facevo la mia spesa settimanale mi sono imbattuta in un vecchio amico.

............................................................................................................................

4. Ho controllato tutti i miei abiti al fine di liberarmi di quelli che non metto più.

............................................................................................................................

5. L’azienda sta crescendo e non riesce a tenere il passo con il numero di ordini che riceve.

............................................................................................................................

6. Sono rimasta a corto di latte. Potresti andare a comprarlo, per favore? Mi servono due litri.

............................................................................................................................

7. Perché guardi dall’alto in basso chi non viene da una famiglia agiata?

............................................................................................................................

8. Ha iniziato a correre sempre più velocemente e abbiamo trovato difficile tenere il passo con lui.

............................................................................................................................

1. Ha rapinato cinque banche in un anno e se l’è sempre cavata.

............................................................................................................................

2. Alcune case costruite abusivamente (illegally) saranno abbattute.

............................................................................................................................

3. Mentre facevo la mia spesa settimanale mi sono imbattuta in un vecchio amico.

............................................................................................................................

4. Ho controllato tutti i miei abiti al fine di liberarmi di quelli che non metto più.

............................................................................................................................

5. L’azienda sta crescendo e non riesce a tenere il passo con il numero di ordini che riceve.

............................................................................................................................

6. Sono rimasta a corto di latte. Potresti andare a comprarlo, per favore? Mi servono due litri.

............................................................................................................................

7. Perché guardi dall’alto in basso chi non viene da una famiglia agiata?

............................................................................................................................

8. Ha iniziato a correre sempre più velocemente e abbiamo trovato difficile tenere il passo con lui.

............................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. He has robbed five banks in a year and has always got away with it.
  2. Some illegally built houses will be pulled down.
  3. While I was doing my weekly shopping, I came across an old friend of mine.
  4. I went through all my clothes in order to get rid of the ones I no longer wear.
  5. The company is growing and can’t keep up with the number of orders it receives.
  6. I’ve run out of milk. Could you go and buy some, please? I need two litres.
  7. Why do you look down on anyone who doesn’t come from a wealthy family?
  8. He started to run faster and faster and we found it hard to keep up with him.
Livello B2-C1 Il verbo "fare": con make, do e altri verbi

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Il mio capo mi ha detto che sto facendo un ottimo lavoro.

..........................................................................................................................

2. Non ti avrei sposato se avessi saputo quello che fai nel tempo libero.

..........................................................................................................................

3. La mia amica tedesca farà una torta per il pranzo di domenica.

..........................................................................................................................

4. Fare un’offerta in un’asta (auction) online è semplice. Puoi farmi qualsiasi domanda sull’argomento.

..........................................................................................................................

5. Non mi dispiace lavare i piatti dopo cena. Mi rilassa.

..........................................................................................................................

6. “Che fai di solito la domenica?” “Faccio un po’ di giardinaggio se il tempo è buono.”

..........................................................................................................................

7. Non ho fatto niente ieri perché ero molto stanca, quindi mi sono rilassata leggendo un libro.

..........................................................................................................................

8. Per ulteriori informazioni vi preghiamo di fare il numero sul retro della carta.

..........................................................................................................................

1. Il mio capo mi ha detto che sto facendo un ottimo lavoro.

..........................................................................................................................

2. Non ti avrei sposato se avessi saputo quello che fai nel tempo libero.

..........................................................................................................................

3. La mia amica tedesca farà una torta per il pranzo di domenica.

..........................................................................................................................

4. Fare un’offerta in un’asta (auction) online è semplice. Puoi farmi qualsiasi domanda sull’argomento.

..........................................................................................................................

5. Non mi dispiace lavare i piatti dopo cena. Mi rilassa.

..........................................................................................................................

6. “Che fai di solito la domenica?” “Faccio un po’ di giardinaggio se il tempo è buono.”

..........................................................................................................................

7. Non ho fatto niente ieri perché ero molto stanca, quindi mi sono rilassata leggendo un libro.

..........................................................................................................................

8. Per ulteriori informazioni vi preghiamo di fare il numero sul retro della carta.

..........................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. My boss told me that I am doing an excellent job.
  2. I wouldn’t have married you if I’d known what you do in your spare time.
  3. My German friend is going to make a cake for Sunday lunch.
  4. Making an offer in an online auction is easy. You can ask me any question on this topic.
  5. I don’t mind doing the washing up after dinner. It relaxes me.
  6. “What do you usually do on Sundays?” “I do some gardening if the weather is good.”
  7. I didn’t do anything yesterday because I was very tired, so I relaxed reading a book.
  8. For further information please dial the number on the back of the card.
Livello B2-C1 Connettivi (1)

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Per quanto io sappia, Peter e Julie torneranno da Londra alla fine del mese.

.......................................................................................................................................

2. Mi piace camminare nei boschi all’inizio d’autunno. Per di più trovo spesso funghi.

.......................................................................................................................................

3. Finalmente un autobus è arrivato. Non sapevo che ci fosse uno sciopero.

.......................................................................................................................................

1. Per quanto io sappia, Peter e Julie torneranno da Londra alla fine del mese.

.......................................................................................................................................

2. Mi piace camminare nei boschi all’inizio d’autunno. Per di più trovo spesso funghi.

.......................................................................................................................................

3. Finalmente un autobus è arrivato. Non sapevo che ci fosse uno sciopero.

.......................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. As far as I know, Peter and Julie will come back from London at the end of the month.
  2. I like walking in the woods when autumn starts/at the beginning of autumn. What’s more/Moreover, I often find mushrooms.
  3. A bus has finally arrived. I didn’t know there was a strike.
Livello B2-C1 Verbi seguiti da forma in -ing o infinito

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Il medico ha tentato di salvare la vita della donna.

...................................................................................................................................

2. Non ho mai provato a mangiare insetti sebbene (although) siano ricchi di proteine.

...................................................................................................................................

3. Devi ricordarti di prenotare l’albergo in tempo.

...................................................................................................................................

4. Ricordo di averlo incontrato per caso dal mio dottore.

...................................................................................................................................

5. Si è fermato nel corridoio per parlare con me.

...................................................................................................................................

6. Smetti di lamentarti e prova ad accettare la vita così com’è!

...................................................................................................................................

7. Non mi aspettavo che tu arrivassi così presto.

...................................................................................................................................

8. Intendevo telefornarti, ma poi mi sono dimenticato di farlo.

...................................................................................................................................

1. Il medico ha tentato di salvare la vita della donna.

...................................................................................................................................

2. Non ho mai provato a mangiare insetti sebbene (although) siano ricchi di proteine.

...................................................................................................................................

3. Devi ricordarti di prenotare l’albergo in tempo.

...................................................................................................................................

4. Ricordo di averlo incontrato per caso dal mio dottore.

...................................................................................................................................

5. Si è fermato nel corridoio per parlare con me.

...................................................................................................................................

6. Smetti di lamentarti e prova ad accettare la vita così com’è!

...................................................................................................................................

7. Non mi aspettavo che tu arrivassi così presto.

...................................................................................................................................

8. Intendevo telefornarti, ma poi mi sono dimenticato di farlo.

...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The doctor tried to save the woman’s life.
  2. I’ve never tried eating insects although they are rich in proteins.
  3. You must remember to book the hotel in time.
  4. I remember meeting him by chance at my doctor’s.
  5. He stopped in the corridor to talk to me.
  6. Stop complaining and try to accept life the way it is!
  7. I didn’t expect you to arrive so early.
  8. I meant to phone you but then I forgot (to do it).
Livello B2-C1 Verbi ed espressioni seguiti dalla forma in -ing

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Si lamenta sempre del suo lavoro. Non sopporta fare un lavoro noioso.

2. Non vediamo l’ora di andare in vacanza. Vale la pena risparmiare per una meta interessante.

3. Non mi dispiace cucinare ma preferisco lavorare in giardino nei giorni soleggiati.

4. Gioca bene a tennis oltre a essere brava nello sci.

1. Si lamenta sempre del suo lavoro. Non sopporta fare un lavoro noioso.

2. Non vediamo l’ora di andare in vacanza. Vale la pena risparmiare per una meta interessante.

3. Non mi dispiace cucinare ma preferisco lavorare in giardino nei giorni soleggiati.

4. Gioca bene a tennis oltre a essere brava nello sci.

Soluzioni
  1. He is always complaining about his job. He can’t stand doing a boring job.
  2. We’re looking forward to going on holiday. It’s worth saving money for an interesting destination.
  3. I don’t mind cooking, but on sunny days I prefer to work in the garden.
  4. She’s a good tennis player as well as being good at skiing.
Livello B2-C1 Frasi relative determinative e non determinative: defining e non-defining relative clauses

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Il tennis club, la cui quota d’iscrizione (membership fee) è molto alta, è proprio vicino casa mia.

........................................................................................................................................................................

2. Il Brutto Anatroccolo (The Ugly Duckling), che è stato scritto da Hans Christian Andersen, era la mia favola (fairy-tale) preferita.

........................................................................................................................................................................

3. Il lavoro per cui hai fatto domanda (to apply for) il mese scorso è ancora disponibile.

........................................................................................................................................................................

4. I documenti che stai cercando sono già stati spediti all’avvocato (lawyer).

........................................................................................................................................................................

5. L’azienda per la quale mio padre ha lavorato è diventata leader nella robotica (robotics).

........................................................................................................................................................................

6. Le piante che crescono nel deserto sono bellissime.

........................................................................................................................................................................

7. Shakespeare, che è considerato il più grande scrittore inglese, è morto lo stesso giorno di Miguel Cervantes.

........................................................................................................................................................................

1. Il tennis club, la cui quota d’iscrizione (membership fee) è molto alta, è proprio vicino casa mia.

........................................................................................................................................................................

2. Il Brutto Anatroccolo (The Ugly Duckling), che è stato scritto da Hans Christian Andersen, era la mia favola (fairy-tale) preferita.

........................................................................................................................................................................

3. Il lavoro per cui hai fatto domanda (to apply for) il mese scorso è ancora disponibile.

........................................................................................................................................................................

4. I documenti che stai cercando sono già stati spediti all’avvocato (lawyer).

........................................................................................................................................................................

5. L’azienda per la quale mio padre ha lavorato è diventata leader nella robotica (robotics).

........................................................................................................................................................................

6. Le piante che crescono nel deserto sono bellissime.

........................................................................................................................................................................

7. Shakespeare, che è considerato il più grande scrittore inglese, è morto lo stesso giorno di Miguel Cervantes.

........................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. The tennis club, whose membership fee is very high, is right near my house.
  2. The Ugly Duckling, which was written by H.C. Andersen, was my favourite fairy-tale.
  3. The job (which/that) you applied for last month is still available.
  4. The documents (which/that) you are looking for have already been sent to the lawyer.
  5. The company which my father worked for has become a world leader in robotics./The company for which my father worked has become a world leader in robotics.
  6. Plants that grow in the desert are very beautiful.
  7. Shakespeare, who is considered the greatest English writer, died on the same day as Miguel Cervantes.
Livello B1-B2 Futuro in frasi dipendenti

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Appena saprò la data della nostra partenza ti manderò una email.

....................................................................................................................................

2. A meno che non ci sia un imprevisto, partiremo per Ibiza.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Se sabato non lavorerai, potremo andare via per il fine settimana.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Mentre John starà dal medico, io darò uno sguardo alle vetrine (shop windows).

....................................................................................................................................

5. Prima che il presidente parlerà, ci sarà un coffee-break.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Quando venderemo la nostra vecchia casa, potremo comprare un piccolo appartamento al mare.

....................................................................................................................................

7. Dopo che avrò finito, ti aiuterò.

....................................................................................................................................

1. Appena saprò la data della nostra partenza ti manderò una email.

....................................................................................................................................

2. A meno che non ci sia un imprevisto, partiremo per Ibiza.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Se sabato non lavorerai, potremo andare via per il fine settimana.

....................................................................................................................................

4. Mentre John starà dal medico, io darò uno sguardo alle vetrine (shop windows).

....................................................................................................................................

5. Prima che il presidente parlerà, ci sarà un coffee-break.

....................................................................................................................................

6. Quando venderemo la nostra vecchia casa, potremo comprare un piccolo appartamento al mare.

....................................................................................................................................

7. Dopo che avrò finito, ti aiuterò.

....................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. As soon as I know the date of our departure, I’ll send you an email.
  2. Unless something unexpected happens, we’ll leave for Ibiza.
  3. If you don’t work on Saturday, we’ll be able to go away at the weekend.
  4. While John is at the doctor’s, I’ll have a look at the shop windows.
  5. Before the president speaks, there will be a coffee break.
  6. When we sell our old house, we’ll be able to buy a small flat at the seaside.
  7. After I have finished, I’ll help you.
Livello B1-B2 Modali + have done

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Ho fame. Avrei dovuto fare colazione stamattina.

................................................................................................................................................................

2. Devono aver vinto una grossa somma. Il loro tenore di vita (standard of living) è cambiato totalmente.

................................................................................................................................................................

3. È possibie che siano partiti presto questa mattina. Volevano evitare il traffico del fine settimana.

................................................................................................................................................................

1. Ho fame. Avrei dovuto fare colazione stamattina.

................................................................................................................................................................

2. Devono aver vinto una grossa somma. Il loro tenore di vita (standard of living) è cambiato totalmente.

................................................................................................................................................................

3. È possibie che siano partiti presto questa mattina. Volevano evitare il traffico del fine settimana.

................................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I’m hungry. I should have had breakfast this morning.
  2. They must have won a big sum. Their standard of living has totally changed.
  3. They may/might have left early this morning to avoid the weekend traffic.
Livello B1-B2 Wish/if only

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Vorrei che tu fossi tornato prima. Avresti potuto aiutarmi.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Se soltanto vivessi in una grande città, avrei migliori opportunità.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Non vorrei che tu replicassi (to answer back) sempre. È irritante!

....................................................................................................................................

4. Vorrebbe non perdere il controllo (to lose her temper).

....................................................................................................................................

5. Se soltanto tu avessi guidato più prudentemente, non avresti avuto l’incidente.

...................................................................................................................................

1. Vorrei che tu fossi tornato prima. Avresti potuto aiutarmi.

....................................................................................................................................

2. Se soltanto vivessi in una grande città, avrei migliori opportunità.

....................................................................................................................................

3. Non vorrei che tu replicassi (to answer back) sempre. È irritante!

....................................................................................................................................

4. Vorrebbe non perdere il controllo (to lose her temper).

....................................................................................................................................

5. Se soltanto tu avessi guidato più prudentemente, non avresti avuto l’incidente.

...................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. I wish you had come back earlier. You could have helped me.
  2. If only I lived in a big city, I’d have better opportunities.
  3. I wish you wouldn’t always answer back. It’s irritating!
  4. She wishes she didn’t lose her temper.
  5. If only you had driven more carefully, you wouldn’t have had an accident.
Livello B1-B2 Traduzione, Must, Mustn't, Have to, don't have to/need, needn't, Shall, should/ought to, had better, would rather, Dovere: altre forme

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. Faresti meglio a saldare il tuo debito ora. Se ritardi con il pagamento dovrai pagare molto di più.

..........................................................................................................................................................

2. Domani non dobbiamo andare al lavoro. È la festa del patrono (local holiday), ma dovremo pulire la casa.

..........................................................................................................................................................

3. Lavora duramente da giorni. Deve essere stanchissimo. Ha bisogno di un lungo riposo.

..........................................................................................................................................................

4. Non c’è bisogno che veniate a prenderci. Preferiremmo prendere un taxi.

..........................................................................................................................................................

5. “Devo pagare la rata del mutuo (mortgage) domani?” “No, hai ancora tempo. Scade la prossima settimana.”

..........................................................................................................................................................

1. Faresti meglio a saldare il tuo debito ora. Se ritardi con il pagamento dovrai pagare molto di più.

..........................................................................................................................................................

2. Domani non dobbiamo andare al lavoro. È la festa del patrono (local holiday), ma dovremo pulire la casa.

..........................................................................................................................................................

3. Lavora duramente da giorni. Deve essere stanchissimo. Ha bisogno di un lungo riposo.

..........................................................................................................................................................

4. Non c’è bisogno che veniate a prenderci. Preferiremmo prendere un taxi.

..........................................................................................................................................................

5. “Devo pagare la rata del mutuo (mortgage) domani?” “No, hai ancora tempo. Scade la prossima settimana.”

..........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. You’d better settle your debt now. If you delay your payment you’ll have to pay much more.
  2. We don’t have to go to work tomorrow. It’s a local holiday, but we will have to clean the house.
  3. He’s been working hard for days. He must be very tired. He needs a long rest.
  4. You don’t need to come and pick us up. We’d rather (we would prefer to) get a taxi.
  5. “Do I have to pay the mortgage tomorrow?” “No, you still have time. It’s due next week.”
Livello B1-B2 Have to, don't have to/need, needn't

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. A: A che ora devi alzarti domani mattina?

B: Alle 5. Devo essere all’aeroporto alle 8.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

2. A: Perché hai firmato (to sign)? Non c’era bisogno che tu firmassi prima della scadenza (expiry date).

B: Ho dovuto. Così mi hanno detto di fare.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

3. A: Il tetto della nostra casa ha bisogno di essere riparato. Chi dobbiamo chiamare per farlo?

B: Non dobbiamo farlo ora, possiamo farlo a primavera.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

4. A: Avete dovuto mostrare i passaporti alla frontiera?

B: Sì, abbiamo dovuto mostrarli tutti noi.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

5. A: Non abbiamo dovuto pagare la caparra. La cancellazione è gratuita.

B: Certo, non c’è bisogno di pagare in anticipo se prenoti un hotel in internet.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

6. A: (In classe) Maestra! Maestra!

B: Paul! Devi prima alzare la mano.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

1. A: A che ora devi alzarti domani mattina?

B: Alle 5. Devo essere all’aeroporto alle 8.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

2. A: Perché hai firmato (to sign)? Non c’era bisogno che tu firmassi prima della scadenza (expiry date).

B: Ho dovuto. Così mi hanno detto di fare.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

3. A: Il tetto della nostra casa ha bisogno di essere riparato. Chi dobbiamo chiamare per farlo?

B: Non dobbiamo farlo ora, possiamo farlo a primavera.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

4. A: Avete dovuto mostrare i passaporti alla frontiera?

B: Sì, abbiamo dovuto mostrarli tutti noi.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

5. A: Non abbiamo dovuto pagare la caparra. La cancellazione è gratuita.

B: Certo, non c’è bisogno di pagare in anticipo se prenoti un hotel in internet.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

 

6. A: (In classe) Maestra! Maestra!

B: Paul! Devi prima alzare la mano.

A: ...........................................................................................................................................................

B: ...........................................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni

1. A: What time do you have to get up tomorrow morning?
B: At 5 o’clock. I have to be at the airport at 8 o’ clock.

2. A: Why did you sign? You needn’t have signed before the expiry date.
B: I had to do it. That’s what they told me to do.

3. A: The roof of our house needs repairing. Who do we have to call to do it?
B: We don’t have to/don’t need to/needn’t do it now. We can do it in spring.

4. A: Did you have to show your passports at the border?
B: Yes, we all had to show them.

5. A: We didn’t have to pay the deposit. Cancellation is free.
B: Sure, you don’t need to pay in advance if you book a hotel online.

6. A: (In the classroom) A: Teacher! Teacher!
B: Paul! You must raise your hand first.

Livello B1-B2 Must, Mustn't

Scrivi l’equivalente in inglese.

1. La casa di Marianne deve essere qui vicino, secondo le indicazioni che mi ha dato.

...............................................................................................................................................

2. Devi alzarti prima la mattina se vuoi arrivare al lavoro in tempo.

...............................................................................................................................................

3. Devi vedere la nuova casa di Jane. È molto moderna, perciò so che ti piacerà.

...............................................................................................................................................

4. Non devi arrenderti. Hai ancora alcune possibilità di vincere.

...............................................................................................................................................

5. Non dovete entrare ancora. Dovete aspettare fuori, fintanto che non vi chiameranno.

...............................................................................................................................................

6. Le strade sono molto bagnate. Deve aver piovuto molto la notte scorsa.

...............................................................................................................................................

7. Se vuoi trovare posti per tutti al concerto, devi prenotare presto.

...............................................................................................................................................

8. Non devi usare il cellulare quando guidi, le multe sono più severe (heavy) ora.

...............................................................................................................................................

9. Devi dirmi quando verrai in Inghilterra, vorrei vederti ancora.

...............................................................................................................................................

10. Hanno trascorso oltre un anno in America, devono parlare inglese a quest’ora.

...............................................................................................................................................

1. La casa di Marianne deve essere qui vicino, secondo le indicazioni che mi ha dato.

...............................................................................................................................................

2. Devi alzarti prima la mattina se vuoi arrivare al lavoro in tempo.

...............................................................................................................................................

3. Devi vedere la nuova casa di Jane. È molto moderna, perciò so che ti piacerà.

...............................................................................................................................................

4. Non devi arrenderti. Hai ancora alcune possibilità di vincere.

...............................................................................................................................................

5. Non dovete entrare ancora. Dovete aspettare fuori, fintanto che non vi chiameranno.

...............................................................................................................................................

6. Le strade sono molto bagnate. Deve aver piovuto molto la notte scorsa.

...............................................................................................................................................

7. Se vuoi trovare posti per tutti al concerto, devi prenotare presto.

...............................................................................................................................................

8. Non devi usare il cellulare quando guidi, le multe sono più severe (heavy) ora.

...............................................................................................................................................

9. Devi dirmi quando verrai in Inghilterra, vorrei vederti ancora.

...............................................................................................................................................

10. Hanno trascorso oltre un anno in America, devono parlare inglese a quest’ora.

...............................................................................................................................................

Soluzioni
  1. Marianne’s house must be near here according to the directions she gave me.
  2. You must get up earlier in the morning if you want to get to work on time.
  3. You must see Jane’s new house. It’s very modern so I know you’ll like it.
  4. You mustn’t give up. You still have some chances to win.
  5. You mustn’t go in yet. You must wait outside until they call you.
  6. The streets are very wet. It must have rained hard last night.
  7. If you want to find seats for everybody at the concert, you must book early.
  8. You mustn’t use your mobile while driving, fines are heavier now.
  9. You must tell me when you come to England, I’d like to see you again.
  10. They’ve spent over a year in the States. They must speak English by now.

500 esercizi

Non ci sono esercizi che soddisfano la tua ricerca

Crea la tua verifica

Aggiungi gli esercizi alla tua lista e poi clicca sul bottone "Genera verifica" per visualizzare la verifica.

Genera verifica

0 esercizi aggiunti

[..] [..]

[..]

[..]

[..]

[..]
[..]